Home

girlshare.ro_Canon LBP 660 Service Manual

1. 6 5 4 3 2 1 D a HIGH VOLTAGE 5 112 CONNECTOR mm amp ve N J304 J302 J301 J303 15 DV GND 25 H To AC DRIVER FMODE1 3 0 FU101 TESTP 4 0 To Low voltage GND 5 0 FU102 power supply circuit FIXING C 100 120V only 4 FILM UNIT J206M J206F ZEN AT FsATH H o 233 PRINTER CONTROLLER 2 OO 19 R701 J305M J305F a a FG PAPER DELIVERY SENSOR FIXING UNIT 12VHA 1 Oh 2 seva 36 TEST PRINT SWITCH o z E g a a 3 a 250880 Zsil og N amp 123456 2 1234 amp B T 2 LLL 2 LL IDG LL O LL i e 1 2 3 4 5 6 x 1 2 314 5 i a N N n n 1 K I amp u ol s 413 2 1 8 VIDEO CONTROLLER JoosF O TOO gt 2 olsjajala i J005M Jooem 1121314 516 Jooer Moo 118 PICK UP SOLENOID 424 des MAIN MOTOR JO03F Joo4r i A PS001 PS002 I PAPERSNS PISNS L ira AR PAPER OUT PAPER PICK UP SENSOR SENSOR General Circuit diagram 2 2 6 5 4 3 2 1 J 1 Pararell Interface Connector 1 orsts 19 GND E 2 CDATA1 20 GND 3 CDATA2 21 GND i
2. Test print switch Figure 4 5 2 Figure 4 5 1 To continuously make test prints keep pressing the test print switch When making a test print use paper with a width of B5 size 182 mm or larger Note CHAPTER 4 2 Controller test print a Microsoft Windows Printing System test page 1 sheet The information on the host computer and printer is printed on the test page The test print procedures of the test page are as shown below 1 Load paper into the multi purpose tray and turn the printer ON 2 While the printer is in the STANDBY mode open the Printer Options dialog box in the Status Window and click the Test Page button to print a sheet of the following test pattern see Chapter 1 Section VID Canon LBP 660 a vel MICROSOFTe a PRINTING SYSTEM UIN Test Page IUI Canon LBP 660 on LPT1 Operating System Printer Software Configuration Configuration Base OS Version 6 20 Compatibility Code 10106 Base OS Location High memory WPS Driver Version 1 80 00 171 Network WEW WPS RP Version 1 80 00 171 Network Driver Ver 3 11 00 300 WPS QP Version 1 80 00 171 Disk Cache Type Windows WPS LP Version 1 80 00 171 Disk Cache Size 4096 KB WPS HR
3. Job Microsoft Word FS DOC User Kazuomi Suga Time Started 9 55 AM Date Started Tuesday November 12 1996 Figure 4 5 4 CHAPTER 4 c Trailer Page 1 sheet The printer setup options graphics setting and font and size used for the document are print ed on the Trailer Page The test print procedures of the Trailer Page are as shown below 1 Open the Printer Options dialog box in the Setup dialog box while the printer is in the STANDBY mode to check the Trailer Page check box 2 While the printer is in the STANDBY mode open the Printer Options dialog box in the Printer Status Window and click the Test Printer button to print a sheet of the following test pattern see Chapter 1 Section VII canon LBP 660 H D MICROSOFT WINDOWS PRINTING SYSTEM Trailer Page Canon LBP 660 on LPT1 Printing Options Graphics Options Copies 1 Resolution Dots Per Inch Collated Automatic Image Refinement Header Page Halftoning Method Trailer Page Brightness Scaling Contrast Arial Lucida Bright Lucida Fax Times New Roman Times New Roman Times New Roman Times New Roman Figure 4 5 5 CHAPTER 4 d PCL Emulation Front Panel Test Print 1 sheet The items set in the Emulation Front Panel Test Print dialog box are printed on the PCL Emulation Front Panel Test Print The test print procedures of the PCL Emulation Front P
4. CHAPTER 1 Sharing Tab Use this tab to designate whether or not the printer is shared with other clients through the net work It can be opened by clicking on the Sharing tab in the Properties dialog box The Sharing tab is shown in Figure 1 7 10 1 2 3 4 Windows NT 4 0 MIPS Windows NT 4 0AIpha Figure 1 7 10 1 Not Shared Does not use the printer as a network printer 2 Shared Uses the printer as a network printer 3 Share Name Available only when the Shared option button is selected Change the net work printer name appears in the box if necessary 4 Alternate Driver Enables you to install driver of different version or with different CPU as an alternate driver As this printer does not support Alternate Driver do not select the alter nate drivers in this list box CHAPTER 1 6 Security Tab Use this tab to set the security for the printer such as Permissions Auditing and Ownership It can be opened by clicking the Security tab in the Properties dialog box The Security tab is shown in Figure 1 7 11 1 3 Figure 1 7 11 1 Permissions Opens the Printer Permissions dialog box See Page 1 31 2 Auditing Opens the Printer Auditing dialog box 3 Ownership Opens the Owner dialog box 1 30 CHAPTER 1 Printer Permissions dialog box The Printer Permissions dialog box displays and sets the access priv
5. o m ae 222 e 2222222 5 SS 22 2 2 2 a 22224 2 Nf R 2 2 2 o 35 2 4 CL o A n mnnnNn na aa mm 2524225 A a 22 5 PISTIN 2 b _ on 5222 2 E 100 FE sa RE 55 PAR VB REED M M 2 2 2 2 205 5226 22222222220 3 2 RE 222222 2225 2 gt 222 222 22222220202 ES ES LA 22222025020 2 5 A ean 2 2 BE 2 2 2 a EA K 2222 22 2 2 2 2252222 22225522200 2 2 5 222 es a CRE RL LS 2 EIER gt EEE EEE 220222 2277222 222 4 2222222 DE 2 22 22 222522224 ELESSE 2 2 o 2222 gt a EE 2 22222 5 225 2 SIEBERT EEE SEE ss Kimo PE sia ER SEZ gt 232222 EEE _ A E 25222212 E KE GA 2 um RE 22 5 522 2 225220202 EEE 2522222 2222 I GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
6. CHAPTER I 1 Menu bar Contains Printer View Options and Help menus The Printer menu includes Pause Printer Resume Printer Force Print Job and Delete Print Job in the same way as the tool bar button functions From the View menu you can open and close the Message area Animation area Progress bar and Status bar From the Options menu you can open the Status Options dialog box see Page 1 46 and enable Client Operation by selecting com mands On line help can be accessed from the Help menu 2 Tool bar Includes the Pause Printer button Resume Printer button Force Print job button and Delete Print job button 3 Pause Printer button Pauses a printing operation 4 Resume Printer button Resumes a printing operation 5 Force Print job button Forcibly prints when the paper size varies 6 Delete Print job button Cancels a printing operation 7 Message area Displays the job title printing conditions application name and file name symbol Note1 and either a message or estimated print remaining completion time Note 2 8 Animation area Shows the printing status of the document with animation Ifa problem has occurred within the printer the graphic changes and instructions are displayed 9 Progress bar Shows the printing status of the document 10 Status bar Displays the printer status Notes 1 Table 1 7 1 shows the types of symbol displayed in the Message area Tabl
7. mr Eee Lio i RE EEE RE Negative bias Positive bias Between page bias per K Los Period Table 2 1 1 Purpose CHAPTER 2 WAIT WAIT period From power ON to the end of main motor initial rotation Clear the drum surface of po tential and to clean the trans fer charging roller STBY STANDBY From the end of the WAIT period or the LSTR period until the input of the PRNT signal from the video controller Or from the end of the LSTR period until power OFF i Maintain the printer in ready mode INTR INITIAL ROTATION period From the input of the PRNT signal from the video controller until the end of the APC operation See P 2 10 Stabilize the photosensitive drum sensitivity in preparation for printing Also to clean the transfer charging roller PRINT Print From the end of initial rotation until the scanner motor stops Form images on the photosensitive drum based on the VDO signal from the video controller and transfers the toner image to paper From when the primary high voltage DC goes OFF until the main motor stops To deliver the last sheet of paper Also clean the transfer charging roller The printer enters the INTR period when the PRNT signal is sent from the video contro
8. za W TO oz wo un Eg an AZ o S og 28 98 E 5 O gt 5 ag 5 g s 2 4 9 3 m feeding u lt lt E Eo a Az LE m da ace down E delivery Face down Photo delivery sensitive 1 6 Fixing unit LA Lifting N a late P i Transfer Face up 7 Ps2 roller unit delivery O Paper out sensor Paper pick up sensor 9 Paper delivery sensor Paper pick up solenoid Figure 2 4 1 Note INITIAL ROTATION READY The main motor is rotating and the fixing unit has entered READY mode after a set peri od of time FIXING UNIT READY The temperature of the fixing unit has reached its prescribed value CHAPTER 2 B Fixing Delivery Unit 1 Outline The fixing lower roller and face up delivery roller of the fixing unit are driven by the main motor MOOI The fixing film unit includes a plate like fixing heater for heating the fixing film The temperature of the fixing unit is detected by the thermistor TH701 on the fixing heater As the temperature rises the resistance of TH701 drops which lowers the voltage of the FIXING HEATER TEMPERATURE DETECT signal FSRTH Based on the FSRTH signal voltage the CPU 1C201 on the printer controller controls the FIXING HEATER DRIVE signal FSRD to bring the fixing heater temperature to its prescribed value The temperature of the fixing heater is controlled by the following three modes Initial te
9. Automatic Image Refinement 300dpi 600dpi ON OFF Toner Saver ON OFF ON OFF Device Gamma 0 2500 lt 1 2500 lt 6 50000 Toner Density Pixel Diameter 576 9 lt x lt 33 396 DEVICE Light Medium Light Medium ON OFF Medium Dark Dark ON OFF 1 104 lt x lt 1 1800 25 00 lt 100 00 lt 400 00 Custom Paper Size Refer to Custom Paper Size Dialog ON OFF Printer Properties Device Settings tab Use Printer Halftone Use System Halftone Halftone Setup Refer to Device Color Halftone Properties Dialog ON OFF CHAPTER 1 b Test Printing 1 page This test page is supported by Microsoft Windows NT as standard and is also supported by this printer The printer does not support test page peculiar to Windows Printing System on Microsoft Windows 95 98 3 1 For details see Contents of Test Page Contents of Test Page 1 Machine Name Name of computer specified when Microsoft Windows NT was installed Wind NT Pri 1NGOWS 2 Printer name Name of printer driver specified when the printer was installed normally Canon LBP 660 Printer Test Page 3 Printer model Name of printer in case of this printer Canon LBP 660 4 Color support Whether or not color printing is supported in case of this printer No 5 Port name s Name of port to which the printer is connected Co
10. FIGURE amp SERIAL NUMBER REMARKS KEY NO PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION INTERNAL COMPONENTS 1 v m 1 RF5 1707 000 LEG 1 1A RB1 7307 000 1 FOOT 2 RB1 7247 000 1 GUIDE PAPER 3 RF5 1708 000 2 LEG 2 3A RB1 7307 000 1 FOOT 4 RF5 1509 000 1 PLATE REINFORCEMENT CASE 4A RB1 7345 000 1 NET 5 XA9 0724 000 6 SCREW M3X8 sd e 1 GUIDE CABLE eene 7 RB1 7234 000 1 8 RB1 7176 000 1 SHEET GUIDE 501 XB4 7401 007 3 SCREW TAPPING PAN HEAD M4X10 COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON INC CANON LBP 660 REVO FEB 1997 PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON 101 2 INTERNAL COMPONENTS 2 FIGURE 102 AREAS 2 ET EUN a y D 102 1 COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON INC CANON LEP 660 REV 1 AUG 1998 PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON PART NUMBER HH DESCRIPTION OO O N lt O O a a WM lt ala n nn nn kina ko A A A COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON INC INTERNAL COMPONENTS 2 GEAR 15T BUSHING LEVER RELEASE D PLATE GEAR SUPPORT HOLDER GEAR ARM SWING MOTOR DC 12V 24W GEAR 23T 98T GEAR 32T 93T E GEAR ST GEAR 54 19 GEAR 36T GEAR 22T GEAR 24T GEAR 51T 17T SWITCH LEVER ASSY ROLLER FEEDER GEAR 18T SCANNER ASSY o SHEET DUST COVER SPRING GROUNDING SCREW TP M3X6 SCREW TP M3X12 CORE FERRITE
11. Pic n mee 1 Cliquez sur la case cocher correspondant au port auquel la LBP 660 est connect e LPT1 en r gle g n rale afin de le s lectionner puis cliquez sur le bouton Suivant gt m La LBP 660 ne peut tre connect e qu un port parall le LPT Si vous s lectionnez m un port serie ou un port different de celui auguel la LBP 660 est connect e vous ne pourrez pas imprimer avec cette derniere m La fen tre de s lection du modele d imprimante s affiche ensuite et pr sente une liste des fabricants d imprimante et des mod les support s en standard par Microsoft Windows NT 4 Installation de Microsoft Windows Printing System Chapitre 2 Dans la mesure o la LBP 660 ne figure pas dans la liste inserez le CD ROM d installation de Microsoft Windows Printing System pour Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 dans le lecteur de CD ROM puis cliquez sur le bouton Disquette fournie Lorsque la boite de dialogue Installer a partir de la disquette apparait tapez le nom du lecteur de CD ROM dans la zone de texte Copier les fichiers constructeur partir de puis cliquez sur le bouton Parcourir Cliquez deux fois sur le dossier Winnt40 dans la boite de dialogue Trouver l emplacement du fichier m Les dossiers de chaque langue s affichent alors Trouver l emplacement du fichier 2 xi Regarder dans a Winnt40 ek EE Nom du fichier E inf Type des fichiers Annuler
12. lt DC bias 2 Drum surface gt potential Time t Dark area Figure 2 3 9 An AC bias is applied to the developing cylinder to help project the toner particles onto the photosensitive drum surface to improve the output image contrast The core voltage of the AC bias 1200 Vp p varies according to the DC bias voltage The printer changes the potential difference between the developing cylinder and the photo sensitive drum to adjust print density by altering the DC bias according to the image density data signals sent from the video controller CHAPTER 2 3 Transfer stage The purpose of this stage is to transfer the toner image from the photosensitive drum surface to the paper Step 4 Transfer A positive charge is applied to the back of the paper and toner is transferred from the photo sensitive drum surface to the paper Transfer charging roller I Figure 2 3 10 Step 5 Separation Static charge eliminator Transfer charging roller Figure 2 3 11 The paper is separated from the drum due to its elasticity curvature separation A static charge eliminator is incorporated to stabilize the paper transport system and to prevent the dis persion of toner on to the printed image in low temperature low humidity environments The static charge eliminator lowers the charge on the back of the paper CHAPTER 2 4 Fixing stage The toner is fused onto the paper to create a permanent image
13. Canon LBP 660 Impostazioni del documento El 1 Carta Output El Formato lt A4 gt Orientamento lt Verticale gt a Numero lt 1 copia E Grafica Risoluzione lt 600 DPI gt le Proporzioni lt 100 gt E ilo Opzioni Documento Modificare le impostazioni di Formato Lettera El Executive Busta DL Selezionando il nome dell opzione che si intende modificare in basso nella finestra di dialogo vengono visualizzate le impostazioni disponibili per quell opzione o i pulsanti per aprire altre finestre di dialogo Selezionare o digitare la nuova impostazione La nuova impostazione viene poi visualizzata in rosso a destra dell opzione elencata La visualizzazione in rosso indica che le nuove impostazioni non sono state ancora salvate come impostazioni predefinite del documento Le nuove impostazioni non vengono salvate come predefinite finch non si seleziona il pulsante OK in basso nella finestra di dialogo Impostazioni del gruppo Carta Output Il gruppo Carta Output formato da 3 opzioni Formato Orientamento e Numero copie Queste opzioni sono le stesse che sono contenute nella scheda Impostazione pagina descritte sopra Se si modificano queste opzioni vengono modificate anche le opzioni nella scheda Impostazione pagina Uso di Microsoft Windows Printing System 17 ITALIANO Impostazioni del gruppo Grafica Il gruppo Grafica amp formato da 2 opzioni Risoluzione e Proporzi
14. m Wird der Drucker im Netzwerk freigegeben so w hlen Sie nicht das Betriebssystem aus der Liste Alternative Treiber unten im Dialogfeld aus Der Treiber f r den LBP 660 kann ausschlie lich unter Microsoft Windows NT Version 4 0 x86 installiert werden 3 Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfl che OK m Der LBP 660 ist jetzt freigegeben und das Erscheinungsbild des Symbols im Ordner Drucker ist jetzt das f r freigegebene Drucker Kapitel 2 Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems 9 DEUTSCH Kapitel 3 Herstellen der Verbindung zum LBP 660 als Netzwerkdrucker Wird der LBP 660 von einem Computer unter Microsoft Windows NT aus freigegeben an den der LBP 660 angeschlossen ist und ist dieser Computer als Druck Server festgelegt so kann der LBP 660 nicht nur von Microsoft Windows NT Clients sondern auch von Clients aus verwendet werden die unter Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 oder Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups ausgef hrt werden und mit dem Microsoft Windows NT Netzwerk verbunden sind Druck Server zu verwenden mu jedoch zuerst auf diesem Computer der Serverdienst gestartet werden Starten Sie den Serverdienst bevor Sie eine Verbindung mit dem Drucker im Netzwerk herstellen 5 m Umden Computer unter Microsoft Windows NT an den der LBP 660 angeschlossen ist als m Umeine Verbindung zwischen einem Druck Server unter Microsoft Windows NT und einem Client Computer herzustellen mu
15. 3 Disconnect the connectors J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 from the loads and disconnect connectors J6 J7 from the printer controller PCB 4 Lie the printer on its left side O Screws Feet Connectors O Electrical components Figure 3 7 2 3 17 CHAPTER 3 6 Remove the cables from their tie 7 Remove the 5 screws and take the cable out of the tie Remove the video controller PCB by sliding it in the direc tion of the arrow O Cable tie Screws Video controller PCB Figure 3 7 3 Note Problems can occur if the cables come into contact with the heat sink or components on the PCB When installing the PCB ensure that the cables are clipped into their ties B Printer Controller PCB 1 Remove the video controller PCB refer to P 3 17 18 2 Remove the connectors from the printer controller PCB 3 Remove the 5 screws then take out the printer controller PCB O Connectors Screws O Printer controller PCB Figure 3 7 4 3 18 Note An unnecessary strain on an installed vid o controller PCB while removing the printer controller PCB causes solder cracks etc Be sure to remove the video controller PCB before taking out the printer PCB CHAPTER 3 1 Fuse FU101 FU102 Note When installing FU102 and FU101 1 Remove the electrical unit be careful not to mistake them and 2 Remove the fuses that they are installed correctly FU101 is
16. Hoofdstuk 4 Het Microsoft Windows Printing System gebruiken 13 m Tabblad Algemeen De instellingen in dit tabblad gelden voor het gehele printerstuurprogramma m De LBP 660 ondersteunt geen scheidingspagina s Zelfs wanneer u op de optie Scheidingspagina klikt om een scheidingspagina in te stellen wordt er geen scheidingspagina afgedrukt m De instellingen in het dialoogvenster Afdrukprocessor dat u kunt weergeven door op de knop Afdrukprocessor te klikken mogen niet worden gewijzigd Als u de instelling voor Standaard gegevenstype wijzigt kunnen met name clients die geen Microsoft Windows NT gebruiken niet afdrukken m Als u een testpagina wilt afdrukken klikt u in dit tabblad op de knop Testpagina afdrukken Het LBP 660 Status Window in het Microsoft Windows Printing System voor Microsoft Windows NT heeft geen knop voor het testen van de printer m Tabblad Poorten Op dit tabblad kunt u de poort selecteren waarop de LBP 660 is aangesloten Als u de LBP 660 al hebt aangesloten en in gebruik hebt hoeft u deze instelling niet te wijzigen m Tabblad Planning m Op dit tabblad kunt u het tijdstip instellen waarop moet worden afgedrukt evenals de afdrukprioriteiten en de methode die moet worden gebruikt voor het verwerken van af te drukken documenten m Selecteer voor de LBP 660 altijd de optie Afdrukdocumenten in wachtrij plaatsen zodat het programma sneller kan afdrukken Als u de optie Rechtstreeks naar de printer
17. ABE Stampa in corso My Doc Tempo residuo previsto 12 secondi Ora prevista completamento 15 40 Capitolo 4 Uso di Microsoft Windows Printing System 19 ITALIANO m Se si seleziona l opzione Comincia la stampa immediatamente nell area messaggi verr visualizzato solo il messaggio Stampa in corso e la barra di avanzamento indicher solo il numero di pagine stampate Canon LBP 660 su LPT1 ji Stampante Visualizza Opzioni 2 Stampa in corso My_Doc Stampa in corso m Nella barra degli strumenti non amp presente nessun pulsante Prova stampante Per stampare una pagina di prova utilizzare il pulsante Stampa pagina di prova nella scheda Generale nella finestra di dialogo Propriet m Nel menu Opzioni non c nessuna opzione Stampante Per modificare la densita del toner aprire la finestra di dialogo Propriet Documento predefinito ed utilizzare l opzione Densit del toner nella scheda Avanzate m La Modalit Client nel menu Opzioni permette di selezionare se un utente pu sospendere la stampa riprenderla forzarla o annullarla dal Monitor di stato sulla rete su un client Microsoft Windows NT Il segno di spunta accanto all opzione Modalit Client abilita o disabilita le operazioni sopra descritte dal Monitor di stato sulla rete Monitor di stato sulla rete di LBP 660 Il Monitor di stato sulla rete di LBP 660 amp una funzione che consente ad un client Microsoft Windows NT collegato
18. Connecting from a Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 or Microsoft Windows for Workgroups Client To connect to the LBP 660 from a Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 or Microsoft Windows for Workgroups client via a Microsoft Windows NT print server the LBP 660 Microsoft Windows Printing System for the respective operating system must first be installed on the client For information on installing the Microsoft Windows Printing System on a Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 or Microsoft Windows for Workgroups client refer to the User s Manual 12 Connecting to the LBP 660 as a Network printer Chapter 3 Z E Chapter 4 Using the Microsoft Windows Printing System The Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT is used in basically the same way as the Microsoft Windows Printing System for other versions of Microsoft Windows Refer to Chapter 3 Using the Microsoft Windows Printing System in the User s Manual for an overview of the Microsoft Windows Printing System Microsoft Windows Printing System Dialog Boxes The Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT has two main dialog boxes the Printer Properties dialog box and the Default Document Properties dialog box Any user can open these dialog boxes and check the settings but only users with Full control printer access privileges can change the settings Printer Properties To view the printer propert
19. Examples 1 2 Condensation on the optical system mirror scanning mirror lens etc can cause pale out put images The resistance of the photoconductive layer has been increased as the photosensitive drum is cold This causes an output image contrast problem When condensation appears dry each part with a cloth or leave the machine unused for a few hours As for the EP A cartridge condensation will appear when the cartridge is brought into a warm room from a cold place and unpacked This can cause image defects Advise the customer that under such conditions the cartridges must be thoroughly accli matized to room temperature leave for one or two hours before unpacking CHAPTER 4 u en Q fa faa A m S gt A Test Print This printer is capable of executing two types of test prints engine test print and controller test front cover on the front of the printer See fig 4 5 1 to make a test print See fig 4 5 2 3 Use the test print to determine the problem while referring to the troubleshooting chart on print When an image fault occurs use the following procedure to execute a test print and deter 2 When the printer is in STANDBY mode push the test print switch located behind the lower 1 Load paper into the multi purpose tray and turn the printer ON B SB ge D 23 O A v 25 5g the next page
20. 3 Faulty printer controller PCB Action Replace the printer controller PCB M 10 Fixing Unit Failure lt Possible causes gt 1 Faulty contact in the fixing unit connector aw Action Reconnec connectors J102 J704 on the fixing film unit J206 on the printer con gt troller PCB and JOO8 on the terminal connector N j 2 Thermistor wire is cut Action Turn the power OFF and remove the fixing unit Measure the resistance value between connectors JO08 2 FSRTH and J008 1 GNDTH on the fixing film unit side If the resistance value is not about 440 KQ replace the fixing film unit 3 Fixing heater thermal fuse Action Remove the fixing unit If the connection between connectors J102 1 and J102 2 on the fixing film unit is not satisfactory replace the fixing film unit 4 Faulty printer controller PCB Action Replace the printer controller PCB CHAPTER 4 VII PAPER TRANSPORT SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING A Print Paper Jam The paper feed system of this printer can be roughly divided into two units the pick up unit and the fixing delivery unit Prevention measures for the more frequent paper jams are explained separately for each group 1 Pick up unit 2 Fixing delivery unit 2 Fixing delivery unit Figure 4 7 1 CHAPTER 4 J 1 Pick up Unit lt Possible causes gt 1 Not using the recommended paper or the paper is deformed curled or wrinkled Action Replace the paper advise the
21. After applying the top bottom and left right margin masking to the VDO signal the CPU sends it as the VDOUT signal to the current switch circuit in the laser driver Notes 1 The laser beam writes within the shaded area shown in Figure 2 2 3 2 Time T1 is 1mm in from both sides of LTR size paper T2 in Figure 2 2 3 varies according to the size of paper 3 This printer does not have a paper size detection function The paper size is set in the CPU according to paper size information signal sent from the video controller If the paper size signal is not output from the video controller the CPU recognizes the paper size as undefined In such cases the horizontal scanning direction is set as legal size and the vertical scanning direction is set by the paper pick up sensor PS002 which detects the length of the paper and the masking area is set 4 When paper ofa size not matching the size set in the CPU is fed the printer enters the NOT READY mode and informs the video controller of a paper size mismatch Note CHAPTER 2 BD Left right U magn o EN UDE masking Top bottom margin masking m 3 3 A 2 z 0 mm T2 MEERE oe TOP Figure 2 2 3 The top bottom and left right margin masking are performed within the CPU CHAPTER 2 C Scanner Drive The rotation of the scanner motor is controlled by the scanner motor driver so that the laser beam reflected
22. Als zich onder de clients die de printer op het netwerk delen ook Microsoft Windows 3 1 of Microsoft Windows voor Workgroups machines bevinden moet u er op letten dat de Sharenaam uit niet meer dan 8 tekens bestaat D m Alsude printer als een gedeelde printer toewijst moet u geen besturingssysteem selecteren in de lijst Alternatieve stuurprogramma s onderaan het dialoogvenster Het stuurprogramma voor de LBP 660 kan niet worden geinstalleerd op een ander systeem dan Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 x86 3 Klik op de knop OK m De LBP 660 is nu toegewezen als een gedeelde printer en het pictogram in de map Printers verandert in het pictogram van een gedeelde printer Hoofdstuk 2 Het Microsoft Windows Printing System installeren 9 Hoofdstuk 3 Een verbinding met de LBP 660 als netwerkprinter maken Als u de LBP 660 als een gedeelde printer toewijst op de computer met Microsoft Windows NT waarop de LBP 660 is aangesloten en vervolgens deze computer toewijst als de afdrukserver kan de LBP 660 niet alleen door Microsoft Windows NT clients worden gebruikt maar ook door Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 en Microsoft Windows voor Workgroups clients die zijn verbonden met het Microsoft Windows NT netwerk m Als u de Microsoft Windows NT computer waarop de LBP 660 is aangesloten als afdrukserver wilt gebruiken moet u eerst de service Server op die computer starten Start de service Server voordat u de netwerkpri
23. CanonLBP Voit asentaa vaihtoehtoisia ohjaimia jotta seuraavien j rjestelmien k ytt j t voivat hakea niit automaattisesti kun he ottavat yhteytt Vaihtoehtoiset ohjaimet Windows 95 Windows NT 4 0 x86 Kernen Windows NT 4 0 MIP Windows NT 4 0 DE Windows NT 4 0 PPC Windows NT 3 5 tai 3 51 x86 zi Muuta kirjoittimen k ytt oikeuksia Suojaus v lilehden avulla 2 Jos haluat jakaa LBP 660 n verkossa napsauta Jaettu valintanappia Kun valitset Jaettu Jaettu nimell tekstiruutuun ilmestyy kahdeksan ensimm ist fm merkki ilman v lily ntej nimest jonka annoit kirjoittimelle asentaessasi sen Voit kirjoittaa tekstiruutuun jonkin toisen nimen Jos kirjoittimen jakavilla verkkok ytt jill on Microsoft Windows 3 1 tai Microsoft Ty ryhm Windows varmista ett nimess on enint n kahdeksan merkki m Jos teet kirjoittimesta jaetun l valitse k ytt j rjestelm valintaikkunan alaosassa olevasta Vaihtoehtoiset ohjaimet luettelosta LBP 660 ohjain voidaan asentaa ainoastaan Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 j rjestelm n x86 prosessori 3 Napsauta OK painiketta m LBP 660 on nyt m ritetty jaetuksi kirjoittimeksi ja Kirjoittimet kansiossa n kyv kuvake muuttuu jaetun kirjoittimen kuvakkeeksi Luku 2 Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin asentaminen 9 Luku 3 Yhteys verkkokirjoittimena toimivaan LBP 660 een Jos m rit t LBP 660 n jaetuksi kirjoitti
24. Characters Inch or Point Size 18 cpi 12 pt 4 Paper Size Latter 81 2 x 117 Port Lines Page 5 128 Port Figure 1 7 47 1 Multiple Copies Sets the number of copies 2 Default Font Sets ihe type of font the symbol set and the point size 3 Port Sets the printer port 4 Orientation Sets the page orientation 5 Paper Size Sets the print paper size 6 Lines Page Sets the number of lines to be printed per page 7 Send Exit Closes this dialog box and sends any changed items to the printer 8 Cancel Closes this dialog box without changing its items 9 Form Feed Executes form feeding 10 Options Opens the Options dialog box see Page 1 77 11 Test Pages Opens the Test Pages dialog box see Page 1 78 12 About Opens the About dialog box that contains ihe version information of Microsoft Windows Printing System see Page 1 79 13 Help Opens Help topics 14 Factory Defaults Returns the PCL Emulation Front Panel settings to their default values 15 Status bar Indicates the status of the printer CHAPTER 1 PCL Emulation Front Panel Options dialog box The PCL Emulation Front Panel Options dialog box is for setting Auto Form Feed which auto matically prints and delivers the paper and exits the PCL Emulation Job when the PCL data is interrupted It can be opened by clicking the Options button in the PCL E
25. Compartida Recurso compartido RER Seleccione el sistema operativo de todos los equipos que van a utilizar esta impresora Windows 95 R Windows NT 4 0 MIPS Windows NT 4 0 Alpha Windows NT 4 0 PPC lt Atr s Siguiente gt Cancelar 1 Para compartir la impresora LBP 660 en una red seleccione el bot n de opci n Compartida 2 Haga clic en el bot n Siguiente gt m Aparece una ventana que le pregunta si desea imprimir una p gina de prueba Configuraci n para imprimir una p gina de prueba Una vez terminada la instalaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System puede imprimir una p gina de prueba en la LBP 660 1 Paraimprimir una p gina de prueba basta con hacer clic en el bot n Terminar se imprimir una p gina de prueba autom ticamente Si no desea imprimirla seleccione el bot n No y luego haga clic en el bot n Terminar A hacer clic en el bot n Terminar los archivos pertinentes del disco de instalaci n se copian en el disco duro Durante el proceso de copia aparece un cuadro de mensaje con una barra de progreso Al finalizar la copia aparece el icono Canon LBP 660 en la carpeta Impresoras La forma que adopta el icono Canon LBP 660 en la carpeta Impresoras difiere seg n el valor especificado sobre compartir la impresora 6 Instalaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System Cap tulo 2 A continuaci n ver el mensaje Inicializando Por favor espere mientras Microso
26. EEES COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON INC 001 100 101 102 103 110 260 310 320 330 350 900 CONTENTS ASSEMBLY LOCATION DIAGRAM DISK UNIT EXTERNAL COVERS PANELS ETC INTERNAL COMPONENTS 1 INTERNAL COMPONENTS 2 INTERNAL COMPONENTS 3 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ASS Y PAPER PICK UP ROLLER ASS Y PAPER PICK UP ASS Y TRANSFER BLOCK ASS Y FEEDER ASS Y SEPARATION GUIDE ASS Y DELIVERY ASS Y PCB ASS Y LOCATION DIAGRAM NUMERICAL INDEX CANON LBP 660 REVO FEB 1997 PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON N YASRAIORA Babs Figure No B EU amp 7 RY TS DAELE BIER FERSKEN AV ET Bib ERA n e DELA EDIT ERA BHUTAN TOWNES Figure NoYDNR VE VIET nos AD TOF N 0 ABRE UA ORELLI BES RARA AIEMTRET E EEE ERBE MO SENT ANT SERIAL NUMBER REMARKSIB ZEBLT 88185 UA EDT BE OMAK TH 1 5 8 EU No FIGURE amp KEY No KERES S854 97A HORE EKALT Dh TE Er N oil BB UC 2182 CNIBUX3 WBEAPE PART No 02 Amd 50 To Bim TR T SPL DG O4ETSERUCAIS Mo NPNERRSNTV S G gt II CEE FAR H DSNTVET OEHHRTE VTT E EESOKEIMENELVUIJ EKES JEE ET 2 3 4 5 6 INEDZELOTTE BAER Service Information CHEM ans TOC HIL IND OPS EERS Bt I
27. Leti Eq Winnt40 el lez el Dubbelklicka p mappen f r den spr kversion av Microsoft Windows NT du anv nder m N r Wpsc3nt visas i dialogrutan Ange plats klickar du p ppna Om det inte finns n gon mapp f r det spr k du anv nder v ljer du den engelska mappen Klicka p OK i dialogrutan Installera fr n diskett N r Canon LBP 660 visas i listan ver skrivare i guiden L gg till skrivare klickar du p N sta gt m Ett f nster visas d r du kan namnge skrivaren med Canon LBP 660 redan valt Vill du ndra skrivarens namn skriver du in ett nytt namn enligt instruktionerna p sk rmen Klicka p N sta gt m Nu visas f nstret f r skrivardelning Kapitel 2 Installera Microsoft Windows Printing System 5 SVENSKA St lla in delning av skrivare Det h r avsnittet beskriver hur man anger om LBP 660 ska delas i ett n tverk eller ej Du kan ven ange inst llningar f r delning av skrivaren efter att du installerat Microsoft Windows Printing System Se avsnittet Dela skrivaren f r mer information Veiviser for skriverinstallasjon Angi om denne skriveren skal deles med andre nettverksbrukere Hvis du velger dele skriveren m du gi den et ressursnavn Delt C Ikke delt Velg operativsystemene til alle maskinene som skal dele denne skriveren Windows NT 3 5 eller 3 51 Mips zi lt Tilbake Neste gt Avbryt 1 Vill du dela LBP 660 i ett n
28. NetBEUI TCP IP NWLink IPX SPX Du m ha tilgang som systemansvarlig hvis du skal installere Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT Installeringen b r utf res av en nettverksansvarlig eller skriveransvarlig som har tilgang som systemansvarlig 2 Innledning Kapittel 1 Kapittel 2 Installere Microsoft Windows Printing System N r du skal installere Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT bruker du den vedlagte installeringsdisketten for Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 Installere Microsoft Windows Printing System for lokale skrivere Denne delen forklarer hvordan du installerer Microsoft Windows Printing System n r du bruker LBP 660 som lokal skriver Se kapittel 3 Koble deg til LBP 660 n r den brukes som nettverksskriver hvis du vil vite hvordan du installerer LBP 660 som nettverksskriver Starte veiviseren for skriverinstallasjon Bruk veiviseren for skriverinstallasjon i Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 n r du skal installere Microsoft Windows Printing System p et system som kj rer Microsoft Windows NT Gj r f lgende n r du installerer programvaren 1 Sl p maskinen som LBP 660 er koblet til og start Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 2 Logg deg p som systemansvarlig 3 F lg en av disse framgangsm tene for starte veiviseren for skriverinstallasjon a Klikk p Start p oppgavelinjen og flytt musepekeren til Innstillinger I unde
29. Please wait message while the Microsoft Windows Printing System starts the initialization process During the initialization the Microsoft Windows Printing System group is created and is added to the Start menu The Windows Printing System window also appears on the desktop along with a shortcut icon for the Microsoft Windows Printing System group see next page If you want to connect to the LBP 660 and print from a Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 or Microsoft Windows for Workgroups client that is connected to the Microsoft Windows NT network click on the Yes button when the next dialog box appears If you do not want to share the LBP 660 or if all the clients are Microsoft Windows NT machines click on the No button Microsoft Windows Printing System Installation Do you want to share the WPS directory for allowing Windows95 Windows3 1 clients to print ma Finishing the Installation When installation of the Microsoft Windows Printing System is finished a confirmation message is displayed Click on the OK button to complete the installation If you opted to print a test page during the printer driver installation the test print now begins If the entire installation was completed successfully you will see the LBP 660 Status Window on the desktop and the test page is printed on the LBP 660 Check the test page and then click on the Yes button in the test page completion dialog box to close the dialog box O
30. Scanner motor driver H Frequency SCNCLK generator J207 5__J802 1 Rotation control eircuit SCNTAC spu207 2 J802 4 fe a 1 a SCNON Scanner J207 4 802 2 k os motor T drive circuit Scanner motor CHAPTER 2 II IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM A Outline The image formation system is the nucleus of the printer and is comprised of the photosensi tive drum the developing unit and the charging roller Upon receiving the PRINT signal PRNT from the video controller the printer controller dri ves the main motor to rotate the photosensitive drum developing cylinder primary charging roller and transfer charging roller The primary charging roller then applies a uniform negative charge to the photosensitive drum surface while the laser diode irradiates the drum surface with the laser beam modulated by the VDO signal to form a latent image After the latent image on the photosensitive drum is made visible with toner on the develop ing cylinder it is transferred onto paper by the transfer charging roller The residual toner on the photosensitive drum surface is removed by the cleaner blade and the photosensitive drum potential is made uniform by the primary charging roller in preparation for the next latent image formation Laser beam Photosensitive drum Developing cylinder Primary charging roller Transfer charging roller Vide
31. 2 N r det vises en melding som sp r om du vil koble deg til nettverksskriveren klikker du p Yes m Deretter pnes dialogboksen der du angir hvilken skriver som skal kobles til Connect to Server Select the Network printer server for the Canon LEP 660 gt 1025Canon LBP 660 3 Velg navnet p skriveren du vil koble deg til fra listen og klikk deretter p Connect m N r du er ferdig med koble deg til nettverksskriveren vises n v rende status for skriveren i tekstfeltet Status alternativer Menylinjen i LBP 660 Network Status Monitor inneholder tre menyer Options Printer og Help WS_102 Canon LBP 660 Mel X Options Printer Help Options menyen Bruk Options menyen til angi alternativer som gjelder Network Status Monitor m Connect to Server Velg dette alternativet hvis tilkoblingen til nettverksskriveren p en eller annen m te er brutt eller hvis du vil koble deg til en annen nettverksskriver gjelder kun LBP 660 Du vil se den samme Connect to Server dialogboksen som vises n r du starter Network Status Monitor Velg den skriveren du vil koble deg til og klikk p Connect m Sound Bruk dette alternativet til velge om det skal brukes talemeldinger n r det oppst r feil under utskriftsprosessen Kapittel 4 Bruke Microsoft Windows Printing System 21 m Network Status Monitor kan bare gi talemeldinger nar det oppst r feil Hvis det ikke er m installert lydkort p kli
32. Ist die Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing System abgeschlossen so k nnen Sie sofort von dem Computer aus der unter Microsoft Windows NT ausgef hrt wird und an den der LBP 660 als lokaler Drucker angeschlossen wurde drucken Um diesen Computer jedoch als Druck Server im Netzwerk zu verwenden so da ber das Netzwerk von Client Computern aus gedruckt werden kann m ssen sie den Computer erneut unter Microsoft Windows NT starten Kapitel 2 Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems 7 ja o n a Die w hrend der Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems erstellte Programmgruppe Windows Printing System enth lt die nachstehend angezeigten sechs Symbole Lal Windows Printing System O x Datei Bearbeiten Ansicht DT a Canon LBP 660 Canon LBP 660 Canon LBP 660 Canon Hilfe zu Canon Readme Schriftarten Installation Statusfenster LBP 660 Fehlersuchpro LBP 660 gramm 6 Objektfe 3 80 KB Canon LBP 660 Schriftarten Installation Dies ist ein Hilfsprogramm zur Installation der TrueType Schriftarten 22 Lucida TrueType Schriftarten die sich auf der Diskette 3 der Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 Installationsdisketten f r Microsoft Windows NT befinden Zur Installation der TrueType Schriftarten doppelklicken Sie auf das Symbol Canon LBP 660 Schriftarten Installation Folgen Sie dann den auf dem Bildschirm angezeigten Anweisungen m Die installierten TrueType Schrifta
33. Standard ECP ECP nnnn K s or n a LPT3 Standard nnnn K s Standard ECP ECP nnnn K s or n a Operating System Printer Software a For R1 00 of US version and European version Pentium TM is displayed instead of Pentium Pro TM Configuration Configuration Printer Software Configuration Base OS Version 6 20 Compatibility Code 10106 Compatibility Code Compatibility code of the driver 10106 Base OS Location High memory WPS Driver Version 1 80 00 171 WPS Driver Version of WPSC3 DRV of the driver Network WEW WPS RP Version 1 80 00 171 WPS RP Version Version of Resource Processor WPSSRP DLL Network Driver Ver 3 11 00 300 WPS QP Version 1 80 00 171 WPS QP Version Version of Que Processor WPSQRP DLL Disk Cache Type Windows WPS LP Version 1 80 00 171 WPS LP Version Version of Logical Processor WPSLP DLL Disk Cache Size 4096 KB WPS HRE Version 1 80 00 171 WPS HRE Version Version of WPSHRE DLL Swapfile Size 5940 KB WPS PSW Version 1 80 00 171 WPS PSW Version Version of WPSSPW DLL 2 Swapfile Type Permanent WPS VpD Version 001 003 011 3 WPS VpD Version Version of WPSLJVPD 386 File Access 32 Bit Highest Resolution 600 dpi Highest Resolution 600 dpi Disk Access 32 Bit WPS PRS 1087 KB WPS PRS Memory size of PRS Windows Version 3 11 00 300 Metrics
34. Standardm ig ist die Tonerdichte auf drei eingestellt m Benutzerdefinierte Papiergr e Verwenden Sie diese Option um die Papiergr e einzustellen wenn Sie als Papiergr e auf der Registerkarte Seite einrichten die Option B def ausw hlt haben Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfl che Benutzerdefinierte Papiergr e um das Dialogfeld Benutzerdefinierte Papiergr e zu ffnen und die Papierh he und breite einzustellen 18 Verwendung des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems Kapitel 4 Microsoft Windows NT LBP 660 Statusfenster Wenn LBP 660 als lokaler Drucker an einen Computer angeschlossen ist der unter Microsoft Windows NT ausgef hrt wird so wird das LBP 660 Statusfenster automatisch angezeigt wenn der Druckvorgang auf dem LBP 660 ausgef hrt wird oder wenn ein Benutzereingriff erforderlich sein sollte beispielsweise wenn ein Problem auftritt Sie k nnen das LBP 660 Statusfenster auch jederzeit ffnen indem Sie auf das Symbol des Canon LBP 660 Statusfensters in der Programmgruppe Windows Printing System doppelklicken Sie k nnen mit Hilfe des Statusfensters das Abarbeiten Ihrer Druckauftr ge verfolgen den Druck unterbrechen wiederaufnehmen usw Canon LBP 660 an LPT1 ME EE Drucker Ansicht Optionen Hilfe Der Drucker ist bereit Das Statusfenster entspricht dem des Microsoft Windows Printing System wie es fiir Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 und Microsoft Windows
35. Taman ohjatun toiminnon avulla voit asentaa Sr ja muodostaa yhteyksi T t kirjoitinta Kaikkia asetuksia hallitaan ja muokataan t st tiet tokor neesta Verkkokirjoitinpalvelin Liit kirjoitin toiseen tietokoneeseen Kaikkia asetuksia hallitsee j rjestelm nvalvojan m ritt m kirjoitinpalvelin mel 4 Tarkista ett valintaikkunassa on valittu Oma tietokone valintanappi ja napsauta Seuraava gt painiketta m Kirjoitinportin valintaikkuna tulee esiin Kirjoitinportin valitseminen Ohjattu kirjoittimen asennus Napsauta valintaruutua niiden porttien vieress joita haluat k ytt Tiedostot tulostuvat ensimm iseen vapaaseen valittuun porttiin K ytett viss olevat portit Portti Kuvaus v IRE Local Port O LPT2 Local Port O LPT3 Local Port U COMI Local Port C COM2 Local Port O COM3 Local Port O COMA Local Port O FILE Local Port Lis portti Portin m ritykset I Lis kirjoitin kirjoitinryhm n lt Edellinen Seuraava gt Peruuta 1 Napsauta sen portin valintaruutua johon LBP 660 on kytketty yleens LPT1 ja sitten Seuraava gt painiketta m Voit kytke LBP 660 n vain rinnakkaisporttiin LPT Et voi tulostaa LBP 660 ll jos m valitset sarjaportin tai muun portin kuin sen johon LBP 660 on kytketty m N et valintaikkunan jossa on lueteltu kirjoittimien valmistajat ja mallit joita Microsoft Windows NT tuk
36. 2 Kun n ytt n tulee kysymys haluatko avata yhteyden verkkokirjoittimeen napsauta Kyll painiketta m N ytt n tulee valintaikkuna verkkokirjoittimen valitsemista varten Connect to Server Select the Network printer server for the Canon LBP 560 3 Valitse luetteloruudusta kirjoitin johon haluat avata yhteyden ja napsauta Connect painiketta m Kun olet avannut yhteyden verkkokirjoittimeen sen nykyinen tila n kyy tekstiruudussa Status Monitorin asetukset LBP 660 Network Status Monitorin valikkorivill on kolme valikkoa Options Printer ja Help WS_102 Canon LBP 660 D Options Printer Help Options valikko Options valikon komennoilla m ritet n Network Status Monitorin toimintaan vaikuttavia asetuksia m Connect to Server Valitse t m komento jos yhteys verkkokirjoittimeen on katkennut jostakin syyst tai jos haluat valita jonkin toisen verkkokirjoittimen vain LBP 660 N et saman Connect to Server valintaikkunan kuin k ynnist ess si Network Status Monitorin Valitse haluamasi kirjoittimen nimi ja napsauta Connect painiketta m Sound Valitse t ll komennolla pit k ohjelman antaa kirjoittimen virheest puhuttu sanoma Luku 4 Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin k ytt 21 m Network Status Monitor antaa puhuttuja sanomia vain virheen sattuessa Ellei m tietokoneessa ole nikorttia t m komento on himmennetty eli sit ei voi valita m Default
37. 4 CDATA3 E GND H CDATA4 23 GND e CDATA5 24 GND 7 cDATAS 25 Video Controller PCB i 12 PERROR 30 13 SELECT 31 Jejnduioo jsoy OL MAMA MAM MA SM NA NM NNN SA WI MV MNA VY x ag E lt 2 Pa ui 5 gt x gt ob iokoes OOS Pr 9293220590228 1 i cor gt T ETTE EET ERT gt Printer Controller PCB APPENDIX II LIST OF SIGNALS COMMANDS Abbreviation SIGNALS COMMANDS APCSH APC SAMPLE HOLD signal BD BEAM DETECT signal BDI BD INPUT signal ICBSY COMMAND BUSY signal CCLK CONTROLLER CLOCK signal CMD COMMAND signal CPRDY CONTROLLER POWER READY signal CPUD PICK UP SOLENOID DRIVE signal DOSNS DOOR OPEN CARTRIDGE SENSE signal DVDCC DEVELOPING BIAS AC DRIVE signal DVFOT DEVELOPING BIAS DC DRIVE signal FSRD FIXING HEATER DRIVE signal FSRTH FIXING HEATER TEMPERATURE DETECT signal LON LASER ENABLE signal MA MAIN MOTOR DRIVE signal MA MAIN MOTOR DRIVE signal MB MAIN MOTOR DRIVE signal MB MAIN MOTOR DRIVE signal PAPRSNS PAPER OUT SENSOR signal PCLK PRINTER CLOCK signal PISNS PAPER PICK UP SENSOR signal POSNS PAPER DELIVERY SENSOR signal PPRDY PRINTER POWER READY signal PRACC PRIMARY VOLTAGE AC DRIVE signal PRDCC PRIMARY VOLTAGE DC DRIVE signal PRNT PRINT signal RDY READY signal SBSY STATUS BUSY signal SCNCLK SCANNER CLOCK signal SCNON SCANNER MOTOR DRIVE signal
38. Faulty paper out sensor Action If the paper out sensor lever is damaged replace it If this does not rectify the prob lem replace the paper out sensor PS002 Separation pad defect Action Replace the separation pad if worn Lifting plate separation pad spring feed spring defects Action Reset if incorrectly installed Replace if deformed or damaged Pick up clutch defect Action Replace the pick up clutch Pick up roller unit part defect Action Replace any damaged parts Paper feed roller drive system Action Replace the paper feed roller drive shaft paper feed roller etc if they are damaged Faulty printer controller PCB Action Replace the printer controller PCB M 5 Insufficient High Voltage Power Output lt Possible causes gt 1 Dirt or contact point burn on high voltage contact ports Action Clean the relevant high voltage connection If a connection burn has occurred replace the high voltage connection Faulty laser scanner unit Laser driver PCB Action Replace the laser scanner unit Faulty printer controller PCB Action Replace the printer controller PCB CHAPTER 4 M 6 Main Motor Not Rotating lt Possible causes gt 1 Poor contact in the main motor drive signal line connector Action Reconnect connector J007 on the main motor or J401 on the printer controller PCB 2 Faulty contact in switch sensor unit connector Action Reconnect connector JOO1 JOO2 on the switch sensor
39. Finestra di stato Canon LBP 660 E un icona che apre la Finestra di stato Canon LBP 660 Programma di individuazione dei problemi di Canon LBP 660 E un programma di utilita per la risoluzione dei problemi relativi a Microsoft Windows Printing System Per ulteriori informazioni sull uso di questo programma di utilit vedere il capitolo intitolato Individuazione e soluzione dei problemi nel Manuale per l Operatore Disinstallazione di Canon LBP 660 E un programma di utilit per disinstallare Microsoft Windows Printing System Per ulteriori informazioni sull uso di questo programma di utilit vedere il capitolo intitolato Individuazione e soluzione dei problemi nel Manuale per l Operatore 8 Installazione di Microsoft Windows Printing System Capitolo 2 Condivisione della stampante Al termine dell installazione di Microsoft Windows Printing System utilizzare la finestra di dialogo Propriet per designare LBP 660 come stampante condivisa 1 Seguire la procedura sotto riportata per aprire la scheda Condivisione nella finestra di dialogo Proprieta m Aprire la cartella Stampanti fare clic con il pulsante destro del mouse sull icona di LBP 660 e selezionare Condivisione dal menu che appare Canon LBP 660 Propriet HE Generale Porte Pianificazione Condivisione Protezione Impostazioni periferica I Canon LBP 660 C Nen condividere 6 Condividi Nome condivisione CanonLBP Linstal
40. IMPRIME AU JAPON 110 2 PAPER PICK UP ROLLER ASS Y FIGURE 260 FIGURE amp KEY NO 260 SERIAL NUMBER REMARKS RG5 3486 040 PAPER PICK UP ROLLER ASS Y 1 RB2 1707 000 1 SHAFT PAPER PICK UP 2 RB2 1634 000 1 ROLLER PAPER PICK UP 3 RB2 1633 000 2 ROLLER SUB 4 RB1 7193 000 1 CAM LEFT 5 RB1 7194 000 1 CAM RIGHT 6 RB2 1703 000 2 ROLLER SUB 7 RG5 3492 000 1 FEED ROLLER ASSY LEFT 7A RB2 1701 000 1 ROLLER FEED 8 RG5 3493 000 1 FEED ROLLER ASSY RIGHT RASE 8A RB2 1701 000 1 ROLLER FEED 501 XD9 0131 000 4 RING 502 XD3 0159 000 PIN DOWEL 260 1 COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON INC CANON LEP 660 REV 1 AUG 1998 PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON FIGURE 310 en PICK UP ASS Y SEE FIGURE 330 501 310 1 COPYRIGHT 1998 CANONINC CANON 18 660 REV FEB 1997 PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON FIGURE SERIAL NUMBER REMARKS PART NUMBER HE DESCRIPTION Y RG5 3484 070 1 PAPER PICK UP ASS Y 1 RB1 7172 000 1 SPRING GROUNDING 2 RB1 7181 000 1 ARM SEPARATION 3 RB1 7182 000 1 LEVER SENSOR 4 RB1 7183 000 1 HOLDER LEVER 5 RB1 7184 000 1 BUSHING 6 RB1 7197 020 1 CLUTCH 7 RB1 7199 000 1 SPRING GROUNDING 8 RB1 7206 000 1 HOLDER ARM ER 9 RGS 1947000 1 FEEDERDAIVEASSY 000100000002 9A RB1 7221 000 1
41. J201 J208 J207 J102 J305 S ent SW101 J204 Figure 4 9 1 Table 4 9 1 Function Test print switch CHAPTER 4 X LIST OF LUBRICANTS CLEANERS Name Components Table 4 10 1 Use Remarks Alcohol ethyl pure or denatured or isopropyl pure or denatured C2HsOH CHs CHOH MEK methyl ethyl ketone CH3CO CyH5 tiA 5 Cleaning plastic rubber external parts Purchase locally Flammable keep away from flame Cleaning oil and toner stains Purchase locally Highly flammable keep away from flame Lubricant Special oil Special solid lubricating material Lithium soap Apply to drive mechanism Tool No HY9 0007 20g tube Electricity grease High performance grease Apply to grounding plate Electricity grease Tool No CK 8006 EE EA R 222020 lt n m C 2 2 a u oo SEE ZAC 22222 22 K 2020 2 a DELE 222722226 s 222 2 222 ssa EG SE 5 EEE EE 522522 ITA DELETE BE SERE EE 2 22 2 2 22222 2222 22 7 A 222 DC gt 22 222 2 2 2 2 2222 2 22 _ 2 2 2 52 o ER ZE E 2 EE
42. O Pick up roller unit O Feeding sub roller holder Figure 3 3 1 1 2 Removal from the main unit Remove the external covers Remove the screw and the PCB case reinforcement plate O Screw PCB case reinforcement plate 3 Figure 3 3 2 Disconnect the grounding spring on the left side of the main unit O Grounding spring 4 5 Figure 3 3 3 Disconnect the door switch unit and scanner unit connectors J2 J3 J4 Disconnect the connector J5 from the paper feed unit CHAPTER 3 6 Disconnect the pick up solenoid con Note When installing the pick up unit nector J6 from the printer controller ensure that the catch on the feed PCB sub roller holder is hooked into the 7 Unhook the feeding sub roller holder holes on the edge of the upper upper catch from the upper plate plate the shaded holder is correct ly installed whereas the dotted lined holder is not O Feeding sub roller holder Upper plate Laser scanner unit O Feeding sub roller holder Figure 3 3 4 Upper plate 8 Remove the 4 screws and the pick up Figure 3 3 6 unit O Screws Q Pick up unit Figure 3 3 5 CHAPTER 3 3 Disassembly assembly a Paper feed unit N 1 Disconnect the paper feed bearing claw and remove the paper feed drive shaft in the direc tion of the arrow while holding the feed gear 2 Remove the screw from the rear of the paper feed unit then take out
43. Remove the 2 screws and the top cover 4 Remove the Multi purpose tray unit O Screws O Top cover Multi purpose tray unit Figure 3 1 3 CHAPTER 3 5 Remove the 2 claws and the front cover B Door switch Unit h 1 Take out connectors J2 from the door switch unit 2 While lifting the door switch lever push the pin on the back of the door switch unit and rotate the unit in the direction of the arrow to remove O Claws Q Front cover Figure 3 1 4 6 Remove the claw and take off the left O Door switch lever Pin cover Door switch unit 7 Remove the claw and take off the right cover while holding the lever cover down Figure 3 1 6 O Left cover claw Left cover Right cover claw Lever cover O Right cover Figure 3 1 5 CHAPTER 3 II DRIVE EM B Main Motor 1 Removal from the main unit A Drive Gears 1 Remove the external covers I Removal from the main unit 2 Remove the 2 screws 1 Remove the external covers 2 Remove the 3 screws and take off the gear support plate O Screws O Screws Gear support plate Figure 3 2 2 Figure 3 2 1 3 Remove connector J1 then the main motor 3 Remove the drive gears Connector Main motor Figure 3 2 3 CHAPTER 3 HI PAPER TRANSPORT SYSTEM A Pick up Unit 1 Configuration O Pick up solenoid Lifting plate Lifting plate spring O Separation pad spring O Paper feed unit
44. The Printer Processor dialog box can be opened by clicking on the Print Processor button in the General tab in the Properties dialog box The Print Processor dialog box is shown in Figure 1 7 5 Print Processor 3 Figure 1 7 5 1 Print Processor Specifies the print processor used for this printer Normally wpsprint WPS print processor and winprint Windows standard print processor are available 2 Default Datatype Displays the list of spool datatype available for the selected print proces sor in the Print Processor list box Always select WPS for this printer 3 Always spool RAW datatype Select the check box when you want to always spool data as RAW datatype The Could not start print job error occurs in the application and the print er cannot print when the check box for Always spool RAW datatype is selected Therefore always keep it off 4 OK Changes the items in this dialog box and closes the box 5 Cancel Closes this dialog box without changing its items CHAPTER 1 6 Ports tab Use this tab to select the port to which the printer is connected It can be opened by clicking the Ports tab in the Properties dialog box The Ports tab is shown in Figure 1 7 6 ctu s Cano Canon LBP 660 4 5 6 Figure 1 7 6 1 Print to the following port s List of check boxes for the ports to which the printer can be connected Select one or more port s to which the printer
45. Use bidirectional 8 bit parallel interface cable for IBM PC Connections through the printer selector and printer buffer are not supported b Installation procedures Install Microsoft Windows Printing System to the host computer by following the procedures below For details see the user s manual packed with the printer Start Microsoft Windows 3 1 Insert the Microsoft Windows Printing System installation disk into the floppy disk drive Select Run from the File menu in the program manager Input A SETUP EXE in the command line box and click the OK button A Y indicates the floppy disk drive name which has the driver disk As the display may be B or C depending on the computer system confirm the floppy disk drive name before inputting BODER Installation program starts Proceed to step 5 Note Once the installation program starts Microsoft Windows Printing System Installation Product Registration is displayed in the background When started from an unused installation disk in which no name is registered a Welcome dialog is displayed However it is not displayed when started from an already used disk 5 Ifstarted from an unused installation disk input your name and fompany name in the What Is Your Name dialog box and click the Continue button 6 Select and press the Express or Custom button Express Installation installs all the Microsoft Windows Printing System to the host comput er More tha
46. Uso di Microsoft Windows Printing System Capitolo 4 Scheda Impostazioni periferica Questa scheda specifica come gestire i mezzitoni durante la stampa della grafica LBP 660 puo stampare sia utilizzando i mezzitoni propri della stampante che i mezzitoni del sistema Microsoft Windows NT Per selezionare i mezzitoni utilizzati selezionare l opzione Mezzitoni e utilizzare i pulsanti visualizzati nella finestra Modificare le 2999 impostazioni di Mezzitoni per selezionare i mezzitoni desiderati Modificare le impostazioni di Mezzitoni Utilizza mezzitoni della stampante Utilizza mezzitoni host Se si seleziona Utilizza mezzitoni host possibile utilizzare la finestra di dialogo Propriet colori mezzitoni della periferica per modificare le impostazioni dei mezzitoni di sistema Per ulteriori informazioni sulla modifica dei mezzitoni di sistema fare riferimento alla guida o ai manuali di Microsoft Windows NT Propriet colori mezzitoni della periferica 2 x Periferica Canon LBP 660 Motivo mezzitoni 6 x Gamma periferica 12500 gt Ama Diametro pixel PERIFERICA mi gt Annulla modifica Bianco di allineamento della periferica Predefinito Luminanza CIE Y 100 00 4 gt vanzato v m L impostazione di Regolazione colori mezzitoni nella finestra di dialogo Propriet Documento predefinito a cui si accede selezionando Impostazioni document
47. det n r et dokument udskrives og forl bslinjen viser det antal sider der udskrives samt det totale antal sider el xm um Printing My Doc Estimated time left 11 seconds Estimated time finished 18 04 Kapitel 4 Bruge Microsoft Windows Printing System 19 m Hvis du valgte Start udskrivning n r f rste side er sat i k er det kun meddelelsen Printing der vises i meddelelsesomr det og forl bslinjen viser kun det antal sider der er udskrevet Canon LBP 660 on LPT1 HEE Printer View Options Help My_Doc Printing m Knappen Test Printer findes ikke p v rkt jslinjen Hvis du vil udskrive en testside skal du brugen knappen Udskriv testside p fanebladet Generelt i dialogboksen Printeregenskaber m Kommandoen Printer findes ikke p menuen Options Hvis du vil ndre tonert thed skal du bne dialogboksen Egenskaber for standarddokument og bruge muligheden Toner Density p fanebladet Avanceret m Med Client Operation p menuen Options kan du v lge om udskrivningen skal kunne afbrydes genoptages eller annulleres fra Network Status Monitor eller en Microsoft Windows NT klient Hakket til venstre for kommandoen Client Operation sl r ovenn vnte muligheder til og fra i Network Status Monitor LBP 660 Network Status Monitor LBP 660 Network Status Monitor er en funktion der tilllader en Microsoft Windows NT klient der er sluttet til netv rksprinteren at unders ge stat
48. ed detection i if pi _ Solenoid circuit 12V ef ODER Pl Laser scanner i unit H eee 5VDC 5V Video power controller supply PCB circuit en CHAPTER 2 B Protective Function The 12 VDC and the 5 VDC power circuits each contain an excess current and excess voltage protection function These circuits automatically shut off the output voltage to prevent a power circuit malfunction when excess current flows due to a short abnormal voltage or other trou bles If DC voltage is not output from the power circuit after the excess current or excess volt age protection functions have been activated turn the power OFF for about 2 minutes Repair the trouble on the load side and turn the power ON again EN BEER PE S joa 2 2282022 IR e EN 2000 Ds RR SO Ey TAN IG S T NE er SE RIE e 2222 2 22222527202 si 2 2220200 2222022 22222222 En RER 2222225 SIZE 22222222 RER ES 22222 EE EL EEE EEE CHAPTER 3 I EXTERNALS 1 Main cover 1 Open the cartridge door and remove the A External Covers cartridge 2 Remove the 2 screws unhook the 2 claws with a slot head screwdriver and take off the rear cover O Left cover Top cover Multi purpose tray unit Rear cover O Screws Claws O Right cover Rear cover O Front cover Figure 3 1 2 Figure 3 1 1 3
49. nals to drive the laser diode motors and solenoids based on the print commands and image data input from the video controller BL SET Printer controller PCB Laser scanner unit Scanner motor driver Video controller PCB Laser driver Laser aae isi Paper delivery sensor High voltage power supply Host computer Transfer charging roller Main motor driver Main motor Power supply AC driver low voltage power supply Fixing heater driver Fixing heater Solenoid Sensors So Door switch Figure 2 1 2 CHAPTER 2 C Printer Controller Input Output Signals 1 2 Laser scanner unit Printer controller PCB SCNTAC Clock pulse proportional to the scanner Scanner motor rotation rate motor Scanner SCNON L to rotate the scanner motor motor driver circuit SCNCLK Scanner motor reference clock signal 5V J801 6 J208 1 TY Laser diode APCSH L to perform APC Laser driver ILON L to switch the laser diode ON circuit NDOUT L to switch the laser ON 3 BD input signal A an dur Say ns ai Main motor J401 1 MA 21 MA DEM 6 3 MB Main motor drive signals 41 MB PS201 Paper delivery Yr when paper is O Ai 2 sensor detected PS002 1 1 ja Pick up sensor 4202 6 PISNS L when paper is detected J20
50. onglet G n ral de la boite de dialogue des propri t s de l imprimante m La Fen tre d tat de la LBP 660 ne comprend pas de commande Options d impression dans le menu Options R glez la densit d encre avec l option Document Options de Ponglet Avanc es de la boite de dialogue Propri t s de Canon LBP 660 Document par d faut 26 Annexe canon LBP 660 LASER DRUCKER Leitfaden zum Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT WICHTIGER HINWEIS Bitte lesen Sie dieses Benutzerhandbuch sorgf ltig bevor Sie den Drucker in Betrieb nehmen Bewahren Sie das Benutzerhandbuch zu Referenzzwecken auf DEUTSCH Copyright Copyright 1998 Canon Inc Alle Rechte vorbehalten Copyright 1996 Microsoft Corporation Alle Rechte vorbehalten Hinweis Mit Ausnahme der in diesem Handbuch aufgef hrten Garantien bernimmt Canon Inc keinerlei Haftung weder Sachm ngelhaftung noch gesetzliche Gew hrleistung einschlie lich ohne jegliche Einschr nkungen Gew hr f r Marktg ngigkeit und Eignung f r einen bestimmten Zweck oder Gebrauch oder gegen Verletzung bestehender Patentrechte Canon kann unter keinen Umst nden f r direkte Sch den in urs chlichem Zusammenhang stehende Sch den oder Folgesch den jeglicher Art oder f r Verluste oder Kosten die durch Gebrauch eines Produkts fehlerhaft oder nicht entstanden sind haftbar gemacht werden Dieses Dokument enth lt firmeneigene Informationen d
51. st Eigenschaften von Canon LBP 660 Standarddokument 2 x Sei hien Weitere Optionen Papiergr e E 44 Anzahl Exemplare 1 3 Exemplar g r Esemilate sontiereri 1 99 Ausrichtung lA Hochformat C Querformat m Sie k nnen ein entsprechendes Dialogfeld auch ber die Befehle Seite einrichten und Drucken aus m dem Meni Datei eines Anwendungsprogrammes ffnen Denken Sie daran daB die in dem Anwendungsprogramm von Ihnen vorgenommenen Einstellungen nur f r das aktuelle Dokument in dieser Anwendung g ltig sind und keine Auswirkungen auf das Standarddokument haben B Registerkarte Seite einrichten Auf dieser Registerkarte k nnen Parameter wie die Papiergr e die Ausrichtung beim Drucken und die Anzahl der Exemplare festgelegt werden Papiergr e W hlen Sie die Papiergr e aus dem Listenfeld aus Wenn Sie als Papiergr e B def ausw hlen geben Sie den Namen und die Gr e des Papiers auf der Registerkarte Weitere Optionen ein Anzahl Exemplare Geben Sie in das Textfeld Anzahl Exemplare die gew nschte Anzahl der Exemplare ein Exemplare sortieren Sind im Textfeld Anzahl Exemplare gr er als 1 so k nnen Sie durch Klicken auf die Optionsschaltfl che Exemplare sortieren die Exemplare sortiert ausgeben lassen Ausrichtung Verwenden Sie die Optionsschaltfl chen um die Ausrichtung beim Druck festzulegen Hochformat oder Querformat 16 Verwendung des Microsoft Windows P
52. 1 99 Suunta A Pysty A Vaaka gt Voit avata vastaavan valintaikkunan ja m ritt asetukset my s valitsemalla sovelluksen Tiedosto valikosta Tulosta tai Sivun asetukset Huomaa kuitenkin ett sovelluksessa m ritetyt asetukset koskevat ainoastaan juuri k sitelt v asiakirjaa eiv tk vaikuta asiakirjojen oletuksiin m Sivun asetukset v lilehti T m n v lilehden asetuksilla valitaan esimerkiksi paperikoko tulostussuunta ja kopioiden m r Paperikoko Valitse paperikoko avattavasta luetteloruudusta Jos valitset mukautetun paperikoon sinun pit m ritt paperin mitat Lis asetukset v lilehdess Kopioiden m r Kirjoita tulostettavien kopioiden m r t h n tekstiruutuun Lajittele kopiot Jos m ritit tulostettavaksi kaksi kopiota tai enemm n voit lajitella kopiot napsauttamalla t t valintaruutua Suunta Valitse valintanappeja napsauttamalla tulostussuunnaksi Pysty tai Vaaka 16 Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin k ytt Luku 4 B Lis asetukset v lilehti Lis asetukset v lilehden asetukset jakautuvat ryhmiin nimelt Paperi Tuloste Graafinen ja Asetukset Asiakirja Kunkin ryhm n asetukset on lueteltu hierarkkisesti ryhm n nimen alapuolella Kunkin asetuksen nykyinen arvo n kyy sinisell kirjoitettuna asetuksen oikealla puolella Jos asetukset eiv t n y napsauta ryhm n nimen vasemmalla puolella olevaa plusmerkki Om
53. 16 BD Failure BD Error BD Malfunction lt Possible causes action gt Same as described in I 15 Table 4 5 1 Periodical dirt and spots appearing on the image Phenomenon Diameter Period of the image Susceptible location Black Dirt on back spots of paper Transfer charging roller 16 Approx 5 O O Fixing film unit 24 Approx mm mm Poor fixing Fixing lower roller 20 Approx O Feed roller Approx Photosensitive drum Approx Developing cylinder Approx Primary charging roller Approx CHAPTER 4 VI MALFUNCTION TROUBLESHOOTING Note the following when performing the troubleshooting procedures shown in this section Be sure to check connectors for faulty contacts before measuring the voltage at their designated ports To ensure that PCBs are not damaged due to static electricity discharge any residual sta tic electricity by touching a metallic part of the printer before handling them Do not disassem ble the laser scanner unit as it cannot be adjusted in the field M 1 AC Power Failure lt Possible causes gt 1 The rated voltage is not being received at the wall socket Action Inform the user that the designated socket is out of order 2 Power cord is not firmly inserted into the printer Action Plug the power cord firmly into the printer 3 Fuse FU101 has blown Action Replace the fuse by following the instructions in Chapter 3 on P 3 19
54. 32 1 OK Changes the items in this dialog box and closes the box 2 Cancel Closes this dialog box without changing its items 3 Apply Changes the items in this dialog box but does not close the box The following explains about the tabs peculiar to each printer CHAPTER 1 Copies amp Methods tab The Copies amp Methods tab is for setting the number of copies page order and page orientation for printing It can be opened by clicking the Copies amp Methods tab in the Properties dialog box The Copies amp Methods tab is shown in Figure 1 7 33 55056 SU pP D SE N BR SEN a 2 222 222 Er 25 TRES EL 272 2 2 3 4 Figure 1 7 33 1 Copies and Page Order Sets the number of copies and sorting method collated or uncol lated 2 Orientation Sets the page orientation for printing portrait or landscape 3 About Opens the About dialog box that contains the version information of Microsoft Windows Printing System See Page 1 56 4 Restore Defaults Resets the values in this dialog box to the default values CHAPTER 1 About Dialog box The About dialog box contains such information as the version of Windows Printing System and available memory of the host computer It can be opened by clicking the About button in the Copies amp Methods tab in the Properties dialog box The About dialog
55. 5 ANTEC RE 777 RANK N ERIN TV BREI EAN VIRKE 8 EX ZO THD DREI NET EAM 4 SRM IBA SS OSEE EmRUCozT TEL THY TY OARS FRI SL OB LET Ji MESI REO FO FIT TAN KI RF BEELTIARTITSLTWSSO AR BEE REET ERRE CAM HERAT SO BEVARTE ZLD BA DESCRIPTION THREE Bik FR LT EV BRB sO E AR WEI KXO R KEEL 05404509 MS SERIAL NUMBER REMARKS BREE ROBO 53i NDEVKERDBIVURKEFNBLUH 7 IV 77 MIKE ERR KEER 3 KEO MET ALTVET SORT BEST ws 1 ABCNABSRT Le COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON INC CANON LBP 650 REV 0 FEB 1997 PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON vi BANDER VERI Nim NART LAKE IN D D MO EU b DIE DUNTIET AT OBR T CESR KES DK NEERLAND ET ann bo CUT ERDER SAHER TERI KT ROLL OMIA PART No HOME EI BF IGURENo t No KEYNOJERL THEFT COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON INC CANON LBP 660 REV FEB 1997 PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON HOW TO USE PARTS LISTS Assembly Location Diagrams These diagrams show the locations of major assemblies of the machine Their names are identified in rectangular boxes Below each box is the number of the Figure which shows an exploded view of the assembly Finding a Parts Number Refer to the Assembly Location Diagrams and find the Figure Number of the assembly of interest Turn to the page s locate the part on the exploded view and fin
56. 8A RG5 3750 000 1 8B RB1 8414 030 1 BC XA9 0691 000 2 8D RB2 2416 000 1 8E RB2 2419 000 2 BF RB2 2424 020 1 8G RB1 8413 000 1 8H RB1 8415 000 1 BJ RS5 8708 000 1 PU 9 RGs2563050 1 9A RB1 8155 000 1 9B RB1 8156 000 1 9c RB2 1705 000 2 9D RB9 0265 000 1 SE FA9 2597 000 2 9F XB4 7300 607 1 10 RB1 8164 030 1 11 RB2 2415 000 1 12 RG5 3756 000 1 et 18 RB1 8171 000 1 501 XB4 7401 007 2 502 XB6 7300 807 1 COPYRIGHT 1938 CANON INC PART NUMBER HH DESCRIPTION RF EXTERNAL COVERS PANELS ETC TRAY FEED SUB D PLATE PAPER SUPPORT COVER REAR D TRAY LGL SCREW M3X8 FRONT COVER ASS Y LEVER CHANGE COVER LEFT CARTRIDGE COVERASSY a PAPER DELIVERY GUIDE ASS Y DUCT SCREW SELF TAPPING M3X8 GUIDE FACE DOWN DELIVERY SHEET FACE DOWN COVER CARTRIDGE TRAY PAPER DELIVERY SUB STOPPER CRG LABEL WINDOWS MULTI PURPOSE TRAY ASS Y GUIDE SLIDE LEFT GUIDE SLIDE RIGHT RACK GEAR 16T SCREW SCREW TAPPING TRUSS HEAD M3X6 COVER RIGHT COVER UPPER MANUAL FEED TRAY ASS Y COVER LEVER SCREW TAPPING PAN HEAD M4X10 SCREW TP M3X8 CANON LBP 660 REV 1 AUG 1998 PRINTED IN JAPAN MPRIME AU JAPON SERIAL NUMBER REMARKS 100 2 INTERNAL COMPONENTS 1 FIGURE 101 sues 1 101 1 COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON INC CANON LBP 660 REV FEB 1957 PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON
57. Advanced tab you can set all the items in the Default Document Properties The items in the tab are grouped under Paper Output Graphic and Document Options The items in each group are listed hierarchically below the group name The current setting for each item is shown in blue and the new setting which has not yet been stored is shown in red to the right of the item If you click on the name of the item you want to change the available settings for the item appear in the bottom part of the dialog box The Advanced tab can be opened by clicking the Advanced tab in the Default Document Properties dialog box The Advanced tab is shown in Figure 1 7 22 f Canon LBP 660 Default Document Properties SP Canon LBP 660 Document Settings EH Paper Output iA Orientation Portraib a Copy Count 1 Copy 1 in Graphic Resolution lt 600dpi gt L Scaling lt 100 gt Document Options LA Halftone Color Adjustment Automatic Image Refinement ON 2 Figure 1 7 22 1 Setting item Select the item you want to change See Page 1 40 for information on each item 2 Setting change Displays the available settings for the selected item CHAPTER 1 Paper Output group The Paper Output group consists of 3 items Paper Size Orientation and Copy Count These items can also be changed in the Page Setup tab Each item in the Paper Output group is described below 1 Paper
58. Ap ndice figuran los aspectos en los que se diferencia Microsoft Windows Printing System para Microsoft Windows NT respecto a Microsoft Windows Printing System para Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 y Microsoft Windows para Trabajo en Grupo descritos en el Manual del usuario de la impresora LBP 660 Cap tulo 1 Introducci n 1 Consideraciones previas a la instalacion del software Antes de instalar Microsoft Windows Printing System en un PC donde se ejecute Microsoft Windows NT compruebe si el PC cumple los requisitos de hardware y software que se enumeran a continuaci n PC IBM o compatible con una CPU Pentium 90 MHz o superior y Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 para servidores o estaciones de trabajo instalado El programa Microsoft Windows Printing System para la impresora LBP 660 que se describe en esta gufa se ejecuta en Microsoft Windows NT versi n 4 0 para sistemas PC AT compatibles Microsoft Windows Printing System no funciona en sistemas donde se ejecute Microsoft Windows NT versi n 3 51 o inferior o bien Microsoft Windows NT para procesadores basados en RISC Si trabaja en una red Novell NetWare no puede instalar este software en un servidor NetWare No puede utilizar este software para imprimir desde clientes Novell Netware para Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 o Microsoft Windows para Trabajo en Grupo 24 MB de RAM como minimo 10 MB de espacio libre en disco como minimo Unidad de CD ROM
59. DL C5 Monarch Index card Letter Legal A4 Executive B5 Options Dialog Box Post Latin Roman 8 ECMA 94 ASCII 17 ISO symbol sets 10 lt 100 lt 200 Header Page Courier Regular Bold 12 Default value is Letter size for USA and A4 size for other Trailer Page Line Printer 8 5 countries Graphics tab Scaling 10 lt 100 lt 400 Post Latin Normal 8 or 10 or 12 Setup item Setup Value Default value is Letter size for USA and A4 size for other countries Characters Inch Post Latin Bold 10 or 12 or 14 Graphics Dialog Box Halftoning Smooth Pattern 1 Pattern 2 A i Post Latin Italic 10 or 12 Brightness 100 lt 0 lt 100 or Point Size Sans Serif Normal 8 or 10 or 12 Dots Per Inch dpi 300dpi 600dpi Contrast 100 lt 0 lt 100 Sans Serif Bold 10 or 12 or 14 Quality tab Setup item Setup Value Dots Per Inch dpi 300dpi 600dpi Automatic Image Refinement ON OFF Sans Serif Italic 10 or 12 LPT2 LPT3 LPT4 LPT5 LPT6 LPT7 LPT8 LPT9 Toner Saver ON OFF Halftoning Pattern 1 Pattern 2 Smooth Port Portrait Landscape Brightness 0 lt 50 lt 100 Automatic Image Refinement Orientation Letter Legal Executive A4 Contrast 0 lt 50 lt 100 Toner Saver Paper Size 10 DL C5 Monarch Overlay tab Overlay tab sui Lines Page 5 to 128
60. Delte skrivere IV Utvid som standard Hielp Ra Microsoft Windows nettverk P22DEV WORKGROUP El DELL GXM 5133 A ws 102 CanonLBP Canon LBP 660 Skriverinformasjon Beskrivelse Status Klar Dokumenter i k 0 2 Dobbeltklikk navnet den delte skriveren som vises under Delte skrivere m N r du dobbeltklikker p navnet p skriverserveren vises en liste over de delte skriverne som er koblet til skriverserveren 3 Klikk p navnet for den delte LBP 660 skriveren du nsker koble deg til m Nettverksbanen for den angitte skriveren vises i tekstboksen Skriver Kapittel 3 Koble deg til LBP 660 n r den brukes som nettverksskriver 11 4 Klikk p OK m Skriverdriveren for LBP 660 og Network Status Monitor lastes ned fra serveren og installeres p klienten m N r programvaren er ferdig nedlastet vises Canon LBP 660 ikonet i mappen Skrivere og gruppen Windows Printing System registreres i Start menyen Det opprettes ogs en snarvei til Network Status Monitor WpsC3Nsm exe p skrivebordet 5 Klikk p Fullf r i vinduet Veiviser for skriverinstallasjon Koble deg til fra en Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows for Workgroups klient Hvis du skal koble deg til LBP 660 fra en Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows for Workgroups klient via en Microsoft Windows NT skriverserver m LBP 660 Microsoft Windows Printing System for
61. Der LBP 660 Druckertreiber und der Netzwerkmonitor werden automatisch vom Server heruntergeladen und auf dem Client installiert a Wurde die Software erfolgreich heruntergeladen so wird das Symbol f r den Canon LBP 660 im Ordner Drucker angezeigt und die Programmgruppe Windows Printing System wird dem Startmen hinzugef gt Au erdem wird eine Verkn pfung mit dem Netzwerkmonitor WpsC3Nsm exe auf dem Desktop erstellt 5 Klicken Sie im Assistenten f r die Druckerinstallation auf die Schaltfl che Fertigstellen Herstellen einer Verbindung von einem Client der unter Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 oder Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups ausgef hrt wird Um eine Verbindung zum LBP 660 von einem Client aus der unter Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 oder Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups ausgef hrt wird ber einen Microsoft Windows NT Druck Server herzustellen mu zun chst das LBP 660 Microsoft Windows Printing System f r das jeweilige Betriebssystem auf dem Client installiert werden Weitere Informationen zur Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing System auf einem Client der unter Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 oder Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups ausgef hrt wird finden sie im jeweiligen Benutzerhandbuch 12 Herstellen der Verbindung zum LBP 660 als Netzwerkdrucker Kapitel 3 Kapitel 4 Verwendung des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems Das Microsoft Windows Printing System f
62. E St tus Not Available when via network Mouse COMI MP Tray LIR LPTI Standerd 665 K s The user defined text is fixed regardless of the setting of user definition size dialog When test page is printed via network the LPT2 n a following string appears at the right bottom corner LPT3 n a For complete printer information run the Test Page from the print saver Figure 1 7 52 i EE ZE _ 55222 22 BEE 222 LE 2 L FREE 2222 SSK 52222222 PE LE sas 522222222 2552200 A E Bere ern 22 22 L ii 2522222 2222 2 CHAPTER 2 I BASIC OPERATION A Functional Configuration The functions of this printer can be divided into five main blocks overall control system system interface image formation system laser scanner system and pick up feed system Rss E SYSTEM INTERFACE To host computer Sj i SYSTEM Printer controller PCB at m m u mm IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM Manual feed slot Developing I unit Multi purpose tray Photo sensitive drum Fixing unit Face up delivery slot Figure 2 1 1 CHAPTER 2 B Outline of the Electrical System The printer s operation sequence is controlled by the microcomputer located on the printer con troller PCB When the printer is turned ON and enters the standby mode the CPU outputs sig
63. Electrophotography Approx 6 pages min A4 size paper Approx 23 sec Approx 21 sec Approx 8 sec 600 dots inch 600 raster lines inch Semiconductor laser Four faced prism mirror OPC Roller charging Laser scanning system Single component dry toner Toner projection development system Replaceable EP A cartridge able to print approx 2 500 A4 sized print sheets with image density set in the middle and 4 dot den sity ratio Roller transfer Curvature separation Blade On demand fixing method Manual feed slot Multi purpose tray Plain paper colored paper labels recycled paper OHT post cards envelopes Legal Letter A4 Executive B5 sized plain paper 75g m 90g m recommended paper colored paper labels recycled paper post cards OHT and W 96mm x L 188mm min W 164mm x L 255mm max sized envelopes 10mm stack Approx 100 sheets of 75g m plain paper Approx 7 envelopes Note 2 I sheet Face up Face down Approx 50 sheets 1 sheet Manual feeding only plain paper 64g m 90g m recommended paper 10 32 5 C 20 80 RH relative humidity 613 1013hPa 460 760mmHg CHAPTER 1 12 Power consumption Approx 620W or less 100 120V Room temperature 20 C with rated voltage input Approx 520W or less 220 240V Room temperature 20 C with rated voltage input 13 Noise officially announced noise emission level based on ISO 9296 Sound power
64. Figure 2 5 4 CHAPTER 2 External host computer euonoe lpig i CHAPTER 2 D Microsoft Windows Printing System Messages Using the Printer Status window the Microsoft Windows Printing System displays the status of your printing environment and current print job The Printer Status window displays two types of messages information message and alerts 1 Information message alerts Information message alerts are displayed in the job information group box of the status win dow See page 1 61 for detail of the status window When an error occurs press the PAUSE RESUME key to skip the error and resume printing Error skipping may cause incorrect prints to occur Job Infomation Group Box Estimated time left 21 seconds Estimated time finished 4 02 PM Figure 2 5 5 CHAPTER 2 a Information message An information message reports a condition that will not stop the print job but should be resolved Because these messages are for your information only you can remove them from the Status Window by clicking the message lt Message Install the software for this printer update your software gt Description You have connected a different printer to your system or changed the print er s setup Action Reinstall the Microsoft Windows Printing System to update yore printer s configu ration information The following messages require no act
65. File di un applicazione Va comunque ricordato che le impostazioni specificate da un applicazione si riferiscono solo al documento creato al momento in quell applicazione e non modificano le propriet del documento predefinito m Scheda Impostazione pagina Questa scheda imposta parametri come il formato l orientamento della stampa e il numero delle copie Formato Selezionare il formato dall elenco Se si seleziona Person come formato carta necessario specificare il formato carta nella scheda Avanzate Numero copie Nella casella di testo Numero copie immettere il numero di copie che si desidera stampare Fascicola copie Se in Numero copie sono state specificate 2 o pi copie fare clic nella casella Fascicola copie per stampare le copie fascicolate del documento Orientamento Utilizzare i pulsanti delle opzioni per selezionare l orientamento della stampa Verticale o Orizzontale 16 Uso di Microsoft Windows Printing System Capitolo 4 Scheda Avanzate Le impostazioni contenute nella scheda Avanzate sono raggruppate sotto Carta Output Grafica e Opzioni Documento Le opzioni di ciascun gruppo sono elencate gerarchicamente sotto il nome del gruppo Per ogni opzione l impostazione corrente viene mostrata in blu a destra dell opzione Se le opzioni non sono visualizzate fare clic sul simbolo pi a sinistra del nome del gruppo Propriet Canon LBP 660 Documento predefinito Impostazione pagina i
66. Fonts for the Microsoft Windows Printing System Table 1 2 1 Lucida Blackletter Lucida Bright Demibold Italic Demibold Italic Math Extensions Math Italic Math Symbol Lucida Calligraphy Lucida Fax Demibold Italic Demibold Italic Lucida Handwriting Regular Lucida Sans Regular Demibold Italic Demibold Italic Lucida Sans Regular Typewriter Bold oblique CHAPTER 1 Bit Map Font for PCL4 emulation Table 1 2 2 Type face Style ig 2 di Line printer Sans Serif Bold lt Effective Printing Area gt Right Feeding Direction 4 4 2mm Bottom Effective Printing Area Figure 1 2 1 Note Effective printing area varies depending on the size of paper Specifications are subject to change with product improvement CHAPTER 1 III SAFETY INFORMATION A Handling the Laser Scanner Unit An invisible laser beam is emitted from within the laser scanner unit The laser beam can cause eye damage if exposed so be sure to not disassemble the laser scanner unit It is not necessary to adjust the laser scanner unit in this printer in the field The following label is attached to the laser scanner unit cover Invisible laser radiation when oj DANGER AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE CAUTION INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM RAYONNEMENT
67. LASER INVISIBLE EN CAS DO UVERTURE ATTENTIONS EXPOSITION DANGEREUSE AU FAISCEAU VORSICHT UNSICHTBARE LASERSTRAHLUNG WENN ABDECKUNG GE FFNET NICHT DEM STRAHL AUSSETZEN INE RADIAZIONE LASER INVISIOILE IN CASO DI APERTURA EM EVITARE L ESPOSIZIONE AL FASCIO PRECAUCION BADIACION LASER INVISIBLE CUANDO SE ABRE VARO AVATTAESSA OLET ALTTINA NAKYMATTOMALLE LASERSATEILYLLE ALA KATSO SATEESEEN VARNING vene NAR DENNA DEL R PPNAD ETRAKTA EI ADVARSEL vantje us N R DENNE ER BEN ADVARSEL USYNLIG LASERSTR LING N R DEKSEL PNES UNNGA EKSPONERING FOR STRALEN EE LOD ORBTUFIRL FAMMI toi T LAA GENENE ELT RE Figure 1 3 1 B Toner Caution The toner is non toxic substance composed of minute plastic and color pigment components If toner adheres to the skin or clothing remove as much as possible with a dry tissue then wash with cold water If hot water is used the toner will solidify and become difficult to remove Toner will easily break down vinyl materials therefore avoid letting the toner come into con tact with vinyl C Ozone Safety An infinitesimal amount of ozone gas Os is generated during corona discharge from the charg ing roller The ozone gas is only emitted while the printer is operating This printer meets the ozone emission reference value set by Underwriters Laboratory UL at the time it is shipped from the factory CHAPTER 1
68. LBP 660 SERVICE MANUAL REVISION 1 Canon AUG 1998 RY8 1382 010 COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON INC CANON LBP 660 REVISION 1 AUG 1998 PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON COPYRIGHT 1998 CACON INC Printed in Japan Imprim au Japon Use of this manual should be strictly supervised to avoid disclosure of confidential information Prepared by PERIPHERAL PRODUCTS QUALITY PLANNING DIV PERIPHERAL PRODUCTS TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION DEPT CANON INC 5 1 Hakusan 7 chome Toride City Ibaraki Pref 302 8501 Japan A i ass PREFACE This Service Manual contains basic information required for field service to maintain the func tions and product quality of the LBP 660 laser beam printer hereinafter referred to as the print er This manual consists of the following chapters Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Appendix Product information Features specifications operation and installation Operation and Timing A description of the operating principles and timing sequences of the electrical and mechanical systems The Mechanical System Explanation of mechanical construction disassembly reassembly and adjustment procedures Troubleshooting Maintenance and servicing reference values and adjustments troubleshooting pro cedures lubricants and solvents General circuit diagram and list of signals commands The information in this manual is subject to change as t
69. LBP 660 Canon LBP 660 Canon LBP 660 Help Readme Status Window Trouble Shooter Uninstallation objekter 376 kB Z Canon LBP 660 Font Installation Detta r ett tillbeh r som installerar TrueType teckensnitten 22 Lucida TrueType teckensnitt p diskett 3 av Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 installationsdisketter i Microsoft Windows NT Vill du installera TrueType teckensnitt dubbelklickar du p ikonen Canon LBP 660 Font Installation F lj sedan de instruktioner som visas p sk rmen m De installerade TrueType teckensnitten tas inte bort ens om du avinstallerar Microsoft Windows Printing System Canon LBP 660 Help Denna ikon visar hj lpen f r Microsoft Windows Printing System Canon LBP 660 Readme Detta r en textfil med ytterligare information om den installerade versionen av Microsoft Windows Printing System L s den h r filen innan du anv nder Microsoft Windows Printing System Canon LBP 660 Status Window Denna ikon ppnar Canon LBP 660 Status Window Canon LBP 660 Trouble Shooter Detta r ett tillbeh r som hj lper dig att l sa problem med Microsoft Windows Printing System Se kapitlet Fels kning i anv ndarhandboken f r information om hur man anv nder det h r tillbeh ret Canon LBP 660 Uninstallation Detta r ett tillbeh r som avinstallerar Microsoft Windows Printing System Se kapitlet Fels kning i anv ndarhandboken f r information om hur man anv nder det h r tillbeh ret
70. Microsoft Windows NT n tverket klickar du p Ja n r n sta dialogruta visas Vill du inte dela LBP 660 eller om alla klienter r Microsoft Windows NT datorer klickar du p Nej Microsoft Windows Printing System Installation Do you want to share the WPS directory for allowing Windows95 Windows3 1 clients to print Avsluta installationen Nar installationen av Microsoft Windows Printing System r klar visas ett bekr ftelsemeddelande Klicka pa OK sa slutf rs installationen Om du valde att skriva ut en testsida under drivrutinsinstallationen b rjar denna nu att skrivas ut Om hela installationen slutf rdes utan miss den visas Canon LBP 660 Status Window pa skrivbordet och testsidan skrivs ut Kontrollera testsidan och st ng dialogrutan genom att klicka pa Ja Nar installationen av Microsoft Windows Printing System r klar kan du genast b rja skriva ut pa den Microsoft Windows NT dator LBP 660 installerats pa som lokal skrivare Om du d remot vill anv nda denna dator som utskriftsserver och skriva ut fr n en klient via n tverket m ste du f rst starta om Microsoft Windows NT Kapitel 2 Installera Microsoft Windows Printing System 7 SVENSKA Gruppen Windows Printing System som skapades under installationen av Microsoft Windows Printing System inneh ller de sex ikoner som visas nedan fs Windows Printing System OI x Eil Rediger Vis Hjelp st td d Canon LBP 660 Canon LBP 660 Canon
71. Microsoft Windows Printing System L s dette dokument f r du bruger Microsoft Windows Printing System Canon LBP 660 Status Window Dette ikon bner statusvinduet til Canon LBP 660 Canon LBP 660 Trouble Shooter Et hj lpeprogram som kan bruges ved evt problemer med Microsoft Windows Printing System Se kapitlet Fejlfinding i brugerh ndbogen for at f vejledning i brugen af programmet Canon LBP 660 Uninstallation Et hj lpeprogram til fjernelse af Microsoft Windows Printing System Se kapitlet Fejlfinding i brugerh ndbogen for at f vejledning i brugen af programmet 8 Installere Microsoft Windows Printing System Kapitel 2 m Printerdeling N r du har installeret Microsoft Windows Printing System skal du i dialogboksen Canon LBP 660 Egenskaber v lge LBP 660 som en delt printer 1 Brug nedenst ende fremgangsm de til at bne fanen Deling i dialogboksen Canon LBP 660 Egenskaber m Abn mappen Printere klik med h jre musknap p ikonet LBP 660 og v lg Deling p genvejsmenuen Canon LBP 660 Egenskaber x o Porte Jobplanleegnina E Sikkerhed Enhedsindstilinger Canon LBP 660 Ikke delt Delt Delenavn CanonLBP Du kan installere ekstra drivere s andre brugere p de f lgende systemer kan indl se dem automatisk n r de tilslutter sig Ekstra drivere Windows 95 Windows NT 4 0 x86 Installeret Windows NT 4 0 Mips Windows NT 4 0 Alpha Windows NT 4 0 P
72. NT client to the network printer the Network Status Monitor is automatically installed from the print server amp WS_102 Canon LBP 660 0 x Options Printer Help Printer Ready 20 Using the Microsoft Windows Printing System Chapter 4 ENGLISH Using the LBP 660 Network Status Monitor Starting Up the Network Status Monitor You can use the following steps to start up the LBP 660 Network Status Monitor at any time 1 Double click on the Canon LBP 660 Network Status Monitor icon in the Windows Printing System group on the client or double click on the Canon LBP 660 Network Status Monitor shortcut icon on the desktop 2 When a message appears asking if you want to connect to the network printer click on the Yes button m You see the dialog box for selecting the network printer to connect Connect to Server xi Select the Network printer server for the Canon LBP 660 1024Canon LBP 660 3 Select the name of the printer you want to connect to from the list box and then click on the Connect button m Once you have finished connecting to the network printer the current printer status appears in a text box Status Options The menu bar in the LBP 660 Network Status Monitor contains 3 menus Options Printer and Help amp WS_102 Canon LBP 660 Ml ES Options Printer Help Options Menu Use the Options menu to specify options relating to the operation of the Network Status Monitor m Connect to
73. O Solid Black and White Patterned Grays O Diffuse Grays Figure 1 7 45 1 Dots Per Inch dpi Sets resolution 2 Automatic Image Refinement Sets Automatic Image Refinement 3 Toner Saver Sets Toner Saver 4 Grayscale Halftoning Sets Halftoning B Brightness Adjusts image brightness 6 Contrast Adjusts contrast 7 Default Sets the values of Halftoning Group to the default values Halftoning Patterned Grays Brightness 50 Contrast 50 8 OK Changes the items in this dialog box and closes the box 9 Cancel Closes this dialog box without changing its items 10 Help Opens the Help topics CHAPTER 1 Overlay dialog box The Overlay dialog box is for setting File group Overlay Placement group Position group Size group and Unit group It can be opened by clicking the Overlay button in the Setup dialog box The Overlay dialog box is shown in Figure 1 7 46 6 7 File File Name DABITMAPS WMF 0032PARC WMF El F Overlay Placement Preview Background Position Left 2 00 1 Size Width 5 00 Y Height r Unit Inches 11 12 Figure 1 7 46 1 File Sets the file name of the overlay form 2 Overlay Placement Sets whether to place the overlay form background or foreground 3 Position Sets the position of the left top corner of t
74. Options group and clicking the Custom Paper Size button The Custom Paper Size dialog box is shown in Figure 1 7 25 Figure 1 7 25 1 Custom Paper Name Specifies the name of the paper size defined by the user 2 Units Selects the unit of the paper size 3 Paper Sizes Specifies the user defined paper size Width and Height The numerical val ues are expressed in the unit selected in Units 4 OK Changes the settings in this dialog box and closes the box 5 Cancel Closes this dialog box without changing the settings CHAPTER 1 c Status Window The Status Window is an application exclusively for the Microsoft Windows Printing System It displays the printing job status of the connected printer with the Progress bar and graphic ani mation Itis also used for setting peculiar items for the printer such as the toner density The Printer Status Window opens in the following cases Double click on the LBP 660 Status Window icon in the Windows Printing System group An error has occurred or operation by the user is required Printing with the Display Printer Status Window While Printing in the Status Options dia log box See Page 1 46 in the Status Window selected Restarting the Windows after the Windows has been closed with the Status Window open The Printer Status Window is shown in Figure 1 7 26 5 6 Canon LBP 660 on LPT1 Piae Ver Figure 1 7 26
75. Printing System voor Microsoft Windows NT beschikt over twee dialoogvensters Canon LBP 660 Eigenschappen en Eigenschappen voor Standaarddocument Iedere gebruiker kan deze dialoogvensters openen om de instellingen te controleren maar alleen gebruikers die zijn geautoriseerd voor Volledig beheer van de printer kunnen de instellingen wijzigen Eigenschappen Als u de printereigenschappen wilt bekijken kiest u Eigenschappen in het menu Bestand in de map Printers of klikt u met de rechtermuisknop op het pictogram LBP 660 in de map Printers en kiest u Eigenschappen in het snelmenu un 2 lt El e Het dialoogvenster Canon LBP 660 Eigenschappen bestaat uit zes tabbladen die hieronder worden beschreven Aangezien de instellingen in de tabbladen voor elke Microsoft Windows NT printer dezelfde zijn geven de onderstaande beschrijvingen slechts een algemeen beeld van de tabbladen en wordt daarnaast gewezen op de punten die speciaal voor de LBP 660 gelden Voor een gedetailleerde beschrijving van de diverse instellingen verwijzen wij u naar de handboeken van Microsoft Windows NT U kunt ook op het vraagteken in de rechterbovenhoek van het dialoogvenster klikken en vervolgens op een bepaalde instelling klikken om contextgevoelige Help informatie over die instelling weer te geven Canon LBP 660 Eigenschappen 2 x Algemeen Poorten Planning Printers delen Beveiliging Apparastinstellingen 3 Canon LBP 660
76. Puede cambiar el nombre escribiendo directamente en m Si designa la impresora como impresora compartida no seleccione el sistema operativo en la lista de Controladores alternativos de la mitad inferior del cuadro de di logo El controlador LBP 660 no puede instalarse en sistemas que no sean Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 x86 3 Haga clic en el bot n Aceptar m La LBP 660 queda designada como impresora compartida y el icono que aparece en la carpeta Impresoras adopta la imagen de impresora compartida Cap tulo 2 Instalaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System ESPANOL Capitulo 3 Conexion a la LBP 660 como impresora de red Si designa la impresora LBP 660 como impresora compartida en la computadora Microsoft Windows NT a la que la LBP 660 esta conectada y a continuaci n designa dicha computadora como servidor de impresi n no s lo los clientes Microsoft Windows NT podr n utilizar la impresora LBP 660 tambi n podr n hacerlo los clientes Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 y Microsoft Windows para Trabajo en Grupo que est n conectados a la red Microsoft Windows NT LBP 660 como servidor de impresi n primero debe iniciar el servicio Servidor de dicha 5 m Si desea utilizar la computadora Microsoft Windows NT a la que est conectada la impresora computadora Inicie el servicio Servidor antes de conectar la impresora de red m Si desea conectarse a un servidor de impresi n Microsoft Windows NT de
77. RB1 7200 030 RF5 1534 000 RB1 7203 000 RF5 1707 000 RB1 7205 000 RF5 1708 000 RB1 7206 000 RF5 2358 000 RB1 7219 000 RF5 2364 000 RB1 7220 000 RF5 2367 000 RB1 7221 000 RF5 2368 000 RB1 7222 000 RF5 2372 000 RB1 7223 000 RF5 2382 000 RB1 7224 000 RG1 3746 000 RB1 7234 000 AG1 3929 000 AB1 7236 000 RG1 3945 000 RB1 7237 000 AG1 3946 000 AB1 7238 000 RG1 3947 000 RB1 7246 000 RG1 3948 000 AB1 7247 000 RG1 3949 000 RB1 7255 000 RG1 3950 000 RB1 7256 000 RG1 3951 000 RB1 7270 000 RG5 1947 000 RB1 7277 000 RG5 2029 000 RB1 7284 020 RG5 2032 000 RB1 7286 000 RG5 2033 000 RB1 7287 000 RG5 2035 000 RB1 7288 020 RG5 2335 000 RB1 7293 020 RG5 2563 050 RB1 7294 000 RG5 2565 000 RB1 7297 000 RG5 3452 000 RB1 7303 000 RG5 3453 000 RB1 7307 000 RG5 3459 040 RG5 3463 000 RG5 3474 020 RG5 3475 040 RG5 3476 030 RG5 3478 000 RG5 3479 000 RG5 3484 070 RG5 3485 030 RG5 3486 040 RG5 3492 000 RG5 3493 000 RG5 3497 000 AGS 3506 000 AG5 3509 020 RG5 3511 020 RG5 3661 000 RG5 3682 000 RG5 3740 000 RG5 3741 000 RG5 3746 030 RG5 3750 000 RG5 3756 000 RG9 1946 000 RH2 5116 000 RH2 5127 000 RH2 5230 000 RH2 5344 000 RH7 1320 000 RH7 5139 030 RS5 0786 000 AS5 0788 000 RS5 0789 000 RS5 0790 000 RS5 0791 000 RS5 0793 000 RS5 0794 000 AS5 0796 000 RS5 0797 000 RS5 0798 000 o AS5 2508 000 AS5 2510 000 RS5 2512 000 ASS 8543 020 RS5 8708 000 RS6 0380 000 VS1 5057 002 VS1 5057 006 WE8 5192 000 WG8 5362 000 WT2 0262 000 XA9 0267
78. RING SPACER SCREW TP M3X6 SCREW TP SCREW TAPPING TRUSS HEAD M3X8 SERIAL NUMBER REMARKS CANON LBP 660 REVA AUG 1998 PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON INTERNAL COMPONENTS 3 FIGURE 103 gps 103 1 COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON INC CANON LBP 660 REV 0 FEB 1997 PRINTED JN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON PART NUMBER HH DESCRIPTION RF INTERNAL COMPONENTS 3 SPRING GROUNDING BUSHING GUIDE SUB CARTRIDGE RIGHT ROLLER PRESSURE RUBBER CONTINUITY PLATE PRESSURE GUIDE TRANSFER ROLLER TRANSFER SPRING GROUNDING 2 2 0 GUIDE CARTRIDGE SPRING TORSION GUIDE CARTRIDGE LEFT SPRING TORSION GEAR 27T SIDE PLATE RIGHT SIDE PLATE LEFT PLATE COMMUNITY SPRING LEAF CONNECTOR 2P_____ FIXNGASSY TT FIXING ASSY SCREW RS M3X10 SCREW M3X6 SPRING COMPRESSION SCREW M3X8 2 gt 1 RB1 7223 000 RB1 7246 000 RB1 7341 030 RF5 2364 000 RB2 1668 000 RF5 1517 020 RF5 2358 000 RF5 1534 000 _AB1 7129 000 __ RF5 1515 020 RS5 2506 000 RF5 1514 020 RS5 2506 000 RS5 0796 000 RB1 7256 000 RB1 7255 000 RF5 1533 000 RB1 7238 000 _VS1 5057 002 __ RG5 3459 040 RG5 3463 000 XA9 0824 000 XA9 0686 000 RS5 2508 000 XA9 0724 000 D N O a in c a a da a a maja a A A a ay SERIAL NUMBER REMARKS 220 240V COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON
79. SCNTAC SCANNER ROTATION signal STS STATUS signal TOP VERTICAL SYNC signal TRCRNT TRANSFER VOLTAGE FEEDBACK signal TRNFOT TRANSFER NEGATIVE VOLTAGE CONTROL signal TRPWM TRANSFER POSITIVE VOLTAGE DRIVE signal NDO VIDEO signal NDOUT LASER DRIVE signal 4 2 PERIPHERAL PRODUCTS QUALITY PLANNING DIV PERIPHERAL PRODUCTS TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION DEPT CANON INC Printed in Japan REVISION 0 FEB 1997 REVISION 1 AUG 1998 5 1 Hakusan 7 chome Toride City Ibaraki Pref 302 8501 Japan The printing paper contains 70 waste paper PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON canon 0898M11 00 CANON INC ssa D L P 7 0 PARTS CATALOG REVISION 1 Canon AUG 1998 RY8 31AK 010 COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON INC CANON LBP 650 REV 1 AUG 1998 PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME ii ZON AIDA LBP 660KMTSY UARRMEO FSC UCRTLE T KERO Y 37 ONVERLET tod D ESTE LUE BEG LE Fo Zr 2 VR AR amp H DMI RATO PREFACE This Parts Catalog contains listings of parts used in the LBP 660 Diagrams are provided with the listings to aid the service technician in clearly identifying the item to be orderd Whenever ordering parts consult this Parts Catalog for all of the information per taining to each item Be sure to include in the Parts Request the full item description the item part number and the quantity The parts catalog may b
80. SHAFT DRIVE 9B RB1 7222 000 1 BUSHING 9C RB1 7224 000 1 RATCHET 9D RS5 0786 000 1 GEAR 24T 9E RS5 2510 000 1 SPRING COMPRESSION 10 RB1 7220 000 2 HOLDER STOPPER 11 RF5 1492 000 1 PAD LEFT 12 RF5 1493 000 i PAD RIGHT 13 RH7 5139 030 1 SOLENOID ete sind s4 RS52501 000 1 SPRING compression 1 15 RS5 2502 000 1 SPRING COMPRESSION 16 RB1 7185 000 1 ARM PLATE LEFT 17 RB1 7186 000 1 ARM PLATE RIGHT 18 RF5 2372 000 1 PLATE MIDDLE 18A RB2 1706 000 1 SHEET SEPARATION 19 RB1 7213 000 2 STOPPER 20 RB1 7177 000 1 FRAME PAPER FEED 501 XB4 7401 007 2 SCREW TAPPING PAN HEAD M4X10 COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON INC CANON LEP 660 REV AUG 1998 PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON 310 2 TRANSFER BLOCK ASS Y FIGURE 320 FIGURE Q amp PART NUMBER T DESCRIPTION SERIAL NUMBER REMARKS KEY NO Y 320 RG5 3452 000 1 TRANSFER BLOCK ASS Y RS5 2512 000 RS5 2505 000 RB2 1655 000 RB2 1656 000 RB2 1657 000 RB1 7236 000 RB1 7237 000 RS5 2504 000 RB2 1654 000 SPRING COMPRESSION SPRING COMPRESSION BUSHING BUSHING ELIMINATOR STATIC CHARGE PIN CONTACT PIN CONTACT SPRING COMPRESSION BLOCK TRANSFER O O amp O 0 O N AA ek uo N 320 1 COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON INC CANON LEP 660 REVO FEB 1997 PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON FIGURE 330 mag vow I 2006 004 7 FIGURE ala a
81. Server Select this option if your connection to the network printer has dropped out for some reason or if you want to switch your connection to another network printer LBP 660 only You will see the same Connect to Server dialog box that appears when you start up the Network Status Monitor Select the desired printer name and then click on the Connect button m Sound Option Use this option to select whether voice messages are used when a printer error occurs Chapter 4 Using the Microsoft Windows Printing System 21 fm m The Network Status Monitor can only produce voice messages when an error occurs If there is no sound card installed in the client computer this option is grayed out and cannot be selected m Default Size If you have changed the display size of the Network Status Monitor this option restores it to its original size m Hide Menu This option hides the Network Status Monitor menus To restore the menu bar display press Esc while the Network Status Monitor is the active window or double click anywhere in the message display area m Always On Top If you select this option and place a check mark to the left of Always On Top the Network Status Monitor is always displayed as the topmost window on the desktop Printer Menu Use the Printer menu to control printer operation Note however that if Client Operation is not checked in the Options menu of the Status Window on the print server the Printer menu is gr
82. Statusfensters des Druck Servers ist die Option Client Operation nicht aktiviert Das Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT unterst tzt keine Druck Server die unter Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 oder Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups ausgef hrt werden Das WPS Verzeichnis auf dem Druck Server ist nicht freigegeben Der Standard Datentyp des Druck Servers ist nicht auf WPS eingestellt Starten Sie den Druck Server e Richten Sie die Freigabe des Druckers im Dialogfeld Canon LBP 660 Eigenschaften ein Fordern Sie den Netzwerkadministrator auf Ihre Benutzerrechte zu ndern W hlen Sie die Option Client Operation im Men Optionen aus Verwenden Sie als Druck Server einen Rechner der unter Microsoft Windows NT ausgef hrt wird Geben Sie das WPS Verzeichnis auf dem Druck Server frei e Klicken Sie in der Registerkarte Allgemein im Dialogfeld Druckername Eigenschaften auf die Schaltfl che Druckprozessor und legen Sie WPS als Standard Datentyp fest Kapitel 5 Fehlerbehebung 25 ja o n a Anhang Vergleich zu Microsoft Windows Printing Systems f r andere Versionen von Microsoft Windows Einige Funktionen von Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 unterscheiden sich von denen die beim Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 oder Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups zur Verf gung
83. Step 6 Fixing Fixing film Fixing heater Paper Fixing lower roller Figure 2 3 12 This printer adopts the on demand fixing method which utilizes a fixing film with a small heat capacity Features of the on demand method include the capability to quickly raise the tem perature and halt power supply to the fixing heater during the STANDBY mode This has real ized a short wait time of less than 5 seconds and enhanced its energy saving capability The fixing film used is a polyimide cylindrical film which is coated with fluorine to prevent off sets 5 Drum cleaning stage The drum cleaning stage is designed to clean the photosensitive drum surface for the next print ing to ensure that a clear image will be obtained Step 7 Drum cleaning Cleaner container Proceed drum Sweeper strip Figure 2 3 13 Any residual toner on the photosensitive drum surface is scraped off with the cleaning blade to prepare the surface for the next printing The toner which is removed is collected in the clean er container CHAPTER 2 C High voltage Power Supply Circuit 1 Outline This eircuit applies a combination of DC and AC voltage to the primary charging roller and the developing cylinder as well as a positive or negative DC voltage to the transfer charging roller according to commands sent from the microcomputer CPU on the printer controller This eircuit also adjusts the image density by changing the primary high
84. Supervise la p gina de prueba y haga clic en el bot n S del cuadro de di logo de conclusi n de la p gina de prueba para cerrarlo ESPANOL Una vez finalizada la instalaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System ya puede empezar a imprimir en la computadora Microsoft Windows NT donde se instal la LBP 660 como impresora local No obstante primero deber reiniciar Microsoft Windows NT si desea utilizar esta computadora como servidor de impresi n y realizar las impresiones desde un cliente a trav s de la red Cap tulo 2 Instalaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System 7 El grupo Windows Printing System que se cre durante la instalaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System contiene 6 iconos que se ilustran a continuaci n Lal Windows Printing System OI x Archivo Edici n Wer Ayuda Ayuda de la i Desinstalaci n Instalaci n de Readme de Resoluci n de Ventana de impresora de Canon fuentes dela Canon LBP 660 problemas de estado de LBP 660 Canon LBP 660 Canon LBP 660 Canon LBP 660 6 objetos 387KB 2 Instalaci n de fuentes de la Canon LBP 660 Es una utilidad que sirve para instalar en Microsoft Windows NT las fuentes TrueType 22 fuentes Lucida TrueType que se encuentran en el disco 3 de los discos de instalaci n de Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 Para instalar las fuentes TrueType haga doble clic en el icono Instalaci n de fuentes de la Canon LBP 660 y siga las instrucciones de los mensajes que apare
85. Temps restant estimation 11 secondes Finira estimation 16 49 Utilisation de Microsoft Windows Printing System 19 FRANCAIS m Si vous avez s lectionn Commencer l impression imm diatement seul le message Impression en cours s affiche dans la zone de messages et la barre de progression n indique que le nombre de pages imprim es Canon LBP 660 sur LPT1 Mila E Imprimante Affichage Options Impression de My_Doc Impression en cours m La barre d outils ne comporte pas de bouton de test de l imprimante Pour imprimer une page de test utilisez le bouton Imprimer une page de test dans Ponglet G n ral de la bo te de dialogue des propri t s de l imprimante m Le menu Options ne contient aucune option d impression Pour modifier la densit d encre ouvrez la bo te de dialogue Valeurs par d faut du document et utilisez l option Densit d encre de l onglet Avanc es m Dans le menu Options la commande Utilisation du client vous permet de sp cifier si un utilisateur peut suspendre reprendre forcer ou annuler une impression partir du Moniteur de surveillance du r seau sur un poste client Microsoft Windows NT La presence ou l absence de la coche gauche de la commande Utilisation du client active ou d sactive les op rations num r es ci dessus dans le Moniteur de surveillance du r seau Moniteur de surveillance du r seau de la LBP 660 Le Moniteur de surveilla
86. Verbindung hergestellt werden soll wird in der Liste der freigegebenen Drucker nicht angezeigt Der Druck Server wurde nicht gestartet Der Drucker wurde nicht f r gemeinsame Nutzung im Netzwerk freigegeben Sie verf gen nicht ber die notwendigen Benutzerrechte um eine Verbindung mit dem Drucker oder Druck Server herzustellen Starten Sie den Druck Server e Richten Sie die Freigabe des Druckers im Dialogfeld Canon LBP 660 Eigenschaften ein e Fordern Sie den Netzwerkadministrator auf Ihre Benutzerrechte zu ndern 24 Fehlerbehebung Kapitel 5 Probleme beim Drucken im Netzwerk Problem Ursache Behandlung Im Netzwerkmonitor kann die Verbindung zum Druck Server oder zu dem freigegebenen Drucker nicht hergestellt werden Im Netzwerkmonitor steht das Druckermen nicht zur Verf gung Auf einem Druck Server der unter Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 oder Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups ausgef hrt wird kann von einem Client unter Microsoft Windows NT aus nicht gedruckt werden Von einem Client der unter Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 oder Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups ausgef hrt wird kann nicht gedruckt werden Der Druck Server wurde nicht gestartet Der Drucker wurde nicht f r gemeinsame Nutzung im Netzwerk freigegeben Sie verf gen nicht ber die notwendigen Benutzerrechte um eine Verbindung mit dem Drucker oder Druck Server herzustellen Im Optionen Men des
87. Windows 95 98 About dialog box on Page 1 56 for details 11 Help Opens the Help topics CHAPTER 1 Options dialog box The Options dialog box is for setting reduction enlargement rate and separator pages It can be opened by clicking the Options button in the Setup dialog box The Options dialog box is shown in Figure 1 7 44 2 Options Separator Pages Header Page Trailer Page Figure 1 7 44 1 Scaling Sets reduction enlargement rate 2 Separator Pages Sets Separator Pages by setting header page and trailer page 3 OK Changes the items in this dialog box and closes the box 4 Cancel Closes this dialog box without changing its items 5 Help Opens the Help topics Note Separator Pages consists of Header Page and Trailer Page both of which provide print job data Header Page is printed at the beginning and Trailer Page is printed at the end of print job See Page 4 9 10 CHAPTER I Graphics dialog box The Graphics dialog box is for setting resolution Automatic Image Refinement Toner Saver halftoning method brightness and contrast It can be opened by clicking the Graphics button in the Setup dialog box The Graphics dialog box is shown in Figure 1 7 45 Graphic Print Quality Dots Per Inch dpi Automatic Image Refinement r Toner Saver F Grayscale Halftoning Relative Speed
88. Windows NT 4 0 f r att installera Microsoft Windows Printing System i Microsoft Windows NT S h r installerar du programvaran 1 Sl p den dator LBP 660 r ansluten till och starta Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 2 Logga p som administrat r 3 Starta guiden L gg till skrivare p n got av f ljande s tt a Klicka p Start i aktivitetsf ltet och peka p Inst llningar i menyn Start I undermenyn som visas klickar du p Skrivare s att mappen Skrivare visas och sedan dubbelklickar du p ikonen L gg till skrivare b Dubbelklicka p ikonen Den h r datorn p skrivbordet ppna sedan mappen Skrivare och dubbelklicka p ikonen L gg till skrivare Kapitel 2 Installera Microsoft Windows Printing System 3 SVENSKA m Dialogrutan f r guiden L gg till skrivare visas d r du kan installera skrivardrivrutiner Veiviser for skriverinstallasjon Veiviseren hjelper deg til installere skriveren eller gj re skrivertilkoblinger Denne skriveren skal administreres av Alle innstillinger blir administrert og konfigurert p denne maskinen Skriverserver for nettverket Koble til en skriver fra en annen maskin Alle innstilingene for denne skriveren blir styrt av en skriverserver som er satt opp av en administrator Tibake Avbryt 4 Kontrollera att alternativknappen Den h r datorn vald och klicka N sta gt m En lista dar du kan v lja anslutningsport visas V lja skri
89. Workstation Le logiciel Microsoft Windows Printing System pour la LBP 660 pr sent dans ce guide fonctionne sous Microsoft Windows NT version 4 0 pour ordinateurs compatibles PC AT Cette version de Microsoft Windows Printing System ne fonctionnera pas sur des syst mes utilisant Microsoft Windows NT version 3 51 ou ant rieure ou une version de Microsoft Windows NT pour processeurs RISC Si vous utilisez un r seau Novell NetWare vous ne pouvez pas installer ce logiciel sur un serveur Net Ware Vous ne pouvez pas utiliser ce logiciel pour imprimer partir de postes client Novell Netware pour Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 ou Microsoft Windows pour Workgroups Au moins 24 Mo de m moire vive Au moins 10 Mo d espace disque disponible Lecteur de CD ROM Port d imprimante parall le Centronics standard si la LBP est connect e en tant qu imprimante locale Carte d interface r seau si la LBP est partag e sur un r seau Bien qu il soit possible d installer Microsoft Windows Printing System sur des ordinateurs ne r pondant pas aux exigences ci dessus Canon ne peut garantir le bon fonctionnement du logiciel dans ces cas pr cis Les logiciels et mat riels suivants sont recommand s afin d optimiser les performances et l environnement de votre LBP 660 Processeur Pentium 166 MHz ou sup rieur Au moins 48 Mo de m moire vive Port d imprimante ECP Carte son n cessaire pour les messages
90. a DESCRIPTION DELIVERY ASS Y ROLLER FACE DOWN ROLLER FACE UP SPRING WIRE SPRING WIRE LABEL WARNING HIGH TEMP SPUR ASS Y SPUR ASS Y O ON our on D N PA N A lt COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON INC CANON LBP 660 REV AUG 1998 PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON 350 1 PCB ASS Y LOCATION DIAGRAM FIGURE 900 maan FIGURE amp KEY NO 900 SERIAL NUMBER REMARKS RG5 3740 000 VIDEO CONTROLLER PCB ASS Y R72 5064 RG5 3741 000 VIDEO CONTROLLER PCB ASS Y R72 5058 R72 5068 R72 5094 2 RG5 3506 000 PRINTER CONTROLLER PCB ASS Y 100 120V RG5 3509 020 PRINTER CONTROLLER PCB ASS Y 220 240V 900 1 COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON INC CANON LBP 660 REV 1 AUG 1998 PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON B NUMERICAL INDEX EEES FIGURE FIGURE FIGURE PART NUMBER amp PART NUMBER amp PART NUMBER amp KEY NO KEY NO KEY NO FA9 2597 000 RB2 1707 000 RS5 0799 000 RB1 7107 000 RB2 1714 000 RS5 2501 000 RB1 7129 000 RB2 2415 000 RS5 2502 000 RB1 7130 020 RB2 2416 000 RSS 2503 000 AB1 7172 000 RB2 2418 000 RS5 2504 000 RB1 7176 000 RB2 2419 000 RS5 2505 000 RB1 7177 000 RB2 2424 020 RS5 2506 000 RB1 7181 000 RB9 0227 000 RB1 7182 000 RB9 0265 000 RB1 7183 000 RF5 1492 000 AB1 7184 000 RF5 1493 000 RB1 7185 000 RF5 1509 000 RB1 7186 000 RF5 1513 000 RB1 7193 000 RF5 1514 020 RB1 7194 000 RF5 1515 020 RB1 7197 020 RF5 1517 020 RB1 7199 000 RF5 1533 000
91. a print server that has been set up by an administrator 4 Check that the My Computer option button in the Add Printer Wizard is selected and click on the Next gt button m The connection port selection window opens Selecting the Printer Port Add Printer Wizard Click the check box next to the ports you want to use Documents will print to the first available checked port Available ports Description 7 Local Port LPT2 Local Port LPT3 Local Port COMI Local Port COM2 Local Port COM3 Local Port COM4 Local Port Add Port Configure Port Enable printer pooling lt Back Next gt Cancel 1 Click on the checkbox for the port to which the LBP 660 is connected usually LPT1 to select it and then click on the Next gt button m You can only connect the LBP 660 to an LPT parallel port You will not be able to fm print on the LBP 660 if you select a serial port or any port other than that to which the LBP 660 is connected m You see the printer model selection window which lists the printer manufacturers and models that Microsoft Windows NT supports as standard 4 Installing the Microsoft Windows Printing System Chapter 2 m ENGLISH Because the LBP 660 is not included on the list insert the Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 installer CD ROM in the CD ROM drive then cli
92. afdrukken of afdrukken via het netwerk met Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 a U kunt de overlay functie voor formulieren niet gebruiken m U kunt geen testpagina afdrukken vanuit het LBP 660 Status Window Gebruik de knop Testpagina afdrukken op het tabblad Algemeen in het dialoogvenster Canon LBP 660 Eigenschappen m Er is geen menu optie Printer Options Afdrukopties in het menu Options in het LBP 660 Status Window Stel de tonerdichtheid in met de optie Toner Density in de groep Opties voor Document op het tabblad Geavanceerd in het dialoogvenster Eigenschappen voor Standaarddocument 26 Bijlage canon LBP 660 LASERPRINTER Microsoft Windows Printing System Guide til Microsoft Windows NT VIGTIGT L s denne h ndbog omhyggeligt f r du bruger printeren Gem denne h ndbog til senere brug m Copyright Copyright 1998 Canon Inc Alle rettigheder forbeholdes Copyright 1996 Microsoft Corporation Alle rettigheder forbeholdes Bem rk Canon Inc yder ingen form for udtrykkelig eller stiltiende garanti for s vidt ang r denne brugervejlednings indhold Canon Inc er ikke ansvarlig for nogen direkte eller indirekte f lgevirkninger af materialets anvendelse Dette dokument indeholder materiale der er beskyttet af lovgivningen om copyright Alle rettigheder forbeholdes Dette dokument eller dele deraf m ikke fotokopieres reproduceres eller overs ttes til andre sprog uden forudg ende skriftlig tilladelse fr
93. al servidor de impresi n o ala impresora compartida en el Supervisor de estado de la red No puede utilizarse el ment Impresora en el Supervisor de estado de la red No puede imprimirse en un servidor de impresi n Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 o Microsoft Windows para Trabajo en Grupo desde un cliente Microsoft Windows NT No puede imprimirse desde un cliente Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 o Microsoft Windows para Trabajo en Grupo Nose ha iniciado el servidor de impresi n La impresora no est configurada para ser compartida No tiene los privilegios necesarios para conectarse a la impresora o al servidor de impresi n La opci n Operaci n cliente del men Opciones que pertenece a la ventana de estado del servidor de impresi n no est activada Microsoft Windows Printing System para Microsoft Windows NT no admite servidores de impresi n Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 o Microsoft Windows para Trabajo en Grupo El directorio WPS del servidor de impresi n no est compartido El Tipo de datos predeterminado del servidor de impresi n no est definido con el valor WPS Inicie el servidor de impresi n Configure la impresora de forma que pueda ser compartida para ello utilice el cuadro de di logo Propiedades de la impresora e Solicite al administrador de la red que cambie sus privilegios de usuario Seleccione la opci n Operaci n cliente en el men Opciones Utilice un servidor de
94. antal kopier St rrelse V lg papirst rrelsen p listen Hvis du v lger Brugerdefineret skal du angive st rrelsen p fanebladet Avanceret Antal kopier Skriv det nskede antal kopier i tekstboksen Antal kopier Udskriv s tvis Hvis du har angivet to eller flere kopier i Antal kopier skal du klikke i afkrydsningsfeltet Udskriv s tvis hvis du vil have udskrevet dokumentet i s t Papirretning Brug alternativknapperne til at v lge Papirretning St ende eller Liggende 16 Bruge Microsoft Windows Printing System Kapitel 4 Fanen Avanceret Indstillingerne p fanen Avanceret er grupperet under Papir Output Grafik og Valgfri indstillinger for Dokument Mulighederne i hver gruppe er opf rt hierarkisk under gruppens navn Den aktive indstilling for hver mulighed vises med bl t til h jre for muligheden Hvis mulighederne ikke vises kan du klikke p plustegnet til venstre for gruppens navn f Egenskaber for Canon LBP 660 standarddokument 12 x Sideopsaetning i Sideopseetning for Canon LBP 660 El Ls Papir Output E Storrelse lt 44 gt Papinetning lt St ende gt a Antal lt 1 Kopier gt 8 a Grafik E Opl sning lt 600dpi Skalering lt 100 gt EI ilo Valgfri indstillinger for Dokument Skift indstillinger for St rrelse El Executive EZ Envelope DL N r du klikker p navnet p den mulighed du vil ndre vises de mulige indstillinge
95. anv nder LBP 660 som n tverksskrivare anv nder Microsoft Windows NT r cker det med att l gga till skrivaren s l ses skrivardrivrutinen och Network Status Monitor automatiskt ner och installeras fr n utskriftsservern Det beh vs ingen administrat rsbeh righet f r att l gga till skrivaren Normalt kan vem som helst g ra detta Starta guiden L gg till skrivare 1 Sl p klientdatorn starta Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 och logga in 2 Starta guiden L gg till skrivare m Se kapitel 2 Installera Microsoft Windows Printing System f r information om hur man startar guiden L gg till skrivare 10 Ansluta till LBP 660 som en n tverksskrivare Kapitel 3 V lja n tverksskrivare Veiviser for skriverinstallasjon Veiviseren hjelper deg til installere skriveren eller gj re skrivertilkoblinger Denne skriveren skal administreres av Min datamaskin Alle innstillinger blir administrert og konfigurert p denne maskinen for denne skriveren blir styrt av en skriverserver som er satt opp av en administrator 1 Klicka p alternativknappen Utskriftsserver och sedan N sta gt Dialogrutan Anslut till skrivare visas Koble til skriver Skriver 1 02 Canon LBP 660 Avbryt Delte skrivere IV Utvid som standard Hielp Ra Microsoft Windows nettverk P22DEV WORKGROUP El DELL GXM 5133 A ws 102 CanonLBP Canon LBP 660 Skriverinformasjon Beskr
96. as the tool bar button functions The Message area Animation area Progress bar and Status bar can be opened and closed through the View menu From the Option menu by selecting commands the Status Options and Printer Options dialog boxes can be opened On line help can be accessed from the Help menu 2 Tool bar Includes the Pause Printer button Resume Printer button Force Print job but ton Delete Print job button and Test print button By using the tool bar the Printer Status Window can be quickiy and easily accessed 8 Pause Printer button Pauses a printing operation 4 Resume Printer button Resumes a printing operation 5 Force Print job button Forcibly prints when the paper size varies 6 Delete Print job button Cancels a printing operation 7 Test print button Makes a test print 8 Message area Displays the job title printing conditions application name and file name symbol Note and either a message or estimated print remaining completion time 9 Animation area Shows the printing status of the document with animation Ifa problem has occurred within the printer the graphic changes and instructions are displayed 10 Progress bar Shows the printing status of the document 11 Status bar Displays the printer status Note Table 1 7 3 shows the types of symbol displayed in the Message area Table 1 7 3 Warning Tells the user what to do to continue printing in such cases as paper
97. beeldverfijning het wegwerken van gekartelde randen op de LBP 660 in of uitschakelen m Toner Saver Met deze optie kunt u de spaarstand tonerbesparing in of uitschakelen m Toner Density Met deze optie kunt u de tonerdichtheid opgeven hiervoor zijn vijf niveaus beschikbaar De standaardinstelling voor de tonerdichtheid is Medium m Custom Paper Size Deze optie gebruikt u om het papierformaat in te stellen als u Custom hebt geselecteerd op het tabblad Pagina instelling Klik op de knop Custom Paper Size om het dialoogvenster Custom Paper Size te openen en de hoogte en breedte van het aangepaste formaat van het papier in te stellen 18 Het Microsoft Windows Printing System gebruiken Hoofdstuk 4 Microsoft Windows NT LBP 660 Status Window Als de LBP 660 als lokale printer is aangesloten op een computer met Microsoft Windows NT wordt het LBP 660 Status Window automatisch weergegeven wanneer de LBP 660 begint met afdrukken of wanneer tussenkomst van de gebruiker is vereist bijvoorbeeld wanneer een fout is opgetreden U kunt het LBP 660 Status Window ook op elk gewenst moment zelf openen door te dubbelklikken op het pictogram Canon LBP 660 Status Window in de groep Windows Printing System In dit statusvenster kunt u de voortgang van uw afdruktaken bijhouden het afdrukken onderbreken en voortzetten enzovoort Canon LBP 660 on LPT1 Mile f x Printer View Options Help The printer is ready Dit venste
98. beschreven hoe u kunt opgeven of de LBP 660 moet worden gedeeld op een netwerk U kunt de instellingen voor het delen van de printer ook opgeven nadat u het Microsoft Windows Printing System hebt geinstalleerd Zie het gedeelte De printer delen voor meer informatie Wizard Printer toevoegen Geef aan of deze printer gedeeld moet worden met ander netwerkgebruikers Als u ervoor kiest de printer te delen moet u de printer een sharenaam geven C Niet gedeeld Gedeeld Sharenaam Selecteer de besturingssystemen van alle computers die deze printer gebruiken Windows NT 3 5 of 3 51 Mips x lt Vorige volgende gt Annuleren 1 Als u de LBP 660 op een netwerk wilt delen selecteert u de optie Gedeeld 2 Klik op de knop Volgende gt m Er wordt een venster weergegeven waarin u wordt gevraagd of u een testpagina wilt afdrukken Het afdrukken van een testpagina instellen Wanneer u klaar bent met het installeren van het Microsoft Windows Printing System kunt u met de LBP 660 een testpagina afdrukken 1 Als u een testpagina wilt afdrukken hoeft u alleen op de knop Voltooien te klikken en wordt de testpagina vervolgens automatisch afgedrukt Als u het afdrukken van de testpagina wilt overslaan selecteert u eerst de knop Nee voordat u op de knop Voltooien klikt Wanneer u op de knop Voltooien klikt worden de benodigde bestanden van de installatiediskette gekopieerd naar uw vaste schijf Tijdens het ko
99. box you can select the halftone representation Smooth Pattern 1 or Pattern 2 and adjust the Brightness and Contrast For more information see the section entitled Working With Grayscale Graphics in the User s Manual If Use System Halftone is selected a grayscale chart and the Microsoft Windows NT system s Halftone Color Adjustment dialog box appears For information on using this dialog box use the help or refer to the Microsoft Windows NT manuals m Automatic Image Refinement Use this option to select whether the Smoothing function on the LBP 660 is switched on or off m Toner Saver Use this option to select whether the economizing function is switched on or off m Toner Density Use this option to adjust the toner used during printing to one of 5 levels Medium is the standard density m Custom Paper Size Use this option to set the paper size when you have selected Custom in the Page Setup tab Click on the Custom Paper Size button to view the Custom Paper Size dialog box and set the height and width of the custom paper 18 Using the Microsoft Windows Printing System Chapter 4 Z E Microsoft Windows NT LBP 660 Status Window If the LBP 660 is connected to a Microsoft Windows NT computer as a local printer the LBP 660 Status Window appears automatically when printing on the LBP 660 starts or when user intervention is required such as when an error occurs You can also open the LBP 660 Status Wi
100. by the scanning mirror four faces scans across the photosensitive drum at a constant speed The scanner motor is a 3 phase DC motor When the printer is turned ON the oscillating frequency of the crystal oscillator X201 is divided by the CPU IC201 and the resulting signal is sent to the scanner motor driver as a SCN CLK signal When the PRNT signal sent to the CPU on the printer controller becomes L the CPU sets the SCNON signal to L The SCNON signal is input to the scanner motor drive circuit on the scanner motor driver PCB to rotate the scanner motor i When the scanner motor rotates a signal proportional to the scanner motor rotation rate is returned from the frequency generator to the rotation control circuit The rotation control cir cuit compares the signal that is returned with the reference frequency SCNCLK and controls the scanner motor rotation to the prescribed rotation rate The rotation control circuit also sends the SCANNER MOTOR ROTATION RATE signal SCN TAC to the CPU The CPU monitors the pulse of this signal to determine whether the scanner motor is rotating at the preseribed rotation rate l the SCNTAC signal is not detected 255 times or more after the PRNT signal becomes L until the paper pick up timing the CPU stops the scanner motor and reports a scanner error to the video controller Printer controller PCB Scanner motor driver PCB ee mi in et nn ng ep in GeV ko mg mm
101. collegate al server di stampa Fare clic sul nome della stampante condivisa per LBP 660 a cui ci si vuole collegare m Il percorso di rete per la stampante selezionata viene visualizzato nella casella di testo Stampante Capitolo 3 Collegamento a LBP 660 come stampante di rete 11 ITALIANO 4 Fare clic sul pulsante OK m Il driver di stampa di LBP 660 ed il Monitor di stato sulla rete vengono trasferiti dal server e installati sul client m Una volta completato con successo il trasferimento del software l icona di Canon LBP 660 viene visualizzata nella cartella Stampanti ed il gruppo Windows Printing System viene registrato nel menu Avvio Sul desktop viene anche creato un collegamento al Monitor di stato sulla rete WpsC3Nsm exe 5 Fare clic sul pulsante Fine in Installazione stampante Collegamento da un client Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 o Microsoft Windows per Workgroup Per collegarsi a LBP 660 da un client Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 o Microsoft Windows per Workgroup tramite un server di stampa Microsoft Windows NT amp necessario prima di tutto installare sul client Microsoft Windows Printing System di LBP 660 per il rispettivo sistema operativo Per ulteriori informazioni riguardanti l installazione di Microsoft Windows Printing System su un client Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 o Microsoft Windows per Workgroup fare riferimento al Manuale per l Operatore 12 C
102. customer to use the recommended paper and to fol low the correct paper storage procedure Excessive amount of paper loaded in the multi purpose tray Action Advise the customer to load the corrected amount of paper in the multi purpose tray Worn deformed dirty pick up roller feed roller or separation pad Action If the pick up roller feed roller or separation pad is dirty clean it If worn or deformed replace the relevant part Faulty pick up solenoid Action Replace the pick up solenoid Pick up roller does not rotate during printing Action Check by referring to M 4 No Pick Up J 2 Fixing Delivery Unit Possible causes gt I More than the specified number of pages in the face down delivery tray Action Do not overload the tray with more than the regulated number of sheets Faulty delivery deflector Action Check that the delivery deflector is not worn or chipped Fixing lower roller not rotating properly Action Check for any wear or chips on the gear Dirt flaws or toner found on the fixing unit entrance guide Action Clean the guide Deformation or flaws found on the fixing film unit or fixing lower roller Action Replace the fixing film unit and or the fixing lower roller if deformed Nip width of fixing lower roller not within specifications Action Replace the fixing pressure plate Delivery sensor lever in fixing unit not driving properly or is damaged Action Re set the delivery sensor lever
103. de la LBP 660 aparece autom ticamente en el momento en que se inicia la impresora LBP 660 o cuando se requiere la intervenci n del usuario por ejemplo al producirse un error Tambi n puede abrir la ventana de estado de la LBP 660 en cualquier momento haciendo doble clic en el icono Ventana de estado de Canon LBP 660 en el grupo Windows Printing System Utilice la ventana de estado para supervisar la evoluci n de los trabajos de impresi n detener o reanudar la impresi n etc Canon LBP 660 en LPT1 FEE Impresora Ver Opciones Ayuda lt a n El La impresora est preparada Esta ventana de estado coincide b sicamente con la ventana de estado de Microsoft Windows Printing System que se visualiza en Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 y en Microsoft Windows para Trabajo en Grupo En el Manual del usuario encontrar m s informaci n sobre el uso de la ventana de estado Esta descripci n comprende nicamente aquellas operaciones y funciones en que la ventana de estado de la LBP 660 para Microsoft Windows NT presenta diferencias respecto a las ventanas de estado de otras versiones de Microsoft Windows m Siseleccion Empezar a imprimir despu s de que la ltima p gina haya entrado en la cola de impresi n en la ficha Plan de Propiedades de la impresora el tiempo restante estimado y la hora aproximada de finalizaci n aparecen en el rea de mensajes durante la impresi n del documento y
104. den nskede printer p listen og klik p knappen Connect m N r der er oprettet forbindelse til netv rksprinteren vises den aktuelle printerstatus i en tekstboks Status Options Menulinien i LBP 660 Network Status Monitor indeholder tre menuer Options Printer og Help WS 1024Canon LBP 660 Mel x Options Printer Help Menuen Options Brug menuen Options til at angive muligheder i forbindelsen med brugen af Network Status Monitor m Connect to Server Velg denne mulighed hvis forbindelsen til netverksprinteren er g et tabt eller hvis du vil skifte til en anden netverksprinter kun LBP 660 Dialogboksen Connect to Server vises Det er den samme dialogboks som vises nar du starter Network Status Monitor V lg det nskede printernavn og klik derefter p knappen Connect m Sound Option Brug denne mulighed til at v lge om meddelelser skal l ses op n r der opst r en printerfejl Kapitel 4 Bruge Microsoft Windows Printing System 21 fm Network Status Monitor kan kun frembringe talte meddelelser n r der sker en fejl Hvis der ikke er installeret et lydkort i klientcomputeren er muligheden nedtonet og kan ikke v lges Default Size Hvis du har ndret st rrelse p Network Status Monitor kan du give det originalst rrelsen tilbage med denne mulighed Hide Menu Med denne mulighed skjules menuerne i Network Status Monitor Hvis du vil se menuerne igen skal du trykke p Esc mens Networ
105. der Client ber ausreichende Zugriffsrechte zur Verbindung mit dem Server und dem freigegebenen Drucker verf gen Sind Sie sich nicht sicher ber welche Zugriffsrechte Sie verf gen wenden Sie sich an Ihren Netzwerkadministrator Herstellen einer Verbindung von einem Client unter Microsoft Windows NT Wenn der Client Computer der den LBP 660 als Drucker im Netzwerk verwendet unter Microsoft Windows NT ausgef hrt wird gen gt es den Drucker hinzuzuf gen um den Druckertreiber vom Druck Server aus automatisch herunterzuladen und den Druckertreiber und den Netzwerkmonitor zu installieren Es sind keine Administratorrechte n tig um den Drucker hinzuzuf gen Diesen Vorgang kann normalerweise jeder Benutzer durchf hren Ausf hren des Assistenten f r die Druckerinstallation 1 Schalten Sie den Client Computer ein f hren Sie Microsoft Windows NT Version 4 0 aus und melden Sie sich an 2 F hren Sie den Assistenten f r die Druckerinstallation aus m Weitere Informationen dazu wie der Assistent f r die Druckerinstallation ausgef hrt wird finden Sie in Kapitel 2 Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems 10 Herstellen der Verbindung zum LBP 660 als Netzwerkdrucker Kapitel 3 Auswahl des Druckers im Netzwerk Assistent f r die Druckerinstallation Mit diesem Assistenten k nnen Sie ohne viel Zeit und Arbeitsaufwand Drucker installieren oder eine Druckerverbindung herstellen Dieser Drucker wird
106. der Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems und bei der Verwendung des LBP 660 als Drucker in einem Microsoft Windows NT Netz auftreten behandelt werden k nnen Anweisungen zum Umgang mit Problemen am Drucker selber Papierstau usw mit Qualit tsproblemen beim Drucken mit Problemen im Zusammenhang mit dem Microsoft Windows Printing System und den dazu geh renden Fehlermeldungen finden Sie im Benutzerhandbuch unter Kapitel 6 Problembehandlung K nnen Sie die Ursache eines Problemes nicht ausfindig machen so f hren Sie das Fehlersuchprogramm in der Programmgruppe Windows Printing System aus Dieses Fehlersuchprogramm hilft bei der Behandlung von Problemen im Zusammenhang mit den installierten Dateien und den Einstellungen L t sich das Problem immer noch nicht beheben so deinstallieren Sie das Microsoft Windows Printing System auf dem Druck Server starten den Server erneut und installieren Sie das Microsoft Windows Printing System erneut F hren Sie zur Deinstallation des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems das Deinstallationsprogramm in der Programmgruppe Windows Printing System aus Starten Sie Microsoft Windows NT nicht erneut so k nnen Sie die deinstallierte Software nicht 5 m F hren Sie wie immer wenn Sie Software deinstalliert haben Microsoft Windows NT erneut aus erneut installieren Kapitel 5 Fehlerbehebung 23 DEUTSCH Probleme w hrend der Installation des Microsoft W
107. descrizione del collegamento di LBP 660 come stampante di rete vedere Capitolo 3 Collegamento a LBP 660 come stampante di rete Avvio di Installazione stampante Utilizzare Installazione stampante in Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 per installare Microsoft Windows Printing System su Microsoft Windows NT Per installare il software seguire le istruzioni sotto riportate 1 Accendere il computer a cui amp collegata la stampante LBP 660 e avviare Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 2 Collegarsi come Administrator 3 Utilizzare uno dei seguenti metodi per avviare Installazione stampante a Fare clic sul pulsante Avvio nella barra delle applicazioni e spostare il puntatore del mouse su Impostazioni nel menu Avvio Nel sottomenu che viene visualizzato fare clic su Stampanti per aprire la cartella Stampanti e fare doppio clic sull icona Aggiungi stampante nella cartella Stampanti b Sul desktop fare doppio clic sull icona Risorse del computer Quindi aprire la cartella Stampanti e fare doppio clic sull icona Aggiungi stampante Capitolo 2 Installazione di Microsoft Windows Printing System 3 ITALIANO m Verr visualizzata la finestra Installazione stampante per l installazione dei driver di stampa Installazione stampante possibile installare o stabilire connessioni a una stampante Questa stampante sar gestita da Tutte le impostazioni saranno gestite e configurate da questo computer C Server della stampante d
108. det respektive operativsystemet f rst v re installert p klienten Sl opp i brukerh ndboken hvis du vil ha mer informasjon om hvordan du installerer Microsoft Windows Printing System p en Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows for Workgroups klient 12 Koble deg til LBP 660 n r den brukes som nettverksskriver Kapittel 3 Kapittel 4 Bruke Microsoft Windows Printing System Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT brukes hovedsakelig p samme m te som Microsoft Windows Printing System for andre versjoner av Microsoft Windows Se kapittel 3 Bruk av Microsoft Windows Printing System i brukerh ndboken hvis du vil ha en oversikt over Microsoft Windows Printing System Dialogbokser i Microsoft Windows Printing System Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT inneholder to hoveddialogbokser dialogboksen Egenskaper og dialogboksen Egenskaper for standarddokument Alle brukere kan pne disse dialogboksene og kontrollere innstillingene men bare brukere som har skrivertilgangen Alle tillatelser kan endre innstillingene Egenskaper Hvis du vil vise skriveregenskapene velger du Egenskaper fra Fil menyen i mappen Skrivere eller klikker p LBP 660 ikonet med h yre museknapp i mappen Skrivere og velger Egenskaper fra hurtigmenyen Dialogboksen for angivelse av egenskaper for skriveren inneholder de seks kategoriene som er beskrevet nedenfor Siden in
109. el cuadro de di logo Ubicar archivo haga clic en el bot n Abrir Si en la lista no figura la carpeta del idioma que est utilizando en Microsoft Windows NT seleccione la carpeta que corresponda al idioma Ingl s Haga clic en el bot n Aceptar en el cuadro de di logo Instalar desde disco Cuando aparezca Canon LBP 660 en la lista Impresoras del di logo Agregar asistente de impresora haga clic en el bot n Siguiente gt m Aparece una ventana que asigna el nombre Canon LBP 660 a la impresora en el campo Nombre de impresora Si desea modificar el nombre de la impresora escriba el nombre nuevo tal como le indiquen los mensajes de la pantalla Haga clic en el bot n Siguiente gt m continuaci n aparece la ventana correspondiente a los valores de compartir la impresora Instalaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System 5 Configuraci n para compartir la impresora En esta secci n se describe el procedimiento necesario para especificar si se va a compartir o no la impresora LBP 660 en una red Los valores de compartir la impresora tambi n pueden especificarse una vez haya instalado Microsoft Windows Printing System Consulte la secci n que lleva por t tulo Compartir la impresora si desea m s informaci n Agregar asistente de impresora Indique si esta impresora va a ser compartida con otros usuarios de la red Si desea compartirla as gnele el nombre con el que desea compartirla C No compartida
110. el software Est realizando una instalaci n local en una computadora en la que el controlador de la impresora LBP 660 ya est instalado en la red Problemas durante la instalaci n en la red Problema Causa Necesita privilegios de Administrador para instalar Microsoft Windows Printing System Asigne un usuario que tenga privilegios de Administrador para realizar la instalaci n Asigne un usuario que tenga privilegios de Administrador para que vuelva a instalar el software Vuelva a realizar la instalaci n local y seleccione el bot n de opci n Reemplazar el controlador existente en el cuadro de di logo pertinente de Agregar asistente de impresora Soluci n El nombre de la impresora compartida o del servidor de impresi n que debe conectarse no figura en la lista de Impresoras compartidas e Nose ha iniciado el servidor de impresi n La impresora no est configurada para ser compartida tiene los privilegios necesarios para conectarse a la impresora o al servidor de impresi n Inicie el servidor de impresi n Configure la impresora de forma que pueda ser compartida para ello utilice el cuadro de di logo Propiedades de la impresora Solicite al administrador de la red que cambie sus privilegios de usuario 24 Resoluci n de problemas Cap tulo 5 Problemas durante la impresi n en la red Problema Causa Soluci n No puede realizarse la conexi n
111. en Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows til Workgroups klient e Printserveren er ikke startet e Printeren er ikke delt Du har ikke de n dvendige privilegier til at benytte printeren eller print serveren Muligheden Client Operation er ikke valgt p menuen Options i printserverens statusvindue Microsoft Windows Printing System til Microsoft Windows NT understgtter printservere til Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 og Microsoft Windows til Workgroups e WPS biblioteket p printserveren er ikke delt e Printserverens standarddatatype er ikke indstillet til WPS Start printserveren Indstil printeren til deling i dialogboksen Printer egenskaber Bed netv rksadmini stratoren om at andre dine brugerprivilegier V lg muligheden Client Operation p menuen Options Brug en Microsoft Windows NT printserver Indstil WPS biblioteket p printserveren til deling e Klik p knappen Udskriftsprocessor p fanen Generelt i dialogboksen Printeregenskaber og v lg WPS som standarddatatype Kapitel 5 Fejlfinding 25 Appendiks Sammenligning med andre versioner af Microsoft Windows Printing System Nogle af funktionerne i Microsoft Windows Printing System til Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 er ikke de samme som i Microsoft Windows Printing System til Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 og Microsoft Windows til Workgroups V r specielt opm rksom p f lgende n r d
112. fm afh nger af den valgte alternativknap Kapitel 4 Bruge Microsoft Windows Printing System 15 Egenskaber for standarddokument I dialogboksen Egenskaber for standarddokument kan du v lge standardindstillinger til udskrivning p LBP 660 Hvis du vil bruge dialogboksen Egenskaber for standarddokument skal du v lge Dokumentstandarder p menuen Filer i mappen Printere eller klikke med h jre musknap p ikonet LBP 660 i mappen Printere og v lge Dokumentstandarder p genvejsmenuen Dialogboksen Egenskaber for standarddokument indeholder den hyppigt brugte fane Sideops tning og fanen Avanceret til de mere specielle muligheder Du kan f flere oplysninger om indstillingerne p sk rmen hvis du klikker p sp rgsm lstegnet i verste h jre hj rne af dialogboksen og derefter klikker p en indstilling 4 Egenskaber for Canon LBP 660 standarddokument 2 x St relse E 44 Antal kopier 1 3 Kopier ger SLN 1 99 Papitretning A St ende C Liggende m Du kan ogs bne en tilsvarende dialogboks og v lge indstillingerne ved at v lge fm Udskriv eller Sideops tning p menuen Filer i et program Bem rk dog at de indstillinger der v lges i et program kun g lder det aktive dokument i det p g ldende program ikke indstillingerne i Dokumentstandarder m Fanen Sideops tning P dette faneblad angives parametre som papirst rrelse retning og
113. gris du Manuel d utilisation Sil option Utiliser les demi teintes du syst me est s lectionn e une repr sentation graphique des niveaux de gris et la bo te de dialogue syst me R glage des couleurs en demi teinte s affichent Pour plus d informations sur Putilisation de cette boite de dialogue utilisez l aide ou reportez vous la documentation de Microsoft Windows NT m Lissage automatique de l image Utilisez cette option pour activer ou d sactiver la fonction de lissage de la LBP 660 m Economiseur d encre Utilisez cette option pour activer ou d sactiver la fonction d conomie d encre m Densit d encre Utilisez cette option pour r gler la quantit d encre utilis e pendant l impression selon Pun des 5 niveaux propos s Le param tre Moyenne correspond la densit standard m Taille de papier personnalis e Utilisez cette option pour d finir la taille de papier si vous avez choisi Util dans l onglet Mise en page Cliquez sur le bouton Taille de papier personnalis e pour afficher la boite de dialogue correspondante et d finir la hauteur et la largeur du papier personnalis 18 Utilisation de Microsoft Windows Printing System Chapitre 4 Fen tre d tat de la LBP 660 sous Microsoft Windows NT Si la LBP 660 est connect e en tant qu imprimante locale un ordinateur Microsoft Windows NT la fen tre d tat correspondante s affiche automatiquement lors d une impression
114. i dialogrutans vre h gra h rn och sedan klickar p det du vill ha hj lp med s visas en f rklarande text at Egenskaper for Canon LBP 660 standarddokument 2 x Papist nelse 5 44 Kopiteller 1 Kopier ar E Sorter 1 39 Papirretning St ende A Liggende m Du kan ven ppna en motsvarande dialogruta och ange inst llningar genom att v lja fm Skriv ut eller Utskriftsformat i menyn Arkiv i ett program Observera dock att inst llningar som gjorts fr n ett program bara g ller det dokument du arbetar med i det programmet och inte ndrar standardinst llningarna m Fliken Utskriftsformat P den h r fliken kan du ange parametrar som pappersformat orientering och antal kopior Pappersformat V lj pappersformat i listan V ljer du Annat som pappersformat m ste du ange pappersformatet p fliken Avancerat Antal kopior Ange hur m nga kopior du vill skriva ut i f ltet Antal kopior Sortera exemplaren Har du angett tv eller flera kopior i Antal kopior kryssar du f r rutan Sortera exemplaren om du vill att kopiorna ska skrivas ut sorterade Orientering Ange utskriftsorientering med alternativknapparna St ende eller Liggande 16 Anv nda Microsoft Windows Printing System Kapitel 4 Fliken Avancerat Inst llningarna p fliken Avancerat r grupperade under Papper utmatning Grafik och Dokument Alternativ Alternativen i varje grupp r knas upp hiera
115. installation again and select the Replace existing driver option button in the Add Printer Wizard replacement selection dialog box Solution The name of the shared printer or print server to be connected is not shown in the Shared Printers list The print server is not started up The printer is not set up for sharing You do not have the privileges required for connecting to the printer or the print server Start up the print server Set the printer up for sharing in the Printer Properties dialog box Ask the network administrator to change your user privileges 24 Troubleshooting Chapter 5 Problems During Network Printing Problem Solution Cannot connect to the print server or the shared printer in the Network Status Monitor Cannot use the Printer menu in the Network Status Monitor Cannot print on a Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 or Microsoft Windows for Workgroups print server from a Microsoft Windows NT client Cannot print from a Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 or Microsoft Windows for Workgroups client Cause The print server is not started up The printer is not set up for sharing You do not have the privileges required for connecting to the printer or the print server The Client Operation option is not checked in the Options menu in the print server s Status Window The Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT does not support Mic
116. is to be connected The error dia log box will appear if an nonexistent LPT port has been selected and a print is commanded 2 Add Port Opens the Printer Ports dialog box which enables you to add ports See Page 1 25 3 Delete Port Opens the Delete Port dialog box which enables you to delete selected ports 4 Configure Port Opens the Configure LPT Port dialog box which enables you to set ports See Page 1 26 5 Enable bidirectional support Selects whether or not the Language Monitor is used for bidirectional communication between the PC and printer As this printer performs the bidi rectional communication with the PC without Language Monitor this check box is not avail able 6 Enable printer pooling Selects whether or not the printer pool is used Select the check box when you want to select multiple ports in the Print to the following ports list box CHAPTER 1 Printer Ports dialog box Use this dialog box to add ports to which the printer is to be connected if necessary It can be opened by clicking the Add Ports button in the Ports tab in the Properties dialog box The Printer Ports dialog box is shown in Figure 1 7 7 Printer Ports Lexmark DLC Network Port mark TCP IP Ne Local Port 3 4 Figure 1 7 7 1 Available Printer Ports Displays the list of ports which can be added Select one port from the list The printer cannot be connected to ports other than
117. jams and paper loading request Information CHAPTER 1 Status Options dialog box The Status Options dialog box is for setting the Status Window display and voice messages It can be opened by selecting the Status Options command in the Options menu in the Status Window The Status Options dialog box is shown in Figure 1 7 40 Printer Status Window O Only display Printer Status Window for errors Sounds Play all sounds O Only play error notification sounds 2 O Do not play any sounds Figure 1 7 40 1 Printer Status Window Sets the Status Window display mode 2 Sounds Sets sound It can provide print status or error related information by sound Only when the sound file is installed and the status window is opened by bidirectional com munication 3 OK Changes the items in this dialog box and closes the box 4 Cancel Closes this dialog box without changing its items 5 Help Opens the Help topics CHAPTER 1 9 Printer Options dialog box The Printer Options dialog box is for setting the toner density and executing test printing It can be opened by selecting the Printer Options command in the Options menu in the Status Window The Printer Options dialog box is shown in Figure 1 7 41 Printer Options Toner Density eh Light Dark 1 Figure 1 7 41 1 Toner Densit
118. k sitell n vain niit teht vi ja toimintoja joissa Microsoft Windows NT lle tarkoitettu LBP 660 tilaikkuna eroaa muille Microsoft Windowsin versioille tarkoitetuista tilaikkunoista m Jos valitsit kirjoittimen ominaisuuksien Ajoitus v lilehdest Aloita tulostus kun viimeinen sivu on taustatulostusjonossa arvioitu j ljell oleva aika ja arvioitu valmistumisaika n kyv t ilmoitusalueella asiakirjan tulostamisen aikana ja tilanneilmaisin osoittaa tulostettujen sivujen m r n ja tulostettavien sivujen kokonaism r n Printing My Doc Estimated time left 11 seconds Estimated time finished 18 04 Luku 4 Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin k ytt 19 m Jos valitsit Aloita tulostus heti ilmoitusalueella n kyy vain teksti Printing ja tilanneilmaisin osoittaa tulostettujen sivujen m r n Canon LBP 660 on LPT1 Printer View Options Help 77 My Doc Printing m Ty kalurivill ei ole kirjoittimen testauspainiketta Jos haluat tulostaa testisivun napsauta kirjoittimen ominaisuusikkunan Yleist v lilehden Tulosta testisivu painiketta m Options valikossa ei ole Printer komentoa Jos haluat muuttaa tulostustummuutta avaa Ominaisuudet Oletusasiakirja valintaikkuna ja k yt Lis asetukset v lilehden Toner Density asetusta m Options valikon komennolla Client Operation valitaan voiko k ytt j keskeytt jatkaa lopettaa tai pakottaa tulostamisen Microsof
119. kun ndre indstillingerne hvis du har privilegier til Fuld kontrol Printeregenskaber Hvis du vil se printeregenskaber skal du v lge Egenskaber p menuen Filer i mappen Printere eller klikke med h jre musknap p ikonet LBP 660 i mappen Printere og v lge Egenskaber p genvejsmenuen Dialogboksen Printeregenskaber indeholder nedenst ende 6 faner Da indstillingerne p hver fane er f lles for alle Microsoft Windows NT printere gives der kun en generel oversigt over indholdet af fanebladene sammen med specielle forhold der skal tages h jde for ved brugen af LBP 660 Du kan finde omfattende beskrivelser af de enkelte indstillinger i dokumentationen til Microsoft Windows NT Du kan ogs klikke p sp rgsm lstegnet i verste h jre hj rne af dialogboksen og derefter klikke p den relevante indstilling for at f hj lp til emnet Canon LBP 660 Egenskaber 2 x Deing Sikkerhed Enhedsindstilinger General Porte dobplanl gning 3 Canon LBP 660 Kapitel 4 Bruge Microsoft Windows Printing System 13 m Fanen Generelt Indstillingerne p denne fane g lder hele printerdriveren m LBP 660 underst tter ikke separatorsider Selvom du klikker p alternativknappen Separatorside for at indstille en separatorside udskrives den ikke m Du ikke ndre standardindstillingerne i dialogboksen Udskriftsprocessor som vises n r du klikker p knappen Udskriftsprocessor Hvis du ndrer standardda
120. la propri t de Canon et sont prot g es par les lois du copyright Tous les droits sont r serv s Aucune partie de ce document ne pourra tre photocopi e reproduite ou traduite dans une autre langue sans l autorisation crite pr alable de Canon Inc L utilisation de ce document est soumise aux conditions du contrat de licence Microsoft Windows Printing System fourni avec votre imprimante Les informations contenues dans ce document sont susceptibles d tre modifi es sans pr avis Marques LBP Canon et le logo Canon sont des marques de Canon Inc PCL est une marque de Hewlett Packard Company IBM est une marque de International Business Machines Corporation Microsoft Windows Windows NT le logo Windows et MS DOS sont des marques d pos es ou non de Microsoft Corporation aux Etats Unis et ou dans d autres pays NetWare est une marque d pos e et Novell est une marque de Novell Inc TrueType est une marque d Apple Computer Inc Lucida est une marque de Bigelow amp Homes Les autres marques ou noms de produits sont des marques ou des marques d pos es de leurs soci t s respectives Dans ce guide Microsoft Microsoft Windows et Microsoft Windows NT sont d nomm s respectivement Microsoft Microsoft Windows et Microsoft Windows NT Conventions Ce guide utilise les pictogrammes suivants Les remarques fournissent des conseils ou des suggestions pour vous aider tirer le meilleu
121. lectionner la r solution d impression de la LBP 660 m Mise Entrez le taux d agrandissement ou de r duction dans la zone de texte Modifier les param tres de Mise l Echelle Vous pouvez d finir une valeur comprise entre 10 et 200 par pas de 1 Param tres du groupe Document Options Ce groupe comprend 5 options R glage des couleurs en demi teinte Lissage automatique de l image Economiseur d encre Densit d encre et Taille de papier personnalis e m R glage des couleurs en demi teinte Cliquez sur le bouton R glage des couleurs en demi teinte pour ouvrir la boite de dialogue correspondante et r gler les demi teintes de l imprimante gt m La boite de dialogue R glage des couleurs en demi teinte affich e ici peut diff rer selon m les param tres que vous avez d finis dans l onglet Param tres du p riph rique des propri t s de l imprimante Sil option Utiliser les demi teintes de l imprimante est s lectionn e la bo te de dialogue d origine de la LBP 660 s affiche comme si vous aviez s lectionn l onglet Graphiques dans la boite de dialogue Propri t s de Microsoft Windows 95 Dans cette boite de dialogue vous pouvez s lectionner le mode de repr sentation des demi teintes Gris lisses Motif 1 ou Motif 2 et r gler la luminosit et le contraste Pour plus d informations reportez vous la section Impression des graphiques en niveaux de
122. leiste wieder anzuzeigen dr cken Sie auf Esc wenn der Netzwerkmonitor das aktive Fenster ist oder doppelklicken Sie auf eine beliebige Stelle im Bereich zur Anzeige von Mitteilungen m Immer im Vordergrund Wenn diese Option ausgew hlt ist wird ein H kchen links neben der Option angezeigt und der Netzwerkmonitor wird als vorderstes Fenster auf dem Desktop angezeigt Men Drucker Mit Hilfe des Men s Drucker l t sich der Betrieb des Druckers steuern Wenn im Statusfenster des Druck Servers im Men Optionen der Befehl Client Operation nicht aktiviert ist so ist das Men Drucker abgeblendet dargestellt und der Betrieb des Druckers kann nicht von einem Client gesteuert werden Detaillierte Informationen zum Men Optionen finden Sie unter Verwenden des Drucker Meniis im Benutzerhandbuch m Die Operationen im Men Drucker gelten auch f r Druckauftr ge anderer Clients Wenn Druckauftr ge von mehreren Clients der Druckerwarteschlange hinzugef gt werden so k nnen durch unachtsames Abbrechen von Druckauftr gen auch Druckauftr ge anderer Clients gel scht werden Denken Sie daran wenn Sie Druckauftr ge abbrechen Men Hilfe Mit diesem Men wird ein Dialogfeld angezeigt das Versionsinformationen zum Netzwerkmonitor beinhaltet 22 Verwendung des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems Kapitel 4 Kapitel 5 Fehlerbehebung In diesem Kapitel wird beschrieben wie Probleme die m glicherweise w hrend
123. more copies in Copy Count click in the Collate copies checkbox to print collated copies of your document Orientation Use the option buttons to select the printing orientation Portrait or Landscape 16 Using the Microsoft Windows Printing System Chapter 4 Z E m Advanced Tab The settings in the Advanced tab are grouped under Paper Output Graphic and Document Options The options in each group are listed hierarchically below the group name The current setting for each option is shown in blue to the right of the option If the options are not shown click on the plus symbol to the left of the group name f Canon LBP 660 Default Document Properties 12 x Page Setup Canon LBP 660 Document Settings E EN Paper Output E Paper Size lt A4 gt Orientation lt Portrait gt a Copy Count 1 Copy E Graphic E Resolution lt 600dpi gt Scaling 100 gt E ike Document Options Change Paper Size Setting E Executive EZ Envelope DL If you click on the name of the option you want to change the available settings for the option or buttons to open other dialog boxes appear in the bottom part of the dialog box Select or type in the new setting The new setting then appears in red to the right of the listed option This red display indicates that the new setting has not yet been saved as a document default New settings are not saved as document d
124. n de Microsoft Windows Printing System 15 Propiedades del documento predeterminado En el cuadro de di logo Propiedades del documento predeterminado puede especificar la configuraci n predeterminada de las opciones de impresi n que deben estar disponibles en el momento de imprimir en la LBP 660 Para comprobar las propiedades predeterminadas de un documento seleccione Valores predeterminados del documento en el men Archivo de la carpeta Impresoras o bien haga clic con el bot n derecho del rat n en el icono LBP 660 de la carpeta Impresoras y seleccione Valores predeterminados del documento en el men emergente El cuadro de di logo Propiedades del documento predeterminado contiene la ficha Preparar p gina de uso frecuente y la ficha Avanzadas con opciones de impresi n m s precisas Si desea informaci n m s detallada sobre los diferentes valores haga clic en el interrogante situado en el ngulo superior derecho del cuadro de di logo y a continuaci n en el valor espec fico para que aparezca la ayuda emergente relacionada con el elemento en cuesti n f Propiedades de Documento predeterminado Canon LBP 660 2 x Tamafio del papel E 44 Numero ei A copia T Intercalar copies 1 99 rientaci n Vertical Horizontal m Tambi n puede abrir un cuadro de di logo equivalente y especificar los valores seleccionando Imprimir o Preparar p gina en
125. och vilka systemkrav som g ller f r att installera Microsoft Windows Printing System p en PC som anv nder Microsoft Windows NT Kapitel 2 Installera Microsoft Windows Printing System Det h r kapitlet beskriver hur man installerar Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT med LBP 660 som en lokal skrivare och hur man delar en LBP 660 i ett Microsoft Windows NT n tverk Kapitel 3 Ansluta till LBP 660 som en n tverksskrivare 10 Det h r kapitlet beskriver hur man anv nder LBP 660 fr n andra datorer som anv nder Microsoft Windows NT och fr n datorer som anv nder Microsoft Windows kallas h danefter Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups Kapitel 4 Anv nda Microsoft Windows Printing System 13 Det h r kapitlet beskriver hur man anv nder Network Status Monitor Canon LBP 660 Status Window och egenskapsdialogrutorna i Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT Kapitel5 Fels kning sense 23 Det h r kapitlet beskriver hur man l ser problem som uppst r under installation av Microsoft Windows Printing System eller vid anv ndning av Microsoft Windows Printing System i ett Microsoft Windows NT n tverk Biagini Det h r avsnittet i bilagan visar vilka punkter i beskrivningarna i anv ndarhandboken f r LBP 660 d r Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT skilje
126. of available hard disk space CD ROM drive Standard Centronics parallel printer port when the LBP is connected as a local printer Network interface card when the LBP is shared on a network While it may be possible to install the Microsoft Windows Printing System on computers that do not meet the above requirements Canon cannot guarantee that the software will run properly To provide the optimum environment and obtain the best possible performance from your LBP 660 the following hardware and software is recommended Pentium 166 MHz CPU or better Minimum 48 MB of RAM ECP printer port Sound card required for using voice messages in the Microsoft Windows Printing System To share the LBP 660 across a network one of the following network protocols must be installed NetBEUI TCP IP NWLink IPX SPX To install the Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT you must have Administrator privileges The installation should be performed by a network administrator or printer manager with Administrator privileges 2 Introduction Chapter I Z E Chapter 2 Installing the Microsoft Windows Printing System To install the Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT use the enclosed Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 installer disk Installing the Microsoft Windows Printing System for Local Printers This section describes how to install the Mic
127. only used for the 100 120V machines FU101 No red mark O Fuses Figure 3 7 5a 100 120V machines Figure 3 7 6 O Fuse Figure 3 7 5b 220 240V machines CHAPTER 3 This page intentionally left blank CHAPTER 3 VIII CONNECTOR LOCATIONS Door switch unit Laser scanner unit Paper transport unit Main motor Printer controller PCB Video controller PCB Figure 3 8 1 Table 3 8 1 Name Connection location Main motor connector Main motor Door switch connector Door switch unit Scanner connector 1 Laser scanner unit Scanner connector 2 Laser scanner unit Paper feed unit connector Paper feed unit Pick up solenoid connector Printer controller PCB Fixing unit connector Printer controller PCB 22220 o 252 EEE BEE s 22 LESER gt SLET m P 2522 JEST gt 222 222522 ZE 2222 EEE CHAPTER 4 I MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING A Periodic Replacement Parts There are no periodic replacement parts in this printer Note Periodic replacement parts must be replaced periodically to maintain a fixed level of printer performance They must be replaced regardless of their condition wear dam age as they can affect the performance of the printer B Expected Service Lives of Consumable Parts 9 This printer does not have any consumable parts excep
128. oplossen die zich voordoen tijdens de installatie van het Microsoft Windows Printing System voor Microsoft Windows NT en tijdens het werken met de LBP 660 als netwerkprinter op een Microsoft Windows NT netwerk Voor instructies voor het oplossen van problemen met de printer zelf papierstoringen en dergelijke de afdrukkwaliteit en het Microsoft Windows Printing System en tevens voor uitleg bij de foutberichten verwijzen wij u naar Hoofdstuk 6 Problemen oplossen in de LBP 660 gebruikershandleiding Als u de oorzaak van een probleem niet kunt vaststellen start dan het hulpprogramma Canon LBP 660 Trouble Shooter in de groep Windows Printing System Het programma Trouble Shooter biedt hulp bij het oplossen van problemen met instellingen of geinstalleerde bestanden Als het probleem hierna nog steeds niet is opgelost maak dan de installatie van het Microsoft Windows Printing System op de afdrukserver ongedaan start de server opnieuw en installeer nogmaals het Microsoft Windows Printing System U kunt de installatie van het Microsoft Windows Printing System ongedaan maken door het hulpprogramma Uninstaller in de groep Windows Printing System te starten m Als u de installatie van bepaalde software ongedaan hebt gemaakt moet u altijd Microsoft Windows NT opnieuw starten Als u Microsoft Windows NT niet opnieuw start kunt u de verwijderde software niet opnieuw installeren un 2 lt El e Hoofdstuk 5 Probl
129. ou lorsque l intervention de l utilisateur est n cessaire en cas d erreur par exemple Vous pouvez galement ouvrir cette fen tre tout moment en cliquant deux fois sur l ic ne Fen tre d tat Canon LBP 660 dans le groupe Windows Printing System Vous pouvez alors l utiliser pour surveiller la progression de vos t ches d impression suspendre et reprendre l impression etc Canon LBP 660 sur LPT1 HEE Imprimante Affichage Options 2 Limprimante est pr te Cette fen tre d tat est quasiment identique celle disponible sous Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 et Microsoft Windows pour Workgroups Pour plus d informations sur l utilisation de la fen tre d tat reportez vous au Manuel d utilisation Cette description ne couvre que les fonctions et op rations pour lesquelles la fen tre d tat de la LBP 660 pour Microsoft Windows NT diff re de celle des autres versions de Microsoft Windows m Si vous avez s lectionn l option Commencer l impression apres que la derni re page ait t spoul e dans l onglet Planification de la boite de dialogue des propri t s de l imprimante l estimation du temps restant et de l heure de fin de l impression sont affich es dans la zone de messages pendant l impression du document et la barre de progression indique le nombre de pages imprim es et le nombre total de celles imprimer Gul Me Impression de My Doc
130. partir du Moniteur de surveillance du r seau est impossible Le menu Imprimante du Moniteur de surveillance du r seau n est pas accessible L impression sur un serveur d impression Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 ou Microsoft Windows pour Workgroups est impossible partir d un poste client sous Microsoft Windows NT L impression partir d un poste client Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 ou Microsoft Windows pour Workgroups est impossible Le serveur d impression n a pas d marr L imprimante n est pas configur e pour le partage e Vous ne disposez pas des privil ges n cessaires pour vous connecter l imprimante ou au serveur d impression L option Utilisation du client n est pas coch e dans le menu Options de la fen tre d tat du serveur d impression Le logiciel Microsoft Windows Printing System pour Microsoft Windows NT ne prend pas en charge les serveurs d impression fonctionnant sous Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 ou Microsoft Windows pour Workgroups e Le r pertoire WPS n est pas partag sur le serveur d impression Le type de donn es par d faut du serveur d impression n est pas d fini sur WPS D marrez le serveur d impression Configurez l imprimante pour le partage dans la boite de dialogue des propri t s de l imprimante Demandez l administrateur de r seau de modifier vos privil ges utilisateur S lectionnez l option Utilisation du client dans le menu Options
131. properties select Document Defaults from the File menu in the Printers folder or click the right mouse button on the LBP 660 icon in the Printers folder and select Document Defaults from the pop up menu The Default Document Properties dialog box contains the frequently used Page Setup tab and the Advanced tab for more detailed printing options For details of the settings click on the question mark in the top right corner of the dialog box and then click on the particular setting to view the pop up help on the item Canon LBP 660 Default Document Properties 2 x dvanced Paper Size 44 v Copy Count 1 Copy E fin Copes 1 99 Orientation A Portrait AC Landscape m You can also open an eguivalent dialog box and specify the settings by selecting Print fm or Page Setup from the File menu of an application Note however that settings specified from an application apply only to the document you are currently creating in that application and are not reflected in the document defaults B Page Setup Tab This tab sets parameters such as the paper size the print orientation and the number of copies Paper Size Select the paper size from the drop down list box If you select Custom as the paper size you must specify the paper size in the Advanced tab Copy Count Type the number of copies you want to print in the Copy Count text box Collate Copies If you have specified 2 or
132. r Microsoft Windows NT ist grunds tzlich genauso zu verwenden wie das Microsoft Windows Printing System f r die anderen Versionen von Microsoft Windows Einen berblick ber das Microsoft Windows Printing System finden Sie im Benutzerhandbuch in Kapitel 3 Verwendung des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems Dialogfelder des Microsoft Windows Printing System Dass Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT verf gt ber zwei Haupt Dialogfelder die Dialogfelder Druckername Eigenschaften und Eigenschaften von Druckername Standarddokument Alle Benutzer k nnen die Dialogfelder ffnen und die Einstellungen berpr fen aber nur Benutzer mit vollen Zugriffsrechten auf den Drucker k nnen diese Einstellungen ndern Druckereigenschaften Um die Eigenschaften des Druckers anzuzeigen w hlen Sie im Ordner Drucker den Befehl Eigenschaften aus dem Men Datei oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Symbol f r den LBP 660 im Ordner Drucker und w hlen Sie dann den Befehl Eigenschaften aus dem Kontextmen Das Dialogfeld Druckername Eigenschaften enth lt sechs Registerkarten die nachstehend beschrieben werden Da die Einstellungen auf den einzelnen Registerkarten f r alle Drucker unter Microsoft Windows NT gleich sind stellen die hier gegebenen Beschreibungen nur einen allgemeinen berblick dar wobei Hinweise gegeben werden bei Optionen die bei der Verwendung des LBP 660 wichtig sind Detaillierte In
133. registry and notifies the user of the problems if any Checks Virtual Memory bidirectional communication and DOS SPOOL settings and cor rects the problems if any If the port to which the printer is connected cannot be used reports it to the user if the version of the installed file differs notifies it to the user e In case that the PC using the printer is a client in the network to which the printer is con nected checks the network Check results can be stored in a file If the Trouble Shooter encounters problem it displays an error message with available information Each message includes several options as shown below Correct this problem Don t correct this problem Continue troubleshooting Exit trouble shooting Display trouble shooting information CHAPTER 1 D Microsoft Windows 3 1 1 Installation of Microsoft Windows Printing System Windows Printing System installation disks are packed with the printer Types and contents of the installation disks are as follows Types 3 5 inch 1 44MB floppy disks 3 disks Single byte zone German French Italian Finnish Danish Dutch Spanish Norwegian Swedish Thai English 3 5 inch 1 44MB floppy disks 2 disks Double byte zone Chinese Taiwanese Contents e Microsoft Windows Printing System V1 8 driver e Status Window e PCL emulator PCL emulation front panel Print manager e On line help TrueType fonts Single byte zone e PC
134. requisitos del sistema para instalar Microsoft Windows Printing System en un PC donde se ejecute Microsoft Windows NT Cap tulo 2 Instalaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System 3 En este cap tulo se describe el procedimiento de instalaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System para Microsoft Windows NT cuando se utiliza la LBP 660 como impresora local y c mo compartir una impresora LBP 660 en una red Microsoft Windows NT lt amp n El Cap tulo 3 Conexi n a la LBP 660 como impresora de red 10 En este cap tulo se describe la utilizaci n de la impresora LBP 660 desde otras computadoras donde se ejecute Microsoft Windows NT y desde otras computadoras donde se ejecute Microsoft Windows 95 en adelante Microsoft Windows Microsoft Windows 3 1 o Microsoft Windows para Trabajo en Grupo Cap tulo 4 Utilizaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System 13 En este cap tulo se describe la utilizaci n del Supervisor de estado de la red la ventana de estado de la impresora LBP 660 y los cuadros de di logo Propiedades de Microsoft Windows Printing System para Microsoft Windows NT Cap tulo 5 Resoluci n de problemas ses 23 En este cap tulo se describen los procedimientos para resolver los problemas que pueden surgir durante la instalaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System y cuando utilice Microsoft Windows Printing System en una red Microsoft Windows NT In 20 En esta secci n del
135. s de Canon LBP 660 Document par d faut vous pouvez sp cifier les options d impression par d faut disponibles lorsque vous imprimez avec la LBP 660 Pour visualiser les valeurs par d faut du document s lectionnez Valeurs par d faut du document dans le menu Fichier du dossier Imprimantes ou cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l ic ne de la LBP 660 dans le dossier Imprimantes et s lectionnez Valeurs par d faut du document dans le menu contextuel La boite de dialogue Propri t s de Canon LBP 660 Document par d faut comprend l onglet Mise en page fr quemment utilis et l onglet Avanc es permettant de d finir des options plus d taill es Pour plus d informations sur les param tres cliquez sur le point d interrogation dans la partie sup rieure droite de la boite de dialogue puis cliquez sur un param tre particulier pour obtenir l aide contextuelle Propri t s de Canon LBP 660 Document par d faut Taille du papier Nombre de copies fi Copie a Hopes essemblees 1 99 Orientation A Portrait A Paysage m Vous pouvez galement ouvrir une bo te de dialogue quivalente et sp cifier les m param tres en choisissant la commande Imprimer ou Mise en page d une application Notez toutefois que les param tres sp cifi s partir d une application ne s appliquent qu au document cr dans cette application et ne son
136. skrivare ska du inte v lja operativsystem i listan Alternativa drivrutiner l ngst ner i dialogrutan Drivrutinen f r LBP 660 kan inte installeras i andra system n Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 x86 Klicka p OK m LBP 660 r nu definierad som delad skrivare och ikonen i mappen Skrivare ndras till ikonen f r en delad skrivare Kapitel 2 Installera Microsoft Windows Printing System 9 SVENSKA Kapitel 3 Ansluta till LBP 660 som en n tverksskrivare Om du anger LBP 660 som en delad skrivare p den Microsoft Windows NT dator skrivaren r ansluten till och sedan anger den datorn som utskriftsserver kan skrivaren sedan anv ndas inte bara av Microsoft Windows NT klienter utan ven av klienter som anv nder Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 och Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups och som r anslutna till Microsoft Windows NT n tverket m Vill du anv nda den Microsoft Windows NT dator som LBP 660 r ansluten till som utskriftsserver m ste du f rst starta tj nsten Server p den datorn Starta tj nsten Server innan du ansluter till n tverksskrivaren m Vill du ansluta till en Microsoft Windows NT utskriftsserver fr n en klientdator och skriva ut ett dokument m ste klienten ha beh righet att ansluta till servern och den delade skrivaren Om du inte r s ker p vilken beh righet du har h r du efter med den n tverksansvarige Ansluta fr n en Microsoft Windows NT klient Om klienten som
137. som delt skriverressurs e Du har ikke det tilgangsniv et som kreves for kunne koble deg til skriveren eller skriverserveren Start skriverserveren Velg alternativet Delt i dialogboksen Egenskaper den nettverksansvarlige om endre tilgangsniv et ditt 24 Feils king Kapittel 5 Problemer under nettverksutskrift Problem rsak L sning F r ikke koblet meg til skriverserveren eller den delte skriveren i Network Status Monitor F r ikke brukt Printer menyen i Network Status Monitor F r ikke skrevet ut p en Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows for Workgroups skriverserver fra en Microsoft Windows NT klient F r ikke skrevet ut fra en Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows for Workgroups klient Skriverserveren er ikke startet Skriveren er ikke angitt som en delt skriverressurs e Du har ikke det tilgangsniv et som kreves for koble deg til skriveren eller skriverserveren Du har ikke krysset av for alternativet Client Operation i Options menyen i statusvinduet for skriverserveren Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT st tter ikke Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows for Workgroups skriverservere e WPS katalogen p skriverserveren deles ikke e Skriverserverens standard datatype er ikke stilt inn for WPS e Start skriverserveren e Velg alternativet Delt i dialogboksen Skri
138. stampante Se si vuole modificare il nome della stampante immettere un nuovo nome seguendo le istruzioni visualizzate sullo schermo Fare clic sul pulsante Avanti m Diseguito verr visualizzata la finestra per la condivisione della stampante Capitolo 2 Installazione di Microsoft Windows Printing System 5 ITALIANO Impostazione della condivisione della stampante Questa sezione descrive come specificare se la stampante LBP 660 deve essere condivisa in rete o meno E anche possibile specificare le impostazioni per la condivisione della stampante dopo aver installato Microsoft Windows Printing System Per i dettagli vedere la sezione intitolata Condivisione della stampante Installazione stampante Indicare se la stampante sar condivisa con altri utenti in rete Se la si condivide assegnare alla stampante un nome di condivisione Condividi C Non condividere Selezionare il sistema operativo di tutti i computer che ulilizzeranno questa stampante Windows NT 4 0 MIPS Windows NT 4 0 Alpha Windows NT 4 0 PPC Windows NT 3 5 3 51 86 Windows NT 3 5 o 351 MIPS xl lt Indietro Annulla 1 Per condividere LBP 660 in rete selezionare il pulsante corrispondente all opzione Condividi 2 Fare clic sul pulsante Avanti gt m Verr visualizzata una finestra che richieder se si desidera stampare una pagina di prova Impostazione della stampa della pagina di prova Al termine dell
139. sur l ic ne de la LBP 660 et s lectionnez Partager dans le menu contextuel Canon LBP 660 propri t s 2 x G n ral Pats Planification Partage S curit Param tres du p riph rique 3 Canon LBP 660 Non partag e Nom de partage CanonLBP Vous pouvez installer des pilotes suppl mentaires de fa on ce que les utilisateurs des syst mes suivants puissent les t l charger automatiquement lorsqu ils se connecteront Pilotes suppl mentaires Windows 95 Windows NT 4 0 86 install Windows NT 4 0 MIPS Windows NT 4 0 Alpha Windows NT 4 0 PPC Windows NT 3 5 ou 3 51 86 Pour modifier les permissions sur l imprimante allez dans l onglet S curit 2 Pour partager la LBP 660 cliquez sur l option Partag e m Lorsque vous s lectionnez cette option le nom affich dans la zone de texte Nom de fm partage correspond au huit premiers caract res du nom de l imprimante sp cifi l installation sans les espaces Vous pouvez le modifier en tapant un autre nom dans la zone de texte Si certains des clients partageant l imprimante sur le r seau fonctionnent sous Microsoft Windows 3 1 ou Microsoft Windows pour Workgroups assurez vous que le nom ne comporte pas plus de huit caract res m Silimprimante est d finie comme partag e ne s lectionnez pas de syst mes d exploitation dans la liste Pilotes suppl mentaires en bas de la boite de dialogue Le pilote de l
140. the Properties dialog box The Quality tab is shown if Figure 1 7 37 IK 22220 RE 52222 222222 2 A SR SER 222722 i 22 Ber 7 37 Figure 1 r driver te c Image Refinement rin tion of format by the p Sets Automati on Setting Sets resolu Resolut 2 Automat 1 Image Refinement Setting the Toner Density in the Printer in the Printer Status Window to Light improves efficiency rinter Sets Toner Saver of the p H 3 Toner Saver 64 Option dialog box see Page 1 of the Toner Saver dialog box to the default values IS in th ems it Resets the values of the Restore Defaults 4 1 59 CHAPTER 1 Overlay tab The Overlay tab is for setting File group Overlay Placement group Position group Size group and Unit group It can be opened by clicking the Overlay tab in the Properties dialog box The Overlay tab is shown in Figure 1 7 38 non LBP 660 Properties 6 o Figure 1 7 38 1 File Sets file name of overlay form 2 Overlay Placement Sets whether to place the overlay form background or foreground 3 Position Sets the position of the left top corner of the overlay form 4 Size Sets the size of the overlay form 5 Unit Sets the unit 6 Browse Displays File selection dialog 7 Preview Displays overl
141. to customers the various storage and handling procedures of opened pack ages Opened package storage environment 1 Avoid areas which are exposed to direct sunlight such as near windows Avoid leaving the packages in cars for an extended period of time as high temperatures can be damaging 2 Avoid high temperature high humidity and low temperature low humidity environments Refrain from keeping them in areas subject to abrupt temperature or humidity changes like near air conditioners 3 Avoid dusty areas or locations which emit ammonia or organic solvent gases 4 Keep the EP A cartridge below 35 C 5 Avoid placing the packages near CRT displays disk drive units and floppy disks 2 3 4 5 6 CHAPTER 1 Notes on Handling Before installing a new EP A cartridge in the printer hold the EP A cartridge horizontally as shown below and gently rock it 5 6 times at 45 in both directions to evenly distribute the toner Do not rock the cartridge in other ways as toner may leak from the developing or cleaner units To ensure that output images are not spoilt by a toner leak print 3 to 5 sheets of test pat terns after loading the cartridge in the printer Figure 1 5 2 If blank spots appear on the output image during printing due to an uneven distribution of toner in the cartridge shake the cartridge as indicated in 1 above to equally distribute the toner Do not stand the EP A cartridge on end or tur
142. transferido correctamente aparecer el icono Canon LBP 660 en la carpeta Impresoras y el grupo Windows Printing System en el men Inicio Tambien se crea en el escritorio un acceso directo al Supervisor de estado de la red WpsC3Nsm exe 5 Haga clic en el bot n Terminar del di logo Agregar asistente de impresora Conexi n desde un cliente Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 o Microsoft Windows para Trabajo en Grupo Si desea conectarse a la LBP 660 desde un cliente Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 o Microsoft Windows para Trabajo en Grupo a trav s de un servidor de impresi n Microsoft Windows NT primero debe instalar en el cliente el programa LBP 660 Microsoft Windows Printing System que corresponda al sistema operativo pertinente Si desea informaci n sobre el procedimiento de instalaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System en un cliente Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 o Microsoft Windows para Trabajo en Grupo consulte el Manual del usuario 12 Conexi n a la LBP 660 como impresora de red Cap tulo 3 Capitulo 4 Utilizacion de Microsoft Windows Printing System El funcionamiento de Microsoft Windows Printing System para Microsoft Windows NT es b sicamente el mismo que el de Microsoft Windows Printing System para otras versiones de Microsoft Windows En el Capitulo 3 Utilizaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System del Manual del usuario encontrar una descripci n general de Microsoft Win
143. ut p LBP 660 i dialogboksen Egenskaper for standarddokument Hvis du vil vise egenskapene for standarddokumentet velger du Dokumentstandarder fra Fil menyen i mappen Skrivere eller klikker p LBP 660 ikonet med h yre museknapp i mappen Skrivere og velger Dokumentstandarder fra hurtigmenyen Dialogboksen Egenskaper for standarddokument inneholder kategorien Utskriftsformat som brukes ofte samt kategorien Avansert som inneholder mer informasjon om de forskjellige utskriftsalternativene Klikk p sp rsm lstegnet verst i h yre hj rne i dialogboksen deretter p den aktuelle innstillingen for vise hurtighjelp om akkurat det emnet hvis du vil ha mer informasjon om de ulike innstillingene Egenskaper for Canon LBP 660 standarddokument 12 x Papist nelse 5 44 Kopiteller 1 Kopier ar E Sorter 1 39 Papirretning St ende A Liggende m Du kan ogs pne en tilsvarende dialogboks og angi innstillingene ved velge Skriv fm ut eller Utskriftsformat fra Fil menyen i programmet du bruker Legg imidlertid merke til at innstillingene som er angitt i et program bare gjelder dokumentet du holder p opprette i det programmet ikke dokumentstandardene m Kategorien Utskriftsformat I denne kategorien angis parametere som for eksempel papirst rrelse papirretning og antall kopier Papirst rrelse Velg papirst rrelse fra rullegardinmenyen Hvis du ve
144. valgt Start utskrift n r siste side er lagt i skriverkgen under skriveregenskaper i kategorien Planlegging vises informasjonen om den antatte tiden som gjenst r og den antatte tiden som har g tt i meldingsomr det mens skriving p g r i tillegg til en statuslinje som forteller hvor mange sider som er skrevet ut og hvor mange sider som skal skrives ut totalt Ge Hel Printing My Doc Estimated time left 11 seconds Estimated time finished 15 04 Kapittel 4 Bruke Microsoft Windows Printing System 19 m Hvis du valgte Begynn utskrift umiddelbart vises bare meldingen Printing i meldingsfeltet og indikatorlinjen viser bare hvor mange sider som er skrevet ut Canon LBP 660 on LPT1 Printer View Options Help My_Doc Printing m Det finnes ingen knapp for pr veutskrift pa verkt ylinjen N r du vil skrive ut en testside bruker du knappen Testside i dialogboksen Egenskaper for skriver i kategorien Generelt m Options menyen inneholder ikke et alternativ som heter Printer Hvis du vil endre tonertettheten pner du dialogboksen Egenskaper for standarddokument og bruker alternativet Toner Density i kategorien Avansert m Hvis du velger Client Operation fra Options menyen kan du bestemme om en viss bruker kan stanse en utskrift fortsette en utskrift foreta tvungen utskrift eller avbryte en utskrift fra Network Status Monitor p en Microsoft Windows NT klient Krysset ti
145. verwaltet vom Arbeitsplatz Alle Einstellungen sollen auf diesem Computer verwaltet und konfiguriert werden Stellt die Verbindung zu einem Drucker an einem anderen Computer her Alle Einstellungen f r diesen Drucker werden von einem Druck Server verwaltet der von einem Administrator eingerichtet wurde LTD Weiter gt Abbrechen 1 Klicken Sie auf die Optionsschaltfl che Druck Server im Netzwerk und klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfl che Weiter gt Das Dialogfeld Drucker verbinden wird angezeigt Drucker verbinden x OK Drucker 02 Canon LBP 660 Abbrechen Freigegebene Drucker IV Standardm ig einblenden Hille Microsoft Windows Netzwerk P22DEV amp WORKGROUP ws 102 CanonLBP Canon LBP 660 Druckerinformationen Beschreibung Status Bereit Wartende Dokumente 0 2 Doppelklicken Sie auf den Namen des Druck Servers im Listenfeld Freigegebene Drucker m Durch Doppelklicken auf den Namen des Druck Servers wird eine Liste der freigegebenen Drucker die an diesen Druck Server angeschlossen sind angezeigt 3 Klicken Sie auf den Druckerfreigabenamen des LBP 660 zu dem die Verbindung hergestellt werden soll m Der Pfad im Netzwerk des ausgew hlten Druckers wird im Textfeld Drucker angezeigt Kapitel 3 Herstellen der Verbindung zum LBP 660 als Netzwerkdrucker 11 ja o n a 4 Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfl che OK m
146. voor Document bestaat uit vijf opties Halftone Color Adjustment Automatic Image Refinement Toner Saver Toner Density en Custom Paper Size m Halftone Color Adjustment Klik op de knop Halftone Color Adjustment om het dialoogvenster Halftone Color Adjustment te openen Hierin kunt u de halftonen van de printer aanpassen m Het ook mogelijk dat er een ander dialoogvenster wordt geopend wanneer u op deze m knop klikt Dit is afhankelijk van de instellingen in het tabblad Apparaatinstellingen van het dialoogvenster Canon LBP 660 Eigenschappen Als de optie Gebruik halftone van printer is geselecteerd wordt het originele LBP 660 dialoogvenster weergegeven dat u ook ziet wanneer u het tabblad Illustraties selecteert in het dialoogvenster Eigenschappen in Microsoft Windows 95 In dit dialoogvenster kunt u de weergave van de halftonen selecteren Smooth Pattern 1 of Pattern 2 en tevens de instellingen voor Brightness en Contrast opgeven Voor meer informatie verwijzen wij u naar het gedeelte Illustraties met grijstinten in de gebruikershandleiding Als de optie Gebruik halftone van systeem is geselecteerd worden een grijswaardendiagram en het dialoogvenster Halftoonkleur aanpassen van Microsoft Windows NT weergegeven Voor meer informatie over het werken met dit dialoogvenster verwijzen wij u naar de on line Help of de handboeken van Microsoft Windows NT m Automatic Image Refinement Met deze optie kunt u de automatische
147. 000 No I XA9 0382 000 XA9 0686 000 XA9 0691 000 XA9 0724 000 oO mroo 9 0824 000 9 0828 000 XA9 0890 000 XB1 1300 807 XB4 7300 607 XB4 7300 809 XB4 7401 007 gt gt no XB6 7300 807 0 XD9 0131 000 XD9 0159 000 NO NAVA MN 4 NO PO O J OD D D O IO ON OI A NA 00 gt 0 O OP 440 DIN NA 4N AUS 500440008 RB1 7334 000 RB1 7341 030 RB1 7345 000 RB1 7384 000 RB1 8155 000 RB1 8156 000 RB1 8158 000 RB1 8159 030 RB1 8163 000 RB1 8164 030 RB1 8170 000 RB1 8171 000 RB1 8412 000 RB1 8413 000 RB1 8414 030 RB1 8415 000 RB1 8423 000 AB2 1832 000 RB2 1633 000 RB2 1834 000 RB2 1654 000 RB2 1655 000 RB2 1656 000 RB2 1657 000 RB2 1668 000 RB2 1685 000 RB2 1686 000 RB2 1687 000 RB2 1689 000 RB2 1690 000 RB2 1691 000 RB2 1699 000 RB2 1700 030 RB2 1701 000 o Om AMN OAS ANMONEMTAWONWAND RB2 1703 000 RB2 1705 000 RB2 1706 000 ooo gt gt 8 9 OG dO Soa doa en drar rer a O r COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON INC CANON LBP 680 REV 1 AUG 1998 PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON B 1 N Ke T 302 8501 FRE MFT AUT ASES vs ov mom E D fm E D od om om od RHR 1997528 MERA 1998 A 2871 Prepared by Peripheral Products Quality Planning Div Peripheral Products Technical Documentatio
148. 1 lt Tilbake Neste gt Avbryt 1 Merk av boksen ved siden av porten som LBP 660 er koblet til vanligvis LPT1 og klikk p Neste gt m Skriveren LBP 660 kan kun kobles til en LPT parallellport Du vil ikke kunne skrive ut m p LBP 660 hvis du velger en seriell port eller annen port som LBP 660 ikke er koblet til m Det vises et vindu som inneholder navn p forskjellige skrivere samt en liste over produsenter av skrivere og modeller som Microsoft Windows NT st tter som standard 4 Installere Microsoft Windows Printing System Kapittel 2 m Siden LBP 660 ikke vises p listen m du sette inn installerings CD ROM platen for Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 i CD ROM stasjonen og deretter klikke p knappen Har diskett N r dialogboksen Installer fra diskett vises skriver du inn navnet p CD ROM stasjonen i tekstboksen Kopier produsentens filer fra deretter klikker du p knappen Bla gjennom Dobbeltklikk p mappen Winnt40 i dialogboksen Filplassering m Mappene for de forskjellige spr kene vises i dialogboksen Filplassering Filplassering Lx Leti ED Winnt40 el lez El Dobbeltklikk p mappen for den spr kversjonen av Microsoft Windows NT du bruker m N r Wpsc3nt vises i dialogboksen Filplassering klikker du p pne knappen Hvis det ikke finnes en mappe for den spr kversjonen av Microsoft Windows NT du bruker velger du mapp
149. 1 A Drive 3 3 A External Covers 3 1 B Main 3 3 B Door Switch Unit 3 2 DI PAPER TRANSPORT SYSTEM 3 4 DRIVE SYSTEM 3 3 A Pick up amp 3 4 B Pick up Roller Unit 3 7 B Transfer Charging Roller 3 12 C Pick up Solenoid 3 8 VI FIXING 5 5 3 14 D Separation Pad 3 8 A Fixing Unit EXPOSURE SYSTEM 3 10 VII ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS 3 17 A Laser Scanner Unit 3 10 A Video Controller PCB 3 17 CHARGING DEVELOPING amp B Printer Controller PCB 3 18 CLEANING SYSTEM 3 11 VIII CONNECTOR LOCATIONS 3 21 A EP A Cartridge 3 11 CHAPTER 4 TROUBLESHOOTING MAINTENANCE AND B Image Defect Samples 4 12 2 4 1 Image Defect A Periodic Replacement Troubleshooting 4 13 4 1 VI MALFUNCTION B Expected Service Lives of TROUBLESHOOTING 4 19 Consumable Parts 4 1 VII PAPER TRANSPORT SYSTEM C Periodic Servicing 4 1 TROUBLESHOOTING 4 23 LIST OF TOOLS A Print Paper Jam 4 23 A Standard Tools B Incomplete Feed 4 25 B Special Tools VIII LOCATION FUNCTION OF ME
150. 1998 Canon Inc Tutti i diritti riservati Copyright 1996 Microsoft Corporation Tutti i diritti riservati Avvertenza Canon Inc non fornisce ad eccezione di quanto qui affermato alcuna garanzia implicita o esplicita per quanto riguarda il presente materiale comprese senza limiti le garanzie relative alla commerciabilit o adattabilit ad un uso particolare o le garanzie contro la violazione di qualsiasi brevetto Canon Inc non potr essere ritenuta responsabile di danni di qualsiasi natura diretti accidentali o consequenziali o di spese o perdite di profitto conseguenti all uso del materiale Questo manuale contiene informazioni protette dal copyright Tutti i diritti sono riservati Nessuna parte del presente manuale pud essere fotocopiata riprodotta o tradotta in un altra lingua senza l autorizzazione scritta di Canon Inc L uso del presente documento amp soggetto ai termini del Contratto d acquisto Microsoft Windows Printing System fornito insieme alla stampante Le informazioni qui contenute sono soggette a modifiche senza preavviso Marchi di fabbrica LBP Canon ed il logo Canon sono marchi di fabbrica della Canon Inc PCL amp un marchio di fabbrica della Hewlett Packard Company IBM un marchio di fabbrica della International Business Machines Corporation Microsoft Windows Windows NT il logo Windows e MS DOS sono marchi registrati o marchi di fabbrica della Microsoft Corporation negli Stati Unit
151. 2 85 Metrics N at xxx n is basic cost metrics xxx is adjustment rate Available RAM 16384 KB Printer Status Window Bar amp Animation Printer Status Window Bar Animation Bar amp Animation or None Status Not Available when via network User Free 57 Play sounds Error Only Play Sounds Enabled Disabled or Error Only GDI Free 54 PSW Always on Top Enabled PSW Always On Top Enabled or Disabled Status Not Available when via network Print Manager Enabled Status When Printing Enabled Status When Printing Enabled or Disabled Status Not Available when via network Printer Configuration a Compatibility Code Compatible code indicated by VER field of the device ID 1010 Status Not Available when via network PC Configuration Pri nter Configuration Mahufacturer Manufacturer Canon indicated by the MDL field of the Device ID Status Not Available when via network System RAM 20480 KB Compatibility Code 1010 Model Model Name LBP 660 indicated by the VER field of the Device ID Status Not Available when via network Processor 486 Manufacturer Canon Controller Version Hardware version indicated by the REV field of the device ID Status Not Available when via network Processor Speed 33 MHz Model LBP 660 5 MP Tray Paper on the tray LTR LGL EXE A4 B5 ENV INDEX A5 Postcard User defined EMPTY or Unknown 4 Coprocessor Installed Controller Version 11
152. 2 3 Paper sensor PAPERSNS L when the multi purpose tray or manual feed slot has paper Figure 2 1 3 CHAPTER 2 Printer Controller Input Output Signals 2 2 Printer controller PCB rod d AC power input Thermal Thermal use use J102 1 Fixing heater E H701 FU702 FU701 2 FSRD Fixing unit drive signal Thermistor J206 1 7 3 Fixing heater FSRTH Fixing heater temperature detection temperature TH701 signal detection 2 e Transfer charging roller J302 I TR Transfer voltage control signal Ee A EP A Cartridge J304 PR Primary voltage control signal 3301 DV Developing bias control signal J303 g 12V 7 Pick up Solenoid CPUD L to rotate the pick up roller SW101 12V 001 2 001 1 0305 3 Door switch 12VA J305 1 DOPEN 12V when the front cover is closed and OV when open SW201 oo Test print switch Figure 2 1 4 CHAPTER 2 D Basic Sequence of Operation Timing chart for printing two A4 size sheets continuously ON Unit second WAIT STBY INTR PRINT LSTR STBY 10 Fixing heater H701 EN SS pr E Coi PRINT signal PRNT irum Print temperature control Between page temperature control VERTICAL SYNC signal 3 9 Main motor 001 seitse 0 1 Scanner motor M801 E Pick up solenoid SL001 Ed a IT em ES PO OSEA AAA DES EAST LAA AA ia pug qp 4
153. 4 Faulty printer controller PCB Action Replace the printer controller PCB M 2 DC Power Failure lt Possible causes gt 1 No power being supplied to the printer Action Check by referring to M 1 AC Power failure 2 Rush current rush voltage detection circuit is tripped Action Turn the power ON OFF by plugging unplugging the power cord If this does not rectify the problem examine the cause of tripping the rush current rush voltage detection eircuit in the power supply unit 3 Fuse FU102 has blown Action Replace the fuse following the instructions in Chapter 3 on P 3 19 4 Faulty printer controller PCB Action Replace the printer controller PCB M 3 Printer is Stopped After Mistakenly Detecting a Jam lt Possible causes gt 1 Faulty paper pick up sensor Action If the paper pick up sensor lever is damaged replace it If this does not rectify the problem replace the paper pick up sensor PS003 itself 2 Faulty delivery sensor spring Action Check that the delivery sensor spring is correctly on if not re install 4 19 CHAPTER 4 Faulty delivery paper sensor lever Action If the delivery paper sensor lever is damaged replace it Faulty printer controller PCB Action Replace the printer controller PCB M 4 No Pick Up Possible causes gt 1 Occurs when printing er velopes Action Refer to P 1 3 Note 3 for details and load envelopes Faulty pick up solenoid Action Replace the pick up solenoid
154. 60 Setup item Setup Value E av Default value is Letter size for USA and A4 size for other countries Li File Default value varies according to the Paper Size and Orientation File Overlay Placement Background Foreground PCL Emulation front panel Options Dialog Box Overlay Placement Background Foreground Setup item Setup Value Auto Form Feed After 10 lt 15 lt 300 seconds Position lt X lt 14 355 6mm Position Left lt X lt 14 355 6mm 0 lt X lt 14 355 6mm 0 lt X lt 14 355 6mm Top X lt 14 35 56cm Width 0 lt X lt 14 35 56cm O lt X lt 14 35 56cm Height 0 lt X lt 14 35 56cm Inches Cm ttt Unit Inches Cm Default value is the center of the paper Default value is the center of the paper Default value is that of file Default value is that of file Default value is in Inches for USA UK and in Cm for others Default value is in Inches for USA UK and in Cm for others CHAPTER 1 b Test Printing 1 Page This test print is used to check the following information i Contents of Test Page 1 Printer Name and Port Number i 2 Operating System Configuration O Operating System Configuration 3 Printer Software Configuration Base OS Version Version of MS DOS 4 PC Configuration Base OS Location Storage location of MS DOS Low memo
155. 8 Installera Microsoft Windows Printing System Kapitel 2 Dela skrivaren N r du har installerat Microsoft Windows Printing System kan du ange LBP 660 som delad skrivare i dialogrutan Canon LBP 660 Egenskaper 1 S h r visar du fliken Dela ut i dialogrutan Canon LBP 660 Egenskaper m ppna mappen Skrivare h gerklicka p ikonen f r LBP 660 och v lj Delning i menyn som visas at Canon LBP 660 E genskaper x Genere Potter Planlegging Deling Sikkerhet Enhstsinnstilinger 3 Canon LBP 660 C Ikke delt Navn p delt ressurs CanonLBP Du kan installere alternative drivere slikat brukere p de f lgende systemene kan laste dem ned automatisk n r de kobler seg til Alternative drivere Windows 95 Windows NT 4 0 B6flnstallert Windows NT 4 0 Mips Windows NT 4 0 Alpha Windows NT 4 0 PPC Windows NT 3 5 eller 3 51 x86 G til kategorien Sikkerhet for begrense tillatelser p skriveren Klicka p alternativknappen Delad Nar du klickar p Delad visas de f rsta atta tecknen av det skrivarnamn du valde n r du installerade drivrutinen i f ltet Delad som utan mellanslag Du kan ndra detta namn genom att skriva in ett nytt namn i f ltet Om klienterna som ska dela skrivaren i n tverket innefattar n gra datorer som anv nder Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups f r namnet inte vara l ngre n tta tecken Anger du skrivare som delad
156. A cartridge Action Replace the cartridge 2 Dirt deformation wear on fixing film unit Action Replace the fixing film unit CHAPTER 4 1 9 Dirty lt Possible causes gt l Dirty paper Action Replace the paper with new paper and advise the customer on paper storage pro cedures 2 Periodic dirt dirty pick up roller transfer charging roller fixing film unit or EP A cartridge Action Refer to the instructions in Table 4 5 1 on P 4 18 If the rollers are dirty clean them Replace the affected rollers if the dirt cannot be removed I 10 Blank Spots lt Possible causes gt 1 Not using the recommended paper Action Use the recommended paper Advise the customer to do so also 2 Paper is moist Action Replace the paper Advise the customer to keep the paper wrapped in its wrapping paper to prevent it from moistening 3 Deformed or dirty transfer charging roller Action Replace the transfer charging roller 4 Faulty EP A cartridge Action Replace the cartridge 5 Poor connection between the developing bias and cartridge contact points Action If dirty clean the connection If the problem remains replace any deformed or bro ken parts 6 Faulty printer controller PCB Action Replace the printer controller PCB I 11 White Vertical Lines lt Possible causes gt 1 Lack of toner Action Remove the cartridge from the printer Shake the cartridge as indicated in Chapter 1 and reinstall in the printer If
157. ASUREMENT AND ELECTRICAL PARTS 4 27 ADJUSTMENT 4 4 A Switches Sensors A Mechanical Adjustment 4 4 5 1 1 4 27 Electrical System B Motor Others 4 28 Adjustment 4 5 C Printing Circuit Boards 4 29 INITIAL CHECK 4 6 D Connectors A Environment 4 6 IX VARIABLE RESISTORS VR LEDs B 2 4 4 6 PINS JUMPERS AND C Consumable Parts 4 6 SWITCHES ON THE PCB 4 31 D Other 4 6 A Printer Controller PCB 4 31 IMAGE DEFECTS 4 7 X LIST OF LUBRICANTS A Test 4 7 APPENDIX GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM A 1 CLEANERS 4 32 LIST SIGNALS 22222 2 EE ee er AA SEE EEE gt 2250 ITE FTSE TSE 225 GE 222 ET i i EEE 5 7 2222 En 25222222 CHAPTER 1 I FEATURES 1 Microsoft Windows Printing System This printer utilizes the Microsoft Windows Printing System in which data is processed within the host computer Through the implementation of this method Canon has been able to increase the speed yet reduce the cost compared to traditional printers as there is no longer the need to carry out PDL conversion and image processing 2 Microsoft Windows Series Compatible T
158. Asistente le ayuda a instalar su impresora o a establecer conexiones de impresora Esta impresora ser administrada por He Todas las configuraciones se administrar n y configurar n en este equipo Servidor de impresora de red Conectarse a una impresora en otra m quina La configuraci n de esta impresora se administra por un servidor de impresi n que ha sido instalado por un Zh Siguiente gt Cancelar 4 Verifique que el bot n de la opci n Mi equipo de la ventana Agregar asistente de impresora est seleccionado y haga clic en el bot n Siguiente gt m Se abrir la ventana de selecci n del puerto de conexi n Selecci n del puerto de la impresora Agregar asistente de impresora Haga clic en la casilla que se encuentra junto a los puertos que desea utilizar Los documentos se imprimir n utilizando el primer puerto libre de los seleccionados Puertos disponibles Descripci n M Local Port LPT2 Local Port O LPT3 Local Port C COMI Local Port C COM2 Local Port COM3 Local Port 1 4 Local Part Agregar puerto Configurar puerto TT Activar cola de impresi n lt Atr s Siguiente gt Cancelar 1 Haga clic en la casilla de verificaci n que corresponde al puerto al que la impresora LBP 660 est conectada generalmente LPT1 para seleccionarlo y luego haga clic en el bot n Siguiente gt
159. Bruk skriverens halvtoner Bruk systemets halvtoner V ljer du Anv nds systemets halvtoner kan du ndra systemets halvtonsinst llningar i dialogrutan Egenskaper f r f rg f rgskala Information om hur man ndrar systemets halvtoner hittar du i hj lpen eller handb ckerna f r Microsoft Windows NT Enhetsfarge halvtoneoppsett x Enhet Canon LBP 660 Halvtonem nster 000 v Enhetsgamma 12500 _ gt Pikseldiameter ENHET _ gt sc Gienoppret Belysning CIE Y 10000 gt Standard m Funktionen f r inst llningen Halvtonsf rgjustering i dokumentegenskaperna ndras beroende p inst llningarna du g r h r Kapitel 4 Anv nda Microsoft Windows Printing System 15 SVENSKA Egenskaper f r standarddokument I dialogrutan Egenskaper f r Canon LBP 660 Standarddokument kan du ange standardinst llningar f r de utskriftsalternativ som r tillg ngliga vid utskrift p LBP 660 Vill du se standarddokumentegenskaperna v ljer du Dokumentstandard i menyn Arkiv i mappen Skrivare eller h gerklickar p ikonen f r LBP 660 i mappen Skrivare och v ljer Dokumentstandard i menyn som visas Dialogrutan Egenskaper f r Canon LBP 660 Standarddokument inneh ller den ofta anv nda fliken Utskriftsformat och fliken Avancerat f r mer detaljerade utskriftsinst llningar Information om dessa inst llningar f r du om du klickar p fr getecknet
160. CB 1 201 1 differential amplifier J J208 6 BDI 3801 1 d 45V BD unit 5V 4801 6 1 jea J801 3 i T Y PRNT 1 201854 Laser driver BD H J201 81 CPU J208 2 APCSH 34 5 NDO j 1 LON i laser diode J201 A7 J J208 3 801 411 hold E i i i 149085 VDO 91 2 current switch circuit 1 Switching O current C803 j i it source T Figure 2 2 2 The microcomputer CPU IC201 in the printer controller generates the UNBLANKING signal UNBL based on the BD INPUT signal BDI sent from the laser driver The CPU combines the VDO and UNBL signals sent from the video controller to produce the LASER DRIVE signal VDOUT and sends it to the current switch circuit in the laser driver circuit When the LASER DRIVE signal LON input from the CPU to the laser driver IC801 on the laser driver PCB becomes L the laser diode is turned ON and OFF according to the VDOUT signal CHAPTER 2 2 Laser diode automatic power control This control can be classified into two types Initial APC and Between line APC Between line APC is conducted just prior to writing the VIDEO signal VDO for each line on the photosen sitive drum When the LASER DRIVE signal LON input to IC801 from the CPU the SAMPLE HOLD signal APCSH become L the sample hold circuit in IC801 ente
161. CD en Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 i CD ROM drevet og klikke p knappen Har diskette N r dialogboksen Installer fra diskette vises skal du skrive CD ROM drevets drevbogstav i boksen Kopier producentens filer fra og derefter klikke p knappen Gennemse Dobbeltklik p mappen Winnt40 i dialogboksen Find fil m Mapperne til de enkelte sprog vises i dialogboksen Find fil Find fil HE Saar Eq Winnt40 ex lez it Dobbeltklik p mappen til den sprogversion af Microsoft Windows NT som du bruger m N r Wpsc3nt vises i dialogboksen Find fil skal du klikke p knappen Abn Hvis der ikke er nogen sprogmappe til den version af Microsoft Windows NT som du bruger skal du v lge mappen English Klik p knappen OK i dialogboksen Installer fra diskette N r Canon LBP 660 vises p listen Printere i guiden Printerinstallation skal du klikke p knappen N ste gt m Der vises et vindue til navngivning af printeren og Canon LBP 660 vises i boksen Printernavn Hvis printeren skal have et andet navn skal du skrive navnet som beskrevet p sk rmen Klik p knappen N ste gt m Derefter vises vinduet til printerdeling Kapitel 2 Installere Microsoft Windows Printing System 5 Indstille printerdeling I dette afsnit beskrives hvordan man angiver om LBP 660 skal deles p et netv rk Du kan ogs v lge indstillinger efter installation af Microsoft
162. Default value is Letter size for USA and A4 size for other ON OFF Negative ON OFF countries Advanced tab e Paper Sizes Width 76 2mm lt 210 lt 215 9mm Setup item Setup Value ON OFF Height 127 0mm lt 297 lt 355 6mm Paper Output Paper Size Letter Legal A4 Executive Check Box ON OFF Units Device Color Halftone Properties Dialog Setup Value Halftone Pattern 2x2 2x2 Enhanced i Envelope DL Envelope 10 Slide Bar 0 250 lt 1 000 lt 6 500 Envelope C5 Envelope Monarch Check Box ON OFF Slide Bar 0 250 lt 1 000 lt 6 500 B5 Index Card Custom Orientation Portrait Landscape Check Box ON OFF 4x4 4x4 Enhanced Copy Count Copy Count 1 lt X lt 99 Slide Bar 0 250 lt 1 000 lt 6 500 6x6 6x6 Enhanced Black Ref Collate Copies ON OFF 0 000 lt 0 000 lt 0 400 8x8 8x8 Enhanced White Ref Resolution 300dpi 600dpi 0 600 lt 1 000 lt 1 000 10x10 10x10 Enhanced Scalling 10 lt 100 lt 200 1 Standard Colors 2 RGB Test Colors 12x12 12x12 Enhanced Document Option Halftone Color Adjustment Refer to Halftone Color Adjustment Dialog 3 NTSC Color Bar 14x14 14x14 Enhanced 16 16 16 16
163. Dette gjelder uten begrensninger markeds og handelsevne spesielle bruksform l eller brudd p patenter Canon Inc er ikke ansvarlig for noen direkte tilfeldige eller indirekte skader av noe slag eller tap eller utgifter som er for rsaket av bruk av dette materialet Dette dokumentet inneholder informasjon som er opphavsrettslig beskyttet Alle rettigheter forbeholdes Ingen del av dette dokumentet kan kopieres reproduseres eller oversettes til andre spr k uten skriftlig godkjennelse fra Canon Inc Dette dokumentet skal brukes i henhold til betingelsene i lisensavtalen Microsoft Windows Printing System som fulgte med skriveren Informasjonen i dette dokumentet kan endres uten varsel Varemerker LBP Canon og Canon logoen er varemerker for Canon Inc PCL er et varemerke for Hewlett Packard Company IBM er et varemerke for International Business Machines Corporation Microsoft Windows Windows NT Windows logoen og MS DOS er enten registrerte varemerker eller varemerker for Microsoft Corporation i USA og eller andre land Net Ware er et registrert varemerke og Novell er et varemerke for Novell Inc TrueType er et varemerke for Apple Computer Inc Lucida er et varemerke for Bigelow amp Homes Andre merker og produktnavn er varemerker eller registrerte varemerker for sine respektive selskaper I denne veiledningen henviser vi til Microsoft Microsoft Windows og Microsoft Windows NT henholdsvis som Microsoft Microsoft Win
164. E Version 1 80 00 171 Swapfile Size 5940 KB WPS PSW Version 1 80 00 171 Swapfile Type Permanent WPS VpD Version 001 003 011 File Access 32 Bit Highest Resolution 600 dpi Disk Access 32 Bit WPS PRS 1087 KB Windows Version 3 11 00 300 Metrics 2 85 Available RAM 16384 KB Printer Status Window Bar amp Animation User Free 57 Play sounds Errors Only GDI Free 54 PSW Always on Top Enabled Print Manager Enabled Status When Printing Enabled N PC Configuration Printer Configuration System RAM 20480 KB Compatibility Code 1010 Processor 486 Manufacturer Canon Processor Speed 33 MHz Model LBP 660 Coprocessor Installed Controller Version 11 Mouse COMI MP Tray LIR LPT1 Standerd 665 K s LPT2 n a LPT3 n a Figure 4 5 3 CHAPTER 4 b Header Page 1 sheet The identification information of the printer document title and the date and time of the print job are printed on the Header Page The test print procedures of the Header Page are as shown below 1 Open the Printer Options dialog box in the Printer Status Window of the host computer screen the Header Page check box 2 While the printer is in the STANDBY mode open the Printer Options dialog box in the Printer Status Window and click the Test Printer button to print a sheet of the following test pattern see Chapter 1 Section VID canon LBP 660 Ei o MICROSOFT WINDOWS PRINTING SYSTEM Header Page Canon LBP 660 on LPT1
165. ER 1 Note GDI Graphics device interface Graphic writing system to perform printing and screen display in the Windows environ ment and a graphic writing system interface for the application Microsoft Windows Printing System is installed on Microsoft Windows NT Microsoft Windows 95 98 and Microsoft Windows 3 1 for use The installation is done using the Microsoft Windows Printing System installation disks CD ROM or floppy disks Microsoft Windows Printing System specifies the paper size document size number of copies and print quality on the computer screen The operation methods of the dialog boxes differ for Microsoft Windows NT Microsoft Windows 95 98 and Microsoft Windows 3 1 The installation procedures and operation of Microsoft Windows Printing System are explained on the following pages Microsoft Windows NT Page 1 16 Microsoft Windows 95 98 Page 1 50 Microsoft Windows 3 1 Page 1 67 Others 1 75 CHAPTER 1 B Microsoft Windows NT 1 Installation of Microsoft Windows Printing System A Windows Printing System installation disk is packed with the printer The types and contents are as follows Types A 5 inch CD ROM disk Europe English for Europe German French Italian and Spanish e A3 5 inch 1 44MB floppy disk Chinese Taiwanese English for non Europe Contents Microsoft Windows Printing System V2 0 driver WPS print processor Status window On line help Voice message Installer Uninst
166. INC CANON LBP 660 REV AUG 1998 PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON 103 2 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ASS Y FIGURE 110 aaa SEE FIGURE 900 2 10 zele A J005 J008 401 1802 4801 ed 1305 Eu s Neon 11 SS 12 208 4001 5 110 1 COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON INC CANON LBP 660 REV AUG 1998 PRINTEO IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON FIGURE R amp PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION SERIAL NUMBER REMARKS KEY NO K 110 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ASSY 1 RG5 2035 000 1 GABLE LASER 208 J801 2 RF5 2382 000 1 COVER WATERPROOF 2A RB1 7270 000 1 CUSHION 3 RG5 3511 020 1 CONNECTOR SHIELD PLATE ASS Y 3A WT2 0262 000 1 CLIP CABLE 4 RG5 2335 000 1 PRINTER CONTROLLER CASE ASSY 4 1 7297 000 1 1 SHEET INSULATING 4B RB1 7303 000 5 SPACER PCB ne s___ Resssseooo 1 DOORSWITCHCABLE 300495 6 XA9 0890 000 8 SCREW WWASHER M3X6 7 XA9 0828 000 1 SCREW W STAR WASHER M3X4 8 RG5 2029 000 1 CABLE PAPER PICK UP Joos J202 9 XA9 0267 000 1 SCREW TP M3X6 10 RG5 2032 000 1 CABLE THERMISTOR 4008 J206 11 RG5 2033 000 1 CABLE MOTOR J105 J401 12 RG5 3661 000 1 SCANNER CABLE 4207 J802 18 RH2 5116 000 1 CORD POWER 220 240V RH2 5127 000 1 CORD POWER 100 120v MEE 2 AH25230 000 CORD POWER ue se RH2 5344 000 1 CORD POWER CHINA 501 XB1 1300 807 2 SCREW MACH PAN HEAD M3X8 COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON INC CANON LEP 560 REV AUG 1998 PRINTED IN JAPAN
167. IV PARTS OF THE PRINTER A External Appearance 1 Main Unit 1 Paper support 2 Multi purpose tray 3 Manual feed slot 4 Front cover 5 Face up delivery slot 6 Delivery switching lever 7 Face down delivery slot 8 Face down delivery tray 9 Paper guides Figure 1 4 1 10 Ventilation slots 11 Interface connector 12 Power receptacle Figure 1 4 2 13 EP A cartridge 14 Paper release lever Figure 1 4 3 CHAPTER 1 B Cross sectional View 1 Cross sectional of the Printer PNPPP 14 Face down delivery roller Fixing film unit Primary charging roller EP A cartridge Developing cylinder Laser scanner unit Pick up roller Manual feed slot 13 Figure 1 4 4 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Multi purpose tray Paper feed roller Main motor Transfer charging roller Photosensitive drum Printer controller PCB Pressure roller Fixing unit delivery roller CHAPTER 1 V INSTALLATION A Precautions 1 This product has been carefully adjusted and strictly inspected before packing and ship ment To ensure that it operates as intended it is important that it is installed correctly Service engineers must sufficiently understand the performance of the printer install it in a location with the appropriate environment and conduct the necessary checks 2 Before taking the printer to the customer s premises the following conditions at the inst
168. If the dirt cannot be removed or if the pick up roller has worn out replace it 5 Worn or dirty feed roller Action Clean the feed roller If the dirt cannot be removed or if the feed roller has worn out replace it 6 Deformation or damage of the paper feed roller drive shaft Action If the paper feed roller drive shaft is deformed or damaged replace it 7 Paper pick up sensor lever Action If the pick up paper sensor lever is damaged replace it 8 Pick up solenoid Action If the pick up paper solenoid is damaged replace it 9 Paper pick up sensor Action If the pick up paper sensor is damaged replace it CHAPTER 4 I 14 Poor Fixing lt Possible causes gt 1 Flaws or deformation in the surface of the fixing film unit Action Clean the fixing film unit If dirt cannot be removed or if flaws or deformations are found replace the unit 2 Dirty fixing lower roller Action Clean the fixing lower roller If the dirt cannot be removed replace it 3 Nip width of fixing unit is not within specifications Action Replace the fixing unit lifting plate 4 Deterioration of thermistor Action Replace the fixing film unit I 15 Image Distortion lt Possible causes gt 1 Laser scanner unit connector contact failure Action Reconnect connectors J801 and J803 2 Faulty laser scanner unit Action Replace the laser scanner unit 3 Faulty printer controller PCB Action Replace the printer controller PCB I
169. Information d installation inf 7 Cliquez deux fois sur le dossier correspondant langue utilis e par votre version de Microsoft Windows NT m Lorsque le fichier Wpsc3nt s affiche dans la boite de dialogue Trouver Pemplacement du fichier cliquez sur le bouton Ouvrir Si le dossier correspondant votre langue n existe pas selectionnez le dossier English Cliquez sur OK dans la boite de dialogue Installer partir de Lorsque Canon LBP 660 s affiche dans la liste des imprimantes de l Assistant d ajout d une imprimante cliquez sur le bouton Suivant gt m Une fen tre permettant d entrer un nom d imprimante et contenant le nom Canon LBP 660 dans le champ Nom de l imprimante s affiche Si vous souhaitez modifier le nom de l imprimante tapez un nouveau nom comme l indiquent les messages affich s l cran Cliquez sur le bouton Suivant gt m La fen tre de partage de l imprimante s affiche alors Chapitre 2 Installation de Microsoft Windows Printing System 5 FRANCAIS Configuration du partage de l imprimante Cette section explique comment sp cifier si V imprimante doit tre partag e ou non sur un r seau Vous pouvez galement sp cifier les param tres de partage lorsque Microsoft Windows Printing System est install Pour plus d informations reportez vous la section Partage de l imprimante Assistant d ajout d une imprimante Veuillez indiquer si c
170. L font e Voice message e Installer e Uninstaller Trouble Shooter Does not operate on Microsoft Windows 3 1 a Operating environment The following environment is required to install Microsoft Windows Printing System PC hardware This printer supports an IBM PC or a compatible machine Operating conditions of them are as shown below lt Minimum operating environment gt CPU 486SX25MHz or above RAM More than 8MB Virtual memory More than 16MB Available disk space More than 8MB 1MB of temporary space is required for installation A Note that the Thai version requires more than 10MB and the Chinese Taiwanese version requires more than 9MB Screen size VGA or above Printer port Standard Centronics parallel port CD ROM drive Required when the installation media is 5 inch CD ROM Floppy drive 3 5 inch 1 44MB Sound PCM sound module is required to use the sound lt Recommended operating environment gt CPU Pentium 75MHz or above e RAM More than 16MB Printer port ECP OS software One of the following OS software is required Microsoft Windows 3 1x Enhanced Mode MS DOS 3 3 or above Microsoft Windows for Workgroups 3 1x MS DOS 3 3 or above T 65 This printer does not operate on WIN OS 2 As a basic rule Windows language and the soft vare language of this printer must match CHAPTER 1 Windows for Workgroups or Microsoft Windows 95 98 is required for print server Printer cable
171. Local Port 2 New Monitor Installs the print monitor Not available for this printer 3 New Port Opens the Port Name dialog box which enables you to enter the name of the port to be added 4 Cancel Returns to the Ports tab without changing the items CHAPTER 1 9 Configure LPT Ports dialog box Use this dialog box to set the time out period until the PC notifies the user that the printer does not respond It can be opened by clicking the Configure Ports button in the Ports tab The Configure LPT Port dialog box is shown in Figure 1 7 8 Configure LPT Port Figure 1 7 8 1 Transmission Retry Sets the time out period of ports Unit second 2 OK Changes the setting in this dialog box and returns to the Printer Ports tab 3 Cancel Returns to the Printer Ports tab without changing the setting in this dialog box 4 Help Opens the Help topic CHAPTER 1 Scheduling tab Use this tab to schedule a set time for printing to set printing priorities and to specify the print data spooling method It can be opened by clicking the Scheduling tab in the Properties dialog box The Scheduling tab is shown in Figure 1 7 9 Figure 1 7 9 1 Always Keeps the printer ready to print for 24 hours a day 2 From to Keeps the printer ready to print only during the specified period When this but ton is selected specific time can be entered in the spin boxes 3 Prio
172. Microsoft Windows voor Workgroups In de LBP 660 Network Status Monitor wordt de printerstatus alleen weergegeven als tekst en niet in de vorm van een animatie of een voortgangsbalk zoals in het LBP 660 Status Window Wanneer u een Microsoft Windows NT client verbindt met de netwerkprinter wordt de Network Status Monitor automatisch geinstalleerd vanaf de afdrukserver S WS_102 Canon LBP 660 HER Options Printer Help Printer Ready 20 Het Microsoft Windows Printing System gebruiken Hoofdstuk 4 De LBP 660 Network Status Monitor gebruiken m De Network Status Monitor starten U kunt op elk gewenst moment de LBP 660 Network Status Monitor starten door de volgende stappen uit te voeren 1 Dubbelklik op het pictogram Canon LBP 660 Network Status Monitor in de groep Windows Printing System op de client of dubbelklik op de snelkoppeling Canon LBP 660 Network Status Monitor op het bureaublad 2 Wanneer er een bericht wordt weergegeven waarin u wordt gevraagd of u een verbinding met de netwerkprinter wilt maken klikt u op de knop Yes m Vervolgens wordt er een venster weergegeven waarin u de netwerkprinter kunt selecteren waarmee u een verbinding wilt maken Connect to Server Select the Network printer server for the Canon LBP 560 MS 1024Canon LBP 660 3 Selecteer de naam van de gewenste printer in de vervolgkeuzelijst en klik op de knop Connect m Wanneer u de verbinding met de netwerkprinter hebt gemaakt word
173. Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 asennuslevy Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin asentaminen paikalliskirjoitinta varten T ss jaksossa kuvataan Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin asentamista kun LBP 660 n on tarkoitus toimia paikalliskirjoittimena LBP 660 n kytkemist verkkokirjoittimeksi kuvataan luvussa 3 Yhteys verkkokirjoittimena toimivaan LBP 660 een Ohjatun kirjoittimen asennuksen k ynnist minen Asenna Windows Printing System for Microsoft NT k ytt m ll Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 n ohjattua kirjoittimen asennusta Asenna ohjelmisto seuraavien ohjeiden mukaisesti 1 K ynnist tietokone johon LBP 660 on kytketty ja k ynnist Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 2 Kirjaudu tietokoneeseen p k ytt j n 3 K ynnist ohjattu kirjoittimen asennus toisella seuraavista menetelmist a Napsauta teht v palkin K ynnist painiketta ja valitse K ynnist valikosta Asetukset Valitse esiin tulevasta alivalikosta Kirjoittimet jotta Kirjoittimet kansio avautuu ja napsauta kahdesti sen Lis kirjoitin kuvaketta b Napsauta kahdesti ty p yd n Oma tietokone kuvaketta jotta Oma tietokone kansio avautuu Avaa sitten Kirjoittimet kansio ja napsauta kahdesti Lis kirjoitin kuvaketta Luku 2 Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin asentaminen 3 a N et Ohjattu kirjoittimen asennus ikkunan jonka avulla asennetaan kirjoitinohjaimia Ohjattu kirjoittimen asennus
174. Microsoft Windows Printing System installeren Hoofdstuk 2 De printer delen Wanneer u klaar bent met de installatie van het Microsoft Windows Printing System kunt u de LBP 660 in het dialoogvenster Canon LBP 660 Eigenschappen toewijzen als een gedeelde printer 1 Volg de onderstaande procedure om het tabblad Printers delen in het dialoogvenster Canon LBP 660 Eigenschappen te openen m Open de map Printers klik met de rechtermuisknop op het pictogram LBP 660 en selecteer Delen in het snelmenu Canon LBP 660 Eigenschappen 2 x Algemeen Poorten Planning Printers delen Beveiiging Apparaatinstellingen 3 Canon LBP 660 C Niet gedeeld Gedeeld Sharenaam CanonLBP U kunt alternatieve stuurprogramma s installeren zodat gebruikers van de volgende systemen deze automatisch kunnen laden als zij een verbinding tot stand brengen Altematieve stuurprogramma s Windows 95 Windows NT 4 0 x86 Geinstalleerd Windows NT 4 0 Mips Windows NT 4 0 Alpha Windows NT 4 0 PPC Windows NT 3 5 of 3 51 x86 Ga naar het tabblad Beveiliging om machtigingen voor de printer te wijzigen un 2 lt El e 2 Alsu de LBP 660 wilt delen selecteert u de optie Gedeeld Wanneer u Gedeeld selecteert worden in het tekstvak Sharenaam de eerste 8 tekens weergegeven van de printernaam die bij de installatie is gebruikt exclusief spaties U kunt desgewenst een andere naam in het tekstvak typen
175. PAPER PICK UP ASS Y BEE FEEDER ASS Y A COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON INC ASSEMBLY LOCATION DIAGRAM FREE PAPER PICK UP ROLLER ASS Y BEO 38 DELIVERY ASS Y HERS CANON LBP 660 REV 1 AUG 1998 PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON FIGURE 001 2507 FIGURE amp KEY NO 001 Q DESCRIPTION SERIAL NUMBER REMARKS Y RF DISK UNIT PART NUMBER NPN 1 RG1 3946 000 3 5 FD PRINTER DRIVER 3 SET ENGLISH DEFAULT A4 RG1 3746 000 3 5 FD PRINTER DRIVER 3 SET ENGLISH DEFAULT LTR RG1 3948 000 3 5 FD PRINTER DRIVER 3 SET GERMAN RG1 3949 000 3 5 FD PRINTER DRIVER 3 SET FRENCH 2 RG1 3947 000 3 5 FD PRINTER DRIVER 4 SET ENGLISH DEFAULT A4 RG1 3945 000 3 5 FD PRINTER DRIVER 4 SET ENGLISH DEFAULT LTR RG1 3950 000 3 5 FD PRINTER DRIVER 4 SET CHINESE RG1 3951 000 3 5 FD PRINTER DRIVER 4 SET TAIWANESE 3 RG1 3929 000 CD ROM PRINTER DRIVER EUROPE 001 1 COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON INC CANON LBP 660 REV i AUG 1998 PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON EXTERNAL COVERS PANELS ETC ERIN FIGURE 100 CANON LBP 660 REV AUG 1998 PRINTED JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON INC 100 1 FIGURE KEY NO 1 RB1 8158 000 2 RB1 8423 000 3 RB1 8159 030 4 RB2 24 18 000 5 XA9 0724 000 6 RG5 2565 000 1 6A RB1 8412 000 1 7 RB1 8163 000 1 Se s 1
176. PC Windows NT 3 5 eller 3 51 x86 Klik p fanen Sikkerhed hvis du vil ndre tilladelseme p printeren 2 Du deler LBP 660 ved at klikke p alternativknappen Delt N r du v lger Delt viser navnet i boksen Delenavn de f rste 8 tegn uden mellemrum af det printernavn der blev brugt under installationen Du kan ndre navnet ved at skrive et andet i boksen Hvis klientens indstilling af printerdeling p netv rket inkluderer Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows til Workgroups computere skal du sikre dig at navnet ikke er p mere end 8 tegn m Hvis du g r printeren til en delt printer skal du ikke v lge operativsystemet p listen Ekstra drivere nederst i dialogboksen LBP 660 driveren kan ikke installeres p andre systemer end Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 x86 p Klik p knappen OK m LBP 660 er nu en delt printer hvilket afspejles i ikonet i mappen Printere Kapitel 2 Installere Microsoft Windows Printing System 9 Kapitel 3 Forbinde LBP 660 til en netv rksprinter Hvis du g r LBP 660 til en delt printer p den Microsoft Windows NT computer som LBP 660 er tilsluttet og derefter v lger computeren som printserver kan LBP 660 ikke kun bruges af Microsoft Windows NT klienter men ogs af Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 og Microsoft Windows til Workgroups klienter der er forbundet til Microsoft Windows NT netv rket m Hvis den Microsoft Windows NT
177. PS katalogen p utskriftsservern r inte delad e Utskriftsserverns standarddatatyp r inte satt till WPS att ndra din anv ndarbeh righet V lj Client Operation i menyn Options Anv nd en utskriftsserver som anv nder Microsoft Windows NT Ange delning f r WPS katalogen p utskriftsservern Klicka p knappen Utskriftsprocessor p fliken Allm nt i dialogrutan Egenskaper och v lj WPS som standarddatatyp Kapitel 5 Fels kning 25 SVENSKA Bilaga J mf relse med Microsoft Windows Printing System f r andra versioner av Microsoft Windows Vissa av funktionerna i Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 skiljer sig fr n dem i Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 och Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups Bet nk f ljande punkter n r du l ser anv ndarhandboken f r LBP 660 Under lokal utskrift eller n tverksutskrift med Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 och n tverksutskrift med Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups m Eftersom PCL emulering inte kan anv ndas gar det inte att skriva ut fr n kommandoprompten Microsoft Windows NT eller MS DOS prompten Microsoft Windows 95 Under lokal utskrift eller n tverksutskrift med Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 m Det g r inte att anv nda formul r verl ggsfunktionen m Det g r inte att skriva ut en testsida fr n LBP 660 Status Wind
178. Printing System 1 Concerning Microsoft Windows Printing System Microsoft Windows Printing System printing software reduces the processing time and simpli fies operations while printing in the Microsoft Windows environment Microsoft Windows Printing System performs the following procedures to enable easy and speedy printing Instead of converting application print data into the printer s page description language PDL this software changes the data into resource data data form adapting GDI data cor responding to the writing system commands GDI data The processing of the resource data corresponding to the writing system commands GDI data is developed into dot data in the host computer The printing environment can be set in the dialog box on the host computer screen The printer status is shown on the host computer screen so that the printing completion time the feeding status of the print paper error conditions etc can be confirmed on the host computer screen GDI data sent from HOST COMPUTER application Conversion of resources data corresponding to GDI Shown on screen on screen E Kht Printer status monitor alyze resource data en op into print data Microsoft Windows Printing System Formation of bit images 20011 interface Host computer oi Printer status infomation PRINTER Figure 1 7 1 CHAPT
179. Puerto paralelo de impresora est ndar Centronics cuando la impresora LBP est conectada como una impresora local Tarjeta de interfaz de red cuando la impresora LBP est compartida en la red Puede instalar Microsoft Windows Printing System en computadoras que no cumplan los requisitos mencionados pero Canon no garantiza que el funcionamiento del software en tales casos sea correcto Para crear el entorno ptimo y obtener el m ximo rendimiento posible de la impresora LBP 660 se recomienda disponer del hardware y software siguientes CPU Pentium 166 MHz o superior 48 MB de RAM como m nimo Puerto de impresora ECP Tarjeta de sonido necesaria para los mensajes de voz de Microsoft Windows Printing System Si desea compartir la impresora LBP 660 en la red debe instalar uno de estos protocolos de red NetBEUI TCP IP NWLink IPX SPX Para realizar la instalaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System para Microsoft Windows NT necesitar privilegios de Administrador La instalaci n deber llevarla a cabo un administrador de red o un gestor de impresi n con privilegios de Administrador 2 Introducci n Capitulo 1 Capitulo 2 Instalacion de Microsoft Windows Printing System Para instalar Microsoft Windows Printing System para Microsoft Windows NT utilice el disco de instalaci n Microsoft Windows Printing System para Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 adjunto Instalacion de Microsoft Windows Printing System para impresoras
180. S is possible In DOS application printer setup select HP LaserJet 1I as the printer driver The DOS box of Windows 95 98 is set to the MS DOS mode in the following cases Restari the computer in MS DOS mode is selected when quitting Windows 95 98 MS DOS box was opened after specifying the MS DOS mode for Advanced Program Setting in MS DOS Prompt Properties Suggest MS DOS mode as necessary is specified for Advanced Program Setting in MS DOS Prompt Properties and Windows 95 98 judges that execution in the MS DOS mode is necessary 2 PCL Emulation Front Panel The PCL Emulation Front Panel is opened by double clicking the LBP 660 PCL Emulation Front Panel icon in the Microsoft Windows Printing System group More than one PCL Emulation Front Panels cannot be opened at the same but the front panel which was opened first is dis played on the foremost ground in a full size PCL Emulation Front Panel has the following dialog box A list of printing environments that can be set from the dialog box is shown on page 1 83 For details see the user s manual packed with the printer CHAPTER 1 PCL Emulation Front Panel Settings dialog box The PCL Emulation Front Panel Settings dialog box is shown in Figure 1 7 47 4 PCL Emulation Front Panel Settings LPT ultiple Copies Orientatio Copies 1 99 E 33 33 O Portrait r Default Fon Paper Settings E DUDO Legal A4 Exec Landscape
181. Size Jos olet muuttanut Network Status Monitorin ikkunan kokoa voit palauttaa ikkunan alkuper iseen kokoonsa t ll komennolla m Hide Menu T ll asetuksella piilotetaan Network Status Monitorin valikkorivi Jos haluat palauttaa valikkorivin ennalleen paina Esc kun Network Status Monitor on aktiivinen ikkuna tai napsauta kahdesti mit tahansa ilmoitusalueen kohtaa m Always On Top Jos valitset t m n komennon niin ett sen vasemmalle puolelle ilmestyy valintamerkki Network Status Monitor on aina ty p yd n p llimm inen ikkuna Printer valikko Printer valikon komennoilla ohjataan kirjoittimen toimintaa Huomaa ett ellei tulostuspalvelimen tilaikkunan Options valikosta ole valittu komentoa Client Operation Printer valikko on himmennetty eli kirjoitinta ei voi ohjata asiakastietokoneesta Lis tietoja Printer valikosta on k ytt oppaan kohdassa Kirjoitin valikon k ytt m Printer valikon komennot vaikuttavat muista asiakastietokoneista tuleviin tulostust ihin Kun palvelimen tulostusjonossa on useasta asiakastietokoneesta tulleita tulostust it virheellinen tulostuksen lopetuskomento voi aiheuttaa muiden k ytt jien tulostust iden h vi misen Muista t m jos aiot lopettaa tulostusty n Help valikko T st valikosta avataan valintaikkuna joka n ytt Network Status Monitorin versiotiedot 22 Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin k ytt Luku 4 Luku 5 Vianmaaritys T ss luvussa kuva
182. Stall in skrivaren f r delning anslutas visas inte i listan e Skrivaren r inte inst lld f r i dialogrutan Egenskaper Delade skrivare delning e Be den n tverksansvarige Du har inte den beh righet som kr vs f r att ansluta till skrivaren eller utskriftsservern att ndra din anv ndarbeh righet 24 Fels kning Kapitel 5 Problem under n tverksutskrift Problem Orsak L sning Det g r inte att anlsuta till e Utskriftsservern r inte e Starta utskriftsservern utskriftsservern eller den ig ng Stall in skrivaren f r delning delade skrivaren i Network e Skrivaren r inte inst lld f r i dialogrutan Egenskaper Status Monitor delning den n tverksansvarige Det g r inte att anv nda menyn Printer i Network Status Monitor Det g r inte att skriva ut p en utskriftsserver som anv nder Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups fr n en Microsoft Windows NT klient Det g r inte att skriva ut fr n en Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups klient Du har inte den beh righet som kr vs f r att ansluta till skrivaren eller utskriftsservern Alternativet Client Operation r inte f rbockat i menyn Options i utskriftsserverns statusf nster Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT underst djer inte utskriftsservrar som anv nder Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups e W
183. T3 Local Port O COMI Local Port C COM2 Local Port O COM3 Local Port O COM4 Local Port Lana Die Klik op het aankruisvakje naast de poort en die u wilt gebruiken Documenten worden afgedrukt via de eerste beschikbare poort die gevonden wordt Poort toevoegen Poort configureren I Frinterpooling inschakelen lt Vorige vasenge gt Annuleren 1 Klik op het aankruisvakje naast de poort waarop de LBP 660 is aangesloten meestal LPT1 en klik vervolgens op de knop Volgende gt m U kunt de LBP 660 alleen aansluiten op een parallelle poort LPT poort Als u een m seri le poort selecteert of een poort waarop de printer niet fysiek is aangesloten kunt u niet afdrukken met de LBP 660 m Vervolgens wordt een venster weergegeven waarin u het printermodel kunt selecteren In dit venster ziet u een lijst met printerfabrikanten en printermodellen die standaard door Microsoft Windows NT worden ondersteund 4 Het Microsoft Windows Printing System installeren Hoofdstuk 2 2 4 De LBP 660 komt niet in deze lijst voor Plaats daarom de installatie cd rom van het Microsoft Windows Printing System voor Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 in het cd rom station en klik vervolgens op de knop Diskette Wanneer het dialoogvenster Installeren van diskette wordt weergegeven typt u de stationsaanduiding van het cd rom station in het tekstvak Bestanden van fabrikant kopi ren van en klikt u op
184. T40U Syst em32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 PDone WAV z WINNT40U Syst em32 spool DRIVERS W3 2X86 2 PPaused WAV WINNT40U Syst em32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 PResume WAV WINNT 0U Syst em32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 PStarted WAV WWINNT4 0U System32 spool DRIVERS w3 2x86 2 PAddpap WAV WINNT4 0U System32 spool DRIVERS w32X86 2 PCommerr WAV WINNT4 0U System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 PCover WAV WINNT40U System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 PError WAV WINNT40U System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 PJam WAV AWINNT40U System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 PTray WAV WINNT40U System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 WpsC3EM DLL 2 00 03 012 3 WWINNT40U Syst em32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 WpsC3Pm DLL 2 00 03 012 WWINNT40U System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 WpsAp4N DLL 2 00 03 012 WINNT40U System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 wpsBandN DLL 2 00 03 012 WINNT40U System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 WpsHrcN DLL 2 00 03 012 WINNT4OU System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 WpsHrEN DLL 2 00 03 012 WINNT4QU System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 WpsQpN DLL 2 00 03 012 WINNT40U System32 epool DRIVERS W32X86 2 WpsRendN DLL 2 00 03 012 WINNT4OU System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 WpsRpN DLL 2 00 03 012 WINNTAQU System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 WpsRsN DLL 2 00 03 012 NINNT40U System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 WpsC3Psw EXE 2 00 03 012 WINNT4QU System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 WpsC3Nsm EXE 2 00 03 012 I WINNT40
185. U System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 WpsRePsw EXE 2 00 03 012 WINNTAQU System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 WpsC3UM DLL 2 00 03 012 WINNT40U System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 WpsHt BIN WINNT4OU System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 WpsAFE EXE 2 00 03 012 WINNT40U System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 WpsDef AFF WINNT40U System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 WpsC3NT TXT annnaannaannannnnnnnnannannanannnnannnnananan Figure 1 7 51 CHAPTER 1 2 Microsoft Windows 95 98 3 1 a Printing Environment Setting A list of printing environments that can be set from the Microsoft Windows Printing System dialog box is shown below Note The values in bold are the default values at the time of shipment from the factory Table 1 7 5 Windows 95 98 Windows 3 1 Copies amp Methods tab Setup Dialog Box PCL Emulation front panel Setting Dialog Box Setup Value Setup item Setup Value Setup item Setup Value Multiple Copies 1to 99 Copies amp Copies 1 to 99 Multiple Copies 1 to 99 Collated Uncollated Font Courier Line Printer Post Latin Sans Serif Bold Page Order Page Order Collated Uncollated Orientation Portrait Landscape Orientation Portrait Landscape Roman 8 ECMA 94 Latin1 IBM US PC 8 Courier Line Printer Symbol Set GERMAN SPANISH Size amp Source tab Paper Size Letter Legal A4 Executive B5 Setup item Setup Value IBM DN PC 8D N 17 ISO Symbol sets 10
186. Utilisez un serveur d impression fonctionnant sous Microsoft Windows NT D finissez le partage du r pertoire WPS sur le serveur d impression Cliquez sur le bouton Processeur d impression dans l onglet G n ral de la boite de dialogue des propri t s de l imprimante et s lectionnez WPS comme type de donn es par d faut Chapitre 5 D pannage 25 FRANCAIS Annexe Comparaison avec les versions de Microsoft Windows Printing System disponibles pour les autres versions de Microsoft Windows Certaines fonctions de Microsoft Windows Printing System pour Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 different de celles des versions pour Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 et Microsoft Windows pour Workgroups Notez les points suivants lors de la lecture du Manuel d utilisation de la LBP 660 Lors de l impression locale ou en r seau sous Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 et de l impression en r seau sous Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 ou Microsoft Windows pour Workgroups m L mulation PCL ne pouvant pas tre utilis e vous ne pouvez pas imprimer partir de la ligne de commandes Microsoft Windows NT ou MS DOS sous Microsoft Windows 95 Lors de l impression locale ou en r seau sous Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 m Vous ne pouvez pas utiliser la fonction de fond de page m Vous ne pouvez pas imprimer une page de test partir de la fen tre d tat de la LBP 660 Utilisez le bouton Imprimer une page de test dans l
187. Window Trouble Shooter Uninstallation 6 objekter 3 76 kB 2 Canon LBP 660 Font Installation Dette er et verkt y for installering av TrueType skriftene 22 Lucida TrueType skrifter p diskett 43 av installeringsdiskettene for Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 p Microsoft Windows NT Dobbeltklikk p ikonet for LBP 660 Font Installation n r du skal installere TrueType skriftene Deretter f lger du veiledningen p skjermen m De installerte TrueType skriftene vil ikke bli fjernet selv om du bruker avinstalleringsfunksjonen til avinstallere Microsoft Windows Printing System Canon LBP 660 Help Hvis du klikker p dette ikonet vises hjelpefunksjonen for Microsoft Windows Printing System Canon LBP 660 Readme Dette er en tekstfil som inneholder tilleggsinformasjon om den installerte versjonen av Microsoft Windows Printing System Les denne filen f r du bruker Microsoft Windows Printing System Canon LBP 660 Status Window Hvis du klikker p dette ikonet pnes statusvinduet for Canon LBP 660 Canon LBP 660 Trouble Shooter Dette er et verkt y som brukes til l se problemer med Microsoft Windows Printing System Se kapitlet Feils king i brukerh ndboken hvis du vil ha informasjon om hvordan du bruker dette verkt yet Canon LBP 660 Uninstallation Dette er et verkt y som brukes til avinstallere Microsoft Windows Printing System Se kapitlet Feils king i brukerh ndboken hvis du vil ha informasjon
188. Windows Printing System Der findes flere oplysninger i afsnittet Printerdeling Guiden Printerinstallation Du kan dele printeren s andre brugere p netv rket kan udskrive p den Delt Ikke delt Sharenavn Du kan installere ekstra drivere s andre brugere p de f lgende systemer kan indl se dem automatisk n r de tilslutter sig Windows 95 Windows NT 4 0 Mips Windows NT 4 0 Alpha Windows NT 4 0 PPC Windows NT 3 5 eller 3 51 x86 Windows NT 3 5 eller 3 51 Mips zl lt Tilbage N ste gt Annuller 1 Du deler LBP 660 p et netv rk ved at v lge alternativknappen Delt 2 Klik p knappen N ste gt m Der bnes et vindue og du bliver spurgt om der skal udskrives en testside F r udskrivning af en testside N r du har installeret Microsoft Windows Printing System kan du udskrive en testside p LBP 660 1 Du udskriver en testside ved at klikke p knappen Udf r hvorefter siden automatisk udskrives Hvis du ikke vil udskrive en testside skal du klikke p knappen Nej og derefter p knappen Udf r N r du klikker p knappen Udf r kopieres de n dvendige filer fra installationsdisken til harddisken Status for kopieringen vises p sk rmen under kopieringen N r filerne er kopieret vises ikonet Canon LBP 660 i mappen Printere Ikonet Canon LBP 660 har forskelligt udseende afh ngigt af om printeren deles eller ej 6 Installere Microsoft Windows Printing System Ka
189. Windows application Select Printer Setup in the File menu and click the Options button Select Print in the File menu and open the Print dialog box Click the Setup or Options button The Printer Setup dialog box is shown in Figure 1 7 43 CHAPTER 1 2 Setup Canon LBP 660 on LPT 1 Multiple Copies Orientation Collated Sy Portrait A 3 1 Copies O Uncollate 2 O Landscape AS F Paper Source 7 f Paper Size Letter Legal A4 Fa ahi DL 10 C5 Monarch The selected paper size is currently in the printer Paper Size Letter 81 2 x 11 Figure 1 7 43 1 Multiple Copies Sets the number of copies and sorting method 2 Orientation Sets page orientation portrait or landscape 3 Paper Source Shows paper pick up information 4 Paper Size Sets the print paper size Click the paper icon or select from the list of paper sizes 5 OK Changes the iterns in this dialog box and closes the box 6 Cancel Closes this dialog box without changing its items 7 Options Opens the Options dialog box see Page 1 71 8 Graphics Opens the Graphics dialog box see Page 1 72 9 Overlay Opens the Overlay dialog box see Page 1 73 10 About Opens the About dialog box that contains the version information of Microsoft Windows Printing System See
190. a Canon Inc Brugen af denne h ndbog er underlagt betingelserne i licensaftalen Microsoft Windows Printing System som leveres med printeren Oplysninger i denne h ndbog kan ndres uden varsel Varem rker LBP Canon og Canon logoet er varem rker tilh rende Canon Inc PCL er et varem rke tilh rende Hewlett Packard Company IBM er et varem rke tilh rende International Business Machines Corporation Microsoft Windows Windows NT Windows logoet og MS DOS er enten registrerede varem rker eller varem rker tilh rende Microsoft Corporation i USA og eller andre lande Net Ware er et registreret varem rke og Novell er et varem rke tilh rende Novell Inc TrueType er et varem rke tilh rende Apple Computer Inc Lucida er et varem rke tilh rende Bigelow amp Homes Andre m rker og produktnavne er varem rker eller registrerede varem rker tilh rende deres respektive ejere I denne h ndbog omtales Microsoft Microsoft Windows og Microsoft Windows NT som hhv Microsoft Microsoft Windows og Microsoft Windows NT Konventioner I denne h ndbog benyttes f lgende konventioner Bem rkninger er r d eller forslag der hj lper dig med at udnytte printeren bedst muligt Betyder at hvis du undlader at f lge den anbefalede fremgangsm de kan hardware og software blive beskadiget Kapitel 1 Introduktion Om denne h ndbog I Microsoft Windows Printing System i det f lgende kaldet Mic
191. a LBP 660 ne peut pas tre install sur des syst mes autres que Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 x86 3 Cliquez sur OK m La LBP 660 est d finie en tant qu imprimante partag e et son ic ne est modifi e en cons quence dans le dossier Imprimantes Chapitre 2 Installation de Microsoft Windows Printing System 9 FRANCAIS Chapitre 3 Connexion la LBP 660 utilis e comme imprimante r seau Si vous avez sp cifi la LBP 660 en tant qu imprimante partag e sur l ordinateur Microsoft Windows NT auquel elle est connect e et que vous avez ensuite d fini cet ordinateur comme serveur d impression l imprimante peut alors tre utilis e par les clients Microsoft Windows NT mais galement par les clients Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 et Microsoft Windows pour Workgroups connect s au r seau Microsoft Windows NT m Pour utiliser Pordinateur Microsoft Windows NT auquel est connect e la LBP 660 comme serveur d impression vous devez d abord d marrer le service Serveur sur cet ordinateur D marrez ce service avant de connecter l imprimante r seau m Pour se connecter un serveur d impression Microsoft Windows NT partir d un ordinateur client et imprimer un document le client doit disposer des privil ges d acc s lui permettant de se connecter au serveur et Vimprimante partag e Si vous ne connaissez pas vos privil ges contactez votre administrateur de r seau Connexion depuis un post
192. a come stampante condivisa sul computer Microsoft Windows NT a cui LBP 660 amp collegata e quel computer viene designato come server di stampa allora LBP 660 pu essere utilizzata non solo da client Microsoft Windows NT ma anche da client Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 e Microsoft Windows per Workgroup collegati alla rete di Microsoft Windows NT m Per utilizzare il computer Microsoft Windows NT a cui la stampante LBP 660 amp collegata come server di stampa prima di tutto avviare il Servizio server su quel computer Avviare il Servizio server prima di collegare la stampante di rete m Per collegarsi ad un server di stampa Microsoft Windows NT da un computer client e stampare un documento amp necessario avere i privilegi di accesso per il collegamento al server e alla stampante condivisa Se non si amp sicuri dei propri privilegi di accesso rivolgersi all amministratore di rete Collegamento da un client Microsoft Windows NT Se sul client che utilizza LBP 660 come stampante di rete amp in esecuzione Microsoft Windows NT la semplice aggiunta della stampante trasferisce ed installa automaticamente il driver di stampa ed il Monitor di stato sulla rete dal server di stampa I privilegi di Administrator non sono necessari per l aggiunta della stampante Normalmente chiunque puo farlo Avvio di Installazione stampante 1 Accendere il computer client avviare Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 e collegarsi 2 Avviar
193. a de prueba en la ficha General del cuadro de di logo Propiedades de la impresora m El men Opciones de la ventana de estado de la LBP 660 no tiene la opci n Opciones de la impresora Especifique la densidad del t ner en el grupo Opciones Documento en la ficha Avanzadas del cuadro de di logo Propiedades de Documento predeterminado 26 Ap ndice canon LBP 660 LASERPRINTER Microsoft Windows Printing System handleiding voor Microsoft Windows NT BELANGRIJK Lees deze handleiding aandachtig door voordat u de printer gebruikt Bewaar de handleiding bij uw printer un 2 lt e Copyright Copyright 1998 Canon Inc Alle rechten voorbehouden Copyright 1996 Microsoft Corporation Alle rechten voorbehouden Mededeling Canon Inc biedt ten aanzien van deze handleiding geen garantie noch expliciet noch impliciet behalve zoals hierin is bepaald inclusief zonder begrenzing daarvan garanties in verband met de verkoopbaarheid verhandelbaarheid voor een bepaald gebruiksdoel of tegen inbreuken op patenten Canon Inc is niet aansprakelijk voor directe schade incidentele schade of gevolgschade van welke aard dan ook of verliezen of kosten die voortvloeien uit het gebruik van deze handleiding De informatie in dit document is beschermd door het auteursrecht Alle rechten voorbehouden Geen onderdeel van dit document mag worden gefotokopieerd gereproduceerd of vertaald naar een andere taal zonder
194. a f nster r i stort detsamma som det statusf nster f r Microsoft Windows Printing System som visas i Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 och Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups Se anv ndarhandboken f r mer information om hur man anv nder Status Window Den h r beskrivningen tar bara upp de anv ndningsomr den och funktioner d r LBP 660 Status Window f r Microsoft Windows NT skiljer sig fr n statusf nstren i andra versioner av Microsoft Windows m Valde du Starta utskriften n r sista sidan har verf rts p fliken Schemal ggning i dialogrutan Egenskaper visas uppskattad kvarvarande tid och uppskattat klockslag n r utskriftsjobbet r klart i meddelandef ltet under utskriften och statusstapeln visar antal utskrivna sidor och totalt antal sidor som ska skrivas ut Ge Hel Printing My Doc Estimated time left 11 seconds Estimated time finished 19 04 Kapitel 4 Anv nda Microsoft Windows Printing System 19 SVENSKA m Valde du Starta utskriften n r f rsta sidan har verf rts visas bara meddelandet Printing i meddelandef ltet och statusstapeln visar bara antal sidor som skrivits ut Canon LBP 660 on LPT1 Printer View Options Help My_Doc Printing m Det finns ingen knapp f r skrivartest i verktygsf ltet Vill du skriva ut en testsida klickar du p knappen Skriv ut testsida p fliken Allm nt i dialogrutan Egenskaper m Det finns inget alt
195. a izquierda del nombre del grupo f Propiedades de Documento predeterminado Canon LBP 660 HE 1 Configuraciones del documento Canon LBP 660 Papel S alida E Tama o del papel lt 44 gt Orientaci n Vertical N mero de copias lt 1 copia gt Preparar p gina i Gr fico Resoluci n lt 600 dpi gt 2 Escala 100 gt E ike Opciones Documento Cambiar la configuraci n T ama o del papel Oficio EI Ejecutivo 3 Sobre DL lt a n El Al hacer clic en el nombre de la opci n que desea modificar aparecer n los valores disponibles de dicha opci n o los botones que abren otros cuadros de di logo en la parte inferior del cuadro de di logo Seleccione o escriba el nuevo valor Este nuevo valor aparecer entonces de color rojo a la derecha de la opci n de la lista Esta presentaci n en rojo indica que el nuevo valor a n no se ha guardado como valor predeterminado del documento Los valores nuevos no se guardan como valores predeterminados del documento hasta que haga clic en el bot n Aceptar situado en la parte inferior del cuadro de di logo Valores del grupo Papel Salida El grupo Papel Salida consta de 3 opciones Tama o del papel Orientaci n y N mero de copias Estas opciones son las mismas que las que aparecen en la ficha Preparar p gina descrita anteriormente Si cambia los valores aqu tambi n se cambian en la ficha Prepar
196. aerksprinterserver Tilslut til en printer p en anden maskine Alle indstillinger p denne printer styres af en printerserver der er blevet indstillet af en administrator base Annuller 4 Klik p knappen Denne computer i guiden Printerinstallation og klik derefter p knappen N ste gt m Vinduet til valg af port bnes V lge printerport Guiden Printerinstallation Klik i afkrydsningsboksen ved siden af de n port e du vil bruge Dokumenter vil blive udskrevet p den f rste ledige afkrydsede port Tilg ngelige porte Beskrivelse v Local Port O LPT2 Local Port O LPT3 Local Port O COMI Local Port COM2 Local Port COM3 Local Port CO COM4 Local Port O COMS Tilf j port Konfigurer port I Aktiver printergruppering ae 1 Klik i afkrydsningsfeltet ud for den port som LBP 660 er tilsluttet normalt LPT1 for at velge den og klik derefter p knappen Neste gt m Du kan kun slutte LBP 660 til en LPT port parallel Du kan ikke udskrive til fm LBP 660 hvis du v lger en seriel port eller en anden port end den som LBP 660 er tilsluttet m Derefter vises vinduet til valg af printermodel Vinduet indeholder de printerproducenter og modeller som Microsoft Windows NT underst tter som standard 4 Installere Microsoft Windows Printing System Kapitel 2 m Da LBP 660 ikke findes p listen skal du inds amp tte
197. afdrukken selecteert kunt u niet afdrukken vanuit toepassingen Afdrukdocumenten in wachtrij plaatsen zodat het programma sneller kan afdrukken Met afdrukken beginnen nadat laatste pagina in wachtrij geplaatst is Onmiddellijk beginnen met afdrukken Rechtstreeks naar de printer afdrukken m Selecteer de optie Met afdrukken beginnen nadat de laatste pagina in wachtrij geplaatst is of de optie Onmiddellijk beginnen met afdrukken Houd er wel rekening mee dat deze optie de werking van de voortgangsbalk in het Status Window be nvloedt Zie het gedeelte LBP 660 Status Window voor meer informatie m Tabblad Delen Op dit tabblad kunt u opgeven of de LBP 660 is gedeeld Zie Hoofdstuk 2 Het Microsoft Windows Printing System installeren voor meer informatie m Tabblad Beveiliging Op dit tabblad kunt u de beveiliging voor de LBP 660 instellen Voor informatie over de printerbeveiliging verwijzen wij u naar de handboeken van Microsoft Windows NT 14 Het Microsoft Windows Printing System gebruiken Hoofdstuk 4 m Tabblad Apparaatinstellingen Op dit tabblad kunt u opgeven hoe halftonen moeten worden verwerkt bij het afdrukken van illustraties De LBP 660 kan zowel met de halftonen van de printer zelf als met de halftonen van Microsoft Windows NT werken U kunt opgeven welke halftonen moeten worden gebruikt door eerst op de optie Halftone te klikken en vervolgens met een van de opties onder Halftone instel
198. afica con scala di grigi nel Manuale per l Operatore e Se selezionata l opzione Utilizza mezzitoni host viene visualizzata una scala di grigi e la finestra di dialogo Regolazione colori mezzitoni di Microsoft Windows NT Per ulteriori informazioni sull uso di questa finestra di dialogo utilizzare la guida o fare riferimento ai manuali di Microsoft Windows NT m Correzione automatica Utilizzare questa opzione per selezionare l attivazione o disattivazione della funzione Sfumatura di LBP 660 m Risparmio toner Utilizzare questa opzione per selezionare l attivazione o disattivazione della funzione di risparmio del toner m Densit del toner Utilizzare questa opzione per regolare su uno dei 5 livelli il toner usato durante la stampa Media amp la densit standard m Formato carta personalizzato Utilizzare questa opzione per impostare il formato della carta dopo aver selezionato Person nella scheda Impostazione pagina Fare clic sul pulsante Formato carta personalizzato per visualizzare la finestra di dialogo Formato carta personalizzato ed impostare l altezza e la larghezza del foglio personalizzato 18 Uso di Microsoft Windows Printing System Capitolo 4 Finestra di stato Canon LBP 660 per Microsoft Windows NT Se LBP 660 amp collegata ad un computer Microsoft Windows NT come stampante locale la Finestra di stato Canon LBP 660 viene visualizzata automaticamente all inizio della stampa su LBP 660 o quando ric
199. after the paper pick up sensor PS002 detects the paper the VERTICAL SYNC signal TOP is sent from the printer controller to the video controller The TOP signal is used to align the leading edge of the paper to that of the image on the photosensitive drum The paper is then passed through the transfer separation fixing and delivery units to the face up delivery slot Two photointerrupters PS002 PS201 along the paper transport path detect the arrival or passing of the paper If the paper does not reach or pass through each sensor within a set period of time the CPU on the printer controller assesses that a jam has occurred and informs the video controller A small quantity of paper or curled sheets do not feed well if loaded due to the fact that paper is fed from the top of the printer To compensate the printer is equipped with a pick up retry mechanism Even if the pick up sensor does not detect the leading edge of the paper within a set period of time after the pick up solenoid has turned ON it is not regarded as a jam The pick up operation is tried once again If the pick up sensor is unable to detect the leading edge of the paper within the set period of time during the second trial a feeding delay jam is report ed Deflector Printer Controller PCB CHAPTER 2 delivery Fixing ul 5 E gt 2 a D a gt om tc a g uz 2 N A FAA Or
200. aillierte Information finden Sie in Kapitel 2 Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems B Registerkarte Sicherheit Mit dieser Registerkarte lassen sich die Sicherheitseinstellungen f r den LBP 660 steuern Informationen ber die Sicherheitseinstellungen f r Drucker finden Sie in den Handb chern zu Microsoft Windows NT 14 Verwendung des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems Kapitel 4 B Registerkarte Ger teeinstellungen Mit dieser Registerkarte k nnen Sie festlegen wie Halbtongrafiken verarbeitet werden Der LBP 660 kann entweder die Halbtonmethoden des Druckers oder die des Microsoft Windows NT Systems verwenden Um die zu verwendenden Halbt ne auszuw hlen w hlen Sie die Option Rasterbilder aus und klicken Sie dann auf die gew nschte Einstellung unter Einstellung Rasterbilder ndern Einstellung Rasterbilder ndern 2 Rasterbildeinstellungen des Druckers verwenden Rasterbildeinstellungen des Systems verwenden ja o n a W hlen Sie die Option Rasterbildeinstellungen des Systems verwenden so k nnen Sie das Dialogfeld Farbger t Rasterbildeinstellungen verwenden um die Einstellungen f r die Halbtonmethode des Systems zu ndern Informationen zu nderungen an der Halbtonmethode des Systems entnehmen Sie bitte den Handb chern oder der Online Hilfe zu Microsoft Windows NT Farbger t Rasterbildeigenschaften 2 x Ger t Canon LBP 660 Rasterbild
201. al lation location should be confirmed W Power must be directly connectable to a socket with a supply voltage within 10 of the rated voltage W The temperature should be in a range from 10 to 32 5 C and the relative humidity from 20 to 80 Avoid areas close to water faucets boilers humidifiers or refrigerators W Avoid areas near open flames dusty locations areas which emit ammonia gas and sites directly exposed to sunlight When exposure to direct sunlight is unavoidable it is rec ommended that curtains are hung M The room should be well ventilated W The printer should be placed on a level surface M If the printer is to be set up on a desk be sure a sturdy desk is used W Set the printer at a suitable distance from the wall being sure to leave enough clearance for easy operation see Fig 1 5 1 755mm or more N I i 1 NEA Paper LGL i v i 5 S 4 E 1 E 1 E E v 8 3 Pee ee M e U a nine 357mm 298mm 100mm Figure 1 5 1 3 When metals are moved from a cold to a warm place condensation may appear This can lead to various troubles when operating When moving the printer to a warm area from a cold one leave it packed in its box for at least an hour to acclimatize to room temperature B Storage and Handling of EP A Cartridges The natural environment will change the EP A cartridge whether sealed or installed in the print er over time regardless of the number of prints The
202. alla stampante di rete di verificare lo stato di LBP 660 di sospendere riprendere forzare e annullare la stampa esattamente come da una Finestra di stato sul desktop Questa funzione amp disponibile solo per i client Microsoft Windows NT e non pu essere attivata da Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 o Microsoft Windows per Workgroup Il Monitor di stato sulla rete di LBP 660 visualizza solo lo stato della stampante come testo e non mostra una barra di avanzamento o grafica animata come la Finestra di stato Canon LBP 660 Collegando un client Microsoft Windows NT ad una stampante di rete il Monitor di stato sulla rete viene automaticamente installato dal server di stampa S WS_102 Canon LBP 660 Biel E Opzioni Stampante Stampante pronta 20 Uso di Microsoft Windows Printing System Capitolo 4 Uso del Monitor di stato sulla rete di LBP 660 Avvio di Monitor di stato sulla rete E possibile seguire la procedura sotto riportata per avviare il Monitor di stato sulla rete di LBP 660 in qualsiasi momento 1 Fare doppio clic sull icona Monitor di stato sulla rete di Canon LBP 660 nel gruppo Windows Printing System dal client oppure fare doppio clic sull icona del collegamento rapido al Monitor di stato sulla rete di Canon LBP 660 dal desktop 2 Quando viene visualizzato un messaggio che richiede se si desidera collegarsi ad una stampante di rete fare clic sul pulsante Si m Viene visualizzata la finestra di
203. aller Font installer Europe version Troubleshooter Network status monitor a Operating environment The following environment is required to install Microsoft Windows Printing System 0 PC hardware This printer supports an IBM PC or a compatible machine Operating conditions of them are as shown below Minimum operating environment CPU Pentium 90MHz or above RAM 24MB or above Available memory on the disk 10MB or above Printer port Standard Centronics parallel port when the printer is connected as a local printer CD ROM drive Europe version Floppy drive 3 5 inch 1 44MB Chinese Taiwanese English for non Europe version Sound PCM sound module is required to use the sound Recommended operating environment CPU Pentium 166MHz or above RAM 48MB or above Printer port ECP Screen size VGA with resolution 640 x 480 or above or Super VGA color monitor Sound PCM sound module is required to use the voice message OS software One of the following OS software is required Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 Workstation Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 Server This printer does not operate on Microsoft Windows NT 3 51 Microsoft Windows 95 98 3 1 WfW CE nor OS 2 As a basic rule Windows language and the software language of this printer must match Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 Workstation Server is required for print server CHAPTER 1 Printer cable Use bidirectional 8 bit parallel int
204. alten Hilfestellungen und Ratschl ge zur Optimierung der Druckerperformanz Bitte beachten Sie da die vorgeschlagenen Anweisungen oder bungen durchgef hrt werden m ssen da sonst Besch digungen an der Hardware oder Software auftreten k nnen Kapitel 1 Einf hrung ber diesen Leitfaden In diesem Leitfaden zum Microsoft Windows Printing System im Folgenden als Microsoft Windows Printing System bezeichnet f r Microsoft Windows NT im Folgenden als Microsoft Windows NT bezeichnet werden die n tigen Schritte zur Installation und Inbetriebnahme des Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT auf einem Computer unter Microsoft Windows NT Version 4 0 f r Server oder Arbeitsstationen der mit einem Canon LBP 660 Laserdrucker verbunden ist beschrieben Dieses Buch enth lt folgende Kapitel Kapltel 1 Einf hrung sense In diesem Kapitel wird beschrieben wie dieses Benutzerhandbuch zu verwenden ist und welche Systemanforderungen bei der Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing System auf einem PC der unter Microsoft Windows NT ausgef hrt wird bestehen Kapitel2 Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems mn 3 In diesem Kapitel wird die Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT beschrieben wenn der LBP 660 als lokaler Drucker verwendet wird und wie ein LBP 660 in einem Microsoft Windows NT Netzwerk freigegeben werden kann Kapitel3 Herste
205. andaard gegevenstype van de afdrukserver is niet ingesteld op WPS Start de afdrukserver e Deel de printer in het dialoogvenster Canon LBP 660 Eigenschappen e de netwerkbeheerder of uw gebruikersrechten kunnen worden gewijzigd Selecteer de optie Client Operation in het menu Options Gebruik een Microsoft Windows NT afdrukserver Deel de map WPS op de afdrukserver e Klik op de knop Afdrukserver op het tabblad Algemeen in het dialoogvenster Canon LBP 660 Eigenschappen en selecteer WPS bij Standaard gegevenstype Hoofdstuk 5 Problemen oplossen 25 un 2 lt El e Bijlage Vergelijking met het Microsoft Windows Printing System voor andere versies van Microsoft Windows Sommige functies in het Microsoft Windows Printing System voor Microsoft Windows NT wijken af van de functies die beschikbaar zijn in het Microsoft Windows Printing System voor Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 en Microsoft Windows voor Workgroups Let op de volgende punten wanneer u de LBP 660 gebruikershandleiding leest Tijdens lokaal afdrukken of afdrukken via het netwerk met Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 en tijdens afdrukken via het netwerk met Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 of Microsoft Windows voor Workgroups m Aangezien u de PCL emulatie niet kunt gebruiken kunt u niet afdrukken vanaf de prompt Microsoft Windows NT of de MS DOS prompt Microsoft Windows 95 Tijdens lokaal
206. anel Test Print are as shown below 1 Load paper into the multi purpose tray and turn the printer ON 2 While the printer is in the STANDBY mode click the Test Printer button in the PCL Emulation Front Panel dialog box on the host computer screen to make a page of the fol lowing test pattern see Chapter 1 Section VID Canon LBP 660 H MICROSOFT WINDOWS PRINTING SYSTEM PCL Test Page gt gt gt Product Highlights lt lt lt Compatibility Saves Time Energy HP LaserJet I PCLAJemulation for Microsoft Quick startup with On Demand Fusing Technology MS DOS based applications and Microsoft Extremely low power consumption when idling Windows Printing System for Windows based applications Easy to use PCL Emulation Front panel software with On Line Help Superior Laser Output 300dpi text smoothing feature and super fine toner PCL CONFIGURATION Item Possible Valuea Copies 1 99 Orientation Portrait Landscape Default Font Courier Courier Bold Lineprinter Post Laun Post Latin Post Latin Post Latin Bold Post Latin Bold Post Latin Bold Post Latin halic Post Latin Italic Sans Serif Sans Serif Sans Serif Sans Serif Bold Sans Serif Bold Sans Serif Bold Sans Serif italic Sans Serif Italic Symbol Set Courier and Lineprinter Roman 8 ECMA 94 PC 8 PC 8 DN 17 ISO sets German Spanish Post Latin and Sans Serif ASCII Roman 8 ECMA 94 Point Size C
207. anon LBP 660 on LPT1 Big ES Printer View Options Help SCS is My Doc Printing m There is no Test Printer button in the toolbar To print a test page use the Print Test Page button in the General tab in the Printer Properties dialog box m There is no Printer option in the Options menu To change the toner density open the Default Document Properties dialog box and use the Toner Density option in the Advanced tab m Client Operation in the Options menu allows you to select whether or not a user can pause printing resume printing force print or cancel printing from the Network Status Monitor on a Microsoft Windows NT client The check mark to the left of the Client Operation option enables or disables the above operations from the Network Status Monitor LBP 660 Network Status Monitor The LBP 660 Network Status Monitor is a function that allows a Microsoft Windows NT client connected to the network printer to check the status of the LBP 660 pause printing resume printing force print and cancel printing in the same way as a Status Window on the desktop This function is only available to Microsoft Windows NT clients and cannot be used from Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 or Microsoft Windows for Workgroups The LBP 660 Network Status Monitor only shows the printer status as a text display and does not have an animated graphic or progress bar like the LBP 660 Status Window When you connect a Microsoft Windows
208. application How to open the Printer Properties differs according to each application See the application manual From the Microsoft Windows shortcut To create a shortcut open the Printers folder drag the Canon LBP 660 icon with the right mouse button to the desktop and select the Create Shortcut s Here See the Microsoft Windows NT User s guide for details Double click on the shortcut icon to pen the printer window and select the Properties from the Printer menu To create a shortcut to the Printers folder open the My computer drag the Printers icon with the right mouse button to the desktop and select the Create Shortcut s Here See the Microsoft Windows NT User s guide for details Double click on the shortcut icon to open the Printers folder click right mouse button on the Canon LBP 660 and select the Properties CHAPTER 1 The Printer Properties dialog box contains the 6 tabs common to all Microsoft Windows NT printers according to the Microsoft Windows NT User Interface model You can click on each tab or move the focus and then press right or left cursor key to open the tab and make settings m e 3 4 5 6 sf Canon LBP 660 Properties Figure 1 7 2 1 General Makes settings relating to the entire printer driver 2 Ports Selects the port to which the printer is connected 3 Scheduling Makes settings relating to print schedule 4 Sharing Designates whether the printer is sh
209. ar p gina Cap tulo 4 Utilizaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System 17 Valores del grupo Gr fico El grupo Gr fico consta de 2 opciones Resoluci n y Escala m Resoluci n Los botones de opci n Cambiar la configuraci n Resoluci n resoluci n con la que imprime la LBP 660 999 sirven para seleccionar la m Escala Escriba el porcentaje de ampliaci n o reducci n en el cuadro de texto Cambiar la configuraci n Escala Puede definir un valor entre 10 y 200 en incrementos del 1 Valores del grupo Opciones Documento El grupo Opciones Documento consta de 5 opciones Ajuste de color de medios tonos Refinamiento autom tico de la imagen Ahorro de t ner Densidad del t ner y Tama o de papel personalizado m Ajuste de color de medios tonos Haga clic en el bot n Ajuste de color de medios tonos para abrir el cuadro de di logo del mismo nombre y modificar los valores de medios tonos de la impresora m El cuadro de di logo Ajuste de color de medios tonos var a seg n los valores definidos en la ficha m Configuraci n de dispositivo de las propiedades de la impresora e Si selecciona Usar medios tonos de la impresora el cuadro de di logo LBP 660 original que aparece es el mismo que si seleccionara la ficha Gr ficos del cuadro de di logo Propiedades de Microsoft Windows 95 En este cuadro de di logo puede seleccionar la representaci n de medios tonos Suavizado Trama 1 o Trama 2 y los valore
210. ard 4 Installazione di Microsoft Windows Printing System Capitolo 2 2 Dal momento che LBP 660 non amp inclusa nell elenco inserire il CD ROM di installazione di Microsoft Windows Printing System per Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 nell unita CD ROM quindi fare clic sul pulsante Disco driver Quando viene visualizzata la finestra Installa da disco digitare il nome dell unit CD ROM nella casella di testo Copia file del produttore in e fare clic sul pulsante Sfoglia 4 Fare doppio clic sulla cartella Winnt40 nella finestra di dialogo Posizione file m Le cartelle per ogni lingua vengono visualizzate nella finestra di dialogo Posizione file Winnt40 ex lez m Nome file inf Tipo file Annulla Informazioni di installazione 714 A Fare doppio clic sulla cartella per la versione della lingua di Microsoft Windows NT utilizzata m Quando nella finestra di dialogo Posizione file viene visualizzato Wpsc3nt fare clic sul pulsante Apri Se non c alcuna cartella per la versione della lingua di Microsoft Windows NT utilizzata selezionare la cartella English Fare clic sul pulsante OK nella finestra di dialogo Installa da disco Quando Canon LBP 660 viene visualizzata nell elenco Stampanti in Installazione stampante fare clic sul pulsante Avanti gt m Comparir una finestra per l assegnazione del nome alla stampante in cui appare Canon LBP 660 nel campo Nome
211. ared 8 Security Sets the security for the printer 6 Device Settings Sets the printer device Click the OK button to store the items set in each tab and to close the Print Properties dia log box Click the Cancel button to close the box without storing the items set in each tab Figure 1 7 3 1 OK Changes the items in this dialog box and closes the box 2 Cancel Closes this dialog box without changing its items Details of each tab are described below CHAPTER 1 O General Tab The settings in this tab apply to the entire printer driver This tab can be opened by clicking on the General tab in the Properties dialog box The General tab is shown in Figure 1 7 4 0 Propertie 4 Figure 1 7 4 1 Comment Enter comments on the printer 2 Location Enter information on the printer location 8 Driver Displays the list of the installed printer drivers 4 New Driver Click on this button when installing a new or updated printer driver 5 Separator Page As this printer does not support separator pages clicking on this button will not print a separator page 6 Print Processor Displays the Print Processor dialog 7 Print Test Page Print a test page supported by the Windows NT as standard CHAPTER 1 Print Processor dialog box In the Print Processor dialog box you can specify the print processor and spool data type used for this printer
212. arging roller and slide it in the direction of the arrow to remove the roller from the ansfer bearing O Gear Transfer charging roller Transfer bearing Figure 3 5 3 shaft not the sponge area Shaft Figure 3 5 4 2 Use dry lint free paper which produces virtually no paper dust for cleaning the transfer charging roller Do not use sol vents 3 Replace the transfer charging roller if you cannot remove paper dust or toner using the lint free paper or if the roller is deformed CHAPTER 3 3 13 CHAPTER 3 VI FIXING S 2 Disassembly reassembly a Fixing film unit A Fixing Unit 1 Remove the external covers 1 Configuration 2 Remove the cartridge guide by sliding it The fixing unit fuses the toner onto the forward while pushing the cartridge paper A cross section of the unit is shown guide pin on the right side of the print below er Delivery guide unit O Cartridge guide pin amp Fixing pressure plate O Cartridge guide Fixing film unit amp Fixing entrance guide O Pressure Figure 3 6 2 Figure 3 6 1 3 Remove the 2 screws and the delivery guide unit O Screws Delivery guide unit Figure 3 6 3 3 14 CHAPTER 3 4 Remove the 2 screws push the fixing b Pressure roller side plate outwards to remove the fix 1 Remove the fixing film unit ing pressure plate 2 Release the 2 claws and remove the fix SE ing entrance g
213. art button Settings Printers My Computer Printers Control Panel Printers 2 Open the printer from the Printers folder Click the right mouse button on the Canon LBP 660 and select the Document Defaults Double click on the Canon LBP 660 to open the Canon LBP 660 print queue window and select the Document Defaults in the Printer menu From the Microsoft Windows Application As how to open the Default Document Properties dialog box differs for each application refer to the application manual From the Microsoft Windows Shortcut To create a shortcut open the Printers folder drag the Canon LBP 660 icon with the right mouse button to the desktop and select the Create Shortcut s Here See the Microsoft Windows NT User s Guide for details Double click on the shortcut icon to open the print er window and select the Document Defaults from the Printer menu To create a shortcut to the Printers folder open the My Computer drag the Printers icon with the right mouse button to the desktop and select the Create Shortcut s Here See the Microsoft Windows NT User s Guide for details Double click on the shorteut icon to open the Printers folder click the right mouse button on the Canon LBP 660 and select the Document Defaults CHAPTER 1 The Default Document Properties dialog box consists of tabs according to the Microsoft Windows NT User Interface model The Default Document Properties dialog box consists ofthe 2 ta
214. au 5 Cliquez sur le bouton Terminer dans I Assistant d ajout d une imprimante Connexion depuis un poste client utilisant Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 ou Microsoft Windows pour Workgroups Pour se connecter la LBP 660 depuis un poste client Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 ou Microsoft Windows pour Workgroups via un serveur d impression Microsoft Windows NT les versions de Microsoft Windows Printing System pour la LBP 660 correspondant ces syst mes d exploitation doivent d abord tre install es sur le poste client Pour plus d informations sur l installation de Microsoft Windows Printing System sur un poste client fonctionnant sous Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 ou Microsoft Windows pour Workgroups reportez vous au Manuel d utilisation 12 Connexion la LBP 660 utilis e comme imprimante r seau Chapitre 3 Chapitre 4 Utilisation de Microsoft Windows Printing System L utilisation du logiciel Microsoft Windows Printing System pour Microsoft Windows NT est pratiquement identique celle du logiciel des autres versions de Microsoft Windows Pour avoir une vue d ensemble de Microsoft Windows Printing System reportez vous au chapitre 3 Utilisation de Microsoft Windows Printing System du Manuel d utilisation Boites de dialogue de Microsoft Windows Printing System Le logiciel Microsoft Windows Printing System pour Microsoft Windows NT comprend deux boites de dialogue princ
215. avinstallerte programvaren p nytt Kapittel 5 Feils king 23 Problemer under installeringen av Microsoft Windows Printing System Problemer under lokal installering Problem rsak L sning F r ikke valgt Min datamaskin i veiviseren for skriverinstallasjon N r filkopieringen er over vises en feilmelding som sier at du trenger tilgang som systemansvarlig Det vises en feilmelding som sier at du m installere p nytt Brukeren som installerer programvaren har ikke tilgang som systemansvarlig eller priviligert bruker En bruker med tilgangsrettigheter som priviligert bruker pr vde installere programvaren Du foretar en lokal installering p en maskin som allerede har angitt LBP 660 som nettverksskriver Problemer under nettverksinstallering Problem rsak Du trenger tilgang som systemansvarlig for installere Microsoft Windows Printing System F noen med tilgang som systemansvarlig til installere programvaren p nytt F noen med tilgangsrettigheter som systemansvarlig til installere programvaren p nytt Foreta den lokale installeringen p nytt og velg knappen Erstatt eksisterende driver under erstatningsvalg i veiviseren for skriverinstallasjon L sning Navnet p den delte skriveren eller skriverserveren som skal kobles til vises ikke i listen under Navn p delt ressurs Skriverserveren er ikke startet Skriveren er ikke angitt
216. ay setting for confirmation 8 Preview Renews Preview 9 Restore Defaults Resets the values of the items in this dialog box to the default values CHAPTER 1 b Printer Status Window The Printer Status Window is an exclusive application for Windows Printing System and shows the printing job status with a progress bar and graphic animation It is also used for setting peculiar items for the printer such as the toner density The Printer Status Window opens at the following times Double click the LBP 660 Status Window icon in the Windows Printing System group Select the Canon LBP 660 printer cue in the print manager and select the Printer Status Window command in the View menu Select the Canon LBP 660 printer cue in the print manager and click the View Printer Status Window button on the tool bar for single byte zone only An error has occurred or operation by the user is required While printing if Display Printer Status Window While Printing in the Status Options dia log box see Page 1 63 in the Status Window is selected Restart Windows after closing it with the Printer Status window open The Printer Status Window is shown in Figure 1 7 39 5 6 7 Canon LBP 660 on LPT1 aa e Figure 1 7 39 CHAPTER 1 1 Menu bar Includes Printer View Options and Help pull down menus The Printer menu includes Pause Printer Resume Printer Force Print Job and Delete Print Job in the same way
217. ayed out and printer operation cannot be controlled from a client For details on the Printer menu see Using the Printer Menu in the User s Manual Printer Menu operations still affect print jobs from other clients When print jobs from multiple clients are spooled in the server s print queue careless cancellation of printing can cause print jobs from other clients to be lost Bear this in mind when cancelling printing Help Menu This menu opens a dialog box that shows the Network Status Monitor s version information 22 Using the Microsoft Windows Printing System Chapter 4 Z E Chapter 5 Troubleshooting This chapter describes how to resolve problems that occur while you are installing the Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT and while you are using the LBP 660 as a network printer on a Microsoft Windows NT network Refer to Chapter 6 Troubleshooting in the LBP 660 User s Manual for instructions on dealing with problems with the printer itself paper jams etc print quality defects problems with the Microsoft Windows Printing System and the Microsoft Windows Printing System error messages If you are unable to determine the cause of a problem start up the Trouble Shooter utility installed in the Windows Printing System group The Trouble Shooter can resolve problems with the installed files or settings If you are still unable to resolve the problem uninstall the Micr
218. bilder zu ffnen und die Halbtonmethoden des Druckers anzupassen Das angezeigte Dialogfeld hat ein unterschiedliches Erscheinungsbild je nach dem welche m Einstellungen in der Registerkarte Ger teeinstellungen bei den Druckereigenschaften vorgenommen wurden e Wird die Option Rasterbildeinstellungen des Druckers verwenden ausgew hlt so wird das Dialogfeld das der LBP 660 zur Verf gung stellt genau so angezeigt als w rden Sie die Registerkarte Grafik aus dem Eigenschaften Dialogfeld von Microsoft Windows 95 ausw hlen In diesem Dialogfeld k nnen Sie die Halbton Farbanpassung Gl ttung Muster 1 oder Muster 2 ausw hlen und Helligkeit und Kontrast anpassen Weitere Informationen finden Sie im Abschnitt Arbeiten mit Graustufenbildern des Benutzerhandbuches e W hlen Sie die Option Rasterbildeinstellungen des Systems verwenden so wird eine Graustufenpalette sowie das System Dialogfeld von Microsoft Windows NT f r die Rasterbildeinstellungen angezeigt Informationen zur Verwendung dieses Dialogfeldes entnehmen Sie bitte den Handb chern oder der Hilfe zu Microsoft Windows NT m Automatische Aufl sungsverfeinerung Mit Hilfe dieser Option kann die Funktion zur G ttung des LBP 660 aktiviert und deaktiviert werden m Toner Sparmodus Mit Hilfe dieser Option kann der Toner Sparmodus aktiviert und deaktiviert werden m Tonerdichte Mit Hilfe dieser Option kann die Tonerdichte beim Drucken auf f nf Stufen eingestellt werden
219. binden met een printer of andere computer Alle instellingen voor deze printer worden beheerd door een afdrukserver die is ge nstalleerd door een beheerder Zange vogende gt Annuleren 1 Selecteer de optie Netwerkafdrukserver klik vervolgens op de knop Volgende gt Het dialoogvenster Printer verbinden wordt weergegeven Printer verbinden xi Printer ws 02 Canon LBP 660 Annuleren Gedeelde printers IV Standaard uitgebreid weergeven Help Microsoft Windows netwerk P22DEV WORKGROUP El DELL GXM 5133 A ws 102 LanonLBP Canon LBP 660 un 2 lt e Printergegevens Beschrijving Status Klaar Documenten in wachtrij 0 2 Dubbelklik de naam van de afdrukserver die wordt weergegeven in de keuzelijst Gedeelde printers m Hierdoor wordt een lijst weergegeven met de gedeelde printers die met de afdrukserver zijn verbonden 3 Klik op de gedeelde printernaam voor de LBP 660 waarmee u een verbinding wilt maken m Het netwerkpad voor de geselecteerde printer wordt weergegeven in het tekstvak Printer Hoofdstuk 3 Een verbinding met de LBP 660 als netwerkprinter maken 11 4 Klik op de knop OK m Het printerstuurprogramma en de Network Status Monitor van de LBP 660 worden gedownload vanaf de server en geinstalleerd op de client m Nadat de software is gedownload wordt het pictogram Canon LBP 660 weergegeven in de map Printers en wordt de
220. box is shown in Figure 1 7 34 Figure 1 7 34 1 Version of printer driver Indicates the version of Microsoft Windows Printing System 2 Operation mode of Windows Real Mode Standard Mode or 386 Enhanced Mode is dis played As this printer software is exclusive for enhanced mode 386 Enhanced Mode is usu ally displayed 3 Memory Same as Memory in the About dialog box in the program manager As the avail able memory size fluctuates subtly after a program is started the values may not match in some cases 4 Math Co processor Emulated or Installed is displayed 5 System Resources Same as System Resources in the About dialog box in the program manager As the System Resources value fluctuates subtly after a program is started the values may not match in some cases 6 OK Returns to Copies amp Methods tab in the Properties dialog box CHAPTER 1 Size amp Source tab The Size amp Source tab is for setting paper size and reduction enlargement rate It can be opened by clicking the Size amp Source tab in the Properties dialog box The Size amp Source tab is shown in Figure 1 7 35 1 Pz 3 Figure 1 7 35 1 Paper Source Shows paper pick up information 2 Paper Size Sets the print paper size Click the paper icon 3 Scaling Sets reduction enlargement rate in the range between 10 and 200 4 Restore Defaults Resets the values i
221. bre de la impresora que desee y haga clic en el bot n Conectar m Opci n Sonidos Con esta opci n puede especificar si desea utilizar mensajes de voz cuando se produce un error en la impresora Cap tulo 4 Utilizaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System 21 El Supervisor de estado de la red s lo puede generar mensajes de voz cuando surge un error Sila computadora cliente no tiene una tarjeta de sonido instalada esta opci n aparece de color atenuado y no puede seleccionarse Tama o predeterminado Si en alg n momento ha modificado el tama o de la pantalla del Supervisor de estado de la red puede restituir su tama o original mediante esta opci n Ocultar men Con esta opci n se ocultan los men s del Supervisor de estado de la red Para que la barra de men s vuelva a mostrarse presione Esc cuando la ventana del Supervisor de estado de la red sea la ventana activa o bien haga doble clic en una zona cualquiera del rea de mensaje Siempre visible Si esta opci n est seleccionada se indica mediante una marca de verificaci n a la izquierda de la misma significa que la ventana Supervisor de estado de la red siempre se visualiza en primer plano en el escritorio Men Impresora El men Impresora sirve para controlar el funcionamiento de la impresora Observe sin embargo que si no se ha seleccionado Operaci n cliente en el men Opciones de la ventana de estado en el servidor de impresi n el men Impresora queda
222. bs shown below You can click each tab or move the focus and then press right or left cursor key to open the tab and make set tings Figure 1 7 19 1 Page Setup Sets items frequently used in general printing 2 Advanced Sets all the items in the Default Document Properties dialog box Click on the OK button to store the items set in each tab and to close the Default Document Properties dialog box Click on the Cancel button to close the box without storing the items set in each tab Figure 1 7 20 1 OK Changes the items in this dialog box and closes the box 2 Cancel Closes this dialog box without changing its items Details of each tab are described below CHAPTER 1 Page Setup Tab Use this tab to set items frequently used in general printing The items set in the Page Setup tab can also be set in the Advanced tab The Page Setup tab can be opened by clicking the Page Setup tab in the Default Document Properties dialog box The Page Setup tab is shown in Figure 1 7 21 1 2 4 Figure 1 7 21 1 Paper size Sets the paper size 2 Copy Count Sets the number of copies to be printed 3 Collate Copies If you have specified 2 or more copies in Copy Count click in the Collate Copies check box to print collated copies of your document 4 Orientation Sets the printing orientation Portrait or Landscape 1 38 CHAPTER 1 6 Advanced Tab In the
223. by clicking the Device Settings tab in the Properties dialog box The Device Settings tab is shown in Figure 1 7 14 1 Figure 1 7 14 1 Setting item list Select the item you want to change 2 Setting change area Displays the available options for the selected item See Page 1 34 to 35 for description of each setting change screen CHAPTER 1 Canon LBP 660 Device Settings screen The Canon LBP 660 Device Settings screen is displayed by selecting the Canon LBP 660 Device Settings item The Canon LBP 660 Device Settings screen is shown in Figure 1 7 15 Figure 1 7 15 1 Undo Changed Option Undo all the changes made after the tab was opened 2 About LBP 660 Driver Displays the About dialog box 4 Change Halftone Setting screen The Change Halftone Setting screen is displayed by selecting the Halftone item The Change Halftone Setting screen is shown in Figure 1 7 16 1 Figure 1 7 16 1 Use Printer Halftone Displays the Halftone Color Adjustment dialog box see Page 1 41 compatible with the Microsoft Windows 95 98 3 1 version Windows Printing System when adjusting halftone 2 Use System Halftone Displays the Halftone Color Adjustment dialog box see Page 1 42 contained in the Microsoft Windows NT as standard when adjusting halftone CHAPTER 1 Change Halftone Setup Settings screen The Change Halftone Setup Settings screen is displa
224. c Reservados todos los derechos Copyright 1996 Microsoft Corporation Reservados todos los derechos Aviso Canon Inc no ofrece ninguna garantfa de ning n tipo en relaci n a este material ni expresa ni implicita excepto la proporcionada aqui que incluye garantias para la comercializaci n para el uso particular o contra la infracci n de cualquier patente pero sin limitarse a ellas Canon Inc no se hace responsable de ning n dafio directo indirecto o accidental de cualquier naturaleza ni de las p rdidas o gastos resultantes del uso de este material Este documento contiene informaci n de propiedad que est protegida por derechos de autor Est n reservados todos los derechos No se permite fotocopiar reproducir ni traducir a otro idioma parte alguna de este documento sin el consentimiento previo y por escrito de Canon Inc El uso de este documento est sujeto a los t rminos del Contrato de Licencia Microsoft Windows Printing System que se entrega junto con la impresora La informaci n contenida en este documento est sujeta a cambios sin previo aviso Marcas registradas LBP Canon y el logotipo de Canon son marcas comerciales de Canon Inc PCL es una marca comercial de Hewlett Packard Company IBM es una marca comercial de International Business Machines Corporation Microsoft Windows Windows NT el logotipo de Windows y MS DOS son marcas registradas o marcas comerciales de Microsoft Corporation en los Estados Uni
225. came with the software CHAPTER 2 VI POWER SUPPLY A Outline The AC power input from the AC inlet is converted to DC by the transformer and then supplied to the printer controller The DC power provides the required 12 VDC and 5 VDC to the print er When the cartridge is not installed or the cartridge door is open the door switch SW101 is turned OFF and the 12VA is shut off When the 12VA is shut off the CPU assesses that the cartridge door has been opened or that no cartridge is installed and stops the printer 5 VDC is supplied to the IC on the printer controller PCB the laser scanner driver PCB and the video controller PCB Whereas 12 VDC is the power supply for driving the main motor scanner motor and solenoids as well as for generating high voltage In 12 VDC there is 12 VA whose supply is stopped when the front cover is opened and SW201 switches OFF and 12 VM which is constantly supplied to the scanner motor main motor and solenoids regardless of whether SW201 is ON or OFF Door switch Power SW101 supply Printer Controller PCB Fuse 1 FU101 H Fixing heater Fuse u gt FU102 DOSNS 100 120V only CPU Rectifi 12VDC cation power 1 circuit supply isi circuit Control IC Ik 7865 1C501 12V motor i x en T drive IE Main motor circuit een 12V Be
226. chen 1 Um den LBP 660 in einem Netzwerk freizugeben w hlen Sie die Option Freigeben 2 Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfl che Weiter gt m Ein Fenster wird angezeigt in dem Sie gefragt werden ob Sie eine Testseite drucken m chten Einrichten des Testseitendrucks Ist die Installation des Windows Printing System abgeschlossen so k nnen Sie auf dem LBP 660 eine Testseite ausdrucken lassen 1 Um eine Testseite zu drucken klicken Sie auf die Schaltfl che Fertigstellen und die Testseite wird automatisch gedruckt Um die Testseite nicht zu drucken klicken Sie auf die Schaltfl che Nein und dann auf die Schaltfl che Fertigstellen Wenn Sie auf die Schaltfl che Fertigstellen geklickt haben werden die ben tigten Dateien vom Installationslaufwerk auf die Festplatte des Rechners kopiert W hrend des Kopiervorgangs wird ein Mitteilungsfeld mit einem Statusbalken angezeigt Ist der Kopiervorgang abgeschlossen so wird im Ordner Drucker das Symbol Canon LBP 660 angezeigt Je nachdem ob der Drucker freigegeben ist hat das Erscheinungsbild des Symbols Canon LBP 660 eine unterschiedliche Auspr gung 6 Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems Kapitel 2 Anschlie end wird w hrend der Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems die Mitteilung Initialisierung Bitte warten angezeigt W hrend der Installation wird die Microsoft Windows Printing System Programmgruppe erstellt und dem Startmen hinzuge
227. ck the Have disk button When the Install From Disk dialog box appears type the drive name for the CD ROM drive in the Copy manufacturer s files from text box then click the Browse button Double click on the Winnt40 folder in the Locate File dialog box m The folders for each language are displayed in the Locate File dialog box Lookin 3 Winnt40 E ex lez ml ene fr Cancel Files of type Setup Information int T Double click on the folder for the language version of Microsoft Windows NT you are using m When Wpsc3nt appears in the Locate File dialog box click the Open button If there is no language folder for the language of Microsoft Windows NT you are using select the English folder Click the OK button in the Install From Disk dialog box When Canon LBP 660 appears in the Printers list in the Add Printer Wizard click on the Next gt button m You see a window for naming the printer with Canon LBP 660 displayed in the Printer Name field If you want to change the printer name type in a new name as instructed by the on screen messages Click on the Next gt button m Next you see the printer sharing window Chapter 2 Installing the Microsoft Windows Printing System J Setting Up Printer Sharing This section describes how to specify whether or not the LBP 660 is to be shared on a network You can also specify the printer sharing settings after you have installed th
228. computer CPU assesses that a paper jam has occurred by checking the presence of paper at each of the sensors at the preset timing in memory If the CPU determines that a jam has occurred it stops the print operation while simultaneously informing the video con troller that a jam has occurred 1 Pick up delay jam The CPU determines that a pick up delay jam has occurred if the paper does not reach the paper pick up sensor PS002 within the prescribed period of time after the paper begins to feed 2 Pick up stationary jam The CPU assesses that a pick up stationary jam has occurred if the trailing edge of the paper has not reached the pick up paper sensor PS002 within the prescribed period of time after the leading edge has passed through PS002 3 Delivery delay jam The CPU assesses that a delivery delay jam has occurred if the leading edge of the paper has not reached the delivery paper sensor PS201 within the prescribed period of time after the leading edge has passed through the paper pick up sensor PS002 This jam detection also detects the fixing unit windup jam 4 Delivery stationary jam The CPU assesses that a delivery stationary jam has occurred when the paper delivery sensor PS201 detects paper at a prescribed period of time after the trailing edge has passed through the paper pick up sensor PS002 5 Initial residual jam N The CPU determines that an initial residual jam has occurred if either the paper pick up PS002 or pa
229. computer som LBP 660 er tilsluttet skal bruges som printserver skal du f rst starte serviceprogrammet Server p den p g ldende computer Start serviceprogrammet Server f r du opretter forbindelse til netv rks printeren m Hvis du vil oprette forbindelse til en Microsoft Windows NT printserver fra en klientcomputer og udskrive et dokument skal klienten have de n dvendige adgangstilladelser til at oprette forbindelse til serveren og den delte printer Sp rg netv rksadministratoren hvis du ikke kender dine adgangstilladelser Oprette forbindelse fra en Microsoft Windows NT klient Hvis den klient der bruger LBP 660 som en netv rksprinter bruger Microsoft Windows NT hentes og installeres printerdriveren og Network Status Monitor automatisk fra printserveren n r du tilf jer printeren Du kan godt tilf je printeren uden at have privilegier som administrator Normalt kan alle g re det Starte guiden Printerinstallation 1 T nd klientcomputeren start Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 og log ind 2 Start guiden Printerinstallation m Kapitel 2 Installere Microsoft Windows Printing System indeholder oplysninger om hvordan du starter guiden Printerinstallation 10 Forbinde LBP 660 til en netv rksprinter Kapitel 3 Vaelge netvaerksprinter Guiden Printerinstallation Denne guide hj lper dig med at installere en printer eller foretage printertilslutningerne Denne printer vil blive styret af Denne comp
230. con el elemento en cuesti n Canon LBP 660 Propiedades 2 x General Puertos Plan Compartir Seguridad Configuraci n de dispositivo 3 Canon LBP 660 Capitulo 4 Utilizaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System 13 m Ficha General Los valores de esta ficha se aplican al controlador de impresi n en su totalidad m La LBP 660 no admite p ginas separadoras Aunque haga clic en el bot n de opci n P gina separadora para definir una p gina de separaci n no se imprimir ninguna p gina de separaci n m No modifique los valores predeterminados del cuadro de di logo Procesador de impresi n que aparece al hacer clic en el bot n Procesador de impresi n Si cambia el Tipo de datos predeterminado no podr imprimir espec ficamente desde clientes donde no se ejecute Microsoft Windows NT m Si desea imprimir una p gina de prueba haga clic en el bot n Imprimir p gina de prueba de esta ficha La ventana de estado de la impresora LBP 660 no contiene en Microsoft Windows Printing System para Microsoft Windows NT un bot n Prueba de impresi n m Ficha Puertos En esta ficha puede seleccionar el puerto al que la impresora LBP 660 est conectada Si ya ha conectado la LBP 660 y la est utilizando no es necesario cambiar este valor B Ficha Plan m Enesta ficha puede planificar una hora espec fica para la impresi n definir las prioridades de impresi n y especificar el m todo de env o de los datos de impre
231. crosoft Windows Printing System Chapter 4 ENGLISH m Device Settings Tab This tab specifies how halftones are handled when you print graphics The LBP 660 can print using either the printer s own halftones or the Microsoft Windows NT system halftones To select the halftones used click on the Halftone option and then use the Change Halftone Setting option buttons to select the halftones you want to use r Change Halftone Setting 2 Use Printer Halftone 4 Use System Halftone If you select Use System Halftone you can use the Device Color Halftone Properties dialog box to change the system halftone settings For information on changing the system halftones refer to the help or the Microsoft Windows NT manuals Device Color Halftone Properties 12 x Device Canon LBP 660 Halftone Pattern 30020559 Device Gamma 12500 gt Pixel Diameter DEVICE 4 gt Cancel Device Alignment White Luminance CIE Y 10000 4 ze Default m The operation of the Halftone Color Adjustment setting in the Document properties fm changes depending on the halftone handling selected here Chapter 4 Using the Microsoft Windows Printing System 15 Default Document Properties In the Default Document Properties dialog box you can specify the default settings for the printing options available when you print on the LBP 660 To view the default document
232. d Port button to create a new port If the check box for Enable printer pooling is selected you can select multiple ports in the Available ports list box simultaneously 6 Add Printer Wizard Printer selection 1 lt Installation media CD ROM gt Insert the CD ROM in the computer and click the Have Disk button to open the Install From Disk dialog box Type the drive name for the CD ROM drive in the Copy manufacture s files from text box then click the Browse button lt Installation media Floppy disk gt Click the Have Disk button to open the Install From Disk dialog box Insert the floppy disk in to the drive indicated in the Copy manufacture s files from text box and click the OK button If you insert the disk into another disk drive type the drive name in the text box and then click the OK button 7 Add Printer Wizard Printer selection 2 When the name of the printer appears in the Printers list box confirm that it is selected and then click the Next button 8 Add Printer Wizard Overwrite selection This window appears only when the same driver has already been installed Select whether or not the existing driver is to be overwritten by the newly installed driver 9 Add Printer Wizard Printer name change Type the printer name in the Printer Name text box Select whether or not the printer is to be a default printer 10 Add Printer Wizard Sharing non sharing selection Select whether or not the PC is to be designated as the printer
233. d its Key Number Refer to the Parts List on the page facing the exploded view and find the Key Number Part Number and quantity required for your type of machine Note While looking for a Part Number pay particular attention to the voltage listed in the SERIAL NUMBER REMARKS columm to ensure that the Part Number selected is for your type of machine Immediate shipping or action regarding the part depends on using its correct Part Number Parts List pages The Parts List pages contain the following columns and information 1 Figure and Key Number column The first column shows the Figure Number of the illustration corresponding to the Parts List and the Key Number that identifies the part on the illustration 2 Part Number The second column shows the Part Number for the part This Number must be used when ordering replacement parts or assemblies described in the description column do not have a Part Number and are not stocked Note The last three digits suffix of the Parts Number are called tbe Revision Number The Revision Number is changed if the part is modified Information regarding such changes will be pro vided by Service Information Bulletins These Bulletins should be read carefully 3 Rank N Parts marked N are service parts but are not stock items They are produced on a special order basis 4 Quantity column The quantity shown in this column is the number of parts used in the Figure However
234. d voltage of developing AC bias and developing DC bias is applied to the developing cylinder The developing DC bias is detected by the detection circuit IC302 compares it with the DEVELOPING BIAS DC DRIVE signal DVDCC sent from the CPU and controls the voltage value of the developing bias The DVDCC and the DVFOT signals become L when the initial APC control of the laser diode is executed halting application of the developing bias This prevents the toner from descending on the area exposed to the laser beam by APC c Generation of voltage applied to the transfer charging roller Negative bias print bias and between page bias are applied to the transfer charging roller in coincidence with each print sequence Negative bias is applied to the transfer charging roller at the set timing to transfer the toner on the transfer charging roller across to the photosensitive drum so that the transfer charging roller can be cleaned Print bias is applied to the transfer charging roller as positive voltage to transfer the toner on the photosensitive drum surface to the paper Between page bias which is a lower positive voltage than the print bias is applied to prevent the photosensitive drum from damaging When the PRNT signal sent from the video controller goes L initial rotation begins and the CPU simultaneously outputs the TRANSFER NEGATIVE VOLTAGE DRIVE signal TRNFOT Negative bias is applied to the transfer charging roller for a s
235. de hardware of de software tot gevolg kan hebben Hoofdstuk 1 Inleiding Deze handleiding In deze Microsoft Windows Printing System hierna Microsoft Windows Printing System genoemd handleiding voor Microsoft Windows NT hierna Microsoft Windows NT genoemd wordt beschreven hoe u het Microsoft Windows Printing System voor Microsoft Windows NT kunt installeren en gebruiken op een computer met Microsoft Windows NT versie 4 0 voor servers of werkstations waarop een Canon LBP 660 laserprinter is aangesloten Deze handleiding bevat de volgende hoofdstukken Hoofdstuk 1 Inleiding ascii 1 In dit hoofdstuk wordt beschreven hoe u deze handleiding kunt gebruiken en wat de systeemvereisten zijn voor het installeren van het Microsoft Windows Printing System op een pc met Microsoft Windows NT Hoofdstuk 2 Het Microsoft Windows Printing System installeren 3 In dit hoofdstuk wordt uitgelegd hoe u het Microsoft Windows Printing System voor Microsoft Windows NT kunt installeren wanneer u de LBP 660 als een lokale printer gebruikt en hoe u de LBP 660 kunt delen op een Microsoft Windows NT netwerk Hoofdstuk 3 Een verbinding met de LBP 660 als netwerkprinter maken 10 In dit hoofdstuk wordt beschreven hoe u een LBP 660 kunt gebruiken die is aangesloten op een andere computer met Microsoft Windows NT of op een computer met Microsoft Windows hierna Microsoft Windows genoemd 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 of Microsoft Windows
236. de knop Bladeren Dubbelklik op de map Winnt40 in het dialoogvenster Bestand opsporen m De mappen voor de beschikbare taalversies worden weergegeven in het dialoogvenster Bestand opsporen Bestand opsporen 2 xi Zoeken in S Winnt40 ex E E German Italian Spanish Bestandsnaam inf Bestandstypen Setup inf rmatie inf Y Annuleren Dubbelklik op de map met de taalversie van Microsoft Windows NT die u gebruikt m Wanneer Wpsc3nt wordt weergegeven in het dialoogvenster Bestand opsporen klikt u op de knop Openen Als er geen map wordt weergegeven voor de taalversie van Microsoft Windows NT die u gebruikt selecteert u de map English Klik op de knop OK in het dialoogvenster Installeren van diskette Wanneer Canon LBP 660 wordt weergegeven in de lijst met printers in het venster Wizard Printer toevoegen klikt u op de knop Volgende gt m Er wordt een venster weergegeven waarin u een naam aan de printer kunt toekennen In dit venster wordt Canon LBP 660 reeds vermeld in het veld Naam printer Als u de printernaam wilt wijzigen typt u een nieuwe naam aan de hand van de instructies die op het scherm worden weergegeven Klik op de knop Volgende gt m Vervolgens wordt een venster weergegeven waarin u de printer kunt delen Hoofdstuk 2 Het Microsoft Windows Printing System installeren 5 un 2 lt El e Gedeelde printers instellen In dit gedeelte wordt
237. demi teintes ou celles du syst me Microsoft Windows NT Pour s lectionner les demi teintes utilis es cliquez sur l option Demi teinte puis utilisez les options sous Modifier les param tres de Demi teinte pour s lectionner les demi teintes utiliser Modifier les parametres de Demi teinte Utiliser les demi teintes de l imprimante C Utiliser les demi teintes du syst me Si vous s lectionnez Utiliser les demi teintes du syst me vous pouvez utiliser la boite de dialogue Propri t s de couleur demi teinte du p riph rique pour modifier les param tres de demi teinte du syst me Pour plus d informations sur la modification des demi teintes du syst me reportez vous a l aide ou a la documentation de Microsoft Windows NT Propri t s de couleur demi teinte du p riph rique P riph rique Canon LBP 660 Motif de demi teinte 6x6 ameliore 5 Lx Gamme de p riph rique 1 2500 A gt pe Diam tre de pixel w iph _ gt 23 Algement blanc de te Luminance CIE Y 100 00 gt D faut m Le fonctionnement du param tre R glage des couleurs en demi teinte dans les propri t s du document varie selon le mode de gestion des demi teintes s lectionn ici Chapitre 4 Utilisation de Microsoft Windows Printing System 15 FRANCAIS Proprietes de Canon LBP 660 Document par defaut Dans la boite de dialogue Propri t
238. des der oplysninger om hvordan du l ser problemer med selve printeren papirstop osv med udskriftskvaliteten med Microsoft Windows Printing System samt en beskrivelse af fejlmeddelelserne fra Microsoft Windows Printing System Hvis du ikke kan finde rsagen til et problem kan du starte hj lpeprogrammet Trouble Shooter i programgruppen Windows Printing System Trouble Shooter kan l se evt problemer med installerede filer og indstillinger Hvis du stadig ikke kan l se et problem skal du fjerne Microsoft Windows Printing System p printserveren genstarte serveren og derefter installere Microsoft Windows Printing System igen Du kan fjerne Microsoft Windows Printing System ved at starte programmet Uninstaller i Windows Printing System gruppen m Du skal altid genstarte Microsoft Windows NT n r du har fjernet software Hvis du ikke genstarter Microsoft Windows NT kan du ikke geninstallere den software du har fjernet Kapitel 5 Fejlfinding 23 Problemer ved installation af Microsoft Windows Printing System Problemer ved lokal installation Problem rsag L sning Knappen Denne computer i guiden Printerinstallation er nedtonet N r kopieringen af filer er f rdig vises der en meddelelse om at du skal have privilegier som administrator Der vises en meddelelse om at der kr ves en ny installation Brugeren har ikke privilegier som administrator eller superbruger En bruger med privilieg
239. di LBP 660 riguardanti Microsoft Windows Printing System per Microsoft Windows NT differiscono da quelle riguardanti Microsoft Windows Printing System per Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 e Microsoft Windows per Workgroup Capitolo 1 Introduzione 1 ITALIANO Prima di installare il software Prima di installare Microsoft Windows Printing System su un computer con Microsoft Windows NT verificare che il computer soddisfi i requisiti hardware e software sotto elencati PC IBM o compatibili con una CPU Pentium a 90 MHz o pi potente e con Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 Server o Workstation installato Microsoft Windows Printing System per LBP 660 descritto in questo manuale viene eseguito su Microsoft Windows NT versione 4 0 per PC AT compatibili Microsoft Windows Printing System non pud essere eseguito su sistemi con Microsoft Windows NT versione 3 51 o precedenti o Microsoft Windows NT per processore RISC Se si sta utilizzando una rete Novell NetWare non amp possibile installare questo software su un server NetWare Non amp possibile usare questo software per stampare da client Novell Netware per Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 o Microsoft Windows per Workgroup Minimo 24 MB di RAM Minimo 10 MB di spazio disponibile sul disco fisso Unit CD ROM Porta per stampante parallela Standard Centronics quando LBP collegata come stampante locale Scheda di interfaccia di rete quando LBP condiv
240. dialogo per selezionare la stampante di rete a cui collegarsi Collega al server X Selezionare il server della stampante di rete per Canon LBP 660 3 Selezionare dall elenco il nome della stampante a cui ci si vuole collegare e fare clic sul pulsante Collega m Altermine del collegamento alla stampante di rete in una casella di testo viene visualizzato lo stato della stampante corrente Opzioni di stato La barra dei menu nel Monitor di stato sulla rete di LBP 660 contiene 3 menu Opzioni Stampante e 6 WS 1024Canon LBP 660 L 0 x Opzioni Stampante Menu Opzioni Utilizzare il menu Opzioni per specificare le opzioni relative alle funzioni del Monitor di stato sulla rete di LBP 660 m Collega al server Selezionare questa opzione se il collegamento alla stampante di rete si interrompe per qualche ragione o se si desidera spostare il collegamento ad un altra stampante di rete solo LBP 660 La medesima finestra di dialogo Collega al server viene visualizzata quando si avvia il Monitor di stato sulla rete di LBP 660 Selezionare il nome della stampante desiderata e fare clic sul pulsante Collega m Opzione suoni Utilizzare questa opzione per selezionare l eventuale utilizzo di messaggi vocali quando si verifica un errore relativo alla stampante Capitolo 4 Uso di Microsoft Windows Printing System 21 ITALIANO fm m Il Monitor di stato sulla rete pu solo riprodurre messaggi vocali quando si veri
241. dos y u otros pa ses NetWare es una marca comercial registrada y Novell es una marca comercial de Novell Inc TrueType es una marca comercial de Apple Computer Inc Lucida es una marca comercial de Bigelow amp Homes Otras marcas y nombres de productos son marcas comerciales o marcas comerciales registradas de sus compa as respectivas En esta gu a se hace referencia a Microsoft Microsoft Windows y Microsoft Windows NT como Microsoft Microsoft Windows y Microsoft Windows NT respectivamente Convenciones En esta gu a se utilizan las convenciones siguientes Las Notas facilitan consejos y sugerencias para que obtenga el m ximo rendimiento de su impresora Indica que el incumplimiento del procedimiento o de la pr ctica sugerida podr a da ar el hardware o el software Capitulo 1 Introduccion Acerca de esta guia En esta Guia de Microsoft Windows Printing System en adelante Microsoft Windows Printing System para Microsoft Windows NT en adelante Microsoft Windows NT se describe c mo instalar y utilizar Microsoft Windows Printing System para Microsoft Windows NT en una computadora donde se ejecute Microsoft Windows NT version 4 0 para servidores o estaciones de trabajo y que est conectada a una impresora laser Canon LBP 660 Esta guia esta compuesta por los capitulos siguientes Capitulo 1 Introducci n ra 1 En este cap tulo se describe c mo utilizar esta gu a as como los
242. dows Printing System Cuadros de dialogo de Microsoft Windows Printing System Microsoft Windows Printing System para Microsoft Windows NT tiene dos cuadros de di logo principales Propiedades de la impresora y Propiedades predeterminadas del documento Cualquier usuario puede abrir estos cuadros de di logo y comprobar sus valores pero nicamente los usuarios que tengan privilegios de acceso Control total de la impresora pueden modificarlos lt amp n El Propiedades de la impresora Para consultar las propiedades de la impresora seleccione Propiedades en el men Archivo de la carpeta Impresoras o bien haga clic con el bot n derecho del rat n en el icono LBP 660 de la carpeta Impresoras y seleccione Propiedades en el men emergente El cuadro de di logo Propiedades de la impresora dispone de 6 fichas descritas a continuaci n Los valores especificados en cada ficha son comunes a todas las impresoras Microsoft Windows NT Por ello la descripci n que se facilita aqu constituye tan solo una visi n general de las fichas y comprende algunos puntos referentes a la utilizaci n espec fica de la LBP 660 Si desea una explicaci n detallada de los diversos valores consulte los manuales de Microsoft Windows NT Tambi n puede hacer clic en el interrogante situado en el ngulo superior derecho del cuadro de di logo y a continuaci n en el valor espec fico para que aparezca la ayuda emergente relacionada
243. dows og Microsoft Windows NT Symboler I denne veiledningen bruker vi f lgende symboler Dette symbolet indikerer at her f r du r d eller forslag om hvordan du f r best mulig utbytte av skriveren Dette symbolet indikerer at dette er en framgangsm te eller bruksm te som b r f lges for unng at maskinvare eller programvare blir skadet Kapittel 1 Innledning Om denne veiledningen Microsoft Windows Printing System heretter kalt Microsoft Windows Printing System Guide for Microsoft Windows NT heretter kalt Microsoft Windows NT forklarer hvordan man installerer og bruker Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT p en maskin som kjgrer Microsoft Windows NT versjon 4 0 for servere eller arbeidsstasjoner som er koblet til en Canon LBP 660 laserskriver Denne veiledningen inneholder f lgende kapitler Kapittel 1 Innledning esse 1 Dette kapitlet forklarer hvordan du bruker denne veiledningen og systemkravene for installering av Microsoft Windows Printing System p en PC som kj rer Microsoft Windows NT Kapittel 2 Installere Microsoft Windows Printing System 3 Dette kapitlet forklarer hvordan du installerer Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT n r du bruker LBP 660 som lokal skriver og hvordan du deler en LBP 660 skriver i et Microsoft Windows NT nettverk Kapittel 3 Koble deg til LBP 660 n r den brukes som nettverksskriver 10 Dette kapitl
244. e Microsoft Windows Printing System See the section entitled Sharing the Printer for details Add Printer Wizard Indicate whether this printer will be shared with other network users If you choose sharing give this printer a share name Shared C Not shared Select the operating systems of all computers that will be printing to this printer Windows NT 3 5 or 3 51 86 Windows NT 3 5 or 3 51 MIPS zl ones 1 share the LBP 660 on a network select the Shared option button 2 Click on the Next gt button m You see a window asking whether you want to print a test page Setting Up Test Page Printing Once you have finished installing the Microsoft Windows Printing System you can print a test page on the LBP 660 1 To print a test page just click on the Finish button and a test page will be printed automatically To skip printing the test page select the No button and then click on the Finish button When you click on the Finish button the required files are copied from the installation disk to your hard disk While copying is in progress a message box with a progress bar appears When copying ends the Canon LBP 660 icon appears in the Printers folder The shape of the Canon LBP 660 icon in the Printers folder differs depending on whether the printer is shared 6 Installing the Microsoft Windows Printing System Chapter 2 Z E Next you see the Initializing
245. e revised if there is significant product modification For minor prodnct modifications a Service Information Bulletin will be issued Canon Inc Peripheral Products Quality Planning Div Peripheral Products Technical Documeutation Dept 5 1 Hakusan 7 chome Toride shi Ibaraki 302 8501 Japan MERE ER JARI COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON INC Printed in Japan Imprim au Japon EXZIPMEIOTH WERELD MIRI D EELT HEEN BB RNET LEERT 50 Use of this manual should be strictly supervised to avoid dis closure of confidential infor matiori COPYRIGHT 19 CANON INC CANON LBP 660 REV 1 AUG 1998 PRINTED IN JAPAN MPRIME AU JAPON AE E LIST OF ORDER AND SERIAL NUMBERS AI TFN TU PINTAN ER 100 120V 220 240V 220 240V 220 240V 220 240V 220 240V 220 240V 100 120V 220 240V COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON ING ORDER No 50 60Hz 600DPI R72 5064 000 R72 5064 001 600DPI R72 5058 000 R72 5058 006 R72 5058 001 R72 5058 007 R72 5058 002 R72 5058 008 R72 5058 003 KJH00001 R72 5058 009 R72 5058 004 R72 5058 010 R72 5058 005 R72 5058 011 50 60Hz 600DPI R72 5094 000 R72 5094 001 R72 5068 000 R72 5068 001 CANON LBP 660 REV 1 AUG 1998 PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON iti 001 100 101 102 103 110 310 320 330 340 350 ERN ARE PAAL AZS ARR RRMA 1 ABRA 2 SARA 3 BRD OT REM SIRENA NER HEER BRERA
246. e 1 7 1 Meaning Description Warning Tells the user what to do to continue printing in such cases as paper jams and paper loading request Information Others 2 When the Start printing immediately in the Scheduling tab in the Printer Properties dialog box is on accurate total page number data cannot be obtained Therefore print remaining time print completion time and total page number are not displayed until the print job completes CHAPTER 1 i Status Options dialog box The Status Options dialog box is for setting the Status Window display and voice messages It can be opened by selecting the Options command in the Options menu in the Status Window The Status Options dialog box is shown in Figure 1 7 27 Status Options N ET 09 4 5 Figure 1 7 27 1 Printer Status Window Sets the status window display rnode 2 Sounds Sets sound It can provide print status or error related information by sound Only when the sound file is installed and the status window is opened by bidirectional com munication 3 OK Changes the items in this dialog box and closes the box 4 Cancel Closes this dialog box without changing its items 5 Help Opens the Help topics CHAPTER 1 d Network Status Monitor The Status Window can be displayed only on the print server in case of network printing On the other hand the Network Status Monitor can be used by the client to see the pri
247. e Installazione stampante facendo doppio clic su Aggiungi stampante m Per ulteriori informazioni riguardanti l avvio di Installazione stampante vedere Capitolo 2 Installazione di Microsoft Windows Printing System 10 Collegamento a LBP 660 come stampante di rete Capitolo 3 Selezione della stampante di rete 1 Installazione stampante possibile installare o stabilire connessioni a una stampante Questa stampante sar gestita da Questo computer Tutte le impostazioni saranno gestite e configurate da questo computer Connetti a una stampante su un altro computer Tutte le impostazioni per questa stampante sono gestite da un server della stampante installato dallamministratore cIndietra Avanti gt Annulla Fare clic sul pulsante relativo all opzione Server della stampante di rete quindi fare clic su Avanti gt Verr visualizzata la finestra Connetti alla stampante Connetti alla stampante Stampante 02 LBP 660 Stampanti condivise a P22DEV amp WORKGROUP A ws 102 CanonLBP Informazioni sulla stampante Descrizione Stato Pronta yt Pete di Windows NT Annulla 2 IV Espandi sempre Canon LBP 660 Documenti in attesa 0 doppio clic sul nome del server di stampa visualizzato nell elenco Stampanti condivise m Facendo doppio clic sul nome del server di stampa comparir un elenco di stampanti condivise
248. e client Microsoft Windows NT Si le poste client utilisant la LBP 660 en tant qu imprimante r seau fonctionne sous Microsoft Windows NT il suffit d ajouter l imprimante pour que le pilote d imprimante et le Moniteur de surveillance du r seau soient t l charg s et install s automatiquement a partir du serveur d impression Vous n avez pas besoin des privileges Administrateur pour ajouter l imprimante Normalement n importe qui peut effectuer cette op ration D marrage de l Assistant d ajout d une imprimante 1 Mettez l ordinateur client sous tension d marrez Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 et connectez vous 2 D marrez Assistant d ajout d une imprimante m Pour plus d informations sur le d marrage de I Assistant d ajout d une imprimante reportez vous au chapitre 2 Installation de Microsoft Windows Printing System 10 Connexion la LBP 660 utilis e comme imprimante r seau Chapitre 3 Selection de l imprimante r seau Cet assistant vous aide installer votre imprimante ou r aliser les connexions l imprimante Cette imprimante peut tre g r e par C Cet ordinateur Tous les param tres seront g r s et configur s sur cet ordinateur ed Se connecter une imprimante sur une autre machine Tous les param tres pour cette imprimante seront g r s par un serveur d impression qui a t install par un administrateur Creed ent 1 Cliquez sur l opti
249. e de raccourci vers le Moniteur de surveillance du r seau de la Canon LBP 660 2 Lorsque le message vous demandant si vous souhaitez vous connecter a l imprimante r seau s affiche cliquez sur le bouton Oui m La boite de dialogue permettant de s lectionner l imprimante r seau connecter s affiche Connexion au serveur S lectionnez le serveur d imprimante r seau pour la Canon LBP 660 3 Selectionnez le nom de l imprimante laquelle vous souhaitez vous connecter dans la zone de liste puis cliquez sur le bouton Connecter m Lorsque l op ration est termin e l tat de l imprimante choisie appara t dans une zone de texte Options d etat La barre de menus du Moniteur de surveillance du r seau de la LBP 660 comprend 3 menus Options Imprimante et Aide 6 WS 1024Canon LBP 660 Al Xi Options Imprimante 2 Menu Options Utilisez ce menu pour sp cifier les options relatives au fonctionnement du Moniteur de surveillance du r seau m Connecter au serveur S lectionnez cette option si votre connexion avec l imprimante r seau a t interrompue pour une raison quelconque ou si vous souhaitez vous connecter une autre imprimante r seau LBP 660 uniquement La boite de dialogue Connexion au serveur qui s affiche galement au d marrage du Moniteur de surveillance du r seau apparait S lectionnez le nom d imprimante souhait e puis cliquez sur le bouton Connecter m Sons Utilis
250. ed to form an electrostatic latent image Laser beam Dark area Light area Figure 2 3 7 CHAPTER 2 2 Developing stage Toner is applied to the electrostatic latent image on the photosensitive drum surface to make the image visible This printer performs toner projection development with single component toner Developing cylinder E DC bias Figure 2 3 8 Step 3 Developing The developing unit consists of a rubber blade a developing cylinder comprised of a fixed magnet and a cylinder that revolves around the magnet as shown in Figure 2 3 8 The single component developer is called toner and is comprised mainly of a magnetic sub stance and a resin The toner is attracted to the cylinder through its magnetic force The toner has an insulating property and is charged with a negative potential through friction with the revolving cylinder Because the photosensitive drum area irradiated by the laser beam has a higher potential than the negatively charged toner on the developing cylinder when the drum area approaches the developing cylinder toner layer with a negative charge the toner jumps across to the pho tosensitive drum surface and adheres Through this projection of toner the electrostatic latent image on the photosensitive drum surface becomes visible Developing cylinder surface potential Drum surface E potential gt P Light area o o
251. edades 1 Siga el procedimiento que se indica a continuaci n para abrir la ficha Compartir del cuadro de di logo Canon LBP 660 Propiedades m Abra la carpeta Impresoras haga clic con el bot n derecho del rat n en el icono LBP 660 y seleccione Compartir en el men emergente Canon LBP 660 Propiedades 21x General Puertos Plan Compartir Seguridad Configuraci n de dispositiva 3 Canon LBP 560 No compartido c si Nombre de recurso compartido CanonLBP Puede instalar controladores alternativos para que los usuarios de los siguientes sistemas los puedan utilizar automaticamente cuando se conectan Controladores altemativos Windows 95 Windows NT 4 0 86 Instalado Windows NT 4 0 MIPS Windows NT 3 5 o 3 51 86 xl Para modificar los permisos en la impresora vaya a la ficha Seguridad 2 Para compartir la impresora LBP 660 haga clic en el bot n de opci n Compartido m Alseleccionar Compartido el nombre que aparece en el cuadro de texto Nombre de recurso compartido corresponde a los 8 primeros caracteres del nombre de la impresora que se utiliz en el cuadro de texto Si entre los clientes que comparten la impresora en la red se incluye alg n sistema con Microsoft Windows 3 1 o Microsoft Windows para Trabajo en Grupo cerci rese de que el Nombre de recurso compartido no est compuesto por m s de 8 caracteres la instalaci n sin incluir espacios en blanco
252. ee ilman lis ohjelmia 4 Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin asentaminen Luku 2 m Koska LBP 660 puuttuu luettelosta aseta Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 asennuslevy CD levyasemaan ja napsauta Levy painiketta Kun Asenna levykkeelt valintaikkuna tulee esiin kirjoita CD levyaseman tunnus Valmistajan tiedoston sijainti tekstiruutuun ja napsauta Selaa painiketta Napsauta kahdesti Winnt40 kansiota Etsi tiedosto valintaikkunassa m Erikieliset kansiot n kyv t valintaikkunan luettelossa Etsi tiedosto 2 x Kohde wins ek Tiedostonimi inf Tiedostotyyppi Asennuksen tiedot inf E Peruuta Napsauta kahdesti kansiota jonka kieli on sama kuin k ytt m si Windows NT n kieli m Kun Etsi tiedosto valintaikkunassa n kyy tiedosto Wpsc3nt napsauta Avaa painiketta Ellei k ytt m si Microsoft Windows NT n kielt vastaavaa kansiota ole valitse English kansio Napsauta Asenna levykkeelt valintaikkunan OK painiketta Kun Ohjattu kirjoittimen asennus valintaikkunan Kirjoittimet luettelossa n kyy Canon LBP 660 napsauta Seuraava gt painiketta m N etikkunan jonka Kirjoittimen nimi ruudussa lukee Canon LBP 660 Jos haluat vaihtaa kirjoittimen nimen kirjoita uusi nimi valintaikkunassa n kyvien ohjeiden mukaisesti Napsauta Seuraava gt painiketta m Seuraavaksi n et valintaikkunan jossa voit jakaa kirjoittimen m
253. efaults until you click on the OK button at the bottom of the dialog box Paper Output Group Settings The Paper Output group consists of 3 options Paper Size Orientation and Copy Count These options are the same as those in the Page Setup tab described above Changing the settings here also changes the settings in the Page Setup tab Chapter 4 Using the Microsoft Windows Printing System 17 Graphic Group Settings The Graphic group consists of 2 options Resolution and Scaling m Resolution Use the Change Resolution Setting option buttons to select the resolution at which the LBP 660 prints m Scaling Type the enlargement or reduction ratio in the Change Scaling Setting text box You can set a value between 10 and 200 in 1 increments Document Options Group Settings The Document Options groups consists of 5 options Halftone Color Adjustment Automatic Image Refinement Toner Saver Toner Density and Custom Paper Size m Halftone Color Adjustment Click on the Halftone Color Adjustment button to open the Halftone Color Adjustment dialog box and adjust the printer halftones m The Halftone Color Adjustment dialog box you see here differs depending on the fm Device Settings tab settings in the printer properties f Use Printer Halftone is selected the original LBP 660 dialog box appears in the same way as when you select the Graphics tab in the Microsoft Windows 95 Properties dialog box In this dialog
254. el men Archivo de una aplicaci n Observe sin embargo que los valores que se especifican desde una aplicaci n s lo se aplican al documento que se utiliza en dicha aplicaci n y no influye en la configuraci n predeterminada del documento m Ficha Preparar p gina En esta ficha se definen par metros como el tama o del papel la orientaci n de impresi n y el n mero de copias Tama o del papel Seleccione el tama o del papel a partir del cuadro de lista desplegable Si selecciona el valor Person como tama o de papel deber especificar el tama o del papel en la ficha Avanzadas N mero de copias Escriba en el cuadro de texto N mero de copias el n mero de copias que desea imprimir Intercalar copias Si ha especificado 2 o m s copias en el cuadro N mero de copias marque el cuadro Intercalar copias para que las copias del documento se impriman en orden Orientaci n Utilice los botones de opci n para seleccionar la orientaci n de impresi n Horizontal o Vertical 16 Utilizaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System Cap tulo 4 m Ficha Avanzadas Los valores de la ficha Avanzadas est n agrupados en Papel Salida Gr fico y Opciones Documento Las opciones de cada grupo se enumeran debajo de cada nombre de grupo siguiendo una jerarqu a El valor vigente de cada opci n se muestra de color azul a la derecha de la opci n Si las opciones no est n visibles haga clic en el s mbolo m s situado a l
255. emen oplossen 23 Problemen tijdens de installatie van het Microsoft Windows Printing System Problemen tijdens de installatie als lokale printer Probleem Oorzaak Oplossing Kan de knop Mijn computer in het dialoogvenster Wizard Printer toevoegen niet selecteren Wanneer alle bestanden zijn gekopieerd wordt het bericht weergegeven dat beheerdersrechten zijn vereist Er wordt een foutbericht weergegeven met de mededeling dat een nieuwe installatie is vereist Problemen tijdens de installatie als netwerkprinter Probleem De gebruiker die de software installeert beschikt niet over de rechten van een beheerder of hoofdgebruiker Een gebruiker met alleen rechten als hoofdgebruiker heeft geprobeerd de software te installeren U voert een lokale installatie uit op een computer waarop het stuurprogramma voor de LBP 660 reeds is geinstalleerd voor een netwerkprinter Oorzaak Voor het installeren van het Microsoft Windows Printing System zijn beheerdersrechten vereist Laat de installatie uitvoeren door iemand die over beheerdersrechten beschikt Laat iemand die over beheerdersrechten beschikt de software opnieuw installeren Voer de lokale installatie nogmaals uit en selecteer de optie Stuurprogramma vervangen in het dialoogvenster Wizard Printer toevoegen Oplossing De naam van de gedeelde printer of de afdrukserver die moet worden verbonden komt niet voor in de keuzelijst Gedeelde print
256. en English Klikk p OK knappen i dialogboksen Installer fra diskett N r Canon LBP 660 vises i listen over skrivere i veiviseren for skriverinstallasjon klikker du p Neste gt m Du vil se et vindu der du kan angi navn Canon LBP 660 vises allerede i navnefeltet Hvis du vil endre navnet p skriveren skriver du inn et annet navn f lg instruksjonene p skjermen Klikk p Neste gt m Deretter pnes vinduet for deling av skriverressurser Kapittel 2 Installere Microsoft Windows Printing System 5 Innstillinger for deling av skriverressurser Denne delen forklarer hvordan du angir om LBP 660 skal deles med andre nettverksbrukere eller ikke Du kan ogs angi innstillinger for deling av skriverressurser etter at du har installert Microsoft Windows Printing System Se avsnittet Dele skriveren hvis du vil ha mer informasjon Veiviser for skriverinstallasjon Angi om denne skriveren skal deles med andre nettverksbrukere Hvis du velger dele skriveren m du gi den et ressursnavn Delt Ikke delt Velg operativsystemene til alle maskinene som skal dele denne skriveren Windows NT 3 5 eller 3 51 Mips lt Tilbake Neste gt Avbryt 1 Hvis du vil at LBP 660 skal deles med andre nettverksbrukere velger du Delt 2 Klikk p Neste gt m Du vil n se et vindu der du blir spurt om du vil skrive ut en testside Innstillinger for utskrift av testsider N r du
257. en erst dann f r das Standarddokument gespeichert wenn Sie auf die Schaltfl che OK unten im Dialogfeld klicken Einstellungen in der Gruppe Papier Ausgabe Die Gruppe Papier Ausgabe stellt drei Optionen zur Verf gung Papiergr Be Ausrichtung und Anzahl Exemplare Diese Optionen entsprechen denen im oben beschriebenen Dialogfeld Seite einrichten Hier vorgenommene nderungen der Einstellungen werden in die Registerkarte Seite einrichten bernommen Kapitel 4 Verwendung des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems 17 Einstellungen in der Gruppe Grafik Die Gruppe Grafik stellt zwei Optionen zur Verf gung Aufl sung und Skalierung m Aufl sung Verwenden Sie die Optionsschaltfl chen unter Einstellung Aufl sung ndern um die Druckaufl sung des LBP 660 festzulegen m Skalierung Geben Sie in das Textfeld Einstellung Skalierung ndern die Prozentzahl f r die Vergr erung oder Verkleinerung ein Sie k nnen einen Wert zwischen 10 und 200 in 1 Schritten eingeben Einstellungen in der Gruppe Optionen f r Dokument Die Gruppe Optionen f r Dokument stellt f nf Optionen zur Verf gung Farbanpassung f r Rasterbilder Automatische Aufl sungsverfeinerung Toner Sparmodus Tonerdichte und Benutzerdefinierte Papiergr Be m Farbanpassung f r Rasterbilder Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfl che Farbanpassung f r Rasterbilder um das Dialogfeld Farbanpassung f r Raster
258. end of the INTR period the printer controller sends the VERTICAL SYNC signal TOP to the video controller within a prescribed time After receiving the HORIZONTAL SYNC signal BD from the printer controller the video controller sends VIDEO signals VDO which are synchronized with the BD and TOP signals to the printer controller Based on the VDO sig nals the printer controller creates a VDOUT signal which turns the laser diode ON and OFF and sends it to the laser diode The laser beam emitted from the laser diode by the VDOUT signal scans via the scanning mirror forming a latent image on the photosensitive drum The latent image on the photosen sitive drum is transferred by an electrophotographic process to paper which is delivered through the face up delivery slot or the face down delivery tray While printing a page the printer controller checks whether or not the PRNT signal for next page has been sent from the video controller If no PRNT signal has been sent the printer ter minates the PRINT sequence and initiates the last rotation LSTR At the end of last rotation the printer enters the STANDBY STBY mode However if the PRNT signal has already been sent the printer continues the PRINT sequence and subsequently enters the STANDBY mode following LAST ROTATION CHAPTER 2 C Video Controller PCB 1 Outline The video controller receives printing data from the external device host computer etc via the int
259. ensors Solenoid p rs201 SW201 B Figure 4 8 1 Table 4 8 1 Name Function Switch 12VA output prohibition switch Test print switch Photointerrupter Paper out sensor Pick up paper sensor Delivery paper sensor Solenoid Pick up solenoid CHAPTER 4 B Motor Others Figure 4 8 2 Table 4 8 2 Motor For printer drive Fixing heater For heating the fixing film unit Thermistor Fixing film surface temperature detection CHAPTER 4 C Printing Circuit Boards Printer Controller PCB Video Controller PCB Figure 4 8 3 CHAPTER 4 D Connectors Figure 4 8 4 4 30 CHAPTER 4 IX VARIABLE RESISTORS VR LEDs CHECK PINS JUMPERS AND SWITCHES ON THE PCB The variable resistors VR LEDs check pins jumpers and switches that are necessary for ser vicing in the field are listed below The VR test pins etc not listed are only for factory use As adjustment and checking of these components requires special tools and adjustment instruments many of them require a high level of accuracy Therefore they should not be serviced in the field Note Bear in mind that because leakage current flows in some LEDs even when normal they will emit light faintly even while turned OFF A Printer Controller PCB ae SW201 Ja S 205 4208
260. entmaskinen vil dette alternativet v re utilgjengelig vises i gr tt m Default Size Hvis du har endret skjermst rrelse for Network Status Monitor vil dette alternativet gjenopprettete den opprinnelige st rrelsen m Hide Menu Hvis du velger dette alternativet skjules menyene i Network Status Monitor Hvis du vil at menylinjen skal vises trykker du p Esc mens Network Status Monitor er det aktive vinduet eller dobbeltklikker hvor som helst i meldingsomr det m Always On Top Hvis du velger dette alternativet og plasserer et avkrysningsmerke til venstre for Always On Top vises Network Status Monitor alltid som det verste vinduet p skrivebordet Printer menyen Bruk Printer menyen til styre utskriftsfunksjonen Legg imidlertid merke til at hvis du ikke har krysset av for Client Operation i Options menyen i statusvinduet p skriverserveren vises Printer menyen som utilgjengelig og du kan ikke styre utskriftsfunksjonen fra klienten Se Bruke Skriver menyen i brukerh ndboken hvis du vil ha flere detaljer om Printer menyen klienter N r utskriftsjobber fra forskjellige klienter legges i k for skriverserveren kan uforsiktig avbryting av utskrift f re til at jobber fra andre klienter blir borte Husk dette n r du avbryter en utskrift 5 m Innstillinger du foretar i Printer menyen vil fremdeles p virke utskriftsjobber fra andre Help menyen Denne menyen pner en dialogboks som viser versjonsinforma
261. eplace any deformed or bro ken parts Poor connection between the primary high voltage and cartridge contacts Action If dirty clean the connection If the problem remains replace any deformed or bro ken parts CHAPTER 4 Faulty laser scanner unit Action Replace the laser scanner unit Faulty printer controller PCB Action Replace the printer controller PCB I 3 Completely Blank lt Possible causes gt 1 The ON OFF claw for the front cover switch is broken Action Replace the front cover 2 The laser shutter lever in the EP A cartridge is broken Action Replace the cartridge 3 Poor connection between the developing bias and cartridge contact points Action If dirty clean the connection If the problem remains replace any deformed or bro ken parts 4 Poor connection in the door switch unit connector Action Reconnect connector JOO1 in the door switch unit and connector J305 on the print er controller PCB 5 Faulty door switch unit Action Replace the door switch unit 6 Faulty laser scanner unit Action Replace the laser scanner unit 7 Faulty printer controller PCB Action Replace the printer controller PCB I 4 All Black lt Possible causes gt 1 Faulty EP A cartridge Action Replace the cartridge Poor connection between the primary high voltage and cartridge contact points Action If dirty clean the connection If the problem remains replace any deformed or bro ken parts Faulty laser scanner u
262. equel le pilote d imprimante de la LBP 660 a t install sur le r seau Probl mes lors de l installation sur le r seau Probl me Cause Les privil ges Administrateur sont n cessaires pour installer Microsoft Windows Printing System Demandez une personne disposant de ces privil ges d effectuer l installation Demandez une personne disposant des privil ges Administrateur d effectuer nouveau l installation Effectuez l installation locale et s lectionnez l option Remplacer le pilote existant dans la boite de dialogue de s lection de remplacement au niveau de la boite de dialogue de I Assistant d ajout d une imprimante Solution Le nom de l imprimante partag e ou du serveur d impression connecter n apparait pas dans la liste Imprimantes partag es Le serveur d impression n a pas d marr L imprimante n est pas configur e pour le partage e Vous ne disposez pas des privil ges n cessaires pour vous connecter l imprimante ou au serveur d impression e D marrez le serveur d impression e Configurez l imprimante pour le partage dans la boite de dialogue des propri t s de l imprimante Demandez l administrateur de r seau de modifier vos privil ges utilisateur 24 D pannage Chapitre 5 Probl mes pendant l impression sur le r seau Probleme Cause Solution La connexion au serveur d impression ou l imprimante partag e
263. er Anschlu ausw hlen an den der LBP 660 angeschlossen ist Wenn der LBP 660 bereits angeschlossen ist und verwendet wird so braucht diese Einstellung nicht ge ndert zu werden B Registerkarte Zeitplanung der Druckauftr ge m Mit Hilfe dieser Registerkarte k nnen Sie die Zeiten zur Nutzung des Druckers die Priorit t f r Druckauftr ge und die Methode der Abarbeitung der Druckauftr ge festlegen m Bitte w hlen Sie f r den LBP 660 immer die Option ber Warteschlange drucken damit Druckvorg nge schneller beendet werden aus Wenn Sie die Option Druckauftr ge direkt zum Drucker schicken ausw hlen werden Sie nicht von Anwendungsprogrammen aus drucken k nnen ber Warteschlange drucken damit Druckvorg nge schneller beendet werden Drucken nach Eintreffen der letzten Seite in der Warteschlange beginnen Drucken nach Eintreffen der ersten Seite in der Warteschlange beginnen Druckauftr ge direkt zum Drucker schicken m W hlen Sie entsprechend Ihren W nschen eine der Optionen Drucken nach Eintreffen der letzten Seite in der Warteschlange beginnen oder Drucken nach Eintreffen der ersten Seite in der Warteschlange beginnen Bitte beachten Sie da diese Auswahl Auswirkungen auf die Arbeitsweise des Fertigstellungsbalkens im Statusfenster hat Detaillierte Information finden Sie im Abschnitt Canon LBP 660 Statusfenster m Registerkarte Freigabe Mit dieser Registerkarte l t sich die Freigabe des LBP 660 steuern Det
264. er Ready 20 Anv nda Microsoft Windows Printing System Kapitel 4 Anv nda LBP 660 Network Status Monitor Starta Network Status Monitor S h r kan du starta LBP 660 Network Status Monitor n r som helst 1 Dubbelklicka p ikonen f r Canon LBP 660 Network Status Monitor i gruppen Windows Printing System p klienten eller dubbelklicka p genv gsikonen f r Canon LBP 660 Network Status Monitor p skrivbordet 2 N r ett meddelande visas som fr gar om du vill ansluta till n tverksskrivaren klickar du p Yes m En dialogruta visas d r du anger vilken n tverksskrivare du vill ansluta Connect to Server Select the Network printer server for the Canon LBP 660 3 Markera namnet pa skrivaren du vill ansluta till i listan och klicka pa Connect a Nar du har anslutit till n tverksskrivaren visas aktuell skrivarstatus i ett textf lt Statusalternativ Menyraden i LBP 660 Network Status Monitor inneh ller tre menyer Options Printer och Help WS_102 Canon LBP 660 TOI x Options Printer Help Menyn Options I menyn Options kan du ange alternativ som r r anv ndningen av Network Status Monitor m Connect to Server V lj det h r alternativet om anslutningen till n tverksskrivaren av n gon anledning har kopplats ner eller om du vill byta anslutning till n gon annan n tverksskrivare endast LBP 660 Du ser samma Connect to Server dialogruta som n r du startar Network Status Monitor Markera na
265. er Saver Valitse t ll asetuksella onko v riaineen s st k yt ss m Toner Density Valitse t ll asetuksella yksi viidest tulostustummuustasosta Medium tarkoittaa normaalia tummuutta m Custom Paper Size M rit t ll asetuksella paperikoko jos olet valinnut Sivun asetukset v lilehdest mukautetun paperikoon Napsauta Custom Paper Size painiketta jotta Custom Paper Size valintaikkuna tulee esiin ja voit m ritt paperin pituuden ja leveyden 18 Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin k ytt Luku 4 LBP 660 tilaikkuna Microsoft Windows NT ss Jos LBP 660 on kytketty Microsoft Windows NT t k ytt v n tietokoneeseen paikalliskirjoittimeksi sen tilaikkuna tulee esiin automaattisesti kun tulostaminen alkaa tai kun k ytt j n toimenpide tarvitaan esimerkiksi virheen tapahduttua Voit avata LBP 660 tilaikkunan milloin tahansa napsauttamalla kahdesti Windows Printing System ryhm ss olevaa LBP 660 Status Window kuvaketta Tilaikkunan avulla voit esim seurata tulostust iden edistymist keskeytt tulostuksen tai jatkaa sit Canon LBP 660 on LPT1 Big ES Printer View Options Help The printer is ready Tama tilaikkuna on suunnilleen samanlainen kuin Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin tilaikkuna joka n kyy Microsoft Windows 95 ss Microsoft Windows 3 1 ss ja Microsoft Ty ryhm Windowsissa Lis tietoja tilaikkunasta on k ytt oppaassa T ss kuvauksessa
266. er ferdig med installere Microsoft Windows Printing System kan du skrive ut en testside p LBP 660 1 Hvis du vil skrive ut en testside klikker du bare p Fullf r s skrives en testside ut automatisk Hvis du ikke vil skrive ut en testside velger du Nei og klikker deretter p Fullf r N r du klikker p Fullf r kopieres de n dvendige filene fra installeringsdisketten til harddisken Under kopieringen vises en meldingsboks med en indikatorlinje over hvor langt prosessen har kommet N r kopieringen er avsluttet vises Canon LBP 660 ikonet i mappen Skrivere Canon LBP 660 ikonet i mappen Skrivere varierer avhengig av om skriveren er delt eller ikke 6 Installere Microsoft Windows Printing System Kapittel 2 Deretter ser du meldingen Initializing Please wait mens Microsoft Windows Printing System starter initialiseringsprosessen Under initialiseringen opprettes gruppen Microsoft Windows Printing System og legges til Start menyen Vinduet Windows Printing System vises ogs p skrivebordet i tillegg til snarveisikonet for gruppen Microsoft Windows Printing System se neste side Hvis du vil koble deg til LBP 660 skriveren og skrive ut fra en Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows for Workgroups klient som er koblet til et Microsoft Windows NT nettverk klikker p Ja n r neste dialogboks vises Hvis du ikke vil at LBP 660 skal brukes av andre nettverksbrukere eller hvis alle klie
267. erface cable This printing information is resource data printing data formed by PCL com mands or dot data Resource data and PCL command printing data is converted into dot data in the video con troller The dot data is sent to the DC controller to control the light emission of the laser diode The operating mode of the printer can be set in the video controller from the external device via the interface cable Moreover the external device can monitor the status of the printer through use of a bidirectional interface The major ICs within the video controller are shown in location diagram Fig 2 5 3 and block diagram Fig 2 5 4 2 Functions of the blocks a Cell base IC IC1 Major functions are as follows I Controls the input output to the DRAM on the video controller 2 Controls the timing at which dot pattern data is sent to the printer controller 3 Controls the video and parallel interfaces Centronics standard 4 Smoothens the images b DRAM IC2 The video controller internal DRAM has max 128K byte memory capacity and has the following function 1 Dot data converted from image data receival buffer Figure 2 5 3 Video I F 256kx4bit DRAM lt 0 E gt GN HMWVH lt 0 8 Vua Sv9 Svu Strobe Ack Zi IC1 CELL BASE IC Anit NDO AutoFd ICPRDY Fault PRNT Selectin ICBSY ISTS SBSY TOP XTAL RDY PPRDY BD
268. erface cable for IBM PC Connections through the printer selector and printer buffer are not supported b Installation procedures Connecting the printer as a local printer This section describes how to install the Microsoft Windows Printing System for using the printer as a local printer Install it to the host computer by following the procedures below For details see the user s manual packed with the printer 1 Switch on the computer to which the printer is connected and start up Microsoft Windows NT 2 Log on as an Administrator 3 Use one of the following methods to start up the Add Printer Wizard Start button Settings Printers Printers folder Add Printer My Computer Printers folder Add Printer Explorer Desktop My Computer Printers folder Add Printer 4 Add Printer Wizard Initial screen The Add Printer Wizard window provides the following two choices My Computer All settings will be managed and configured on the computer Network printer sever Connect to a printer on another machine All settings for this print er are managed by a print server that has been set up by an administrator Select My Computer to install Microsoft Windows Printing System for using the printer as a local printer In case of using the printer as a network printer see Page 1 18 for details 5 Add Printer Wizard Port selection Select the port to which the printer is connected If the port is not available click the Ad
269. erligen g att installera Microsoft Windows Printing System p datorer som inte uppfyller ovanst ende krav men d kan Canon inte garantera att programvaran fungerar korrekt F r optimala prestanda fr n LBP 660 rekommenderas f ljande maskinvara och systemprogramvara m Pentium 166 MHz CPU eller b ttre m Minst 48 MB RAM m ECP skrivarport m Ljudkort kr vs f r ljudmeddelanden i Microsoft Windows Printing System Vill du dela LBP 660 i ett n tverk m ste n got av f ljande n tverksprotokoll vara installerade m NetBEUI m TCP IP m NWLink IPX SPX Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT Installationen m ste utf ras av en 5 m Du m ste ha administrat rsbeh righet f r att kunna installera Microsoft Windows n tverksadministrat r eller skrivaransvarig med administrat rsbeh righet 2 Introduktion Kapitel 1 Kapitel 2 Installera Microsoft Windows Printing System Du installerar Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT med hj lp av den medf ljande installationsdisken Installera Microsoft Windows Printing System f r lokala skrivare Det h r avsnittet beskriver hur man installerar Microsoft Windows Printing System f r att anv nda LBP 660 som en lokal skrivare En beskrivning av hur man ansluter LBP 660 som n tverksskrivare hittar du i kapitel 3 Ansluta till LBP 660 som en n tverksskrivare Starta guiden L gg till skrivare Anv nd guiden L gg till skrivare i Microsoft
270. ernativ f r skrivare i menyn Options Vill du ndra tonerdensiteten ppnar du dialogrutan Egenskaper f r standarddokument och v ljer Toner Density p fliken Avancerat m Med alternativet Client Operation i menyn Options kan du ange om en anv ndare ska kunna g ra en paus i utskriften forts tta utskriften tvinga utskrift eller avbryta utskrift fr n Network Status Monitor p en Microsoft Windows NT klient Bockm rket till v nster om alternativet Client Operation aktiverar eller avaktiverar ovanst ende operationer fr n Network Status Monitor LBP 660 Network Status Monitor LBP 660 Network Status Monitor r en funktion som g r det m jligt f r en Microsoft Windows NT klient som r ansluten till n tverksskrivaren att kontrollera status f r LBP 660 g ra en paus i utskriften forts tta utskriften tvinga utskrift och avbryta utskrift p samma s tt som i ett statusf nster p skrivbordet Denna funktion r bara tillg nglig f r Microsoft Windows NT klienter och kan inte anv ndas fr n Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups LBP 660 Network Status Monitor visar bara skrivarens status som text och har ingen animerad grafik eller n gon statusstapel som LBP 660 Status Window Om du ansluter en Microsoft Windows NT klient till n tverksskrivaren installeras Network Status Monitor automatiskt fr n utskriftsservern S WS_102 Canon LBP 660 Biel x Options Printer Help Print
271. ers e De afdrukserver is niet gestart De printer is niet gedeeld e U beschikt niet over de vereiste rechten voor het maken van een verbinding met de printer of de afdrukserver Start de afdrukserver Deel de printer in het dialoogvenster Canon LBP 660 Eigenschappen Vraag de netwerkbeheerder of uw gebruikersrechten kunnen worden gewijzigd 24 Problemen oplossen Hoofdstuk 5 Problemen tijdens het afdrukken via het netwerk Probleem Oorzaak Oplossing Kan in de Network Status Monitor geen verbinding maken met de afdrukserver of de gedeelde printer Kan het menu Printer in de Network Status Monitor niet gebruiken Kan vanaf een Microsoft Windows NT client niet afdrukken op een afdrukserver onder Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 of Microsoft Windows voor Workgroups Kan niet afdrukken vanaf een Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 of Microsoft Windows voor Workgroups client e De afdrukserver is niet gestart De printer is niet gedeeld e U beschikt niet over de vereiste rechten voor het maken van een verbinding met de printer of de afdrukserver De optie Client Operation is niet ingeschakeld in het menu Options in het LBP 660 Status Window van de afdrukserver Het Microsoft Windows Printing System voor Microsoft Windows NT ondersteunt geen afdrukservers onder Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 of Microsoft Windows voor Workgroups De map WPS op de afdrukserver is niet gedeeld Het St
272. ersion of Microsoft Windows Printing System and available memory of the host computer It can be opened by clicking the About button in the PCL Emulation Front Panel Settings dialog box The About dialog box is shown in Figure 1 7 50 Figure 1 7 50 For details see About dialog box for Windows 95 98 on Page 1 56 CHAPTER 1 This page intentionally left blank CHAPTER 1 F Printing Environment Setting and Test Printing 1 Microsoft Windows NT a Printing Environment Setting A list of printing environments that can be set from the Microsoft Windows Printing System dialog box is shown below Note The values in bold are the default values at the time of shipment from the factory Table 1 7 4 Document Properties Page Setup tab Halftone Color Adjustment Dialog System Halftone Halftone Color Adjustment Dialog Printer Halftone Setup item Setup Value Setup item Setup Value Setup item Setup Value 100 lt 0 lt 100 Smooth Patterne 1 Patterne 1 Brightness Paper Size Letter Legal A4 Executive Envelope DL Envelope 10 Envelope C5 Envelope Monarch B5 Index Card Custom Brightness 100 lt 0 lt 100 100 lt 0 lt 100 Copy Count 1 lt lt 99 Contrast 100 lt 0 lt 100 Tint Custom Paper Size Dialog Setup item Setup Value Collate Copies ON OFF Orientation Portrait Landscape Dark Picture
273. et d marrez Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 2 Ouvrez une session en tant qu administrateur 3 Utilisez l une des m thodes suivantes pour d marrer I Assistant d ajout d une imprimante a Cliquez sur le bouton D marrer dans la barre des t ches et pointez avec la souris sur Param tres Dans le sous menu qui apparait cliquez sur Imprimantes pour ouvrir le dossier correspondant et cliquez deux fois sur l ic ne Ajout d imprimante b Cliquez deux fois sur l ic ne Poste de travail sur le bureau Ouvrez ensuite le dossier Imprimantes et cliquez deux fois sur l ic ne Ajout d imprimante Chapitre 2 Installation de Microsoft Windows Printing System 3 FRANCAIS m La fen tre Assistant d ajout d une imprimante permettant l installation des pilotes d imprimante s affiche Azzistant d ajout d une Imprimante atziitant vous de mitaller voite mpamante ou 16 let connevionz fimpemante Cette imprimante peut tre g r e pas Ent gionale Tous les param tres seront g t s et configur s sut cet i H planes ee er ri 4 Assurez vous que l option Cet ordinateur est s lectionn e et cliquez sur le bouton Suivant gt m La fen tre de s lection du port de connexion s affiche S lection du port d imprimante Azzistant d ajout d une Imprimante adresser legg adelen fre que vous voulez vibrer L anprezion se fera sur coch s deponbler
274. et forklarer hvordan du bruker LBP 660 fra andre maskiner som kj rer Microsoft Windows NT og fra maskiner som kj rer Microsoft Windows heretter kalt Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows for Workgroups Kapittel 4 Bruke Microsoft Windows Printing System 13 Dette kapitlet forklarer hvordan du bruker Network Status Monitor statusvinduet for LBP 660 og dialogboksen Egenskaper i Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT Kapittel 5 Feils king sens 29 Dette kapitlet forklarer hvordan du l ser problemer som oppst r under installeringen av Microsoft Windows Printing System og n r du bruker Microsoft Windows Printing System i et Microsoft Windows NT nettverk EE LO Denne delen av tillegget inneholder informasjon hentet fra brukerhandboken for LBP 660 som forklarer forskjellen mellom Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT og Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 og Microsoft Windows for Workgroups Kapittel 1 Innledning 1 For du installerer programvaren F r du installerer Microsoft Windows Printing System p en PC som kj rer Microsoft Windows NT b r du kontrollere at maskinen tilfredsstiller systemkravene som er beskrevet nedenfor IBM PC eller kompatibel maskin med en Pentium prosessor p 90 MHz eller bedre og som har Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 for servere og arbeidsstasj
275. et period of time to clean the roller During the print sequence the CPU outputs the TRANSFER POSITIVE VOLTAGE DRIVE sig nal TRPWM and print bias is applied to the transfer roller Between page bias is as its name suggests applied between pages The transfer output current is detected by the detection cir cuit IC302 compares then it with the prescribed reference value to control TR When the printing operation is completed negative bias is applied again to clean the trans fer charging roller CHAPTER 2 IV PICK UP FEED SYSTEM A Outline Paper is fed through the multi purpose and manual feed tray in this printer The presence of paper in the manual and multi purpose trays is detected by the paper out sensor PS001 When the PRNT signal is input from the video controller to the printer the main motor M001 begins to rotate Once in the initial rotation ready mode Note the pick up solenoid SLO01 is turned ON for 0 5 second Then the rotation of the main motor is transmitted to rotate the pick up roller at which time the pick up cam refer to Chapter 3 page III pushes up the lifting plate One sheet of paper is picked up with the pick up roller from the paper that is raised on the lifting plate and fed into the printer When paper is loaded in the manual feeding slot due to the fact that it is loaded above paper in the multi purpose tray the pick up roller picks up paper from the manual feeding slot A set period of time
276. et vom Alle Einstellungen sollen auf diesem Computer verwaltet und konfiguriert werden Druck Server im Netzwerk Stellt die Verbindung zu einem Drucker an einem anderen Computer her Alle Einstellungen f r diesen Drucker werden von einem Druck Server verwaltet der von einem Administrator eingerichtet wurde Care Abbrechen 4 Stellen Sie sicher da die Optionsschaltfl che Arbeitsplatz aktiviert ist und klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfl che Weiter gt m Das Fenster zur Auswahl des Verbindungsanschlusses wird angezeigt Auswahl des Druckeranschlusses Assistent f r die Druckerinstallation Markieren Sie die Kontrollk stchen neben den Anschl ssen die Sie verwenden m chten Druckauftr ge werden am ersten verf gbaren markierten Anschlu gedruckt Verf gbare Anschl sse Beschreibung M Local Port LPT2 Local Port O LPT3 Local Port 1 COM1 Local Port CI COM2 Local Port O COM3 Local Port CI coma Local Port 21 Hinzuf gen Einstellungen ndern lt Zur ck Lee Abbrechen J 1 Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollk stchen das dem Anschlu des LBP 660 entspricht normalerweise LPT1 indem Sie darauf klicken und klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfl che Weiter gt m Sie k nnen den LBP 660 nur mit dem parallelen LPT Anschlu verbinden Sie werden mit dem LBP 660 nicht drucken k nnen wenn Sie mit einem seriellen Anschluf oder mit ei
277. eter f rbeh lles Copyright 1996 Microsoft Corporation Alla r ttigheter f rbeh lles Meddelande Canon Inc utf ster inga garantier av n got slag vad g ller detta material uttryckligen eller underf rst tt ut ver vad som h r anges inklusive men inte begr nsat till garantier vad g ller marknadsm ssighet s ljbarhet anpassning f r ett visst syfte eller intr ng i n got patent Canon Inc kan inte h llas ansvariga f r direkta skador indirekta skador eller f ljdskador av n got slag eller f rluster eller utgifter som beror p att detta material anv nts Detta dokument inneh ller information om gander tt som r skyddad av copyright Alla r ttigheter f rbeh lles Ingen del av detta dokument f r fotokopieras reproduceras eller vers ttas till n got annat spr k utan skriftligt tillst nd fr n Canon Inc Anv ndningen av detta dokument lyder under villkoren i det licensavtal Microsoft Windows Printing System som f ljde med skrivaren Informationen i detta dokument kan ndras n r som helst Varum rken LBP Canon och Canons logotyp r varum rken som tillh r Canon Inc PCL r ett varum rke som tillh r Hewlett Packard Company IBM r ett varum rke som tillh r International Business Machines Corporation Microsoft Windows Windows NT Windows logotypen och MS DOS r antingen registrerade varum rken eller varum rken som tillh r Microsoft Corporation i USA och eller andra l nder Net Wa
278. ette imprimante sera partag e avec d autres utilisateurs r seau Si vous choisissez de la partager donnez lui un nom de partage Partag e C Non partag e Nom de partage Choisissez les syst mes d exploitation de tous les ordinateurs qui imprimeront vers cette imprimante Pr c dent Suvant gt Annuler 1 Pour partager la LBP 660 sur un r seau s lectionner l option Partag e 2 Cliquez sur le bouton Suivant gt m Une fen tre s affiche et vous demande si vous souhaitez imprimer une page de test Configuration de l impression d une page de test Lorsque vous avez termine l installation de Microsoft Windows Printing System vous pouvez imprimer une page de test sur la LBP 660 1 Pour cela cliquez simplement sur le bouton Terminer La page de test s imprime automatiquement Pour ignorer cette tape s lectionnez Non puis cliquez sur le bouton Terminer Lorsque vous cliquez sur ce bouton les fichiers n cessaires sont copi s sur votre disque dur Pendant cette op ration une barre de progression apparait dans une boite de message Une fois la copie des fichiers termin e l ic ne de la Canon LBP 660 appara t dans le dossier Imprimantes L aspect de l ic ne diff re selon que l imprimante est partag e ou non 6 Installation de Microsoft Windows Printing System Chapitre 2 Ensuite le message Initialisation Veuillez patienter s affiche et Microsoft Windows Prin
279. ez cette option pour activer les messages sonores lorsqu une erreur se produit avec l imprimante Chapitre 4 Utilisation de Microsoft Windows Printing System 21 FRANCAIS m Le Moniteur de surveillance du r seau ne peut mettre que des messages sonores en m cas d erreur Si le poste client n est pas quip d une carte son cette option est estomp e et ne peut pas tre s lectionn e m Taille par d faut Si vous avez modifi le format d affichage du Moniteur de surveillance du r seau cette option vous permet de r tablir sa taille d origine m Masquer menu Cette option permet de masquer les menus du Moniteur de surveillance du r seau Pour afficher nouveau la barre de menus appuyer sur la touche Echap lorsque la fen tre du Moniteur de surveillance du r seau est active ou cliquez deux fois dans la zone d affichage des messages m Toujours visible Si vous s lectionnez cette option et qu elle apparait avec une coche gauche le Moniteur de surveillance du r seau sera toujours visible au premier plan sur le bureau Menu Imprimante Utilisez ce menu pour contr ler le fonctionnement de l imprimante Notez toutefois que si l option Utilisation du client n est pas coch e dans le menu Options de la fen tre d tat sur le serveur d impression le menu Imprimante est estomp et le fonctionnement de l imprimante ne peut pas tre contr l partir d un poste client Pour plus d informations sur le menu I
280. f gt Auf dem Desktop wird das Fenster des Windows Printing System ge ffnet und eine Verkn pfung mit der Microsoft Windows Printing System Programmgruppe erstellt siehe folgende Seite Um eine Verbindung zum LBP 660 herzustellen und von einem Client aus zu drucken der unter Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 oder Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups ausgef hrt wird klicken Sie auf die Schaltfl che Ja wenn das n chste Dialogfeld angezeigt wird Soll der LBP 660 nicht freigegeben werden oder werden alle Clientcomputer unter Microsoft Windows NT ausgef hrt klicken Sie auf die Schaltfl che Nein Microsoft Windows Printing System Installation M chten Sie das WPS Verzeichnis zum Drucken f r Windows95 Windows3 1 Clients freigeben Nein Abschlie en der Installation Ist die Installation des MicrosoftWindows Printing System abgeschlossen wird eine Mitteilung zur Best tigung angezeigt Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfl che OK um die Installation abzuschlie en Wurde w hrend der Installation des Druckertreibers die Option ausgew hlt eine Testseite ausdrucken zu lassen so wird dieser Testdruck nun durchgef hrt Wurde die Installation erfolgreich durchgef hrt so wird auf dem Desktop das LBP 660 Statusfenster angezeigt und eine Testseite auf dem LBP 660 gedruckt Unterziehen Sie die Testseite einer genauen berpr fung und klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfl che Ja um das Dialogfeld Testseite drucken zu schlie en
281. f r Workgroups angezeigt wird Weitere Informationen zum Statusfenster finden Sie im Benutzerhandbuch In dieser Beschreibung werden nur diejenigen Operationen und Funktionen ber cksichtigt die sich im LBP 660 Statusfenster des Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT von denen der anderen Versionen von Microsoft Windows unterscheiden m Wurde in der Registerkarte Zeitplanung der Druckauftr ge im Dialogfeld Druckername Eigenschaften die Option Drucken nach Eintreffen der letzten Seite in der Warteschlange beginnen aktiviert so wird beim Drucken eines Dokumentes im Mitteilungsfeld die ungef hre Dauer bis zum Ende des Druckvorganges sowie die ungef hre Uhrzeit des Endes des Druckvorganges und die Anzahl der gedruckten Seiten und der des zu druckenden Gesamtdokumentes mit einem Fertigstellungsbalken angezeigt Druckt My_Doc Verbleibende Zeit 12 Sekunden Voraussichtliches Druckende 16 00 Kapitel 4 Verwendung des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems 19 ja Q n a m Wurde die Option Drucken nach Eintreffen der ersten Seite in der Warteschlange beginnen aktiviert so wird im Mitteilungsfeld nur die Mitteilung Drucken und die Anzahl der gedruckten Seiten mit einem Fertigstellungsbalken angezeigt Canon LBP 660 an LPT1 Drucker Ansicht Optionen Hilfe My_Doc Druckt m Auf der Symbolleiste befindet sich keine Schaltfl che zum Testen des Druckers Um eine Tes
282. f r Workgroups hittar du i anv ndarhandboken 12 Ansluta till LBP 660 som en n tverksskrivare Kapitel 3 Kapitel 4 Anv nda Microsoft Windows Printing System Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT anv nds i stort p samma s tt som Microsoft Windows Printing System f r vriga versioner av Microsoft Windows Se kapitel 3 Anv nda Microsoft Windows Printing System i anv ndarhandboken f r en versikt ver Microsoft Windows Printing System Dialogrutorna i Microsoft Windows Printing System Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT har tv huvuddialogrutor dialogrutan Egenskaper och dialogrutan Egenskaper f r standarddokument Vilken anv ndare som helst kan ppna dessa dialogrutor och kontrollera inst llningarna men det r bara anv ndare med fullst ndig skrivarbeh righet som kan ndra dem Skrivaregenskaper Vill du se skrivaregenskaperna v ljer du Egenskaper i menyn Arkiv i mappen Skrivare eller h gerklickar p ikonen f r LBP 660 i mappen Skrivare och v ljer Egenskaper i menyn som visas Dialogrutan Egenskaper inneh ller de sex flikar som beskrivs nedan Eftersom inst llningarna p varje flik r gemensamma f r alla Microsoft Windows NT skrivare r de beskrivningar som ges h r bara allm nna versikter ver flikarna tillsammans med s rskilda saker att t nka p om du anv nder en LBP 660 Detaljerad information om de olika inst llningarna hittar du
283. f einem Computer der unter Microsoft Windows NT ausgef hrt wird da der Computer den nachstehenden Hardware und Softwarevoraussetzungen gen gt IBM PC oder kompatibler Computer mit einem Pentium Prozessor mit 90 MHz oder schneller der unter Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 f r Server oder Arbeitsstationen ausgef hrt wird Das Microsoft Windows Printing System f r den LBP 660 wie in diesem Handbuch beschrieben wird unter Microsoft Windows NT Version 4 0 f r PC AT kompatible Computer ausgef hrt Das Microsoft Windows Printing System f r den LBP 660 kann nicht unter Microsoft Windows NT Version 3 51 oder fr her oder unter Microsoft Windows NT f r einen RISC basierten Prozessor ausgef hrt werden Wenn Sie in einem Novell NetWare Netzwerk arbeiten k nnen Sie diese Software nicht auf einem NetWare Server installieren Sie k nnen diese Software nicht verwenden um von Novell Netware Clients f r Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 oder Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups aus zu drucken Mindestens 24 MB RAM Mindestens 10 MB freier Festplattenspeicher CD ROM Laufwerk Paralleler Druckeranschlu Centronics Standard wenn der LBP als lokaler Drucker angeschlossen ist Netzwerkadapter wenn der LBP in einem Netz freigegeben ist Das Microsoft Windows Printing System kann m glicherweise auf Computern installiert werden die den oben angegebenen Bedingungen nicht gen gen Canon bernimmt in diesem Fall keine Garant
284. fica un errore Se non stata installata una scheda sonora nel computer client questa opzione viene visualizzata in grigio e non puo essere selezionata m Formato predefinito Se il formato dello schermo del Monitor di stato sulla rete amp stato modificato questa opzione consente di riportarlo al suo formato originario m Nascondi menu Ouesta opzione nasconde i menu del Monitor di stato sulla rete Per tornare a visualizzare la barra dei menu premere Esc guando il Monitor di stato sulla rete amp la finestra attiva o fare doppio clic in un gualsiasi punto nell area di visualizzazione del messaggio m Sempre in primo piano Selezionando l opzione Sempre in primo piano il Monitor di stato sulla rete appare sempre come prima finestra sul desktop Menu Stampante Utilizzare il menu Stampante per controllare le operazioni della stampante Va tuttavia ricordato che se la Modalita Client non amp selezionata nel menu Opzioni della Finestra di stato sul server di stampa il menu Stampante appare in grigio e le operazioni della stampante non possono essere controllate da un client Per ulteriori dettagli riguardanti il menu Stampante vedere Uso del menu Stampante nel Manuale per l Operatore Le opzioni del menu Stampante influiscono sui lavori di stampa degli altri client Ouando i lavori di stampa provenienti da diversi client vengono inviati in spool nella coda di stampa del server l annullamento della stampa puo causare la pe
285. findes flere oplysninger i kapitel 2 Installere Microsoft Windows Printing System m Fanen Sikkerhed P dette faneblad v lges sikkerhedsindstillinger til LBP 660 Der findes flere oplysninger om printersikkerhed i dokumentationen til Microsoft Windows NT 14 Bruge Microsoft Windows Printing System Kapitel 4 m Fanen Enhedsindstillinger P dette faneblad angives hvordan halvtoner h ndteres ved udskrivning af grafik LBP 660 kan udskrive med printerens egne halvtoner eller med halvtonerne i selve Microsoft Windows NT Hvis du vil v lge de anvendte halvtoner skal du klikke p Halvtone og derefter bruge alternativknapperne under Skift indstillinger for Halvtone til at v lge de nskede halvtoner r Skift indstillinger for Halvtone 2 Benyt printerens halvtone C Benyt oprindelig halvtone Hvis du v lger Benyt oprindelig halvtone kan du ndre de oprindelige halvtone indstillinger i dialogboksen Enhedsfarve halvtoneparametre Dokumentationen til Microsoft Windows NT indeholder oplysninger om hvordan du ndrer de oprindelige halvtoner Enhedsfarve halvtoneparametre x Enhed Canon LBP 660 Halvtonem nster Mead v Enhedsgamma 1 2500 gt Pixeldiameter ENHED JA Annuller Enhedsjustering af hvidt gt Genindl s Luminans CIE Y 100 00 4 gt Standard m Indstillingen af Justering af halvtonefarve i dialogboksen Dokumentegenskaber
286. formationen zu den verschiedenen Einstellungen entnehmen Sie bitte den Handb chern zu Microsoft Windows NT Sie k nnen auch auf das Fragezeichen in der oberen rechten Ecke des Dialogfeldes klicken und dann auf eine Einstellung klicken um die Popup Hilfe f r dieses Element aufzurufen Canon LBP 660 Eigenschaften 2 x Freigabe Sicherheit Ger teeinstellungen Allgemein Anschl sse Zeitplanung der Druckauftr ge Canon LBP 660 Kapitel 4 Verwendung des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems 13 DEUTSCH M Registerkarte Allgemein Die Einstellungen auf dieser Registerkarte sind f r den ganzen Druckertreiber g ltig m Der LBP 660 unterst tzt keine leeren Seiten Auch wenn Sie auf die Schaltfl che Trennseite klicken um Trennseiten zu verwenden wird keine Trennseite gedruckt m ndern Sie nicht die Standard Einstellungen im Dialogfeld Druckprozessor das angezeigt wird wenn Sie auf die Schaltfl che Druckprozessor klicken Wenn Sie den Standard Datentyp ndern kann insbesondere von Clients die nicht unter Microsoft Windows NT ausgef hrt werden nicht mehr gedruckt werden m Um eine Testseite zu drucken klicken Sie in dieser Registerkarte auf die Schaltfl che Testseite drucken Im Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT enth lt das Statusfenster f r den LBP 660 keine Schaltfl che zum Drucken einer Testseite m Registerkarte Anschl sse Mit Hilfe dieser Registerkarte l t sich d
287. ft Windows Printing System comienza el proceso de inicializaci n Durante dicho proceso se crea el grupo Microsoft Windows Printing System y se agrega al men Inicio La ventana Windows Printing System tambi n aparece en el escritorio adem s de un icono de acceso directo al grupo Microsoft Windows Printing System vea la p gina siguiente Si desea conectarse a la impresora LBP 660 e imprimir desde un cliente Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 o Microsoft Windows para Trabajo en Grupo que a su vez est conectado a la red Microsoft Windows NT haga clic en el bot n Si cuando aparezca el cuadro de di logo siguiente Sino desea compartir la impresora LBP 660 o si todos los clientes de que dispone son m quinas Microsoft Windows NT haga clic en el bot n No Instalaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System gt compartir el directorio WPS para que los clientes de Windows95 Windows3 1 puedan imprimir Finalizaci n de la instalaci n Cuando termina la instalaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System se visualiza un mensaje de confirmaci n Haga clic en el bot n Aceptar para dar por concluida la instalaci n Si durante la instalaci n del controlador de impresi n opt por imprimir una p gina de prueba se imprimir ahora Si el proceso completo de instalaci n ha sido satisfactorio aparecer la ventana de estado de la impresora LBP 660 en el escritorio y la p gina de prueba se imprimir en la LBP 660
288. ft Windows 95 During Local or Network printing with Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 m You cannot use the forms overlay function m You cannot print a test page from the LBP 660 Status Window Use the Print Test Page button in the General tab in the Printer Properties dialog box m There is no Printer Options item in the Options menu in the LBP 660 Status Window Set the toner density in the Document Options group of the Advanced tab in the Default Document Properties dialog box 26 Appendix canon IMPRIMANTE LASER LBP 660 Guide de Microsoft Windows Printing System pour Microsoft Windows NT IMPORTANT Lisez attentivement ce guide avant d utiliser l imprimante Gardez le port e de main pour pouvoir le consulter facilement en cas de besoin FRANCAIS Copyright Copyright 1998 Canon Inc Tous droits r serv s Copyright 1996 Microsoft Corporation Tous droits r serv s Avertissement Canon Inc n assume aucune garantie explicite ou implicite en rapport avec ce mat riel sauf disposition contraire du present document y compris notamment les garanties de qualit marchande pour un usage particulier ou les garanties relatives la violation d un brevet quelconque Canon Inc ne pourra en aucun cas tre tenu responsable de tout dommage direct ou indirect de quelque nature que ce soit ni de pertes ou de frais r sultant de l utilisation de ce mat riel Ce document contient des informations qui sont
289. ft Windows NT et d ordinateurs fonctionnant sous Microsoft Windows d nomm Microsoft Windows dans le reste de ce document 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 ou Microsoft Windows pour Workgroups Chapitre 4 Utilisation de Microsoft Windows Printing System 13 Ce chapitre explique comment utiliser le Moniteur de surveillance du r seau la fen tre d tat de la LBP 660 et les boites de dialogue des propri t s de Microsoft Windows Printing System pour Microsoft Windows NT Chapitre5 D pannage nun Ce chapitre explique comment r soudre les problemes pouvant se produire pendant Vinstallation de Microsoft Windows Printing System et pendant son utilisation sur un r seau Microsoft Windows NT ANNEXE A O Cette section de I Annexe pr sente les points du Manuel d utilisation de la LBP 660 pour lesquels les descriptions de Microsoft Windows Printing System pour Microsoft Windows NT different de celles des versions pour Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 et Microsoft Windows pour Workgroups Chapitre 1 Introduction 1 FRANCAIS Avant d installer ce logiciel Avant de proc der l installation de Microsoft Windows Printing System sur votre PC fonctionnant sous Microsoft Windows NT assurez vous que celui ci r pond aux exigences de configuration mentionn es ci dessous Ordinateur IBM PC ou compatible quip d un processeur Pentium 90 MHz ou sup rieur et de Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 version Server ou
290. ft Windows Printing System Kapittel 4 m Kategorien Enhetsinnstillinger I denne kategorien angir du hvordan halvtoner rastre behandles n r du skriver ut grafikk LBP 660 kan skrive ut enten ved bruke sine egne halvtoner eller halvtonene i Microsoft Windows NT N r du skal angi hvilke halvtoner som skal brukes klikker du p Halvtone og bruker Endre innstilling for Halvtone for angi hvilke halvtoner du nsker bruke Endre innstilling for Halvtone Bruk skriverens halvtoner Bruk systemets halvtoner Hvis du velger Bruk systemets halvtoner kan du bruke dialogboksen Enhetsfarge halvtoneoppsett til endre halvtoneinnstillingene for systemet Se i brukerh ndb kene eller hjelpefunksjonen for Microsoft Windows NT hvis du vil ha mer informasjon om hvordan du endrer halvtonene for systemet Enhetsfarge halvtoneoppsett x Enhet Canon LBP 660 Halvtonemanster v Enhetsgamma 1 2500 ri gt Pikseldiameter ENHET Gienoppret Standard Justering av hvitt Belysning CIE Y 100 00 gt m Hvordan du bruker justeringsfunksjonen for halvtoner under dokumentegenskaper fm varierer avhengig av hvilken behandlingsm te du valgte for halvtonene Kapittel 4 Bruke Microsoft Windows Printing System 15 Egenskaper for standarddokument Du angir standardinnstillinger for de utskriftsalternativene som er tilgjengelige n r du skriver
291. g System Per disinstallare Microsoft Windows Printing System avviare il programma per la disinstallazione che si trova nel gruppo Windows Printing System m Dopo la disinstallazione di qualsiasi software riavviare sempre Microsoft Windows NT Se non si riavvia Microsoft Windows NT non sar possibile reinstallare il software rimosso Capitolo 5 Individuazione e soluzione dei problemi 23 ITALIANO Problemi durante l installazione di Microsoft Windows Printing System Problemi durante l installazione locale Problema Causa Soluzione Impossibile selezionare il pulsante Questo computer nella finestra Installazione stampante Al termine della copia dei file viene visualizzato un messaggio che informa che sono necessari i privilegi di Administrator Viene visualizzato un messaggio di errore che informa che amp necessaria una nuova installazione L utente che installa il software non ha i privilegi di Administrator o di Power User Un utente con privilegi di Power User ha tentato di installare il software Si sta eseguendo un installazione locale su un computer su cui il driver di stampa LBP 660 amp gi stato installato in rete Problemi durante l installazione in rete Problema Causa I privilegi di Administrator sono necessari per Pinstallazione di Microsoft Windows Printing System E necessario che l installazione venga eseguita da qualcuno che disponga dei privilegi d
292. g heater has been ON for a set period of time while printing or when warming up initial detection of thermistor break age Any temperature below 0 C is detected for a set period of time after the initial detection of thermistor breakage while the fixing heater is being controlled The temperature of the fixing heater decreases to 90 C or lower for a set period of time when the temperature of fixing heater is being controlled The CPU will perform the following after assessing that a fixing unit error has occurred 1 Cut off power to the fixing heater 2 Even while printing it will immediately halt the main motor scanner motor and high volt age system then put the printer into error mode Notes 1 Initial temperature control After the PRINT signal has been input to the printer controller the temperature of the fixing heater is increased to its normal target temperature value 2 Normal temperature control The temperature of the fixing heater is controlled to stay at its prescribed value dur ing the print operation 3 Between page temperature control The temperature of the fixing heater is controlled at a low temperature to prevent the temperature of the non feeding area of film unit from rising between pages CHAPTER 2 C Jam Detection The following paper sensors are installed to detect the paper and to check that it is being fed correctly Paper pick up sensor PS002 Paper delivery sensor PS201 The micro
293. genvej til Network Status Monitor WpsC3Nsm exe p skrivebordet 5 Klik p knappen Udf r i guiden Printerinstallation Oprette forbindelse fra en Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows til Workgroups klient Hvis du vil oprette forbindelse til LBP 660 fra en Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows til Workgroups klient via en Microsoft Windows NT printserver skal Microsoft Windows Printing System til det p g ldende operativsystem f rst installeres p klienten Brugerh ndbogen indeholder oplysninger om hvordan du installerer Microsoft Windows Printing System p en Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows til Workgroups klient 12 Forbinde LBP 660 til en netv rksprinter Kapitel 3 Kapitel 4 Bruge Microsoft Windows Printing System Microsoft Windows Printing System til Microsoft Windows NT bruges stort set p samme m de som Microsoft Windows Printing System til andre versioner af Microsoft Windows I kapitel 3 Brug af Microsoft Windows Printing System i brugerh ndbogen findes en oversigt over Microsoft Windows Printing System Dialogbokse i Microsoft Windows Printing System De to vigtigste dialogbokse i Microsoft Windows Printing System til Microsoft Windows NT er dialogboksen Printeregenskaber og dialogboksen Egenskaber for standarddokument Alle brugere kan bne disse dialogbokse og se indstillingerne i dem men du kan
294. gras i serverns utskriftsk kan of rsiktiga avbrott av utskrifter ven f utskrifter fr n andra klienter att g f rlorade T nk p detta n r du avbryter ett utskriftsjobb Menyn Help Den h r menyn visar en dialogruta med versionsinformation f r Network Status Monitor 22 Anv nda Microsoft Windows Printing System Kapitel 4 Kapitel 5 Fels kning Det h r kapitlet beskriver hur du l ser problem som kan uppst n r du installerar Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT och medan du anv nder LBP 660 som n tverksskrivare i ett Microsoft Windows NT n tverk Se kapitel 6 Fels kning i anv ndarhandboken f r LBP 660 f r instruktioner om hur du l ser problem med sj lva skrivaren papperskvadd etc d lig utskriftskvalitet problem med Microsoft Windows Printing System och felmeddelanden i Microsoft Windows Printing System Kan du inte lista ut orsaken till ett problem startar du tillbeh ret Trouble Shooter som installerats i gruppen Windows Printing System Detta tillbeh r kan l sa problem med installerade filer eller inst llningar Om du fortfarande inte kan l sa problemet avinstallerar du Microsoft Windows Printing System p utskriftsservern startar om servern och installerar om Microsoft Windows Printing System Vill du avinstallera Microsoft Windows Printing System startar du tillbeh ret Uninstaller som installerats i gruppen Windows Printing System m Starta alltid om M
295. groep Windows Printing System geregistreerd in het menu Start Bovendien wordt er op het bureaublad een snelkoppeling naar de Network Status Monitor WpsC3Nsm exe gemaakt 5 Klik op de knop Voltooien in het dialoogvenster Wizard Printer toevoegen Een verbinding maken vanaf een Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 of Microsoft Windows voor Workgroups client Als u een verbinding wilt maken met de LBP 660 vanaf een Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 of Microsoft Windows voor Workgroups client via een Microsoft Windows NT afdrukserver moet het LBP 660 Microsoft Windows Printing System voor het betreffende besturingssysteem zijn geinstalleerd op de client Informatie over het installeren van het Microsoft Windows Printing System op een Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 of Microsoft Windows voor Workgroups client kunt u vinden in de gebruikershandleiding 12 Een verbinding met de LBP 660 als netwerkprinter maken Hoofdstuk 3 Hoofdstuk 4 Het Microsoft Windows Printing System gebruiken Het Microsoft Windows Printing System voor Microsoft Windows NT wordt in principe op dezelfde manier gebruikt als het Microsoft Windows Printing System voor andere versies van Microsoft Windows Zie Hoofdstuk 3 Het Microsoft Windows Printing System in de gebruikershandleiding voor een overzicht van het Microsoft Windows Printing System De dialoogvensters van het Microsoft Windows Printing System Het Microsoft Windows
296. gvenster de beschikbare instellingen voor de optie weergegeven of knoppen waarmee u een ander dialoogvenster kunt openen Selecteer of typ de nieuwe instelling De nieuwe instelling wordt vervolgens in rood weergegeven aan de rechterkant van de vermelde optie De rode weergave geeft aan dat de nieuwe instelling nog niet is opgeslagen als een standaard documenteigenschap Nieuwe instellingen worden pas als eigenschappen voor standaarddocumenten opgeslagen wanneer u op de knop OK onderaan het dialoogvenster hebt geklikt un 2 lt El e Instellingen van de groep Papier Uitvoer De groep Papier Uitvoer bestaat uit drie opties Papierformaat Afdrukstand en Aantal afdrukken Deze opties zijn dezelfde als de opties in het tabblad Pagina instelling zie hierboven Als u de instellingen hier aanpast worden deze ook in het tabblad Pagina instelling gewijzigd Hoofdstuk 4 Het Microsoft Windows Printing System gebruiken 17 Instellingen van de groep Grafisch De groep Grafisch bestaat uit twee opties Resolutie en Schaal aanpassen m Resolutie Met de opties onder Resolutie instelling wijzigen kunt u de resolutie selecteren waarmee u met de LBP 660 wilt afdrukken m Schaal aanpassen Typ de vergrotings of verkleiningsfactor in het tekstvak Schaal aanpassen instelling wijzigen U kunt een waarde opgeven tussen 10 en 200 in stappen van 1 Instellingen van de groep Opties voor Document De groep Opties
297. he Print Test Page button in this tab In the Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT the LBP 660 Status Window does not contain a Test printer button B Ports Tab Use this tab to select the port to which the LBP 660 is connected If you have already connected the LBP 660 and are using it there is no need to change this setting B Scheduling Tab m Use this tab to schedule a set time for printing to set printing priorities and to specify the print data spooling method m For the LBP 660 always select the Spool print documents so program finishes printing faster option button If you select the Print directly to the printer option you will not be able to print from applications Spool print documents so program finishes printing faster Start printing after last page is spooled Start printing immediately Print directly to the printer m Select the Start printing after last page is spooled option or the Start printing immediately option as required Note however that this option affects the operation of the progress bar in the Status Window See the LBP 660 Status Window section for details m Sharing Tab This tab designates whether the LBP 660 is shared See Chapter 2 Installing the Microsoft Windows Printing System for details B Security Tab This tab sets the security for the LBP 660 Refer to the Microsoft Windows NT manuals for information on printer security 14 Using the Mi
298. he Security tab 2 To share the LBP 660 click on the Shared option button When you select Shared the name shown in the Share Name text box is the first 8 characters of the printer name used at installation excluding spaces You can change this by typing a different name in the text box If the clients sharing the printer on the network include any Microsoft Windows 3 1 or Microsoft Windows for Workgroups machines ensure that the Share Name does not exceed 8 characters m If you designate the printer as a shared printer do not select the operating system in the Alternate Drivers list at the bottom of the dialog box The LBP 660 driver cannot be installed on systems other than Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 x86 3 Click on the OK button m The LBP 660 is designated as a shared printer and the icon in the Printers folder changes to a shared printer icon Chapter 2 Installing the Microsoft Windows Printing System 9 Chapter 3 Connecting to the LBP 660 as a Network printer If you designate the LBP 660 as a shared printer on the Microsoft Windows NT computer to which the LBP 660 is connected and then designate that computer as the print server the LBP 660 can then be used not only by Microsoft Windows NT clients but also by Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 and Microsoft Windows for Workgroups clients that are connected to the Microsoft Windows NT network m To use the Microsoft Windows NT computer
299. he overlay form 4 Size Sets the size of the overlay form 5 Unit Sets the unit 6 Preview Displays overlay setting for confirmation 7 Browse Displays File selection dialog 8 OK Changes the items in this dialog box and closes the box 9 Cancel Closes this dialog box without changing its items 10 Help Opens the Help topics 11 Preview Renews Preview 12 Defaults Sets values of this dialog box to default CHAPTER 1 b Printer Status Window The Printer Status Window is an exclusive application for Windows Printing System and shows the printing job status with a progress bar and graphic animation It is also used for setting peculiar items for the printer such as the toner density For details see Page 1 61 to 1 64 CHAPTER 1 E PCL Emulation 1 Concerning PCL Emulation This printer supports PCLA in the Microsoft Windows 95 98 3 1 environment and host based PCL emulation is executed Settings of PCL are made on the PCL front panel which is a host based application As PCL emulation is host based the application needs to be started from the DOS box when outputting to a local printer In a case that the computer is started up in pure DOS Windows 95 98 DOS box is set to the MS DOS mode or Command prompt or MS DOS is specified at the start up of Windows 95 98 the local printer is unable to print However in the case of print ing via a network printing from pure DO
300. he printer is compatible with the Microsoft Windows NT4 0 Microsoft Windows 95 98 and Microsoft Windows 3 1 As the printer supports PCL host emulation on Microsoft Windows 95 98 and 3 1 you can print the conventional MS DOS applications in high quality 3 Simplified Operation This printer makes use of a bidirectional parallel host interface allowing the user to set the printer and monitor the status on the host computer display As a result its operation has been simplified eliminating complicated panel operation 4 Compactness The size of this printer has been realized through employing a vertical paper feed system which does not carry a cassette but carries a multi purpose tray on the top It is a compact printer best suited for deskside 5 Excellent Print Quality and Speed The printer is capable of printing 6 pages min the highest speed among the Canon compact LBPs In addition to the engine resolution of 600 DPI the printer adopts Canon s original image processing technology Automatic Image Refinement The result is high image quality specifi cations of 2400 x 600 DPI 6 Shortened Wait Time Low Power Consumption amp Low Noise Through adoption of the on demand fixing method a shortened wait time and low power con sumption have been achieved By removing the fans a lower noise level has been achieved 7 Various Paper Types This printer is capable of printing on plain paper labels OHT envelops and other special pape
301. he product is improved or redesigned All relevant information in such cases will be supplied in the form of Service Information bul letins A thorough understanding of the information in this Manual and any relevant Service Information bulletins is required to maintain printer performance and perform troubleshooting and repair Trademarks Microsoft MS DOS and Windows are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or in other countries DTP system This manual was produced on an Apple PowerMacintosh 9500 200 personal computer and output by an Apple LaserWriter 16 600 PS laser beam printer All graphics were produced with Macromedia FreeHand J and all documents and page layouts were created with QuarkXPress E The video images were captured with SONY degital video camcorder and MASS microsystems Quickimage 24 video capture board and modified with Adobe Photoshop J Il CONTENTS CHAPTER 1 PRODUCT INFORMATION FEATURES 1 1 B Storage and Handling SPECIFICATIONS 1 2 of EP A Cartridges 1 9 A Printer 1 2 VI MAINTENANCE BY SAFETY INFORMATION 1 6 CUSTOMER 1 13 A Handling the Laser Scanner VII 1 14 oon onnaa 1 6 A Microsoft Windows B Toner Caution Printing System C Ozone Safety B Micro
302. he top door during printing and remove the EP A cartridge After opening the pro tective shutter of the photosensitive drum in the EP A cartridge check the toner image on the photosensitive drum surface If the toner image has not sufficiently transferred to the paper proceed to step 4 If the toner image on the photosensitive drum surface is light go to step 7 Do not leave the protective shutter open for more than 10 seconds 4 Paper Action Replace the paper and advise the customer on the paper storage procedures 5 Poor connection between the high voltage and transfer charging roller shaft contacts Action Clean the high voltage connection to ensure continuity If the problem remains replace any deformed or broken parts 6 Deformation deterioration of the transfer charging roller Action Replace the transfer charging roller 7 Poor connection between the developing bias and cartridge contact points Action If dirty clean the connection If the problem remains replace any deformed or bro ken parts 8 Faulty laser scanner unit Action Replace the laser scanner unit 9 Faulty printer controller PCB Action Replace the printer controller PCB 1 2 Dark lt Possible causes gt 1 The image density is not properly adjusted Action Operate the external device to adjust the image density Poor connection between the drum grounding and cartridge contact points Action If dirty clean the connection If the problem remains r
303. hiesto l intervento dell utente ad esempio quando si verifica un errore E anche possibile aprire in qualsiasi momento la Finestra di stato Canon LBP 660 facendo doppio clic sull icona Finestra di stato Canon LBP 660 nel gruppo Windows Printing System Si pu poi usare la Finestra di stato Canon LBP 660 per controllare lo stato di avanzamento dei lavori di stampa sospendere la stampa riprendere la stampa ecc Canon LBP 660 su LPT1 FEE Stampante Visualizza Opzioni 2 Stampante pronta La stampante amp pronta Questa Finestra di stato amp praticamente identica a quella in Microsoft Windows Printing System per Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 e Microsoft Windows per Workgroup Per ulteriori informazioni sull uso della Finestra di stato fare riferimento al Manuale per l Operatore La presente descrizione si limita a quelle operazioni e funzioni in cui la Finestra di stato Canon LBP 660 per Microsoft Windows NT differisce dalla Finestra di stato presente in altre versioni di Microsoft Windows m Se l opzione Comincia la stampa dopo l inserimento nello spooler dell ultima pagina amp stata selezionata nella scheda Pianificazione nella finestra Propriet il tempo residuo previsto e l ora prevista per il completamento vengono visualizzati nell area messaggi durante la stampa del documento e la barra di avanzamento mostra il numero di pagine stampate ed il numero di pagine totali della stampa
304. hite Ref Sets the darkest and lightest points of the image 10 Picture Sets the graphic style displayed as a test picture or the name of the defined test picture 11 View Displays a test picture that reflects the change in settings When the check box is selected the dialog box can be turned on and off by clicking the right mouse button 12 Maximize Displays a full screen test picture 13 Palette Displays a color palette based on the color of the graphics 14 Scale Adjusts the height and width of the graphic based on the ratio of the height and width of the default graphic when the check box is selected When the check box is not selected the graphic is displayed at full size in the window 15 Flip X Flips the image along the horizontal axis 16 Flip Y Flips the image along the vertical axis 17 OK Changes the settings in this dialog box and closes the box 18 Cancel Closes this dialog box without changing the settings 19 Default Resets the setting values in this dialog to the default values 20 Revert Resets the setting values in this box to the values displayed when the box was opened 21 Open Opens the graphic file to confirm the settings 22 Save As Saves the opened graphic file with name 1 42 CHAPTER 1 Custom Paper Size Dialog Box Use this dialog box to set user defined paper size It can be opened by selecting Custom Paper Size of the Document
305. hutter Do not open the protective shutter unless absolutely necessary The protective shutter opens automati cally when an EP A cartridge is inserted into the printer CHAPTER 3 2 Photosensitive Drum As a rule the photosensitive drum is not to be cleaned However if the drum is exceptionally dirty follow the procedures below to clean it 1 Open the cartridge door and remove the EP A cartridge 2 Open the protective shutter 3 Apply toner to a flannel cloth and clean the dirty drum surface Notes 1 Rotate the photosensitive drum in the same direction as when the printer is in operation Never rotate it in the opposite direction as the plate spring used to apply a developing bias to the developing cylinder will bend and cause a contact defect Do not touch the photosensitive area of the drum when rotating it 2 Use a flannel cloth for cleaning but do not scrub the surface Do not use lint free paper as it will damage the drum Never use solvents for cleaning 3 Finish cleaning as quickly as possible to avoid exposing the drum to the light for longer than necessary as this can cause image defects B Transfer Charging Roller 1 Open the cartridge door and remove the cartridge 2 Unhook the 2 claws on either side of the transfer guide with a slot head screw driver and remove the guide O Claws O Transfer guide Figure 3 5 2 3 Lift up the gear of the transfer ch
306. i Administrator E necessario che la reinstallazione del software venga eseguita da qualcuno che disponga dei privilegi di Administrator Eseguire nuovamente Pinstallazione locale e selezionare il pulsante relativo all opzione Sostituisci il driver esistente nella finestra di dialogo Installazione stampante Soluzione Il nome della stampante condivisa o del server di stampa da collegare non viene visualizzato nell elenco Stampanti condivise e server di stampa non stato avviato e La stampante stata configurata per la condivisione Non si hanno i privilegi richiesti per collegarsi alla stampante o al server di stampa e Avviare il server di stampa Impostare la stampante per la condivisione nella finestra di dialogo Propriet e Richiedere all amministratore di rete di modificare i privilegi di utente 24 Individuazione e soluzione dei problemi Capitolo 5 Problemi durante la stampa in rete Problema Causa Soluzione Impossibile collegarsi al server di stampa o alla stampante condivisa nel Monitor di stato sulla rete Impossibile utilizzare il menu Stampanti nel Monitor di stato sulla rete Impossibile stampare su un server di stampa Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 o Microsoft Windows per Workgroup da un client Microsoft Windows NT Impossibile stampare da un client Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 o Microsoft Windows per Workgroup e server di stampa non
307. i e o in altri paesi NetWare un marchio registrato e Novell un marchio di fabbrica della Novell Inc TrueType un marchio di fabbrica della Apple Computer Inc Lucida un marchio di fabbrica della Bigelow amp Homes Gli altri marchi e nomi di prodotti sono marchi di fabbrica o marchi registrati delle rispettive societ In questo manuale si fa riferimento a Microsoft Microsoft Windows e Microsoft Windows NT rispettivamente come Microsoft Microsoft Windows e Microsoft Windows NT Convenzioni Questo manuale si avvale delle seguenti convenzioni Le note forniscono consigli o suggerimenti per ottimizzare le prestazioni della stampante Indica che ignorare le procedure o pratiche consigliate potrebbe causare danni all hardware o al software Capitolo 1 Introduzione Informazioni su questo manuale La Guida di Microsoft Windows Printing System a cui di seguito si far riferimento come Microsoft Windows Printing System per Microsoft Windows NT a cui di seguito si far riferimento come Microsoft Windows NT descrive come installare ed utilizzare Microsoft Windows Printing System per Microsoft Windows NT su un computer con Microsoft Windows NT versione 4 0 Server o Workstation collegato ad una stampante laser Canon LBP 660 Il manuale amp composto dai seguenti capitoli Capitolo 1 Introduzione 22 1 Questo capitolo descrive co
308. i handb ckerna f r Microsoft Windows NT Du kan ven klicka p fr getecknet i dialogrutans vre h gra h rn och sedan klicka p det du vill ha hj lp med s visas en f rklarande text P Canon LBP 660 Egenskaper 2 x Generelt Porter Planlegaing Deling Sikkerhet Enhetsinnstilinger Canon LBP 660 Kapitel 4 Anv nda Microsoft Windows Printing System 13 SVENSKA m Fliken Allm nt De inst llningar som g rs h r g ller hela skrivardrivrutinen m LBP 660 kan inte skriva ut delningssidor ven om du klickar p Delningssida skrivs ingen delningssida ut m Andra inte standardinst llningarna i dialogrutan Skrivarprocessor som visas om du klickar p knappen Utskriftsprocessor Andrar du Standarddatatyp g r det inte att skriva ut fr n klienter som inte anv nder Microsoft Windows NT m Vill du skriva ut en testsida klickar du p knappen Skriv ut testsida p den h r fliken I Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT inneh ller LBP 660 Status Window inte knappen Testa skrivare m Fliken Portar P den h r fliken anger du till vilken port LBP 660 r ansluten till Om du redan har anslutit till skrivaren och anv nder den beh ver du inte ndra den h r inst llningen m Fliken Schemal ggning m P den h r fliken kan du ange en best md tidpunkt f r utskrift ange utskriftsprioritet och ange hur verf ringen ska ske m For en LBP 660 ska du alltid v lja
309. i rete Connetti a una stampante su un altro computer Tutte le impostazioni per questa stampante sono gestite da un server della stampante installato dall amministratore cindera Annulla 4 Verificare che il pulsante dell opzione Questo computer sia selezionato e fare clic sul pulsante Avanti gt m Siapre la finestra di selezione della porta di collegamento Selezione della porta della stampante Installazione stampante Attivare le caselle di controllo a fianco alle porte che si intendono utilizzare documenti verranno stampati utilizzando la prima porta disponibile Porte disponibili Port Descrizione Local Port OLPT2 Local Port O LPT3 Local Port O COMI Local Port O COM2 Local Port O COM3 Local Port O COM4 Local Port O FILE Local Port Aggiungi porta Configura porta TT Attiva utilizzo pool di stampanti 1 Attivare la casella di controllo della porta a cui amp collegata la stampante LBP 660 di solito LPT1 e fare clic sul pulsante Avanti gt m LBP 660 puo essere soltanto collegata ad una porta parallela LPT Non sar possibile m stampare su LBP 660 se si seleziona una porta seriale o una gualsiasi porta diversa da guella a cui LBP 660 amp collegata m Verr visualizzata la finestra di selezione del modello della stampante che mostra un elenco dei produttori e dei modelli delle stampanti supportati da Microsoft Windows NT come stand
310. i statusvinduet for LBP 660 Angi tonertetthet i gruppen for dokumentalternativer i kategorien Avansert i dialogboksen Egenskaper for standarddokument 26 Tillegg canon LBP 660 LASERKIRJOITIN Microsoft Windows Printing System opas Microsoft Windows NT k ytt j rjestelm n T RKE Lue t m opas huolellisesti ennen kirjoittimen k ytt S ilyt opas my hemp tarvetta varten Tekij noikeudet Copyright 1998 Canon Inc Kaikki oikeudet pid tet n Copyright 1996 Microsoft Corporation Kaikki oikeudet pid tet n Huomautus Canon Inc ei anna t lle julkaisulle t ss asiakirjassa ilmoitettua takuuta lukuun ottamatta mink nlaista suoraa tai ep suoraa takuuta ei my sk n sellaista joka koskisi markkinoitavuutta myyntikelpoisuutta tai sopivuutta tiettyyn tarkoitukseen tai mahdollisuutta rikkoa jotakin patenttia Canon Inc ei ole vastuussa mist n suorista v lillisist tai seurannaisvahingoista tappioista eik kuluista jotka saattavat aiheutua t m n julkaisun k yt st T ss julkaisussa on tekij noikeuksin suojattuja tietoja Kaikki oikeudet pid tet n T t julkaisua ei saa osittainkaan kopioida j ljent tai k nt toiselle kielelle ilman Canon Inc n ennalta antamaa kirjallista lupaa Kirjoittimen mukana toimitetun Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin k ytt oikeussopimuksen ehdot koskevat my s t t julkaisua T ss julkaisussa olevia tiet
311. ica la forma en que se manejan los medios tonos cuando se imprimen gr ficos La LBP 660 puede imprimir utilizando los valores de medios tonos propios de la impresora o bien los del sistema Microsoft Windows NT Para seleccionar los medios tonos haga clic en la opci n Medio tono y utilice los botones de opci n Cambiar la configuraci n Medio tono para seleccionar los medios tonos que desea utilizar Cambiar la configuraci n Medio tono Kr Usar medios tonos de la impresora Usar medios tonos del sistema Si selecciona Usar medios tonos del sistema emplee el cuadro de di logo Propiedades de color y medio tono del dispositivo para cambiar la configuraci n de medios tonos del sistema Si desea m s informaci n sobre el procedimiento para cambiar los medios tonos del sistema rem tase a la ayuda o a los manuales de Microsoft Windows NT Propiedades de color y medio tono del dispositivo 2 x Dispositivo Canon LBP 660 Patr n de medio tono mejorado Gamma del dispositivo 12500 gt SI 3 Di metro de Pixel DISPVO mi xi VA Alineamiento del blanco del dispositivo Revettir lt Luminancia CIE Y 10000 gt Predeterminado a m El funcionamiento del valor Ajuste de color de medios tonos de las Propiedades del documento var a seg n el m todo de manejo de medios tonos que haya seleccionado aqu Cap tulo 4 Utilizaci
312. icrosoft Windows NT efter att du avinstallerat n got program Om du inte startar om Microsoft Windows NT g r det inte att installera om programvaran som tagits bort Kapitel 5 Fels kning 23 SVENSKA Problem under installation av Microsoft Windows Printing System Problem under lokal installation Problem Orsak L sning Det g r inte att klicka p knappen Den h r datorn i guiden L gg till skrivare N r kopieringen av filer r klar visas ett felmeddelande om att administrat rsbeh righet kr vs Ett felmeddelande visas om att en ers ttningsinstallation kr vs Anv ndaren som installerar programvaran har inte administrat rs eller Power User beh righet En anv ndare med Power User beh righet f rs kte installera programvaran Du utf r en lokal installation p en dator d r skrivardrivrutinen f r LBP 660 redan har installerats f r n tverk Problem under n tverksinstallation Administrat rsbeh righet kr vs f r att installera Microsoft Windows Printing System L t n gon med administrat rsbeh righet utf ra installationen L t n gon med administrat rsbeh righet installera om programvaran Utf r den lokala installationen igen och klicka p Ers tt befintlig drivrutin i guiden L gg till skrivare Problem Orsak L sning Namnet p den delade skrivare Utskriftsservern r inte e Starta utskriftsservern eller utskriftsserver som ska ig ng
313. icrosoft Windows Printing System and while you are using the Microsoft Windows Printing System on a Microsoft Windows NT network Appendix A A This section of the Appendix lists the points in the LBP 660 User s Manual descriptions at which the Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT differs from the Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 and Microsoft Windows for Workgroups Chapter 1 Introduction 1 Z E Before You Install this Software Before you install the Microsoft Windows Printing System on your PC running Microsoft Windows NT check that your PC meets the hardware and software requirements listed below IBM PC or compatible machine with a Pentium 90 MHz CPU or better and with Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 for Servers or Workstations installed The Microsoft Windows Printing System for the LBP 660 described in this guide runs on Microsoft Windows NT version 4 0 for PC AT compatible machines This Microsoft Windows Printing System will not run on systems running Microsoft Windows NT version 3 51 or earlier or Microsoft Windows NT for a RISC based processor If you are using a Novell NetWare network you cannot install this software on a NetWare server You cannot use this software to print from Novell Netware clients for Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 or Microsoft Windows for Workgroups Minimum 24 MB of RAM Minimum 10 MB
314. icrosoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT on a computer running Microsoft Windows NT version 4 0 for Servers or Workstations that is connected to a Canon LBP 660 laser printer This guide consists of the following chapters Chapter I Introduction iii This chapter describes how to use this guide and the system requirements for installing the Microsoft Windows Printing System on to a PC running Microsoft Windows NT Chapter 2 Installing the Microsoft Windows Printing System 3 This chapter describes how to install the Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT when using the LBP 660 as a local printer and how to share an LBP 660 on a Microsoft Windows NT network Chapter 3 Connecting to the LBP 660 as a Network printer 10 This chapter describes how to use the LBP 660 from other computers running Microsoft Windows NT and from computers running Microsoft Windows hereafter referred to as Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 or Microsoft Windows for Workgroups Chapter 4 Using the Microsoft Windows Printing System 13 This chapter describes how to use the Network Status Monitor the LBP 660 Status Window and the Properties dialog boxes in the Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT Chapter 5 Troubleshooting 1 2 02 QI This chapter describes how to resolve problems that arise during installation of the M
315. ie f r das einwandfreie Funktionieren der Software Zur Optimierung der Rechnerumgebung und zur bestm glichen Auslastung des LBP 660 wird die folgende Hardware und Software empfohlen Pentium Prozessor mit 166 MHz oder schneller Mindestens 48 MB RAM ECP Druckeranschlu Soundkarte erforderlich f r die Verwendung von gesprochenen Mitteilungen des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems Um den LBP 660 im Netzwerk freizugeben mu eines der folgenden Netzwerkprotokolle installiert sein m NetBEUI a TCP IP m NWLink IPX SPX Zur Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems f r Microsoft Windows NT m ssen Sie ber Administratorrechte verf gen Die Installation sollte von einem Netzwerkadministrator oder einem Druck Manager mit Administratorrechten durchgefiihrt werden 2 Einfiihrung Kapitel 1 Kapitel 2 Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems Verwenden Sie zur Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT die Installationsdiskette Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems f r lokale Drucker In diesem Kapitel wird die Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems beschrieben wenn der LBP 660 als lokaler Drucker verwendet wird Eine Beschreibung des Anschlusses des LBP 660 als Netzwerkdrucker finden Sie in Kapitel 3 Herstellen der Verbindung zum LBP 660 als Netzwerkdrucker F hre
316. ie urheberrechtlich gesch tzt sind Alle Rechte sind vorbehalten Dieses Dokument darf nicht auch nicht auszugsweise ohne vorherige schriftliche Genehmigung durch Canon Inc fotokopiert vervielf ltigt oder in eine andere Sprache bersetzt werden Die Verwendung dieses Dokumentes unterliegt der Lizenzvereinbarung Microsoft Windows Printing System die im Lieferumfang des Druckers enthalten ist Der Inhalt dieses Dokumentes kann ohne vorherige Ank ndigung ge ndert werden Warenzeichen LBP Canon und das Canon Logo sind Warenzeichen von Canon Inc PCL ist ein Warenzeichen der Hewlett Packard Company IBM ist ein Warenzeichen der International Business Machines Corporation Microsoft Windows Windows NT das Windows Logo und MS DOS sind entweder eingetragene Warenzeichen oder Warenzeichen der Microsoft Corporation in den Vereinigten Staaten und oder in anderen L ndern NetWare ist ein eingetragenes Warenzeichen und Novell ist ein Warenzeichen von Novell Inc TrueType ist ein Warenzeichen der Apple Computer Inc Lucida ist ein Warenzeichen von Bigelow amp Homes Weitere Marken und Produktnamen sind Warenzeichen oder eingetragene Warenzeichen der jeweiligen Gesellschaften In diesem Leitfaden wird Microsoft Microsoft Windows und Microsoft Windows NT als Microsoft Microsoft Windows bzw Microsoft Windows NT bezeichnet Vereinbarungen Diesem Buch liegen die folgenden Vereinbarungen zugrunde Hinweise enth
317. ienennys tai suurennussuhde Muuta asetusta Skaalaus ryhm n tekstiruutuun Suhde voi olla 1 n v lein 10 200 Asetukset Asiakirja ryhm n asetukset Asetukset Asiakirja ryhm ss on viisi asetusta Halftone Color Adjustment Automatic Image Refinement Toner Saver Toner Density ja Custom Paper Size m Halftone Color Adjustment Napsauta Halftone Color Adjustment painiketta jotta n ytt n tulee valintaikkuna kirjoittimen puolis vyjen s t mist varten m Halftone Color Adjustment valintaikkuna vaihtelee sen mukaan mik vaihtoehto on fm valittu kirjoittimen ominaisuuksien Laitteen asetukset v lilehdest Jos K yt kirjoittimen puolis vyj on valittu LBP 660 n alkuper inen valintaikkuna tulee esiin samanlaisena kuin valitessasi Ominaisuudet Microsoft Windows 95 valintaikkunan Graafinen v lilehden T ss valintaikkunassa voit valita puolis vyjen esitystavan Smooth Pattern 1 tai Pattern 2 ja s t kirkkautta ja kontrastia Lis tietoja on k ytt oppaan kohdassa Harmaas vykuvien k sittely Jos K yt j rjestelm n puolis vyj on valittu n et harmaas vykaavion ja Microsoft Windows NT n valintaikkunan puolis vyjen s t mist varten Tietoja t m n valintaikkunan k ytt misest on k yt naikaisessa ohjeessa ja Microsoft Windows NT n oppaissa m Automatic Image Refinement Valitse t ll asetuksella onko LBP 660 n tasoitustoiminto k yt ss m Ton
318. ier som superbruger har fors gt at installere softwaren Du udf rer en lokal installation p en computer hvor printerdriveren til LBP 660 allerede er installeret via netv rket Problemer ved netv rksinstallation Problem rsag Du skal have privilegier som administrator f r du kan installere Microsoft Windows Printing System Bed en administrator om at udf re installationen Bed en administrator om at udf re installationen Gentag den lokale installation og klik p Erstat nuv rende driver i guiden Printer installation L sning Navnet p den delte printer eller printserver der skal tilsluttes vises ikke p listen Delte printere e Printserveren er ikke startet e Printeren er ikke delt e Du har ikke de n dvendige privilegier til at tilslutte printeren eller print serveren Start printserveren Indstil printeren til deling i dialogboksen Printer egenskaber Bed netv rksadmini stratoren om at andre dine brugerprivilegier 24 Fejlfinding Kapitel 5 Problemer ved udskrivning via netvaerk Problem rsag L sning Der kan ikke oprettes forbindelse til printserveren eller den delte printer i Network Status Monitor Printermenuen i Network Status Monitor kan ikke benyttes Der kan ikke udskrives via en printserver til Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows til Workgroups fra en Microsoft Windows NT klient Der kan ikke udskrives fra
319. ies select Properties from the File menu in the Printers folder or click the right mouse button on the LBP 660 icon in the Printers folder and select Properties from the pop up menu The Printer Properties dialog box contains the 6 tabs described below Because the settings in each tab are common to all Microsoft Windows NT printers the descriptions given here simply give a general overview of the tabs along with points to note when you are using the LBP 660 For detailed explanations of the various settings refer to the Microsoft Windows NT manuals You can also click on the question mark in the top right corner of the dialog box and then click on the particular setting for pop up help on the item Canon LBP 660 Properties 2 x General Ports Scheduling Sharing Security Device Settings 3 Canon LBP 860 Chapter 4 Using the Microsoft Windows Printing System 13 B General Tab The settings in this tab apply to the entire printer driver m The LBP 660 does not support separator pages Even if you click on the Separator Page option button to setup a Separator Page no separator page will be printed m Do not alter the default settings in the Print Processor dialog box that appears when you click on the Print Processor button If you change the Default Datatype printing from clients that are not running Microsoft Windows NT in particular will be not be possible m If you want to print a test page click on t
320. ilege of the users and groups to the printer It can be opened by clicking the Permissions button in the Security tab in the Properties dialog box The Printer Permissions dialog box is shown in Figure 1 7 12 AR istrators Control CREATOR OWNER Everyone Power Users 5 6 7 8 9 Figure 1 7 12 1 Printer Displays the printer name 2 Owner Displays the owner name 3 Name Displays the list of the names of the users and groups and the types of their access privileges When you want to change the access privilege select the group or user name and then select the type of access you want from the Type of Access drop down list 4 Type of Access Displays the list of available types of access 5 OK Changes the settings in this dialog box and closes the box 6 Cancel Closes the dialog box without changing the settings 7 Add Opens the Add Users and Groups dialog box which enables you to add the selected group and user to the Name list 8 Remove Delete the selected group and user from the Name list 9 Help Opens the Help topics CHAPTER 1 Printer Auditing dialog box In the Printer Auditing dialog box you can make settings for checking the conditions of the users connected to the printer To enable the PC to audit the File and Object Access event in the Audit Policy dialog box in the User Manager dialog box must be set to permit auditing The Printer Auditing dialog b
321. impresi n Microsoft Windows NT ESPANOL Configure el directorio WPS de forma que pueda ser compartido en el servidor de impresi n Haga clic en el bot n Procesador de impresi n en la ficha General del cuadro de di logo Propiedades de la impresora y seleccione WPS como Tipo de datos predeterminado Cap tulo 5 Resoluci n de problemas 25 Apendice Comparacion de Microsoft Windows Printing System en las diversas versiones de Microsoft Windows Algunas funciones de Microsoft Windows Printing System para Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 presentan diferencias respecto a las funciones disponibles en Microsoft Windows Printing System para Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 y Microsoft Windows para Trabajo en Grupo Tenga presente los puntos siguientes cuando lea el Manual del usuario de la impresora LBP 660 Durante la impresion local o en red con Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 y durante la impresion en red con Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 o Microsoft Windows para Trabajo en Grupo m No puede imprimir desde la interfaz de comandos Microsoft Windows NT o desde el s mbolo MS DOS Microsoft Windows 95 porque no se admite la emulaci n PCL Durante la impresion local o en red con Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 m No puede utilizarse la funci n de superposici n de formularios m No puede imprimirse una p gina de prueba desde la ventana de estado de la impresora LBP 660 Seleccione el bot n Imprimir p gin
322. in de la fermer Lorsque l installation de Microsoft Windows Printing System est termin e vous pouvez commencer imprimer sur l ordinateur Microsoft Windows NT sur lequel la LBP 660 a t install e comme imprimante locale Toutefois pour utiliser cet ordinateur comme serveur d impression et imprimer partir d un poste client via le r seau vous devez d abord red marrer Microsoft Windows NT Chapitre 2 Installation de Microsoft Windows Printing System 7 FRANCAIS Le groupe de programmes Windows Printing System cr lors de l installation de Microsoft Windows Printing System contient les 6 ic nes pr sent es ci dessous f Windows Printing System lolx Fichier Edition Affichage At El D panneur de Desinstallation Fen tre d tat Installation des Lisezmoi Canon la Canon Canon LBP 660 Canon LBP 660 polices pour la LBP 660 LBP 660 Canon LBP 660 objet s 3 75 Ko 2 Installation des polices pour la Canon LBP 660 Cet utilitaire permet d installer sous Microsoft Windows NT les polices TrueType 22 polices Lucida TrueType fournies sur la disquette n 3 de Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 Pour installer les polices TrueType cliquez deux fois sur l ic ne Installation des polices pour la Canon LBP 660 Suivez ensuite les instructions des messages affich s l cran m Les polices TrueType install es ne seront pas supprim es m me si vous utilisez le programme de d sinstallation de Micr
323. inaisuudet Oletusasiakirja Canon LBP 660 Sivun asetukset D Asiakirjan asetukset Canon LBP 660 El 2 Paperi Tuloste E Paperikoko lt 44 gt Suunta lt Pysty gt E Graafinen E Tarkkuus lt 600dpi gt iz Skaalaus 100 gt E ilo Asetukset Asiakirja Muuta asetusta Paperikoko El Executive EZ Envelope DL Jos napsautat muutettavan asetuksen nime asetuksen mahdolliset arvot tai painikkeet muiden valintaikkunoiden avaamista varten ilmestyv t valintaikkunan alaosaan Valitse tai kirjoita asetuksen uusi arvo Uusi arvo n kyy punaisella kirjoitettuna asetuksen oikealla puolella Punainen v ri osoittaa ett uutta asetusta ei ole viel tallennettu asiakirjan oletukseksi Uudet asetukset tallentuvat asiakirjan oletuksiksi vasta painettuasi valintaikkunan alareunassa olevaa OK painiketta Paperi Tuloste ryhm n asetukset Paperi Tuloste ryhm ss on kolme asetusta Paperikoko Suunta ja Kopioiden m r N m asetukset ovat samat kuin edell kuvatut Sivun asetukset v lilehden asetukset Kun muutat niit Sivun asetukset v lilehdenkin asetukset muuttuvat Luku 4 Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin k ytt 17 Graafinen ryhm n asetukset Graafinen ryhm ss on kaksi asetusta Tarkkuus ja Skaalaus m Tarkkuus Valitse Muuta asetusta Tarkkuus ryhm n valintanappeja napsauttamalla mill tarkkuudella LBP 660 n pit tulostaa m Skaalaus Kirjoita p
324. indows Printing Systems Probleme bei der Installation als lokaler Drucker Problem Ursache Behandlung Die Schaltfl che Arbeitsplatz kann im Assistenten f r die Druckerinstallation nicht ausgew hlt werden Nach dem Kopieren der Dateien wird eine Fehlermeldung ausgegeben da Administratorrechte erforderlich sind Eine Fehlermeldung wird angezeigt mit dem Hinweis da eine Ersatz Installation durchgef hrt werden mu Der Benutzer der die Software installiert verf gt nicht ber die erforderlichen Benutzerrechte Ein Benutzer mit weitreichenden Benutzerrechten versuchte die Software zu installieren Sie f hren eine lokale Installation auf einem Computer aus auf dem der LBP 660 Druckertreiber schon ber das Netzwerk installiert wurde Probleme bei der Installation im Netzwerk Problem Ursache Zur Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems sind Administratorrechte erforderlich Die Installation mu von einem Benutzer mit den entsprechenden Rechten durchgef hrt werden Die erneute Installation der Software mu von einem Benutzer mit Administratorrechten durchgef hrt werden F hren Sie die lokale Installation erneut durch und klicken Sie auf die Optionsschaltfl che Bestehenden Treiber ersetzen im Dialogfeld Ersetzen der Auswahl des Assistenten f r die Druckerinstallation Behandlung Der Namen des gemeinsam genutzten Druckers oder des Druck Servers zu dem eine
325. installazione di Microsoft Windows Printing System possibile stampare una pagina di prova su LBP 660 1 Per stampare una pagina di prova basta fare clic sul pulsante Fine e la pagina di prova verr stampata automaticamente Se non si desidera stampare la pagina di prova selezionare il pulsante No e poi fare clic su Fine Una volta selezionato il pulsante Fine i file richiesti vengono copiati dal disco di installazione sul disco fisso Durante la fase di copia verr visualizzata una casella con una barra di avanzamento Altermine della copia nella cartella Stampanti comparir l icona della stampante Canon LBP 660 La forma dell icona di Canon LBP 660 nella cartella Stampanti cambia a seconda della condivisione o meno della stampante 6 Installazione di Microsoft Windows Printing System Capitolo 2 Quindi verr visualizzato il messaggio Inizializzazione in corso attendere quando Microsoft Windows Printing System inizia il processo di inizializzazione Durante l inizializzazione viene creato il gruppo Microsoft Windows Printing System e viene aggiunto al menu Avvio Viene anche visualizzata la finestra di Windows Printing System sul desktop insieme a un icona di accesso rapido al gruppo Microsoft Windows Printing System vedere pagina successiva Se cisi vuole collegare a LBP 660 e stampare da un client Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 o Microsoft Windows per Workgroup collegato alla rete Microsoft Window
326. inting Systemin Uninstallation ohjelmalla Canon LBP 660 Help T m n ytt Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin ohjeen Canon LBP 660 Readme T m on tekstitiedosto jossa on lis tietoja Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin asennetusta versiosta Lue tiedosto ennen kuin alat k ytt Microsoft Windows Printing Systemi Canon LBP 660 Status Window T m avaa Canon LBP 660 tilaikkunan Canon LBP 660 Trouble Shooter T m on apuohjelma Microsoft Windows Printing Systemiss ilmenevien ongelmien ratkaisemista varten Katso k ytt oppaan luvusta Vianm ritys miten t t apuohjelmaa k ytet n Canon LBP 660 Uninstallation T m on apuohjelma jolla Microsoft Windows Printing System poistetaan Katso k ytt oppaan luvusta Vianm ritys miten t t apuohjelmaa k ytet n 8 Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin asentaminen Luku 2 Kirjoittimen jakaminen Kun olet asentanut Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin m rit LBP 660 jaetuksi kirjoittimeksi Canon LBP 660 Ominaisuudet valintaikkunan avulla 1 Avaa Canon LBP 660 Ominaisuudet valintaikkunan Jakaminen v lilehti alla kuvatulla tavalla m Avaa Kirjoittimet kansio napsauta LBP 660 kuvaketta hiiren oikealla painikkeella ja valitse ponnahdusvalikosta Jakaminen Canon LBP 660 Ominaisuudet CL gt Yleist Portit Ajoitus Jakaminen suojaus Laitteen asetukset DP Canon LBP 660 C Ei jaettu 6 jaettu Jaettu nimell
327. ion Printer Ready Printing Job Name Printer Paused Status Not Available EN J CHAPTER 2 b Alerts Alerts identify problems that must be corrected before printing can continue Often these mes sages remind you to go something such as when to clear jammed paper Other times alerts tell you what is wrong and how to fix it lt Message Add XX paper gt Description No XX paper in the printer Action The paper size for example Letter Legal A4 is displayed when you add the cor rect paper size to the multi purpose tray printing will resume automatically lt Message Add paper gt Description The printer is out of paper in the ready state Action Add paper to the multi purpose tray When you add paper to the multi purpose tray the Printer Status window message will be Printer Ready automatically lt Message Change paper to XX gt Description You specified a paper size that is not in the multi purpose tray Action The paper size for example Letter Legal A4 is displayed You have two choices O Insert the correct paper Printing will resume automatically The page on which the size mismatch was detected will be printed again A Continue printing on the current paper Choose the Force button in the Printer Status Window lt Message Check printer cable communications error gt Description The computer and printer are not communicating Action This message appears when the prin
328. ipales la boite de dialogue Canon LBP 660 proprietes et la boite Propri t s de Canon LBP 660 Document par d faut Tous les utilisateurs peuvent ouvrir ces boites de dialogue mais seuls ceux qui disposent des privil ges Contr le total d acc s l imprimante peuvent modifier les param tres Propri t s de l imprimante Pour visualiser les propri t s de l imprimante s lectionnez Propri t s dans le menu Fichier du dossier Imprimantes ou cliquez avec le bouton de la souris sur l ic ne de la LBP 660 dans le dossier Imprimantes et cliquez sur Propri t s dans le menu contextuel La bo te de dialogue Canon LBP 660 propri t s comprend six onglets d crits plus loin Les param tres de chaque onglet tant communs toutes les imprimantes sous Microsoft Windows NT les descriptions fournies dans ce chapitre proposent une vue g n rale des onglets avec certains points prendre en compte lorsque vous utilisez la LBP 660 Pour obtenir une explication d taill e des diff rents param tres reportez vous la documentation de Microsoft Windows NT Vous pouvez galement cliquer sur le point d interrogation situ dans la partie sup rieure droite de la bo te de dialogue puis sur un param tre particulier afin d obtenir une aide contextuelle Canon LBP 660 propri t s El x G n ral Ports Planification Partage S curit Param tres du p riph rique 3 Canon LBP 660 Chapitre 4 U
329. is required Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 98 This printer does not operate on WIN OS 2 As a basic rule Windows language and the soft ware language of this printer must match Windows for Workgroups or Microsoft Windows 95 98 is required for print server N 3 CHAPTER 1 Note Microsoft Windows 95 98 does not operate if it is started in the Safe mode In such a case the Configuration Error dialog box may appear however reinstallation is not nec essary It operates if it is started normally Microsoft Windows Printing mm Figure 1 7 30 Windows 95 98 starts in the Safe mode in the following cases 57 The settings of Microsoft Windows are destroyed d The power is turned off without properly quitting Microsoft Windows or started after reset The Safe mode start is selected by pressing the F8 key when starting Microsoft Windows When Microsoft Windows is started in the Safe mode it displays a dialog box for confir mation Safe mode is displayed at the 4 corners of the background paper Printer cable Use bidirectional 8 bit parallel interface cable for IBM PC Connections through the printer selector and printer buffer are not supported CHAPTER 1 b Installation procedures Install Microsoft Windows Printing System to the host computer by following the procedures below For details see the user s manual packed with the printer 1 Connect the printer and
330. isa in una rete Sebbene possa essere possibile installare Microsoft Windows Printing System anche su computer che non soddisfano i requisiti sopra elencati in questo caso Canon non pud garantire che il software funzionera in modo appropriato Al fine di creare l ambiente ottimale ed ottenere le migliori prestazioni da LBP 660 si consiglia di soddisfare i seguenti requisiti hardware e software CPU Pentium a 166 MHz o pi potente Minimo 48 MB di RAM Porta stampante ECP Scheda sonora richiesta per la riproduzione dei messaggi sonori di Microsoft Windows Printing System Per la condivisione di LBP 660 in rete installare uno dei seguenti protocolli di rete NetBEUI TCP IP NWLink IPX SPX Per installare Microsoft Windows Printing System per Microsoft Windows NT amp necessario avere i privilegi di Administrator L installazione deve essere effettuata da un amministratore di rete o da un responsabile per la stampa con privilegi di Administrator 2 Introduzione Capitolo 1 Capitolo 2 Installazione di Microsoft Windows Printing System Per installare Microsoft Windows Printing System per Microsoft Windows NT utilizzare il disco di installazione Microsoft Windows Printing System per Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 allegato Installazione di Microsoft Windows Printing System per stampanti locali Questa sezione descrive come installare Microsoft Windows Printing System per utilizzare LBP 660 come stampante locale Per una
331. it ensure that the catch on the feed sub roller holder is hooked onto the upper plate see P 3 5 Note CHAPTER 3 Notes 1 Be careful not to lose the dowel C Pick up Solenoid pins which hold the pick up 1 Removal from the main unit roller paper pick up cams and 1 Remove the external covers feed sub roller 2 Disconnect the connector J6 from the 2 Position the pick up cams right printer controller PCB and remove the left and pick up roller as shown screw from the left side of the printer in the figure below then take out the pick up solenoid D Separation Pad 1 Removal from the main unit 1 Remove the external covers 2 Remove the pick up roller unit 3 Remove the lifting plate 4 Remove the fixed plate and take off the separation pad by sliding it up and off O Feeding sub roller holder Pick up sub roller Pick up shaft O Pick up roller Dowel pin Pick up cam Figure 3 3 9 O Lifting plate Fixed plate Separation pad Figure 3 3 10 Note Be careful not to lose the the springs in the lifting plate and sep aration pad However if the lifting plate spring comes off install as shown below AK i gt Y Figure 3 3 11 CHAPTER 3 CHAPTER 3 IV EXPOSURE SYSTEM 2 Removal from the main unit 1 Remove the external covers A Laser Scanner Unit 2 Remove the connectors J3 J4 from the 1 Config
332. ivelse Status Klar Dokumenter i k 0 2 Dubbelklicka p utskriftsserverns namn i listan Delade skrivare m Genom att dubbelklicka p utskriftsserverns namn visas en lista ver de delade skrivare som r anslutna till utskriftsservern 3 Klicka p namnet f r den delade skrivare du vill ansluta till m Den valda skrivarens n tverkss kv g visas i f ltet Skrivare Kapitel 3 Ansluta till LBP 660 som en n tverksskrivare 11 SVENSKA 4 Klicka p OK m Skrivardrivrutinen f r LBP 660 och Network Status Monitor l ses ner fr n servern och installeras p klienten m N r programvaran l sts ner visas en ikon f r Canon LBP 660 i mappen Skrivare och gruppen Windows Printing System registreras i menyn Start En genv g till Network Status Monitor WpsC3Nsm exe skapas ocks p skrivbordet 5 Klicka p Slutf r i guiden L gg till skrivare Ansluta fr n en klient som anv nder Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups Vill du ansluta till LBP 660 fr n en klient som anv nder Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups via en Microsoft Windows NT utskriftsserver m ste LBP 660 Microsoft Windows Printing System f r respektive operativsystem f rst installeras p klienten Information om hur man installerar Microsoft Windows Printing System p en klient som anv nder Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows
333. k Status Monitor er det aktive vindue eller dobbeltklikke et tilf ldigt sted i meddelelsesomr det Always On Top Hvis du v lger denne mulighed og anbringer et hak til venstre for Always On Top vises Network Status Monitor altid som det forreste vindue p skrivebordet Menuen Printer Brug menuen Printer til at kontrollere driften af printeren Bem rk dog at hvis Client Operation ikke er valgt p menuen Options i statusvinduet p printserveren er menuen Printer nedtonet og printerens drift kan ikke kontrolleres fra en klient Der er flere oplysninger om menuen Printer i afsnittet Brug af menuen Printer i brugerh ndbogen Mulighederne p menuen Printer har stadig indflydelse p evt udskriftsjob fra andre klienter N r udskriftsjob fra flere klienter anbringes i serverens printk kan tilf ldig annullering af udskrivning for rsage at udskriftsjob fra andre klienter g r tabt V r opm rksom p dette hvis du annullerer udskrivningen Menuen Help Fra denne menu bnes en dialogboks der viser versionsoplysninger om Network Status Monitor 22 Bruge Microsoft Windows Printing System Kapitel 4 Kapitel 5 Fejlfinding I dette kapitel beskrives hvordan du l ser problemer der opst r ved installation af Microsoft Windows Printing System til Microsoft Windows NT og ved brug af LBP 660 som netv rksprinter p et Microsoft Windows NT netv rk I kapitel 6 Fejlfinding i h ndbogen til LBP 660 fin
334. k p knappen Halftone Color Adjustment for at bne dialogboksen Halftone Color Adjustment og justere printerens halvtoner m Indholdet af dialogboksen Halftone Color Adjustment afh nger af indstillingerne p m fanebladet Enhedsindstillinger i Printeregenskaber e Hvis Benyt printerens halvtone er valgt vises den originale LBP 660 dialogboks p samme m de som hvis du valger fanen Grafik i dialogboksen Egenskaber i Microsoft Windows 95 I denne dialogboks kan du valge halvtoneindstillinger Smooth Pattern 1 eller Pattern 2 og indstillinger af Brightness og Contrast Du kan f flere oplysninger i afsnittet Gr tonegrafik i brugerh ndbogen e Hvis Benyt oprindelig halvtone er valgt vises et gr tonediagram og dialogboksen Justering af halvtonefarve i Microsoft Windows NT Dokumentationen til Microsoft Windows NT indeholder oplysninger om brugen af denne dialogboks m Automatic Image Refinement Brug denne mulighed til at sl funktionen Smoothing p LBP 660 til og fra m Toner Saver Brug denne mulighed til at v lge om sparefunktionen skal sl s til eller fra m Toner Density Brug denne mulighed til at justere den m ngde toner der bruges under udskrivning til et af fem niveauer Medium er standard m Custom Paper Size Brug denne mulighed til at indstille papirst rrelse n r der er valgt Brugerdefineret p fanebladet Sideops tning N r du klikker p knappen Custom Paper Size bnes dialogboksen Cus
335. ketta Jos valitsit kirjoitinohjainta asennettaessa testisivun tulostamisen se alkaa nyt Jos asentaminen onnistui ty p yd lle tulee esiin LBP 660 tilaikkuna ja LBP 660 tulostaa testisivun Tarkista testisivu ja sulje testisivun tulostamista koskeva valintaikkuna napsauttamalla sen Kyll painiketta Kun Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin asentaminen on p ttynyt voit alkaa heti tulostaa Microsoft Windows NT tietokoneella johon LBP 660 on kytketty paikalliskirjoittimeksi Jos taas haluat tietokoneen toimivan tulostuspalvelimena ja haluat tulostaa asiakastietokoneesta verkon kautta sinun on ensin k ynnistett v Microsoft Windows NT uudelleen Luku2 Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin asentaminen 7 Windows Printing Systemi asennettaessa luotu Microsoft Windows Printing System ryhm sis lt kuusi alla esitetty kuvaketta f Windows Printing System 0 x Tiedosto Muokkaa N yt Ohje Font Installation Help Readme Status Window Trouble Shooter Uninstallation 6 objektia 3 76 kt 2 Canon LBP 660 Font Installation T m on apuohjelma jolla asennetaan TrueType fontit 22 Lucida fonttia Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 asennuslevykkeelt 3 Microsoft Windows NT hen Jos haluat asentaa TrueType fontit napsauta kahdesti Canon LBP 660 Font Installation kuvaketta Noudata sitten n ytt n tulevia ohjeita m Asennetut TrueType fontit eiv t h vi vaikka poistaisit Microsoft Windows Pr
336. kette auf die Schaltfl che OK Wenn in der Liste Drucker des Assistenten f r die Druckerinstallation Canon LBP 660 angezeigt wird klicken Sie auf die Schaltfl che Weiter gt m Ein Fenster zur Benennung des Druckers wird im Feld Druckername Canon LBP 660 angezeigt M chten Sie einen anderen Druckernamen verwenden so geben Sie den neuen Namen entsprechend den angezeigten Hinweisen ein Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfl che Weiter gt m Anschlie end wird das Fenster f r die Freigabe des Druckers im Netzwerk angezeigt Kapitel 2 Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems 5 DEUTSCH Einrichten der Druckerfreigabe In diesem Kapitel wird beschrieben wie festgelegt wird ob der LBP 660 im Netzwerk gemeinsam genutzt werden kann Sie k nnen die Einstellungen f r die Freigabe des Druckers im Netzwerk auch vornehmen nachdem Sie das Microsoft Windows Printing System installiert haben Genauere Information finden Sie im Abschnitt Gemeinsames Nutzen des Druckers Assistent f r die Druckerinstallation Geben Sie an ob Sie diesen Drucker anderen Benutzem im Netzwerk freigeben wollen Geben Sie dem Drucker in diesem Fall einen Freigabenamen Freigeben Nicht freigeben Freigabename TEE Wahlen Sie die Betriebssysteme aller Computer aus die diesen Drucker gemeinsam verwenden werden Windows 95 Windows NT 4 0 MIPS Windows NT 4 0 Alpha Windows NT 4 0 PPC y lt Zur ck were Abbre
337. l the print job Then try to reprint your job lt Message Reduce computer use while printing gt Description The printer is unable to format and send the current print job fast enough to keep up with the printer engine Or there is a problem in the parallel port setting and transfer error has occurred Action Discard the last printed page and try the following solutions O Press the Resume button to resume printing in lowered resolution A Close other applications while printing or reformat complicated pages to reduce graphics and other complex formatting Change the parallel mode port address the BIOS setting and reinstall Execute custom install and select Standard or ECP without DMA in the ECP settings dialog Message Install the software for this printer incompatible version Description The connected printer is not compatible with the installed version of Microsoft Windows Printing System Action You cannot print on this printer with the installed software Q Find out what version of Microsoft Windows Printing System you are running from the About dialog box From the Help menu of the Printer Status window choose About the Printer Status Window Restore compatibility between printer and software Install the correct software for the printer If already installed you must select the printer as default and connect it to the proper port in the Printers dialog box or connect the printer that
338. l venstre for Client Operation avgj r om handlingene ovenfor skal kunne styres fra Network Status Monitor eller ikke LBP 660 Network Status Monitor LBP 660 Network Status Monitor er en funksjon som gj r at en Microsoft Windows NT klient som er koblet til en nettverksskriver kan kontrollere hvilken status LBP 660 har stanse en utskrift fortsette en utskrift foreta en tvungen utskrift og avbryte en utskrift p samme m te som statusvinduet p skrivebordet Denne funksjonen er kun tilgjengelig for Microsoft Windows NT klienter og kan ikke brukes i Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows for Workgroups LBP 660 Network Status Monitor viser bare informasjon om utskriftsjobben som tekst og har verken animert grafikk eller en indikatorlinje som statusvinduet for LBP 660 N r du kobler en Microsoft Windows NT klient til en nettverksskriver installeres Network Status Monitor automatisk fra skriverserveren S WS_102 Canon LBP 660 Options Printer Help Printer Ready 20 Bruke Microsoft Windows Printing System Kapittel 4 Bruke LBP 660 Network Status Monitor Starte Network Status Monitor Du kan bruke f lgende framgangsm te for starte LBP 660 Network Status Monitor n r som helst 1 Dobbeltklikk p ikonet for Canon LBP 660 Network Status Monitor i gruppen Windows Printing System p klienten eller dobbeltklikk p snarveisikonet for Canon LBP 660 Network Status Monitor p skrivebordet
339. la barra de progreso muestra el n mero de p ginas que ya se han impreso y el n mero total de p ginas que deben imprimirse Impresi n My_Doc Tiempo restante estimado 12 segundos Hora aprox finalizaci n 15 16 Cap tulo 4 Utilizaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System 19 m Siseleccion Empezar a imprimir de inmediato en el rea de mensajes s lo aparece la palabra Imprimiendo y la barra de progreso indica nicamente el n mero de p ginas que ya se han impreso Canon LBP 660 en LPT1 Cx Impresora Ver Opciones Ayuda PM My Doc Imprimiendo m El bot n Prueba de impresi n no aparece en la barra de herramientas Para imprimir una p gina de prueba seleccione el bot n Imprimir p gina de prueba en la ficha General del cuadro de di logo Propiedades de la impresora m La opci n Impresora no aparece en el men Opciones Si desea cambiar la densidad del t ner abra el cuadro de di logo Propiedades de Documento predeterminado y utilice la opci n Densidad del t ner en la ficha Avanzadas m La opci n Operaci n cliente del men Opciones sirve para que pueda definir si un usuario puede detener reanudar forzar o cancelar la impresi n desde el Supervisor de estado de la red en un cliente Microsoft Windows NT La marca de verificaci n que se encuentra a la izquierda de la opci n Operaci n cliente indica si las Operaciones mencionadas est n habilitadas o inhabilitadas desde el Super
340. lazione di driver alternativi consentir agli utenti dei seguenti sistemi di caricare i driver automaticamente al momento dell accesso Driver alternativi Windows 95 Windows NT 4 0 86 Installato Windows NT 4 0 MIPS jone 2 Per condividere la stampante LBP 660 fare clic sul pulsante relativo all opzione Condividi condivisione amp composto dai primi 8 caratteri del nome della stampante utilizzato durante l installazione esclusi gli spazi Questo nome pu essere modificato immettendo un nome diverso nella casella di testo Se tra i client che condividono la stampante in rete vi sono macchine con Microsoft Windows 3 1 o Microsoft Windows per Workgroup accertarsi che il Nome condivisione non superi gli 8 caratteri fn m Una volta selezionato Condividi il nome visualizzato nella casella di testo Nome m Se la stampante viene designata come stampante condivisa non selezionare il sistema operativo nell elenco Driver alternativi visualizzato in basso nella finestra di dialogo Il driver di LBP 660 non puo essere installato su sistemi diversi da Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 x86 3 Fare clic sul pulsante OK m LBP 660 viene designata come stampante condivisa e l icona nella cartella Stampanti cambia in un icona di stampante condivisa Capitolo 2 Installazione di Microsoft Windows Printing System 9 ITALIANO Capitolo 3 Collegamento a LBP 660 come stampante di rete Se LBP 660 viene designat
341. level 1B 10dB 5 4B or less PRINT Background noise level STANDBY Sound pressure level 42dB or less PRINT Bystander position Background noise level STANDBY 14 Dimensions 336 W x 321 D x 249 H mm 15 Weight Approx 6 4kg without EP A cartridge 16 Line voltage reguirements100 127V 10 50 60Hz 2Hz 220 240V 10 6 50Hz 2Hz Notes 1 When the printer is in READY mode at a room temperature of 20 C the time taken from reception of the PRINT signal from the video controller until an A4 sized print is delivered 2 When envelopes are wrinkled straighten out the four edges before loading them into the multi purpose tray 3 Before starting manual duplexing the user must uncurl the delivered paper load it in the manual feed slot and select face up delivery 2 Video Controller 1 Printing System Microsoft Windows Printing System 2 Standard Emulation PCL Emulation host base 3 Font Refer to pages 1 4 amp 1 5 4 Effective Printing Area Refer to page 1 5 5 CPU frequency None 6 ROM Size None 7 RAM Size 128KB 8 Interface Bidirectional 8 bit parallel interface Centronics specifications Note As the Printing System Emulation and Fonts for the printer are not stored in the video controller they need to be installed from the floppy disks packed with the printer into the host computer see section VII in this chapter CHAPTER 1 lt Internal Character Sets gt TrueType
342. lger Egendefinert st rrelse under papirst rrelse m du f rst angi papirst rrelse i kategorien Avansert Kopiteller Skriv inn hvor mange kopier du vil skal skrives ut i tekstfeltet Kopiteller Sorter kopier Hvis du har angitt to eller flere kopier under Kopiteller merker du av for Sorter kopier for sortere kopiene som skrives ut Papirretning Angi hvilken papirretning du vil bruke St ende eller Liggende 16 Bruke Microsoft Windows Printing System Kapittel 4 m Kategorien Avansert Innstillingene under kategorien Avansert er delt inn under Papir utskrift Grafikk og Dokument alternativer Alternativene under de forskjellige gruppene vises i rekkef lge under gruppenavnet Gjeldende innstilling for hvert alternativ vises i bl tt til h yre for alternativet Hvis valgene ikke vises klikker du p plussymbolet til venstre for gruppenavnet f Egenskaper for Canon LBP 660 standarddokument 12 x Canon LBP 660 dokumentinnstillinger El Ly Papir utskrift E Papirstorrelse lt 44 Papinetning lt St ende gt a Kopiteller lt 1 Kopier gt E ln Grafikk E Oppl sning lt 600dpi gt a Skalering lt 100 gt B ilo Dokument alternativer Endre innstilling for Papirst rrelse Letter Legal Executive EZ Envelope DL Hvis du klikker p navnet p det alternativet du nsker endre vil innstillingene som er tilgjengelige for det valget eller knappene so
343. ling wijzigen aan te geven welke halftonen u wilt gebruiken Halftone instelling wijzigen 2 Gebruik halftone van printer C Gebruik halftone van systeem Als u Gebruik halftone van systeem selecteert kunt u de instellingen voor de halftonen van het systeem wijzigen in het dialoogvenster Kleur halftooneigenschappen van apparaat Voor meer informatie over het wijzigen van de halftonen van het systeem verwijzen wij u naar de on line Help of de handboeken van Microsoft Windows NT Kleur halftooneigenschappen van apparaat 21x Apparaat Canon LBP 660 6x6 Enhanced v Annuleren T Haltonepatroon Apparaatgamma 12500 gt Annen Pixeldiameter APPARAAT 4 m gt dew Standaard Apparastinstelling wit Helderheid CIE 100 00 aj mi gt un 2 lt El e m De werking van de instelling Halftone Color Adjustment van de optie Opties voor fm Document in het dialoogvenster Eigenschappen voor Standaarddocument is afhankelijk van de verwerkingswijze voor halftonen die u hier selecteert Hoofdstuk 4 Het Microsoft Windows Printing System gebruiken 15 Eigenschappen voor Standaarddocument In het dialoogvenster Eigenschappen voor Standaarddocument kunt u de standaardinstellingen opgeven voor de afdrukopties die beschikbaar zijn wanneer u met de LBP 660 afdrukt Als u de standaard documenteigenschappen wilt bekijken kiest u Standaardwaarden d
344. llegata e viene utilizzata non necessario modificare questa impostazione m Scheda Pianificazione m Utilizzare questa scheda per impostare orario di stampa priorit di stampa e per specificare il metodo di spooling dei dati di stampa m Per LBP 660 selezionare sempre l opzione Utilizza lo spooler in modo che il programma termini prima la fase di stampa Se si seleziona l opzione Stampa rapida direttamente alla stampante non sar possibile stampare dalle applicazioni Utilizza lo spooler in modo che il programma termini prima la fase di stampa Comincia la stampa dopo l inserimento nello spooler dell ultima pagina Comincia la stampa immediatamente Stampa rapida direttamente alla stampante m Selezionare l opzione Comincia la stampa dopo l inserimento nello spooler dell ultima pagina o Comincia la stampa immediatamente come richiesto Tuttavia va ricordato che questa opzione influisce sul funzionamento della barra di avanzamento nella Finestra di stato Per ulteriori dettagli vedere la sezione Finestra di stato Canon LBP 660 B Scheda Condivisione Questa scheda specifica se la stampante LBP 660 condivisa Per ulteriori dettagli vedere il Capitolo 2 Installazione di Microsoft Windows Printing System m Scheda Protezione Questa scheda imposta la protezione per la stampante LBP 660 Per informazioni sulla protezione della stampante fare riferimento ai manuali di Microsoft Windows NT 14
345. llen der Verbindung zum LBP 660 als Netzwerkdrucker 10 In diesem Kapitel wird beschrieben wie der LBP 660 von anderen Computern aus verwendet werden kann die unter Microsoft Windows NT oder Microsoft Windows im Folgenden als Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 oder Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups ausgef hrt werden Kapitel 4 Verwendung des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems 13 In diesem Kapitel wird die Verwendung des Netzwerkmonitors des LBP 660 Statusfensters und der Eigenschaften Dialogfelder des Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT beschrieben Kapitel5 Fehlerbehebung scsi LI In diesem Kapitel wird beschrieben wie Probleme die w hrend der Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems und bei der Verwendung des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems in einem Microsoft Windows NT Netzwerk auftreten behandelt werden k nnen liu 20 In diesem Abschnitt des Anhangs findet sich eine Liste der Beschreibungen im Benutzerhandbuch des LBP 660 bei denen sich das Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT vom Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 und Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups unterscheidet Kapitel 1 Einf hrung 1 DEUTSCH Vor der Installation dieser Software berpr fen Sie vor der Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing System au
346. ller CHAPTER 2 U LASER SCANNER SYSTEM A Outline The microcomputer CPU 1C201 incorporated in the printer controller generates the LASER DRIVE signal VDOUT to drive the laser diode according to the VIDEO signal VDO sent from the video controller The CPU sends the VDOUT signal to the laser scanner driver in the laser scanner unit The VDOUT signal sent from the CPU directs the laser scanner driver to turn the laser diode ON The laser beam emitted from the laser diode passes through the cylindrical lens and strikes the four faced scanning mirror which is rotating at a constant speed The laser beam reflected by the scanning mirror passes though the focusing lens and is reflect ed onto the photosensitive drum from the reflecting mirror The scanning mirror rotates at a constant speed therefore the laser beam scans across the photosensitive drum at a set speed A latent image is formed on the photosensitive drum as it rotates while the laser beam scans across its surface External device 5 Video controller PCB 1 i BD H Printer controller PCB LON BDI ISCNON APCSH VDOUT Scanning mirror Scanner motor Laser driver Sca t nner motor BD unit PCB driver PCB Focusing lens Reflecting mirror Photosensitive drum Figure 2 2 1 CHAPTER 2 B Laser Control Circuit 1 Outline Printer controller PCB Laser driver P
347. locales En esta secci n se describe el procedimiento de instalaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System para utilizar la LBP 660 como impresora local Si desea una descripci n acerca de la conexi n de la LBP 660 como impresora de red consulte el Capitulo 3 Conexi n a la LBP 660 como impresora de red Inicio del programa Agregar asistente de impresora Utilice Agregar asistente de impresora de Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 para instalar Microsoft Windows Printing System en Microsoft Windows NT Siga estas instrucciones para instalar el software lt amp n El 1 Encienda la computadora a la que est conectada la impresora LBP 660 e inicie Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 2 Inicie la sesi n como Administrador 3 Elija uno de estos m todos para iniciar el programa Agregar asistente de impresora a Haga clic en el bot n Inicio de la barra de tareas y coloque el puntero del rat n en Configuraci n En el submen que aparece seleccione Impresoras para abrir la carpeta del mismo nombre y haga doble clic en el icono Agregar impresora de la carpeta Impresoras b Haga clic en Mi equipo en el escritorio para abrir Mi equipo A continuaci n abra la carpeta Impresoras y haga doble clic en el icono Agregar impresora Cap tulo 2 Instalaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System 3 m Aparece la ventana Agregar asistente de impresora para instalar controladores de impresi n Agregar asistente de impresora Este
348. lostus kun viimeinen sivu on taustatulostusjonossa tai Aloita tulostus heti Huomaa ett t m asetus vaikuttaa tilaikkunassa n kyv n tilanneilmaisimen toimintaan Lis tietoja on kohdassa LBP 660 tilaikkuna m Jakaminen v lilehti T ss v lilehdess m ritet n onko LBP 660 jaettu kirjoitin Lis tietoja on luvussa 2 Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin asentaminen m Suojaus v lilehti T ss v lilehdess on LBP 660 n suojausasetuksia Tietoja kirjoittimen suojaustoiminnoista on Microsoft Windows NT n oppaissa 14 Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin k ytt Luku 4 m Laitteen asetukset v lilehti T ss v lilehdess m ritet n miten puolis vyt k sitell n kuvia tulostettaessa LBP 660 pystyy tulostamaan k ytt en joko omia puolis vyj n tai Microsoft Windows NT j rjestelm n puolis vyj Jos haluat valita k ytett v t puolis vyt napsauta Puolis vy asetusta ja valitse haluamasi puolis vymenetelm napsauttamalla Muuta asetusta Puolis vy ryhm n valintanappia r Muuta asetusta Puolis vy 2 4 K yt kirjoittimen puolis vyj K yt j rjestelm n puolis vyj Jos valitset K yt j rjestelm n puolis vyj voit muuttaa j rjestelm n puolis vyasetuksia Laitteen v ri ja puolis vyominaisuudet valintaikkunassa Tietoja j rjestelm n puolis vyjen muuttamisesta on k yt naikaisessa ohjeessa ja Microsoft Windows NT n oppaissa Laittee
349. m Katso luvusta 2 Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin asentaminen miten ohjattu kirjoittimen asennus k ynnistet n 10 Tietokoneen kytkeminen verkkokirjoittimena toimivaan LBP 660 een Luku 3 Verkkokirjoittimen valitseminen Ohjattu kirjoittimen asennus T m n ohjatun toiminnon avulla voit asentaa kimi ja muodostaa yhteyksi T t kirjoitinta itsee Oma tietokone Kaikkia asetuksia hallitaan ja muokataan t st tietokoneesta Liit kirjoitin toiseen tietokoneeseen Kaikkia asetuksia hallitsee j rjestelm nvalvojan m ritt m kirjoitinpalvelin SES Peruuta 1 Napsauta Verkkokirjoitinpalvelin valintanappia ja sitten Seuraava gt painiketta Yhdist kirjoittimeen valintaikkuna tulee esiin Yhdist kirjoittimeen x Kirjoitin ws 02 Canon LBP 660 Peruuta Jaetut kirjoittimet IV Oletuksena laajennus _ Ohie Microsoft Windows verkko P22DEV WORKGROUP E DELL GXM 5133 A ws 102 CanonLBP Canon LBP 660 Kirjeittimen tiedot Kuvaus Tila Valmis Odottavat tiedostot 0 2 Napsauta kahdesti Jaetut kirjoittimet luettelossa n kyv tulostuspalvelimen nime m Kun napsautat kahdesti tulostuspalvelimen nime n et palvelimeen kytkettyjen jaettujen kirjoittimien luettelon 3 Napsauta LBP 660 lle annettua jaetun kirjoittimen nime m Valitun kirjoittimen verkkopolku ilmestyy Kirjoitin tekstiruutuun Luku 3 Tietokoneen kytkeminen verkkokirjoi
350. m La impresora LBP 660 s lo puede conectarse a un puerto LPT paralelo No podr imprimir en la LBP 660 si selecciona un puerto serie o cualquier otro puerto que no sea el que est conectado a la impresora LBP 660 m Ver la ventana de selecci n de modelo de impresora en la que figura una lista de fabricantes de impresoras y de modelos que Microsoft Windows NT admite como est ndares 4 Instalaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System Cap tulo 2 La impresora LBP 660 no aparece en la lista por ello debe insertar el CD ROM de instalaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System para Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 en la unidad de CD ROM y a continuaci n hacer clic en el bot n Utilizar disco Cuando aparezca el cuadro de di logo Instalar desde disco escriba el nombre de la unidad que corresponda a la unidad de CD ROM en la casilla de texto Copiar los archivos del fabricante de a continuaci n haga clic en el bot n Examinar Haga doble clic en la carpeta Winnt40 del cuadro de di logo Ubicar archivo m En dicho di logo se muestran las carpetas correspondientes a cada idioma Ubicar archivo 2 x Buscaren C3 Winntd0 eel English Nombre del archivo E inf Archivos de tipo Informaci n de la instalaci n inf E Cancelar Haga doble clic en la carpeta que indica la versi n del idioma de Microsoft Windows NT que est utilizando lt a n E m Cuando aparezca Wpsc3nt en
351. m Yleista valilehti T m n v lilehden asetukset koskevat koko kirjoitinohjainta m LBP 660 ei tue erotinsivujen lis mist Vaikka napsauttaisit Erotinsivu valintanappia erotinsivu ei tulostu m l muuta oletusasetuksia Tulostuksen k sittely valintaikkunassa joka avataan napsauttamalla Tulostuksen k sittely painiketta Jos vaihdat oletusdatatyypin et voi tulostaa asiakastietokoneista joissa ei ole Microsoft Windows NT t m Joshaluat tulostaa testisivun napsauta t m n v lilehden Tulosta testisivu painiketta Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT hen kuuluvassa LBP 660 tilaikkunassa ei ole kirjoittimen testauspainiketta m Portit v lilehti Valitse t st v lilehdest portti johon LBP 660 on kytketty Jos olet jo kytkenyt LBP 660 n ja k yt t sit sinun ei tarvitse muuttaa t t asetusta B Ajoitus v lilehti m T ss v lilehdess voit m ritt tulostusajan valita tulostuksen prioriteetteja ja valita taustatulostusmenetelm n m Valitse LBP 660 t varten aina K yt taustatulostusta jotta ohjelma vapautuisi nopeammin tulostusty st asetus Jos valitset Tulosta suoraan kirjoittimelle asetuksen et voi tulostaa sovelluksista K yt taustatulostusta jotta ohjelma vapautuisi nopeammin tulostusty st Aloita tulostus kun viimeinen sivu on taustatulostusjonossa Aloita tulostus heti Tulosta suoraan kirjoittimelle m Valitse Aloita tu
352. m brukes til pne andre dialogbokser vises i den nederste delen av dialogboksen Angi eller skriv inn den nye innstillingen Den nye innstillingen vises n i r dt til h yre for det aktuelle alternativet R dfargen betyr at den nye innstillingen enn ikke er lagret som standard Nye innstillinger lagres ikke som dokumentstandarder f r du klikker p OK nederst i dialogboksen Innstillinger for Papir utskrift Gruppen Papir utskrift best r i tre alternativer Papirst rrelse Papirretning og Kopiteller Dette er de samme alternativene som i kategorien Utskriftsformat som er beskrevet ovenfor Hvis du endrer disse innstillingene endrer du ogs innstillingene i kategorien Utskriftsformat Kapittel 4 Bruke Microsoft Windows Printing System 17 Innstillinger for gruppen Grafikk Gruppen Grafikk best r av to alternativer Oppl sning og Skalering m Oppl sning Bruk knappen Endre innstilling for Oppl sning for angi hvilken oppl sning LBP 660 skal skrive ut med m Skalering Skriv inn verdien for forst rringen eller forminskingen i tekstfeltet Endre innstilling for Skalering Du kan angi en verdi mellom 10 og 200 i trinn p 1 Innstillinger for gruppen Dokument alternativer Gruppen Dokument alternativer best r i fem alternativer Halftone Color Adjustment Automatic Image Refinement Toner Saver Toner Density og Custom Paper Size m Halftone Color Adjustment Klikk p knappen Halftone Color Adjustment fo
353. m installation disks are packed with the printer Types and contents of the installation disks are as follows Types e 3 5 inch 1 44MB floppy disks 3 disks Single byte zone German French Italian Finnish Danish Dutch Spanish Norwegian Swedish Thai English 3 5 inch 1 44MB floppy disks 2 disks Double byte zone Chinese Taiwanese Contents Microsoft Windows Printing System V1 8 driver Status Window PCL emulator PCL emulation front panel Print manager On line help e TrueType fonts Single byte zone PCL font Voice message Installer Uninstaller e Trouble Shooter a Operating environment The following environment is reguired to install Microsoft Windows Printing System PC hardware This printer supports an IBM PC or a compatible machine Operating conditions of them are as shown below lt Minimum operating environment gt CPU 486SX25MHz or above e RAM More than 8MB e Available disk space More than 8MB 1MB of temporary space is required for installation Note that the Thai version reguires more than 10MB and the Chinese Taiwanese version reguires more than 9MB Screen size VGA or above Printer port Standard Centronics parallel port e Floppy drive 3 5 inch 1 44MB Sound PCM sound module is required to use the sound lt Recommended operating environment gt CPU Pentium 75MHz or above e RAM More than 16MB e Printer port ECP OS software One of the following OS software
354. me utilizzare il manuale ed i requisiti del sistema per installare Microsoft Windows Printing System su un computer con Microsoft Windows NT Capitolo 2 Installazione di Microsoft Windows Printing System 3 Questo capitolo descrive come installare Microsoft Windows Printing System per Microsoft Windows NT utilizzando LBP 660 come stampante locale e come condividere una stampante LBP 660 su una rete Microsoft Windows NT Capitolo 3 Collegamento a LBP 660 come stampante di rete 10 Questo capitolo descrive come utilizzare la stampante LBP 660 da altri computer con Microsoft Windows NT e da computer con Microsoft Windows a cui di seguito si far riferimento come Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 o Microsoft Windows per Workgroup Capitolo 4 Uso di Microsoft Windows Printing System 13 Questo capitolo descrive come utilizzare il Monitor di stato sulla rete la Finestra di stato Canon LBP 660 e le finestre di dialogo Propriet in Microsoft Windows Printing System per Microsoft Windows NT Capitolo 5 Individuazione e soluzione dei problemi 23 Questo capitolo descrive come risolvere i problemi che possono sorgere durante l installazione di Microsoft Windows Printing System e l utilizzo di Microsoft Windows Printing System su una rete Microsoft Windows NT AAA 26 Questa sezione dell Appendice elenca i punti in cui le descrizioni contenute nel Manuale per l Operatore
355. meksi Microsoft Windows NT t k ytt v ss tietokoneessa johon LBP 660 on kytketty ja sitten m rit t kyseisen tietokoneen tulostuspalvelimeksi LBP 660 on Microsoft Windows NT asiakkaiden lis ksi sellaisten Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 ja Microsoft Ty ryhm Windows asiakkaiden k ytett viss joilla on yhteys Microsoft Windows NT verkkoon m Jos Microsoft Windows NT t k ytt v n tietokoneen johon LBP 660 on kytketty pit toimia tulostuspalvelimena sinun pit k ynnist sen Server palvelu K ynnist palvelu ennen kuin kytket verkkokirjoittimen m Jos haluat ottaa yhteyden Microsoft Windows NT tulostuspalvelimeen asiakastietokoneesta ja tulostaa asiakirjan asiakastietokoneella on oltava k ytt oikeudet palvelimeen ja jaettuun kirjoittimeen Jos et ole varma k ytt oikeuksistasi kysy neuvoa verkon p k ytt j lt Yhteys Microsoft Windows NT asiakastietokoneesta Jos LBP 660 t k ytt v ss asiakastietokoneessa on Microsoft Windows NT sinun pit vain lis t kirjoitin niin j rjestelm automaattisesti lataa ja asentaa kirjoitinohjaimen ja Network Status Monitorin tulostuspalvelimesta Kirjoittimen lis miseen ei tarvita p k ytt j n oikeuksia Kuka tahansa voi lis t kirjoittimen Ohjatun kirjoittimen asennuksen k ynnist minen 1 K ynnist asiakastietokone ja Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 ja kirjaudu siihen 2 K ynnist ohjattu kirjoittimen asennus
356. mnet p nskad skrivare och klicka p knappen Connect m Sound Option V lj det h r alternativet om du vill ange om ljudmeddelanden ska anv ndas eller ej n r ett skrivarfel uppst r Kapitel 4 Anv nda Microsoft Windows Printing System 21 SVENSKA m Network Status Monitor kan bara ge ljudmeddelanden om ett fel uppst r Om inget m ljudkort finns installerat i klientdatorn r detta alternativ gr tonat och kan inte v ljas m Default Size Har du ndrat storlek p f nstret f r Network Status Monitor terst ller detta alternativ f nstret till ursprunglig storlek m Hide Menu Detta alternativ d ljer menyerna i Network Status Monitor Vill du visa menyraden igen trycker du p Esc n r Network Status Monitor r det aktiva f nstret eller dubbelklickar var som helst i meddelandef ltet m Always On Top V ljer du det h r alternativet och fyller i kryssrutan till v nster om Always On Top visas Network Status Monitor alltid verst p skrivbordet Menyn Printer Via menyn Printer kan du styra skrivaren Observera dock att om Client Operation inte r f rbockat i menyn Options i statusf nstret p utskriftsservern r menyn Printer gr tonad och skrivaren kan inte styras fr n en klient Mer information om menyn Printer hittar du i Anv nda menyn Printer i anv ndarhandboken m Detdug ri menyn Printer p verkar ven utskriftsjobb fr n andra klienter Om utskriftsjobb fr n flera klienter la
357. mp PARTNUMBER DESCRIPTION SERIAL NUMBER REMARKS KEY NO KIY 330 RGS 3485 030 FEEDER ASS Y RB2 1699 000 RB1 7203 000 RB2 1700 030 RB1 7205 000 RS5 2503 000 VS1 5057 006 ROLLER ARM PRESSURE LEVER REGISTRATION SENSOR SPRING TORSION SPRING COMPRESSION CONNECTOR 6P WGB 5362 000 IC TLP1241 PHOTO INTERRUPTER RG9 1946 000 PICK UP SENSOR CABLE 2 RB1 7200 030 HOLDER PS204 PS202 4003 J004 J006 O a N COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON INC CANON LBP 660 REV AUG 1998 PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON 330 1 FIGURE 340 en GUIDE ASS Y FIGURE KEY NO AD eR o Cd 340 1 Q PART NUMBER HH DESCRIPTION Y RG5 3475 040 RB2 1691 000 RG5 3476 030 RB2 1689 000 RB1 7277 000 RB2 1690 000 RF5 2368 000 RB1 7293 020 RB1 7294 000 RB2 1687 000 COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON NC SERIAL NUMBER REMARKS SEPARATION GUIDE ASS Y SPRING LEAF FLAPPER ROD REINFORCEMENT SPRING TORSION BUSHING ROLLER FACE LEVER SENSOR SPRING TORSION GUIDE SEPARATION CANON LBP 660 REV AUG 1998 PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON FIGURE 350 ses FIGURE amp KEY NO 350 PART NUMBER SERIAL NUMBER REMARKS RG5 3474 020 RB1 7284 020 RB2 1685 000 RB1 7286 000 RB1 7287 000 RS5 8543 020 RG5 3479 000 RG5 3478 000 RB1 7334 000 GUIDE JAMMED PAPER REMOVAL RB2 1686 000 FRAME lt
358. mperature control see Note 1 Normal temperature control see Note 2 Between page temperature control see Note 3 In order to prevent uncontrolled operation of the fixing heater the printer has the following two protective mechanisms The CPU monitors the TH701 voltage and diagnoses a fixing unit error when faulty The CPU controls the FIXING HEATER DRIVE signal FSRD to cut off power to the fixing heater Simultaneously the CPU informs the video controller of this error If the fixing heater temperature rises abnormally and the temperature fuse exceeds 180 C the temperature fuse blows to cut off power to the fixing heater Printer controller PCB O Thermal fuse FU701 FU702 TH701 J206 1 Thermistor N Fixing heater 701 Ti Fixing unit Fixing lower roller delivery roller Main motor J206 2 Figure 2 4 2 2 CHAPTER 2 Detecting a fixing unit error The CPU assesses that a fixing heater error has occurred when any of the following conditions are present and informs the video controller a b A minimum temperature of 100 C is not detected within the set period of time after initial temperature control has started The temperature of the fixing heater exceeds 195 C for a set period of time while controlling the fixing heater temperature A minimum temperature of 20 C is not detected when the fixin
359. mprimante reportez vous la section Utilisation du menu Imprimante du Manuel d utilisation m Les op rations du menu d impression affectent toujours les t ches d impression provenant des autres postes client Lorsque des t ches d impression provenant de plusieurs postes client sont mises en attente dans la file d impression du serveur l annulation inconsid r e d une impression peut entrainer la perte des t ches d impression provenant d autres postes client Gardez cela l esprit lorsque vous annulez une impression Menu Aide Ce menu ouvre une boite de dialogue fournissant des informations sur la version du Moniteur de surveillance du r seau 22 Utilisation de Microsoft Windows Printing System Chapitre 4 Chapitre 5 Depannage Ce chapitre explique comment r soudre les problemes pouvant se produire pendant Vinstallation de Microsoft Windows Printing System pour Microsoft Windows NT et pendant l utilisation de la LBP 660 comme imprimante r seau sur un r seau Microsoft Windows NT Pour obtenir des instructions sur la r solution des probl mes lies imprimante bourrages papier etc la qualit d impression ainsi que les problemes li s Microsoft Windows Printing System et ses messages d erreur reportez vous au chapitre 6 D pannage du Manuel d utilisation de la LBP 660 Si vous ne parvenez pas d terminer la cause d un probleme lancez le D panneur dans le groupe Windows P
360. mulation Front Panel Settings dialog box The PCL Emulation Front Panel Options dialog box is shown in Figure 1 7 48 PCL Emulation Front Panel Options Auto Form Feed Enabled Auto Form Feed After 18 308 seconds Figure 1 7 48 1 Auto Form Feed Enabled Sets the time 2 OK Changes the items in this dialog box and closes the box 3 Cancel Closes this dialog box without changing its items 4 Help Opens the Help topics CHAPTER 1 PCL Emulation Test Pages dialog box The PCL Emulation Test Pages dialog box can print two types of test pages PCL Emulation Test Page and PCL Emulation Front Page It can be opened by clicking the Test Page button in the PCL Emulation Front Panel Settings dialog box The PCL Emulation Test Pages dialog box is shown in Figure 1 7 49 PCL Emulation Test Pages 1 Prints the PCL Emulation Test Page 2 Prints all of the fonts in PCL Emulation 3 Cancel Do not print a Test Page Figure 1 7 49 1 Test Page Prints the PCL Test Page see Page 4 11 and returns to the PCL Emulation Front Panel Settings dialog box 2 Font Page Prints the font list supported by the PCL Emulation and returns to the PCL Emulation Front Panel Settings dialog box 3 Cancel Does not print and returns to the PCL Emulation Front Panel Settings dialog box CHAPTER 1 About Dialog box The About dialog box contains such information as the v
361. must be available on the disk Custom Installation installs only the selected software When installation is completed restart Microsoft Windows by following the directions on the screen When the printer is connected the computer asks you whether to print a test page or not Print the test page to confirm that the installation was done correctly CHAPTER 1 2 Microsoft Windows Printing System Dialog Boxes The printing environment of Microsoft Windows Printing System is set using the dialog boxes A list of printing environment that can be set from the dialog boxes is shown on Page 1 83 The main dialog boxes of Windows 95 98 are explained below a Properties dialog boxes The Properties dialog box can be opened by the following methods From desktop of Microsoft Windows 1 Open the Printers folder from one of the following e Start menu Settings Printers My Computer Printers e Control Panel Printers 2 Then open the applicable printer in the Printers folder and select Properties in the Printer menu From Microsoft Windows application Select Page Setup in the File menu and open the Page Setup dialog box Select the print er by clicking the Printer button and elick the Properties button Open the Print dialog box by selecting Print in the File menu and click the Properties but ton From Microsoft Windows shortcut Open the Printers folder of Microsoft Windows drag the printer icon to the deskto
362. muster ET Gamma fur Ger t 1 2500 gt Pixeldurchmesser GER T __ gt Abbrechen Wei abgleich f r Ger t 0 Zuriicksetzen Leuchtdichte CIE Y 100 00 4J_ Standard m Die in den Einstellungen f r die Rasterbildeigenschaften bei den Dokumenteigenschaften zur fm Verf gung stehenden Operationen ndern sich je nach dem welche Option hier ausgew hlt wurde Kapitel 4 Verwendung des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems 15 Eigenschaften des Standarddokumentes In dem Dialogfeld Eigenschaften von Druckername Standarddokument k nnen die Standardeinstellungen f r die beim Drucken mit dem LBP 660 zur Verf gung stehenden Optionen festgelegt werden W hlen Sie im Ordner Drucker den Befehl Standard Dokumenteinstellungen aus dem Men Datei oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Symbol f r den LBP 660 im Ordner Drucker und w hlen Sie dann den Befehl Standard Dokumenteinstellungen aus dem Kontextmen um die Standard Dokumenteinstellungen anzuzeigen Das Dialogfeld Eigenschaften von Druckername Standarddokument umfa t die h ufig verwendete Registerkarte Seite einrichten sowie die Registerkarte Weitere Optionen f r weitere Druckoptionen Sie k nnen auch auf das Fragezeichen in der oberen rechten Ecke des Dialogfeldes klicken und dann auf eine Einstellung klicken um detaillierte Informationen f r die jeweilige Einstellung ber die Popup Hilfe zu diesem Element zu erhalten
363. n 8MB of memory must be available on the disk Custom Installation installs only the selected software 7 When installation is completed restart Microsoft Windows by following the directions on the screen When the printer is connected the computer asks you whether to print a test page or not Print the test page to confirm that the installation was done correctly CHAPTER 1 2 Microsoft Windows Printing System Dialog Boxes The printing environment of Microsoft Windows Printing System is set using the dialog boxes A list of printing environment that can be set from the dialog boxes is shown on Page 1 83 The main dialog boxes of Microsoft Windows 3 1 are explained below a Printer Setup dialog box The Printer Setup dialog box is for setting the number of copies orientation and paper size By clicking the buttons in the box reduction enlargement rate and Graphics can also be set The Printer Setup dialog box can be opened in the following ways From Printer Control Panel of Microsoft Windows 1 Opens the Printers dialog box in the Control Panel by one of the following methods Open the Windows Printing System group in the Program Manager and then click Canon LBP 660 Printer Setup Open the Main group in the Program Manager and click Printers in the Control Panel Click Printer Setup in the Options menu in the Print Manager 2 Select Canon LBP 660 in the Installed Printers and click the Setup button From Microsoft
364. n Dept CANON INC Printed in Japan REVISION 0 FEB 1997 REVISION 1 AUG 1998 51 Hakusan T chome Toride shi Ibaraki 302 8501 Japan The printing paper contalns 70 waste paper canon EP LEA CANON INC 0998AB1 00 PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON canon LBP 660 LASER PRINTER Microsoft Windows Printing System Guide for Microsoft Windows NT IMPORTANT Read this guide carefully before using your printer Save this guide for future reference Z E m Copyright Copyright 1998 Canon Inc All rights reserved Copyright 1996 Microsoft Corporation All rights reserved Notice Canon Inc makes no warranty of any kind with regard to this material either express or implied except as provided herein including without limitation thereof warranties as to marketability merchantability for a particular purpose of use or against infringement of any patent Canon Inc shall not be liable for any direct incidental or consequential damages of any nature or losses or expenses resulting from the use of this material This document contains proprietary information which is protected by copyright All right are reserved No part of this document may be photocopied reproduced or translated into another language without prior written consent of Canon Inc The use of this document is subject to the terms of the License Agreement Microsoft Windows Printing Sy
365. n Sie den Assistenten f r die Druckerinstallation aus Verwenden Sie zur Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems unter Microsoft Windows NT den Assistenten f r die Druckerinstallation von Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 F hren Sie die Anweisungen durch um die Software zu installieren 1 Schalten Sie den Computer ein an den der LBP 660 angeschlossen ist und f hren Sie Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 aus 2 Melden Sie sich als Administrator an 3 Verwenden Sie eine der folgenden Methoden um den Assistenten f r Druckerinstallation zu starten a Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfl che Start auf der Windows Taskleiste und bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger auf den Befehl Einstellungen im Startmen Klicken Sie im angezeigten Untermen auf den Befehl Drucker um den Ordner Drucker zu ffnen und doppelklicken Sie anschlie end auf das Symbol Neuer Drucker im Ordner Drucker b Doppelklicken Sie auf dem Desktop auf das Symbol Arbeitsplatz um Arbeitsplatz zu ffnen ffnen Sie dann den Ordner Drucker und doppelklicken Sie auf das Symbol Neuer Drucker Kapitel 2 Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems 3 DEUTSCH m Das Fenster des Assistenten f r die Druckerinstallation wird angezeigt um Druckertreiber zu installieren Assistent f r die Druckerinstallation Mit diesem Assistenten k nnen Sie ohne viel Zeit und Arbeitsaufwand Drucker installieren oder eine Druckerverbindung herstellen Dieser Drucker wird verwalt
366. n another machine All settings for this printer are managed by a print server that has been set up by an administrator Beck Cancel 1 Click on the Network printer server option button and then click on the Next gt button You see the Connect to Printer window Connect to Printer Printer 728 025 LBP 660 Cancel Shared Printers IV Expand by Default Help Microsoft Windows Network OPCO WORKGROUP A ws 102 CanonLBP Canon LBP 660 Printer Information Description Status Ready Documents Waiting D 2 Double click on the print server name shown in the Shared Printers list box m Double clicking on the print server name displays a list of the shared printers connected to the print server 3 Click on the shared printer name for the LBP 660 to which you want to connect m The network path for the selected printer appears in the Printer text box Chapter 3 Connecting to the LBP 660 as a Network printer 11 4 Click on the OK button m The LBP 660 printer driver and Network Status Monitor are downloaded from the server and installed on the client m Once the software is successfully downloaded the Canon LBP 660 icon appears in the Printers folder and the Windows Printing System group is registered in the Start menu shortcut to the Network Status Monitor WpsC3Nsm exe is also created on the desktop 5 Click on the Finish button in the Add Printer Wizard
367. n it upside down as shown in Fig 1 5 3 Figure 1 5 3 Do not open the protective shutter of the photosensitive drum and never touch the drum sur face If the drum surface is dirty clean it with a flannel cloth dipped in toner Do not use sol vents Do not disassemble the EP A cartridge Do not expose the cartridge to vibration or shock The photosensitive drum is easily damaged by intensive light If it is exposed to strong light blank spots or black stripes may appear on the printed image Faulty print images such as blank spots or black stripes can be corrected by stopping the printer momentarily However if the drum is exposed to light for any extended period of time 1 11 CHAPTER 1 the blank spots and black stripes may remain even after stopping the printer To prevent this be sure to always place the unsealed cartridges in their box or cover them when removed from the printer Do not leave them uncovered Reference If the cartridges are exposed to ordinary light for five minutes then left in a dark area for another five minutes it is possible to return the print quality to a virtually per missible level However do not expose the cartridges to direct sunlight CHAPTER 1 VI MAINTENANCE BY CUSTOMER Table 1 6 1 Item Maintenance description Cartridge Shake or replace the cartridge as necessary External cover Clean as necessary CHAPTER 1 VH OPERATION A Microsoft Windows
368. n this dialog box to the default values CHAPTER 1 6 Graphics tab The Graphics tab is for setting halftoning method brightness and contrast It can be opened by clicking the Graphics tab in the Properties dialog box The Graphics tab is shown in Figure 1 7 36 E anon LBP 660 Pro erties 1 2 Figure 1 7 36 1 Halftoning Sets halftoning Note 2 Brightness Adjusts image brightness 3 Contrast Adjusts contrast 4 Restore Defaults Resets the values of the halftone group to the default values Halftoning Patterned Brightness 0 Contrast 0 Note As the printer prints images only in black dots when gray image data is sent it is con verted to black dots and white non printing The conversion method can be selected from among the following 3 types Smooth Calculates the locations to print black dots to adapt to the gray image data As it posi tions the black dots randomly subtle shades can be expressed Pattern 1 Pattern 2 Selects the gray image data from previously set density patterns of black dots The num ber of black dots selected for dark gray is large while the number for light gray is small Pattern 2 gives a coarser printed image than Pattern 1 CHAPTER 1 8 2 m i e The Quality tab is for setting the resolution and whether to use Automatic Image Refinement and Toner Saving or not It can be opened by clicking the Quality tab in
369. n v ri ja puolis vyominaisuudet Laite Canon LBP 660 Puolis vykuvio 6x6 tehostettu Laitteen gammakorjaus 1 2500 4 m 5 Kuvapisteen halkaisija LAITE Al im gt Peruuta Laitteen valkoisen v rin s t Palauta Valoisuus CIE Y 10000 4 om JJ Oletus m Asiakirjan ominaisuuksiin kuuluvan puolis vyjen s t asetuksen toiminta riippuu siit m mik puolis vyjen k sittelytapa valitaan t ss valintaikkunassa Luku 4 Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin k ytt 15 Ominaisuudet Oletusasiakirja Ominaisuudet Oletusasiakirja valintaikkunassa voit m ritt LBP 660 n tulostusasetusten oletusarvot Kun haluat tarkistaa asiakirjan oletusominaisuudet valitse Kirjoittimet kansion Tiedosto valikosta Asiakirjan oletukset tai napsauta Kirjoittimet kansion LBP 660 kuvaketta hiiren oikealla painikkeella ja valitse ponnahdusvalikosta Asiakirjan oletukset Ominaisuudet Oletusasiakirja valintaikkunassa on usein tarvittava Sivun asetukset v lilehti ja tarkempia tulostusasetuksia sis lt v Lis asetukset v lilehti Jos tarvitset lis tietoja napsauta valintaikkunan oikeassa yl kulmassa olevaa kysymysmerkki ja sitten asetusta jotta n et asetusta kuvaavan ohjeen Ominaisuudet Oletusasiakirja Canon LBP 660 set Lis asetukset Paperikoko 4 v Kopioiden m r fi kopio gi fil
370. nce du r seau de la LBP 660 est une fonction permettant un poste client Microsoft Windows NT connect l imprimante r seau de v rifier l tat de la LBP 660 de suspendre reprendre forcer ou annuler l impression de la m me facon qu avec la fen tre d tat du bureau Elle n est disponible que pour les clients Microsoft Windows NT et ne peut pas tre utilis e partir de Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 ou Microsoft Windows pour Workgroups Le Moniteur de surveillance du r seau de la LBP 660 n affiche que l tat de l imprimante et ne poss de pas d animations graphiques ni de barre de progression comme la fen tre d tat de la LBP 660 Lorsque vous connectez un poste client Microsoft Windows NT l imprimante r seau le Moniteur de surveillance du r seau est install automatiquement partir du serveur d impression 6 WS_102 Canon LBP 660 Bel x Options Imprimante 2 Imprimante pr te 20 Utilisation de Microsoft Windows Printing System Chapitre 4 Utilisation du Moniteur de surveillance du r seau de la LBP 660 D marrage du Moniteur de surveillance du r seau Proc dez comme suit pour d marrer tout moment le Moniteur de surveillance du r seau de la LBP 660 1 A partir du poste client cliquez deux fois sur l ic ne Moniteur de surveillance du r seau de la Canon LBP 660 dans le groupe de programmes Windows Printing System ou a partir du bureau cliquez deux fois sur l ic n
371. nce installation of the Microsoft Windows Printing System ends you can immediately start printing on the Microsoft Windows NT computer on which the LBP 660 was installed as a local printer However to use this computer as a print server and print from a client via the network you must first restart Microsoft Windows NT Chapter 2 Installing the Microsoft Windows Printing System 7 The Windows Printing System group created during Microsoft Windows Printing System installation contains the 6 icons shown below f Windows Printing System iof x Eile Edit Yiew Help Wh Canon Canon Canon Canon LBP 660 Help LBP 660 LBP 660 LBP 660 LBP 660 i Readme Status Trouble Uninstallation Window Shooter E objects 3 66KB Canon LBP 660 Font Installation This is a utility for installing the TrueType fonts 22 Lucida TrueType fonts on disk 3 of the Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 installer disks on Microsoft Windows NT To install the TrueType fonts double click the Canon LBP 660 Font Installation icon Then follow the instructions in the on screen messages m The installed TrueType fonts will not be removed even if you use the uninstaller to uninstall the Microsoft Windows Printing System Canon LBP 660 Help This displays the help for the Microsoft Windows Printing System Canon LBP 660 Readme This is a text file containing additional information on the installed version of the Microsoft Windows Printing System Read
372. ndow at any time by double clicking on the Canon LBP 660 Status Window icon in the Windows Printing System group You can then use the Status Window to monitor the progress of your print jobs pause printing resume printing and so on amp Canon LBP 660 on LPT1 MEE Printer View Options Help Printer Ready The printer is ready This Status Window is basically the same as the Microsoft Windows Printing System Status Window displayed in Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 and Microsoft Windows for Workgroups Refer to the User s Manual for more information on using the Status Window This description covers only those operations and functions where the LBP 660 Status Window for Microsoft Windows NT differs from the Status Windows in other versions of Microsoft Windows m If you selected Start printing after last page is spooled in the Printer Properties Scheduling tab the estimated time remaining and the estimated completion time are shown in the message area while a document is printing and the progress bar shows the number of pages printed and the total number of pages to be printed Printing My_Doc Estimated time left 11 seconds Estimated time finished 2 18 PM Using the Microsoft Windows Printing System 19 m If you selected Start printing immediately only the Printing message appears in the message area and the progress bar only indicates the number of pages printed amp C
373. ndows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows for Workgroups maskiner m du kontrollere at navnet p den delte ressursen ikke inneholder mer enn tte tegn m Hvis du angir skriveren som en delt skriverressurs kan du ikke velge operativsystem under Alternative drivere nederst i dialogboksen LBP 660 driveren kan ikke installeres p andre systemer enn Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 x86 3 Klikk p OK m LBP 660 er n angitt som en delt skriverressurs Ikonet i mappen Skrivere endres til et delt skriverressurs ikon Kapittel 2 Installere Microsoft Windows Printing System 9 Kapittel 3 Koble deg til LBP 660 n r den brukes som nettverksskriver Hvis du angir LBP 660 som en delt skriverressurs p Microsoft Windows NT maskinen som LBP 660 er koblet til og deretter angir den maskinen som skriverserver kan LBP 660 ikke bare brukes av Microsoft Windows NT klienter men ogs av Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 og Microsoft Windows for Workgroups klienter som er koblet til Microsoft Windows NT nettverket m Hvis du vil bruke Microsoft Windows NT maskinen som LBP 660 er koblet til som skriverserver m du f rst starte serverfunksjonen p den maskinen Start serverfunksjonen f r du kobler deg til nettverksskriveren m Hvis du vil koble deg til en Microsoft Windows NT skriverserver fra en klientmaskin og skrive ut et dokument m klienten ha tilgang til kunne kobles til serveren og den delte skriverressu
374. ndows Printing System 17 SVENSKA Grafik Gruppen Grafik best r av tv alternativ Uppl sning och Skalning m Uppl sning Med alternativknapparna under ndra inst llning f r Uppl sning anger du med vilken uppl sning LBP 660 ska skriva ut m Skalning Ange f rstoring eller f rminskning i f ltet Andra inst llning f r Skalning Du kan ange ett v rde mellan 10 och 200 i steg om 1 Inst llningar f r gruppen Dokument Alternativ Gruppen Dokument Alternativ best r av fem alternativ Halftone Color Adjustment Automatic Image Refinement Toner Saver Toner Density och Custom Paper Size m Halvtonsf rgjustering Klicka p knappen Halvtonsf rgjustering s visas dialogrutan Halftone Color Adjustment d r du kan justera skrivarens halvtoner m Dialogrutans utseende beror p inst llningarna p fliken Enhetsinst llningar i fm skrivaregenskaperna Om Anv nd skrivarens halvtoner r valt visas den vanliga dialogrutan f r LBP 660 p samma s tt som om du valt fliken Grafik i dialogrutan Egenskaper f r Microsoft Windows 95 I den h r dialogrutan kan du ange halvtons tergivning Smooth Pattern 1 eller Pattern 2 och justera Brightness och Contrast Mer information hittar du i avsnittet Arbeta med gr skalegrafik i anv ndarhandboken Om Anv nd systemets halvtoner r valt visas ett gr skalediagram och dialogrutan Inst llning av f rgskala fr n Microsoft Windows NT systemet Informa
375. ndows Printing System 7 ITALIANO Il gruppo Windows Printing System creato durante l installazione di Microsoft Windows Printing System contiene le 6 icone illustrate di seguito fs Windows Printing System A x a ei di Canon anon LBP 660 Canon LBP 560 LBP 660 caratteri di individuazione Eile Modifica Visualizza ast mi A d BP 660 i Canon LBP 660 dei problemi di pem installazione File Readme di Finestra di stato Guida di Canon Installazione dei Programma di Canon LBP 660 Oggetti 6 3 89 KB 2 Installazione dei caratteri di Canon LBP 660 E un programma di utilit per installare i caratteri TrueType 22 caratteri Lucida TrueType contenuti sul disco 3 dei dischi di installazione di Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 su Microsoft Windows NT Per installare i caratteri TrueType fare doppio clic sull icona Installazione dei caratteri di Canon LBP 660 Quindi seguire le istruzioni riportate nei messaggi visualizzati m Icaratteri TrueType installati non verranno rimossi neanche utilizzando il programma di disinstallazione per disinstallare Microsoft Windows Printing System Guida di Canon LBP 660 Visualizza la guida all uso di Microsoft Windows Printing System File Readme di Canon LBP 660 E un file di testo che contiene informazioni aggiuntive riguardanti la versione installata di Microsoft Windows Printing System Leggere questo file prima di utilizzare Microsoft Windows Printing System
376. nem anderen Anschlu verbinden mit dem der LBP 660 nicht verbunden ist m Das Fenster zur Auswahl des Druckermodells wird angezeigt die von Microsoft Windows NT standardm ig unterst tzten Druckerhersteller und modelle sind aufgelistet 4 Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems Kapitel 2 Legen Sie die Installations CD ROM f r das Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 in das CD Laufwerk ein und klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfl che Diskette da der LBP 660 in der Liste nicht aufgef hrt ist Wenn das Dialogfeld Installation von Diskette angezeigt wird geben Sie den Laufwerksbuchstaben f r das CD Laufwerk in das Textfeld Dateien des Herstellers kopieren von ein und klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfl che Durchsuchen Doppelklicken Sie auf den Ordner Winnt40 im Feld Suchen in m Im Dialogfeld Datei suchen werden Ordner f r jede Sprache angezeigt Datei suchen Duke Fr Dateityp Fetupinfomationen I int Abbrechen Doppelklicken Sie auf den Ordner mit der Sprachversion von Microsoft Windows NT die auf dem Rechner installiert ist m Wenn Wpsc3nt im Dialogfeld Datei suchen angezeigt wird klicken Sie auf die Schaltfl che ffnen Wird kein Ordner mit der Sprachversion von Microsoft Windows NT die auf dem Rechner installiert ist angezeigt so w hlen Sie den Ordner f r die Sprachversion Englisch aus Klicken Sie im Dialogfeld Installation von Dis
377. ngratulations IF vou San this information you have correctly installed your Canon LBP 660 on 6 Data format Selected spool data format The information below describes your printer driver and port settings 7 Share Name Share Name when printing via a network 2 1 Machine baner BELL Gu siau 8 Driver name File name of the graphics driver SH Printer model Canon LBP 660 M 52 NECS Coler support Wo 9 Driver version Version information of driver ort name s i 6 ata t t WPS i n Pl n Nine 10 Environment Information on OS and CPU In case of this printer Windows x86 89 gt 9 river name WpsC3 DLL P 10 8 riva versioni HI UNE 11 Files used by this driver List of files used by this printer driver 11H Tiles used by this driver i WINNT40U System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 WpsC3 DLL 0 2 0 0 WINNT40U System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 WpsC3Set DLL 2 00 03 012 WINNT40U System32 spool DRIVERS 32X86 2 WpsC3NT INF WINNT40U System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 WpsC3App INF WINNT40U System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 WpsC3NTr EXE 2 00 03 012 WINNTAOU System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 WpsC3Apd APD WINNT40U System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 WpsHrc BIN WINNT40U System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 WpsPrint DLL 2 00 03 012 WINNT40U System32 spool DRIVERS W32X85 2 WpsPeppy SYS 2 00 03 012 WINNT40U System32 spool DRIVERS W32X86 2 PStopped WAV WINN
378. nit Action Replace the laser scanner unit Faulty printer controller PCB Action Replace the printer controller PCB CHAPTER 4 1 5 Polka Dots lt Possible causes gt 1 Dirty static charge eliminator Action Clean the static charge eliminator 2 Poor contact between the static charge eliminator contact point and the static charge elimi nator itself Action If dirty clean the connection If the problem remains replace any deformed or bro ken parts 3 Deformation deterioration of transfer charging roller Action Replace the transfer charging roller 1 6 Dirt on Back of Paper lt Possible causes gt 1 Periodic dirt on back of printed paper dirt on transfer charging roller or fixing lower roller Action Refer to the instructions in Table 4 5 1 on P 4 18 If the rollers are dirty clean them Replace the affected rollers if the dirt cannot be removed 2 Dirt on feed guide or fixing unit entrance guide Action Clean the dirty parts I 7 Black Vertical Lines lt Possible causes gt 1 Vertical scratches on the photosensitive drum surface Action Replace the cartridge 2 Dirty face down delivery sub roller Action Clean the face down delivery sub roller 3 Dirty fixing unit entrance guide Action Clean the fixing unit entrance guide 4 Flaw in fixing film unit Action Replace the fixing film unit 1 8 Irregular and Smudged Black Horizontal Line lt Possible causes gt 1 Faulty EP
379. nlike the Printer Status Window it does not display print remaining completion time Note Table 1 7 2 shows the types of symbol displayed in the Message area Table 1 7 2 Tells the user what to do to continue printing in such cases as paper jams and paper loading request Warming Information Others CHAPTER 1 3 Trouble Shooter When troubles such as printing error occur in the printer the Trouble Shooter checks the Microsoft Windows NT configuration settings and if errors are found they are reported to the user or corrected if possible The Trouble Shooter cannot detect problems regarding the hardware such as printer cable and parallel port failure It does not operate on the Network client PC lt Starting the Trouble Shooter gt The Trouble Shooter starts when the Canon LBP 660 Trouble Shooter icon in the Windows Printing System Group is double clicked Trouble Shooter Dialog box The following dialog appears when the Trouble Shooter is started Canon LBP 660 3 4 Figure 1 7 29 1 System Information Displays the system information of the PC Free Disk Space Free Memory 2 Port Selects the port to which LBP 660 is connected Parallel port installed in the PC and port connected to the network are listed 3 Yes Executes the Trouble Shooter 4 No Exits the Trouble Shooter CHAPTER 1 When the Trouble Shooter is executed by clicking
380. nstillingene for hver kategori er lik for alle Microsoft Windows NT skrivere vil informasjonen som gis her kun v re en generell oversikt over kategoriene i tillegg til informasjon om hva du b r passe p n r du bruker LBP 660 Se brukerh ndb kene for Microsoft Windows NT hvis du vil ha mer informasjon om de forskjellige innstillingene Du kan i tillegg klikke p sp rsm lstegnet verst i h yre hj rne av dialogboksen og deretter klikke p den aktuelle innstillingen for f hurtighjelp om akkurat det emnet Canon LBP 660 Egenskaper 2 x Generelt Porter Planlegging Deling Sikkerhet Enhetsinnstilinger Canon LBP 660 Kapittel 4 Bruke Microsoft Windows Printing System 13 B Kategorien Generelt Innstillingene i denne kategorien gjelder hele skriverdriveren m LBP 660 st tter ikke skillesider Det vil ikke skrives ut noen skilleside selv om du angir dette valget under Skilleside m Du m ikke endre innstillingene i dialogboksen Utskriftsprosessor som vises n r du klikker p knappen Skriverprosessor Hvis du endrer Standard datatype vil det ikke v re mulig skrive ut fra klienter som ikke kj rer Microsoft Windows NT m Hvis du vil skrive ut en testside klikker du p knappen Skriv ut testside i denne kategorien I Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT inneholder ikke statusvinduet for LBP 660 en knapp for utskrift av testside m Kategorien Porter Bruk denne ka
381. ntene er Microsoft Windows NT maskiner klikker du p Nei Microsoft Windows Printing System Installation Do you want to share the WPS directory for allowing Windows95 Windows3 1 clients to print Fullf re installeringen N r installeringen av Microsoft Windows Printing System er fullf rt vises en melding som bekrefter dette Klikk p OK for fullf re installeringen Hvis du valgte skrive ut en testside under installeringen av skriverdriveren vil denne siden n skrives ut Hvis hele installeringen var vellykket vil du n se statusvinduet for LBP 660 p skrivebordet og testsiden skrives ut p LBP 660 Kontroller testsiden og klikk p Ja i dialogboksen for pr veutskrift for lukke dialogboksen S fort installeringen av Microsoft Windows Printing System er fullf rt kan du begynne skrive ut fra den Microsoft Windows NT maskinen som har angitt LBP 660 som lokal skriver Hvis du imidlertid skal bruke denne maskinen som en skriverserver og skrive ut fra en klient via et nettverk m du f rst starte Microsoft Windows NT p nytt Kapittel 2 Installere Microsoft Windows Printing System 7 Windows Printing System gruppen som ble opprettet under installeringen av Microsoft Windows Printing System inneholder de seks ikonene som vises nedenfor fs Windows Printing System OI X Fil Rediger Vis Hielp st 9 Canon LBP 660 Canon LBP 660 Canon LBP 660 Canon LBP 660 Canon LBP 660 Help Readme Status
382. nter status and to operate the printer The Network Status Monitor operates only on the Microsoft Windows NT client and does not operate on Microsoft Windows 95 98 WfW 3 1 The Network Status Monitor opens at the following times 1 Double click on the following The Canon LBP 660 Network Status Monitor icon in the Windows Printing System group The Canon LBP 660 Network Status Monitor shortcut on the desktop 2 Click the Yes button in the Canon LBP 660 Network Status Monitor dialog box to open the Connect to Server dialog box 3 Select the name of the printer you want to connect from the list box and click the Connect button The Network Status Monitor is shown in Figure 1 7 28 MHUSKY 2iCanon LBP 660 Printer Ready Figure 1 7 28 1 Menu bar Includes Options Printer and Help pull down menus The Options menu sets options relating to the Network Status Monitor operations and con sists of the Connect to server Sounds Option Default Size Hide menu and Always On Top options The Printer menu controls printing operation of the printer and consists of the Pause Resume Force Print Job and Delete Print Job options The Help menu opens the dialog box that displays the Network Status Monitor version infor mation 2 Message area Displays the job titles symbols Note and messages Basically it displays the same messages as the Printer Status Window of the print server to which your PC is con nected However u
383. nter verbindt m Alsu vanaf een client computer een verbinding wilt maken met een Microsoft Windows NT afdrukserver om een document af te drukken moet de client toegangsrechten hebben om een verbinding te maken met de server en de gedeelde printer Als u niet zeker weet of u deze rechten hebt neem dan contact op met uw netwerkbeheerder Een verbinding maken vanaf een Microsoft Windows NT client Als op de client die de LBP 660 als netwerkprinter gebruikt Microsoft Windows NT wordt gebruikt hoeft u alleen de printer toe te voegen en worden het printerstuurprogramma en de Network Status Monitor automatisch vanaf de afdrukserver gedownload en geinstalleerd Voor het toevoegen van de printer zijn geen beheerdersrechten vereist Normaal gesproken kan iedereen dit doen De wizard Printer toevoegen starten 1 Schakel de client computer in start Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 en meld u aan 2 Start de wizard Printer toevoegen m Zie Hoofdstuk 2 Het Microsoft Windows Printing System installeren voor informatie over het starten van de wizard Printer toevoegen 10 Een verbinding met de LBP 660 als netwerkprinter maken Hoofdstuk 3 De netwerkprinter selecteren Wizard Printer toevoegen Deze Wizard helpt u met het installeren van uw printer en met het maken verbindingen met printers Deze printer zal worden beheerd door C Min computer Alle instellingen zullen worden beheerd en geconfigureerd op deze computer Ver
384. nters list box and select the printer name to which you want to connect Click on the OK button to connect to the select ed network printer If the connection could not be made it will be indicated in the Connect to Printer dialog box CHAPTER 1 5 Add Printer Wizard Installation completion This window tells you that the network printer has been successfully installed Click on the Finish button to finish the Add Printer Wizard CHAPTER 1 2 Using the Microsoft Windows Printing System The Microsoft Windows Printing System uses Properties dialog boxes to set print environments The table on Page 1 81 shows the list of print environments that can be set by the Microsoft Windows Printing System dialog boxes The main dialog boxes of the Microsoft Windows Printing System are described below a Printer Properties How to open the printer properties The printer properties can be opened by the following methods From the Microsoft Windows desktop 1 Use one of the following methods to open the Printers folder Start button Settings Printers e My Computer Printers Control Panel Printers 2 Open the printer to which you want to conneet from the Printers folder Click the right mouse button on the Canon LBP 660 icon and select the Properties Double click on the Canon LBP 660 icon to open the Canon LBP 660 print queue window and select the Properties on the Printer menu From the Microsoft Windows
385. o Printer controller PCB controller PCB Figure 2 3 1 CHAPTER 2 B Print Process A major portion of the image formation system is contained in the cartridge as shown in Figure 2 3 2 Laser beam Primary charging roller Sag i Cartridge Blade Cleaning blade Photosensitive drum Developing cylinder Static charge eliminator Transfer charging roller Figure 2 3 2 This printer uses a two layer seamless drum as shown in Figure 2 3 3 The seamless drum is comprised of an external organic photoconductive OPC layer and an internal aluminum substrate Photoconductive layer Substrate Figure 2 3 3 The print process can be separated into five main blocks 1 Electrostatic latent image formation stage Step 1 Primary charging Step 2 Scanning exposure 2 Developing stage Step 3 Developing 3 Transfer stage Step 4 Transfer Step 5 Separation 4 Fixing stage Step 6 Fixing 5 Drum cleaning stage Step 7 Drum cleaning CHAPTER 2 Electrostatic latent image formation stage Flow of paper Direction of drum rotation Developing stage Drum cleaning stage Multi purpose tray Manual feed slot Paper delivery R Registration Figure 2 3 4 1 Electrostatic latent image formation stage This stage has two steps to form electrostatic latent images on the photosensitive drum At the end of the last step of thi
386. o cambia a seconda della gestione dei mezzitoni selezionata qui Capitolo 4 Uso di Microsoft Windows Printing System 15 ITALIANO Proprieta Documento predefinito Nella finestra di dialogo Propriet Documento predefinito amp possibile specificare le impostazioni predefinite per le opzioni di stampa disponibili quando si stampa su LBP 660 Per visualizzare le propriet documento predefinito selezionare Impostazioni documento dal menu File nella cartella Stampanti o fare clic con il pulsante destro del mouse sull icona di LBP 660 nella cartella Stampanti e selezionare Impostazioni documento dal menu che compare La finestra di dialogo Propriet Documento predefinito contiene le schede frequentemente utilizzate Impostazione pagina e Avanzate per l impostazione di opzioni di stampa pi dettagliate Per maggiori dettagli riguardo alle impostazioni fare clic sul punto interrogativo nell angolo in alto a destra nella finestra di dialogo e quindi fare clic sull impostazione specifica per visualizzare la guida relativa alla voce richiesta Propriet Canon LBP 660 Documento predefinito 2 x Formato E 44 Numero copie 1 copia gH Fas 1 33 ola copie Orientamento A Verticale A JE Orizzontale m anche possibile aprire una finestra di dialogo equivalente e specificare le fm impostazioni selezionando Stampa o Imposta pagina dal menu
387. ocument in het menu Bestand in de map Printers of klikt u met de rechtermuisknop op het pictogram LBP 660 in de map Printers en kiest u Standaardwaarden document in het snelmenu Het dialoogvenster Eigenschappen voor Standaarddocument bestaat uit het veelgebruikte tabblad Pagina instelling en het tabblad Geavanceerd waarin u de meer gedetailleerde afdrukopties kunt instellen Als u meer wilt weten over een bepaalde instelling kunt u contextgevoelige Help informatie over die instelling weergeven door op het vraagteken in de rechterbovenhoek van het dialoogvenster te klikken en vervolgens op de betreffende instelling te klikken Eigenschappen voor Standaarddocument voor Canon LBP 660 2 x Papierformaat E 44 Aantal afdrukken 1 ae 7267 1 99 Afdrukstand Staand Liggend E m U kunt de instellingen ook opgeven door in een toepassing een overeenkomstig fm dialoogvenster te openen met de optie Afdrukken of Pagina instelling in het menu Bestand Wel is het zo dat de instellingen die u opgeeft in een toepassing alleen gelden voor het document waarin u op dat moment werkt en niet voor de standaard documenteigenschappen m Tabblad Pagina instelling Op dit tabblad kunt u bepaalde parameters instellen zoals het papierformaat de afdrukstand en het aantal afdrukken Papierformaat Selecteer het gewenste papierformaat in de vervolgkeuzelijst Als u het papierformaat Custom
388. oja voidaan muuttaa ilman ennakkoilmoitusta Tavaramerkit LBP Canon ja Canon logo ovat Canon Inc n tavaramerkkej PCL on Hewlett Packard Companyn tavaramerkki IBM on International Business Machines Corporationin tavaramerkki Microsoft Windows Windows NT Windows logo ja MS DOS ovat Microsoft Corporationin rekister ityj tavaramerkkej tai tavaramerkkej Yhdysvalloissa ja tai muissa maissa NetWare on Novell Inc n rekister ity tavaramerkki ja Novell on sen tavaramerkki TrueType on Apple Computer Inc n tavaramerkki Lucida on Bigelow amp Homesin tavaramerkki Muut malli ja tuotenimet ovat omistajayritystens tavaramerkkej tai rekister ityj tavaramerkkej T ss k ytt oppaassa Microsoft yrityksest Microsoft Windows ja Microsoft Windows NT k ytt j rjestelmist k ytet n nimi Microsoft Microsoft Windows ja Microsoft Windows NT Merkint tapoja T ss oppaassa k ytet n seuraavia merkint tapoja Huomautukset sis lt v t ohjeita tai ehdotuksia joiden mukaan voidaan parhaiten k ytt hyv ksi kirjoittimen toimintoja Varoittaa tilanteesta jossa laitteisto tai ohjelmisto voi vahingoittua jos ehdotettua toimenpidett ei tehd tai ohjetta ei noudateta Luku 1 Johdanto Tietoja tasta kayttooppaasta T m Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin j ljemp n Microsoft Windows Printing System k ytt opas Microsoft Windows NT lle j ljemp n Micro
389. ollegamento a LBP 660 come stampante di rete Capitolo 3 Capitolo 4 Uso di Microsoft Windows Printing System L utilizzo di Microsoft Windows Printing System per Microsoft Windows NT amp praticamente identico a quello per altre versioni di Microsoft Windows Per informazioni generali su Microsoft Windows Printing System fare riferimento al Capitolo 3 Uso di Microsoft Windows Printing System nel Manuale per l Operatore Finestre di dialogo di Microsoft Windows Printing System Microsoft Windows Printing System per Microsoft Windows NT ha due finestre di dialogo principali Propriet e Propriet Documento predefinito Qualsiasi utente pu aprire queste finestre di dialogo e verificare le impostazioni ma solo gli utenti che hanno i privilegi controllo totale di accesso alla stampante possono modificarle Proprieta della stampante Per visualizzare le propriet della stampante selezionare Propriet dal menu File nella cartella Stampanti o fare clic con il pulsante destro del mouse sull icona LBP 660 nella cartella Stampanti e selezionare Propriet dal menu che compare La finestra di dialogo Propriet contiene le 6 schede descritte di seguito Dal momento che le impostazioni di ciascuna scheda sono comuni a tutte le stampanti Microsoft Windows NT le descrizioni qui fornite danno semplicemente un quadro generale delle schede e dei punti di cui tenere conto quando si utilizza la stampante LBP 660 Per spiegazioni
390. ollen zijn geinstalleerd m NetBEUI m TCP IP m NWLink IPX SPX installeren als u over beheerdersrechten beschikt De installatie moet worden 5 m U kunt het Microsoft Windows Printing System voor Microsoft Windows NT alleen uitgevoerd door een printer of netwerkbeheerder die over beheerdersrechten beschikt 2 Inleiding Hoofdstuk 1 Hoofdstuk 2 Het Microsoft Windows Printing System installeren U kunt het Microsoft Windows Printing System voor Microsoft Windows NT installeren vanaf de bijgesloten installatiediskette met het Microsoft Windows Printing System voor Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 Het Microsoft Windows Printing System voor een lokale printer installeren In dit gedeelte wordt beschreven hoe u het Microsoft Windows Printing System installeert als u de LBP 660 als een lokale printer gebruikt Voor een beschrijving van het verbinden van de LBP 660 als een netwerkprinter zie Hoofdstuk 3 Een verbinding met de LBP 660 als netwerkprinter maken De wizard Printer toevoegen starten Gebruik de wizard Printer toevoegen van Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 om het Microsoft Windows Printing System te installeren onder Microsoft Windows NT Volg de onderstaande instructies voor het installeren van de software un 2 lt El e 1 Zet de computer aan waarop de LBP 660 is aangesloten en start Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 2 Meld u aan als Beheerder 3 Gebruik een van de volgende methoden om de wizard Printe
391. olor Adjustment dialog box differs depending on the settings in the Device Settings tab see Page 1 34 If Use Printer Halftone is selected the dialog box of the printer driver see Page 1 41 appears If Use System Halftone is selected the dialog box of the system see Page 1 42 appears CHAPTER 1 Halftone Color Adjustment Dialog Box Printer Halftone Use this dialog box to set Halftoning method Brightness and Contrast of graphics It can be opened by selecting Halftone Color Adjustment of the Document Options group and clicking the Halftone Color Adjustment button The Halftone Color Adjustment dialog box is shown in Figure 1 7 23 Halftone Color Adjustment Canon LBP 660 1 e 4 5 6 Figure 1 7 23 1 Halftoning Sets Halftone Note 2 Brightness Adjusts brightness 3 Contrast Adjusts contrast 4 OK Changes the settings in this dialog box and closes the box 5 Cancel Closes this dialog box without changing the settings 6 Restore Defaults Sets the values in the halftone group to the default values Note Because monochrome printers can print black dots only printing a grayscale image requires converting each shade of gray to black and white non printed dots You can choose from three converting methods Smooth Pattern 1 and Pattern 2 Smooth Calculates the locations to print black dots to adapt to the gray image data As i
392. om hvordan du bruker dette verkt yet 8 Installere Microsoft Windows Printing System Kapittel 2 Dele skriveren N r du er ferdig med installere Microsoft Windows Printing System bruker du dialogboksen Canon LBP 660 Egenskaper for angi LBP 660 som en delt skriverressurs 1 F lg framgangsm ten nedenfor for pne kategorien Deling i dialogboksen Canon LBP 660 Egenskaper m pne mappen Skrivere klikk p LBP 660 ikonet med h yre museknapp og velg Deling fra rullegardinmenyen at Canon LBP 660 Egenskaper x Generelt Porter Planlegging Deling Sikkerhet Enhetsinnstilinger 3 Canon LBP 660 Ikke delt Navn p delt ressurs CanonLBP Du kan installere alternative drivere slikat brukere p de f lgende systemene kan laste dem ned automatisk n r de kobler seg til Alternative drivere Windows 95 Windows NT 4 0 x86 Installert Windows NT 4 0 Mips Windows NT 4 0 Alpha Windows NT 4 0 PPC Windows NT 3 5 eller 3 51 86 zl G til kategorien Sikkerhet for begrense tillatelser p skriveren 2 Hvis du vil angi LBP 660 som en delt skriverressurs klikker du p alternativet Delt m Hvis du velger Delt vises de tte f rste tegnene i navnet p den skriveren som ble angitt under installeringen uten mellomrom Dette kan du endre ved skrive inn et nytt navn i tekstfeltet Hvis enkelte av klientene som deler skriveren med andre nettverksbrukere er Microsoft Wi
393. ompatibele machines Dit Microsoft Windows Printing System kan niet worden gebruikt op systemen met Microsoft Windows NT versie 3 51 of ouder of Microsoft Windows NT voor een op de RISC technologie gebaseerde processor 3 m Het Microsoft Windows Printing System voor de LBP 660 dat in deze handleiding m Als u een Novell NetWare netwerk gebruikt kunt u deze software niet installeren op een NetWare server U kunt met deze software niet afdrukken vanaf Novell Netware clients voor Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 of Microsoft Windows voor Workgroups m Ten minste 24 MB werkgeheugen RAM m Ten minste 10 MB beschikbare schijfruimte m Cd rom station m Standaard Centronics parallelle printerpoort wanneer de LBP als lokale printer is aangesloten m Netwerkkaart wanneer de LBP op een netwerk wordt gedeeld Hoewel het wellicht mogelijk is het Microsoft Windows Printing System te installeren op computers die niet aan de bovenstaande vereisten voldoen kan Canon niet garanderen dat de software dan ook goed werkt Voor een optimale omgeving waarin uw LBP 660 de beste prestaties levert bevelen wij de volgende hardware en software aan m 166 MHz Pentium processor of hoger m Ten minste 48 MB werkgeheugen RAM m ECP printerpoort m Geluidskaart deze is nodig om de gesproken berichten van het Microsoft Windows Printing System te kunnen afspelen Als u de LBP 660 in een netwerk wilt delen moet een van de volgende netwerkprotoc
394. on Serveur d imprimante r seau puis sur le bouton Suivant gt La fen tre Connexion une imprimante s affiche Connexion une imprimante Imprimante 02 Canon LBP 660 Imprimantes partag es IV D velopper par d faut R seau Microsoft Windows P22DEV amp WORKGROUP El DELL GXM 5133 ws 102 CanonLBP Canon LBP 660 Informations sur l imprimante Description Etat Pr t Documents en attente 2 Cliquez deux fois sur le nom du serveur d impression affich dans le zone de liste Imprimantes partag es m Cela permet d afficher la liste des imprimantes partag es connect es au serveur d impression 3 Cliquez sur le nom d imprimante partag e associ la LBP 660 laquelle vous souhaitez vous connecter m Lechemin r seau de l imprimante s lectionn e s affiche dans la zone de texte Imprimante Chapitre 3 Connexion la LBP 660 utilis e comme imprimante r seau 11 FRANCAIS 4 Cliquez sur OK m Le pilote d imprimante de la LBP 660 et le Moniteur de surveillance du r seau sont t l charg s partir du serveur et install s sur le poste client m Lorsque le logiciel a t correctement t l charg l ic ne Canon LBP 660 s affiche dans le dossier Imprimantes et le groupe de programmes Windows Printing System est copi dans le menu D marrer Un raccourci vers le Moniteur de surveillance du r seau WpsC3Nsm exe est galement cr sur le bure
395. onducted in the external device host computer and sent to the external device via the connector mentioned above After being output to the printer controller it is printed on print paper in the printing environment specified by the external device ii 1 i Host computer I 1 1 1 i Windows Printing System t i Driver I 1 1 P as SENDE A Sr ua ee 1 malen Printer See Figure 2 5 2 SCANNER DRIVE signal SCNON Sm Timer driver driver L i Figure 2 5 1 signal NDOUT LASER DRIVE B Video Interface 1 Interface signals CHAPTER 2 The following diagram describes the types of interface signals between the printer and the video controller and provides a broad outline of the operation sequence Video controller circuit Printer controller circuit BD PPRDY RDY TOP ISBSY STS PCLK CBSY PRNT CPRDY NDO CMD Figure 2 5 2 2 Operation When the power is turned ON the printer enters WAIT mode Following this the printer con troller sends a READY signal RDY to the video controller to inform it that the printer is ready to print When the RDY signal is L and the data for one page becomes available the video controller sends the PRINT signal PRNT to the printer controller Upon receiving the PRNT signal the printer controller starts the initial rotation INTR sequence At the
396. oner installert Microsoft Windows Printing System for skriveren LBP 660 som beskrives i denne veiledningen brukes med Microsoft Windows NT versjon 4 0 for PC AT kompatible maskiner Microsoft Windows Printing System kan ikke brukes p maskiner som kj rer Microsoft Windows NT versjon 3 51 eller tidligere eller Microsoft Windows NT for RISC baserte prosessorer Hvis du bruker et Novell NetWare nettverk kan du ikke installere denne programvaren p en NetWare server Du kan ikke bruke denne programvaren til skrive ut fra Novell Netware klienter for Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows for Workgroups Minst 24 MB RAM Minst 10 MB ledig plass p harddisken CD ROM stasjon Parallell skriverutgang fra Standard Centronics n r LBP er koblet til en lokal skriver Nettverkskort n r LBP brukes i et nettverk Selv om det er mulig installere Microsoft Windows Printing System p maskiner som ikke mgter kravene ovenfor kan ikke Canon garantere at programvaren vil virke p riktig m te For at du skal f et optimalt milj og best mulig ytelse med din nye LBP 660 anbefaler vi at du bruker f lgende program og maskinvare Pentium 166 MHz prosessor eller raskere Minst 48 MB RAM ECP skriverutgang Lydkort kreves hvis du vil bruke talemeldingsfunksjonen i Microsoft Windows Printing System Hvis du vil bruke LBP 660 i et nettverk m du f rst installere en av nettverksprotokollene nedenfor
397. oni m Risoluzione Utilizzare i tasti dell opzione Modificare le impostazioni di Risoluzione per selezionare la risoluzione per la stampa di LBP 660 m Proporzioni Immettere il rapporto di ingrandimento o riduzione nella casella di testo Modificare le impostazioni di Proporzioni E possibile impostare un valore tra il 10 ed il 200 in incrementi dell 1 Impostazioni del gruppo Opzioni Documento Il gruppo Opzioni Documento comprende 5 opzioni Regolazione colori mezzitoni Correzione automatica Risparmio toner Densit del toner e Formato carta personalizzato m Regolazione colori mezzitoni Fare clic sul pulsante Regolazione colori mezzitoni per aprire la finestra di dialogo corrispondente e regolare i mezzitoni della stampante gt m La finestra di dialogo Regolazione colori mezzitoni qui visualizzata cambia a seconda m delle impostazioni presenti nella scheda Impostazioni periferica nella finestra Proprieta e Se selezionata l opzione Utilizza mezzitoni della stampante viene visualizzata la finestra di dialogo originale di LBP 660 cosi come avviene quando viene selezionata la scheda Grafica nella finestra di dialogo Propriet di Microsoft Windows 95 In questa finestra di dialogo amp possibile selezionare la rappresentazione dei mezzitoni Sfumatura Retinatura 1 o Retinatura 2 e regolare la Luminosit e il Contrasto Per ulteriori informazioni vedere la sezione intitolata Gestione della gr
398. osoft Windows Printing System on the print server restart the server and then install the Microsoft Windows Printing System again To uninstall the Microsoft Windows Printing System start up the Uninstaller utility installed in the Windows Printing System group m Always restart Microsoft Windows NT after you uninstall any software If you do not restart Microsoft Windows NT you will not be able to re install the removed software Chapter 5 Troubleshooting 23 Problems During Microsoft Windows Printing System Installation Problems During Local Installation Problem Cause Solution Cannot select the My Computer button in the Add Printer Wizard When file copying ends an error message appears saying that Administrator privileges are required An error message appears saying that a replacement installation is required The user installing the software does not have Administrator or Power User privileges A user with Power User privileges attempted to install the software You are performing a local installation on a computer on which the LBP 660 printer driver has already been network installed Problems During Network Installation Problem Cause Administrator privileges are needed to install the Microsoft Windows Printing System Have someone with Administrator privileges perform the installation Have someone with Administrator privileges re install the software Perform the local
399. osoft Windows Printing System Aide Canon LBP 660 Cette ic ne permet d acc der l aide de Microsoft Windows Printing System Lisezmoi Canon LBP 660 Il s agit d un fichier texte contenant des informations suppl mentaires sur la version install e de Microsoft Windows Printing System Lisez le avant d utiliser Microsoft Windows Printing System Fen tre d etat Canon LBP 660 Cette ic ne permet d ouvrir la fen tre d tat de la Canon LBP 660 Depanneur de la Canon LBP 660 Cet utilitaire permet de r soudre les probl mes pouvant se produire avec Microsoft Windows Printing System Pour plus d informations sur Putilisation de cet utilitaire reportez vous au chapitre D pannage du Manuel d utilisation D sinstallation Canon LBP 660 Cet utilitaire permet de d sinstaller Microsoft Windows Printing System Pour plus d informations sur l utilisation de cet utilitaire reportez vous au chapitre D pannage du Manuel d utilisation 8 Installation de Microsoft Windows Printing System Chapitre 2 Partage de l imprimante Lorsque l installation de Microsoft Windows Printing System est termin e utilisez la boite de dialogue Canon LBP 660 propri t s pour d finir la LBP 660 en tant qu imprimante partag e 1 Suivez la proc dure ci dessous pour ouvrir l onglet Partage de la bo te de dialogue Canon LBP 660 propri t s m Ouvrez le dossier Imprimantes cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris
400. osoft Windows Printing System Si no puede determinar la causa de un problema inicie el programa de utilidad Resoluci n de problemas del grupo Windows Printing System Esta utilidad puede resolver los problemas que se produzcan en los archivos instalados o en la configuraci n Si aun as no puede resolver el problema desinstale Microsoft Windows Printing System del servidor de impresi n reinicie el servidor y vuelva a instalar Microsoft Windows Printing System Para desinstalar Microsoft Windows Printing System inicie la utilidad Desinstalaci n del grupo Windows Printing System lo hace no podr volver a instalar el software que haya eliminado lt amp n El 5 m Reinicie siempre Microsoft Windows NT despu s de desinstalar cualguier tipo de software Si no Capitulo 5 Resoluci n de problemas 23 Problemas durante la instalacion de Microsoft Windows Printing System Problemas durante la instalacion local Problema Causa Soluci n No se puede seleccionar el bot n Mi equipo en Agregar asistente de impresora Cuando la copia de archivos termina aparece un mensaje de error que indica que se precisan privilegios de Administrador Aparece un mensaje de error que indica que debe repetirse la instalaci n El usuario que realiza la instalaci n del software no tiene privilegios de Administrador ni de Usuario avanzado Un usuario con privilegios de Usuario avanzado trat de instalar
401. our que l impression se termine au plus vite Si vous s lectionnez l option Imprimer directement sur l imprimante vous ne pourrez pas imprimer partir des applications Spouler les documents d impression pour que l impression se termine plus vite C Commencer l impression apr s que la derni re page ait t spoul e Commencer l impression imm diatement Imprimer directement sur l imprimante m S lectionnez l option Commencer l impression apr s que la derni re page ait t spoul e ou Commencer l impression imm diatement si n cessaire Notez toutefois que cette option affecte la barre de progression affich e dans la fen tre d tat Pour plus d informations reportez vous la section Fen tre d tat de la LBP 660 B Onglet Partage Cet onglet permet de d finir si la LBP 660 est partag e ou non Pour plus d informations reportez vous au chapitre 2 Installation de Microsoft Windows Printing System m Onglet S curit Cet onglet permet de d finir les niveaux de s curit de la LBP 660 Pour plus d informations sur les niveaux de s curit de l imprimante reportez vous la documentation Microsoft Windows NT 14 Utilisation de Microsoft Windows Printing System Chapitre 4 Onglet Parametres du p riph rique Cet onglet permet de sp cifier la mani re dont les demi teintes sont g r es lors de l impression de graphiques La LBP 660 peut imprimer en utilisant ses propres
402. ourier 12 Courier Bold 12 Lineprinter 8 5 Post Latin 8 10 12 Post Latin Bold 10 12 14 Post Latin Italic 8 10 12 Sans Serif 8 10 12 Sans Serif Bold 10 12 14 Sans Serif Italic 10 12 Paper Source MP Tray Paper Size Letter Legal Executive A4 Envelope 10 DL C5 Monarch Lines Page 5 128 Auto Form Feed Enabled Disabled Auto Form Feed After 10 300 Auto Cuntinue Post Latin is compatible with Times and Sans Serif is compatible with Helvetica Microsoft MS DOS Windows and Windows logo are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corparalion HP LaserJet and PCL are trademarks of Hewlett Packard Company Times and Helvetica are trademarks of Linotype Hell AG and or its subsidiaries Figure 4 5 6 4 11 CHAPTER 4 B Image Defect Samples Bu 1 1 Light 2 Dark 1 3 Completely Blank 1 4 All Black 1 6 Dirt on Back of Paper 1 7 Black Vertical Lines y 1 8 Irregular and Smudged 1 9 Dirty 10 Blank Spots Black Horizontal Line BH 1 11 White Vertical Lines 1 12 White Horizontal Lines 1 13 Leading Edge Skew 1 14 Poor Fixing 15 Image Distortion 1 16 BD Failure Figure 4 5 7 4 12 CHAPTER 4 C Image Defect Troubleshooting 1 1 Light lt Possible causes gt 1 The image density is not properly adjusted Action Operate the external device to adjust the image density 2 Lack of toner Action Replace the cartridge 3 Open t
403. ow Anv nd knappen Skriv ut testsida p fliken Allm nt i dialogrutan Egenskaper m Alternativet Printer Options finns inte i menyn Options i LBP 660 Status Window Ange tonerdensitet i gruppen Dokument Alternativ p fliken Avancerat i dialogrutan Egenskaper f r standarddokument 26 Bilaga
404. ower brush CK 0399 Digital multimeter CK 0552 00 OA OND ko mom a s O PE Oe pas TEE O ON Oo N lo PD N M a O N E N PD NY N O ON e CHAPTER 4 B Special Tools No special tools are required other than the standard tools for servicing the printer CHAPTER 4 III MEASUREMENT AND ADJUSTMENT A Mechanical Adjustment 1 Checking the nip width of the fixing lower roller Although the fixing unit nip width is not designed to be adjusted an improperly set nip can cause fixing problems Check the fixing unit nip width following the procedures below 1 Prepare one or two A4 or letter sized photocopied all black copies 2 Place the black copy face down on the multi purpose tray of the printer 3 Push the test print switch See page 4 7 4 Turn the power OFF when the paper begins to appear through the face up delivery slot Wait for about 10 seconds open the cartridge door and lift the jam paper release lever upward and remove the jammed paper from the printer 5 Measure the width of the toner luster area on the page and check that its measurements fall within the range shown in Table 4 3 1 Table 4 3 1 Dimensions papal feed b 3to5 mm irection Center ae la el 0 5 mm or less size paper la bl 1 0 mm or less Ib el 1 0 mm or less CHAPTER 4 B Electrical S
405. ox can be opened by clicking the Auditing button in the Security tab in the Properties dialog box The Printer Auditing dialog box is shown in Figure 1 7 13 Printer Auditing 1 4 5 Administrators i 4 6 5 e 9 3 Figure 1 7 13 1 Printer Displays the printer name 2 Name Displays the names of groups and users currently being audited 3 Events to Audit Displays the list of events which can be audited The list includes Print Full Control Delete Change Permissions and Take Ownership Success or Failure can be selected for each event 4 OK Changes the settings in this dialog box and closes the box 5 Cancel Closes the dialog box without changing the settings 6 Add Opens the Add Users and Groups dialog box which enables you to add selected groups and users to the Name list 7 Remove Deletes selected groups and users from the Name list 8 Help Opens the Help topics CHAPTER 1 Device Settings Tab The Device Settings tab specifies how halftones are handled when you print graphics The top part of the dialog box displays the list of setting items If you click on the name of the setting item you want to change the available options for the item appear in the bottom part of the dia log box The current setting for each item is shown in blue The new settings which have not yet been saved are shown in red The Device Settings tab can be opened
406. p while holding down the CTRL key to create shortcut See Windows 95 98 User s guide for details Open the window of printer by double clicking the shortcut icon and select Properties in the Printer menu Based on the Microsoft Windows 95 98 user interface model Properties dialog boxes consist of tabs The Properties dialog boxes consist of General Details and Sharing tabs which are common to all Properties dialog boxes and tabs peculiar to each printer Copies and Methods Size amp Source Graphics Quality Overlay Open the desired tab by clicking the tab or pressing the right left cursor key for setting See Figure 1 7 31 CHAPTER 1 Figure 1 7 31 1 General Specifies test page and separator page printing 2 Details Specifies the printer port printer driver and time out settings 3 Sharing Specifies the printer sharing settings 4 Copies and Methods Sets the number of copies and sorting method 5 Size amp Source Specifies paper size and scaling 6 Graphics Specifies the halftoning method and the brightness and contrast settings 7 Quality Specifies resolution and whether to use Automatic Image Refinement and Toner saver or not 8 Overlay Sets items relating to the Overlay form Click the OK button to store the items set in each tab and to close the Print Properties dia log box Click the Cancel button to close the box without storing the items set in each tab Figure 1 7
407. per delivery sensors PS201 detect paper at a prescribed period of time after power ON CHAPTER 2 Unit second V INTR PRINT Pick up solenoid SLOO1 n tt J KITA Kn Paper pick up sensor P8002 E SSL Paper delivery sensor PS201 Jam check Pick up delay ge Max 7 0 pe Dee ROR ee MES Jam check Pick up stationary MEN Le 11 7 file al Jam check Delivery delay _ k 50 5 2 5 BER Jam check Delivery stationa 3 31047 2 Me eee LS Main motor M001 Figure 2 4 3 Notes 1 Paper pick up retry During the pick up delay jam detection approx 7 seconds 3 5 seconds are the time for pick up retry See page 2 22 2 Automatic delivery After the CPU has detected that there is no residual paper in the printer during WAIT mode if the PAPER PICK UP SENSOR signal changes from H to L within 4 5 sec onds the CPU determines that there is paper in the printer and performs the deliv ery sequence automatic delivery CHAPTER 2 V SYSTEM INTERFACE A Outline This printer is fitted with a Centronics standard 8 bit parallel interface connector When print ing using the Microsoft Windows Printing System the external device generates resource data corresponding to the Microsoft Windows display writing system The resource data is then con verted into dot data The dot data conversion is c
408. pervisor de estado de la red de la Canon LBP 660 del grupo Windows Printing System del cliente o bien haga doble clic en el icono de acceso directo Supervisor de estado de la red de la Canon LBP 660 en el escritorio 2 Cuando aparezca un mensaje que le pregunta si desea conectarse a la impresora de red haga clic en el bot n Si m Ver el cuadro de di logo con el que puede elegir la impresora de red a la que conectarse Conexi n al servidor Seleccione el servidor de impresora de la red que corresponda a Canon LBP 660 Canon LBP 660 3 Seleccione en el cuadro de lista el nombre de la impresora a la que desea conectarse a continuaci n haga clic en el bot n Conectar m Una vez se haya conectado a la impresora de red el estado actual de la impresora aparece en un cuadro de texto m Opciones de estado La barra de men s del Supervisor de estado de la impresora LBP 660 contiene 3 men s Opciones Impresora y Ayuda 6 WS_102 Canon LBP 660 olx Opciones Impresora Ayuda Men Opciones En el men Opciones puede especificar las opciones relacionadas con el funcionamiento del Supervisor de estado de la red m Conexi n al servidor Seleccione esta opci n si la conexi n a la impresora de red se ha interrumpido por alguna raz n o si desea establecer la conexi n con otra impresora de red s lo si es LBP 660 Ver el mismo cuadro de di logo Conexi n al servidor que aparece cuando inicia el Supervisor de estado de la red Seleccione el nom
409. pi dettagliate riguardo alle varie impostazioni fare riferimento ai manuali di Microsoft Windows NT E anche possibile fare clic sul punto interrogativo nell angolo in alto a destra nella finestra di dialogo e fare clic sulla particolare impostazione per visualizzare la guida relativa Canon LBP 660 Propriet 213 Condivisione Protezione Impostazioni periferica Generale Porte Pianificazione 3 Canon LBP 660 Capitolo 4 Uso di Microsoft Windows Printing System 13 ITALIANO m Scheda Generale Le impostazioni contenute in questa scheda si riferiscono all intero driver di stampa m LBP 660 non supporta l opzione Foglio separatore Anche se si seleziona il pulsante relativo all opzione Foglio separatore non verr stampato nessun foglio m Non modificare le impostazioni predefinite nella finestra di dialogo Processore di stampa che compare quando si seleziona il pulsante Processore di stampa Se l opzione Tipo di dati predefinito viene modificata non sara possibile stampare da client su cui non amp in esecuzione Microsoft Windows NT m Sesidesidera stampare una pagina di prova fare clic sul pulsante Stampa pagina di prova in questa scheda In Microsoft Windows Printing System per Microsoft Windows NT la Finestra di stato Canon LBP 660 non contiene il pulsante Prova stampante B Scheda Porte Utilizzare questa scheda per selezionare la porta a cui amp collegata LBP 660 Se LBP 660 gi stata co
410. pi ren wordt een berichtenvenster met een voortgangsbalk weergegeven Wanneer het kopi ren is voltooid wordt het pictogram Canon LBP 660 weergegeven in de map Printers De vorm van het pictogram Canon LBP 660 in de map Printers is voor een gedeelde printer anders dan voor een niet gedeelde printer 6 Het Microsoft Windows Printing System installeren Hoofdstuk 2 Vervolgens wordt het initialisatieproces door het Microsoft Windows Printing System gestart en wordt het bericht Initializing Please wait weergegeven Tijdens de initialisatie wordt de groep Microsoft Windows Printing System gemaakt en aan het menu Start toegevoegd Verder wordt het venster Windows Printing System weergegeven op het bureaublad samen met een snelkoppeling voor de groep Windows Printing System zie volgende pagina Als u de LBP 660 wilt verbinden en tevens wilt kunnen afdrukken vanaf een Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 of Microsoft Windows voor Workgroups client die is verbonden met het Microsoft Windows NT netwerk klikt u op de knop Ja wanneer het volgende dialoogvenster wordt weergegeven Als u de LBP 660 niet wilt delen of als alle clients Microsoft Windows NT machines zijn klikt u op de knop Nee Microsoft Windows Printing System Installation Do you want to share the WPS directory for allowing Windows95 Windows3 1 clients to print De installatie voltooien Wanneer de installatie van het Microsoft Windows Printing System is
411. pioituvat asennuslevylt kiintolevylle Kopioimisen aikana n yt ss on ilmoitusikkuna joka sis lt tilanneilmaisimen Kopioimisen p tytty Kirjoittimet kansiossa n kyy Canon LBP 660 kuvake Kirjoittimet kansiossa olevan Canon LBP 660 kuvakkeen muoto vaihtelee sen mukaan onko kirjoitin jaettu vai ei Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin asentaminen Luku 2 Kun Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin alustaminen alkaa n ytt n tulee ilmoitus Initializing Please wait Alustamisen aikana ohjelmisto muodostaa Microsoft Windows Printing System ryhm n ja lis sen K ynnist valikkoon Ty p yd lle ilmestyy Windows Printing Systemin ikkuna sek Windows Printing System ryhm n pikakuvake katso seuraavaa sivua Jos haluat avata yhteyden LBP 660 een ja tulostaa Microsoft Windows 95 t Microsoft Windows 3 1 t tai Microsoft Ty ryhm Windowsia k ytt v st asiakastietokoneesta joka on yhteydess Microsoft Windows NT verkkoon napsauta seuraavan valintaikkunan Kyll painiketta Jos et halua jakaa LBP 660 t tai jos kaikissa asiakastietokoneissa on Microsoft Windows NT napsauta Ei painiketta Microsoft Windows Printing System Installation Do you want to share the WPS directory for allowing Windows95AWindows3 1 clients to print LS Ei Asennuksen p tt minen Kun Microsoft Windows Printing System on asennettu n ytt n tulee vahvistusilmoitus P t asentaminen napsauttamalla OK paini
412. pitel 2 Derefter vises meddelelsen Initialiserer Vent et jeblik mens Microsoft Windows Printing System starter initialiseringen Under initialiseringen oprettes programgruppen Microsoft Windows Printing System hvorefter den anbringes p Startmenuen Vinduet Windows Printing System vises ogs p skrivebordet sammen med et genvejsikon til gruppen Microsoft Windows Printing System se n ste side Hvis du vil oprette forbindelse til LBP 660 og udskrive fra en Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows til Workgroups klient der er forbundet til Microsoft Windows NT netv rket skal du klikke p knappen Ja n r den n ste dialogboks bnes Hvis du ikke vil dele LBP 660 eller hvis alle klienterne er Microsoft Windows NT computere skal du klikke p knappen Nej Microsoft Windows Printing System Installation Do you want to share the WPS directory for allowing Windows95 Windows3 1 clients to print Afslutte installationen N r installationen af Microsoft Windows Printing System er f rdig vises en meddelelse Klik p OK for at afslutte installationen Hvis du valgte at udskrive en testside under installationen udskrives den nu Hvis installationen blev gennemf rt vises statusvinduet til LBP 660 nu p skrivebordet og testsiden udskrives p LBP 660 Unders g testsiden og klik derefter p knappen Ja i den viste dialogboks hvis testsidens kvalitet er tilfredsstillende N r installa
413. presora en otra m quina La configuraci n de esta impresora se administra por un servidor de impresi n que ha sido instalado por un administrador Siguiente gt Cancelar 1 Haga clic en el bot n de opci n Servidor de impresora de red y luego en el bot n Siguiente gt Aparecer la ventana Conectar a impresora Conectar a impresora Impresora ws 024Canon LBP 660 lt amp D El Impresoras compartidas IV Expandir de forma predeterminada Red Windows de Microsoft EB P22DEV amp WORKGROUP ws 102 CanonLBP Canon LBP 660 Informaci n de impresora Descripci n Estado Prepatado Documentos en espera 2 Haga doble clic en el nombre del servidor de impresi n que figura en el cuadro de lista Impresoras compartidas m l hacer doble clic en el nombre del servidor de impresi n aparece una lista con las impresoras compartidas que est n conectadas al servidor de impresi n 3 Haga clic en el nombre de impresora compartida que corresponda a la LBP 660 a la que desea conectarse m Enelcuadro de texto Impresora aparecer la ruta de la red de la impresora seleccionada Capitulo 3 Conexi n a LBP 660 como impresora de red 11 4 Haga clic en el bot n Aceptar m A continuaci n el controlador de impresi n LBP 660 y el Supervisor de estado de la red se transfieren desde el servidor y se instalan en el cliente m Cuando el software se haya
414. progression of this natural change depends largely on the storage and installation environments therefore care needs to be taken when stor ing and handling the cartridges CHAPTER 1 a Storing Sealed EP A Cartridge Packages When storing EP A cartridges in warehouses or workshops ensure that they are kept within the range shown in Table 1 5 1 Also note the following 1 Avoid areas exposed to direct sunlight 2 Do not place them in locations which are subject to severe vibration 3 Do not bump or drop the cartridges 4 Avoid high temperature environments Keep the cartridges below 35 C Table 1 5 1 Humidity Storage conditions Normal total storage time x Oto 35 C Severe total storage High 35 to 40 C time x 1 10 Temperature Low 20 to 0 C Temperature change within 40 C gt 15 C 3 minutes or so 20 C 25 C Normal total storage time x 9 10 35 to 85 RH Severe total storage 85 to 95 RH time x 1 10 10 to 35 RH Relative humidity 613 to 1013hPa Air pressure 460 to 760 mmHg Note Total storage time is a year from the date of the manufacture displayed on the EP A toner cartridge package b Storing Unsealed EP A Cartridge Packages p An organic photoconductor OPC is used in the photosensitive drum therefore intensive light d wil damage the drum Toner is also contained in EP A cartridges therefore it is essential to thoroughly explain
415. r pne dialogboksen Halftone Color Adjustment og juster skriverens halvtoner m Hvilken dialogboks for justering av halvtonefarger som vises her avhenger av hva som fm ble angitt i kategorien Enhetsinnstillinger under skriveregenskaper e Hvis du har valgt Bruk skriverens halvtoner vil den opprinnelige LBP 660 dialogboksen vises p samme m te som n r du velger kategorien Grafikk i dialogboksen Egenskaper for Microsoft Windows 95 I denne dialogboksen angir du hvor mye av hver halvtone som skal brukes Smooth Pattern I eller Pattern 2 og justerer Brightness og Contrast Se avsnittet Arbeide med grafikk i gr toner i brukerh ndboken hvis du vil vite mer om dette e Hvis du valgte Bruk systemets halvtoner vises et diagram med gr toner samtidig som dialogboksen Justering av halvtonefarge i Microsoft Windows NT vises Hvis du vil ha mer informasjon om hvordan du bruker denne dialogboksen b r du bruke hjelpefunksjonen eller lese i brukerh ndb kene for Microsoft Windows NT m Automatic Image Refinement Bruk dette alternativet til angi om utjevningsfunksjonen i LBP 660 skal v re av p m Toner Saver Bruk dette alternativet til velge om denne sparefunksjonen skal v re av p m Toner Density Bruk dette alternativet til justere hvor mye toner som brukes under skriving fem niv er velge mellom Medium er standardverdi for tetthet m Custom Paper Size Bruk dette alternativet for angi papir
416. r 8 WYSIWYG What You See Is What You Get By using the host computer fonts this printer is able to perfectly match what you see on the screen to what is printed through WYSIWYG 9 Toner Saver Mode Through utilization of Toner Saver mode which enables the user to conserve the toner when test printing reduction of the running cost has been made possible 10 Trouble Shooter The Trouble Shooter solves the problems when printing is impossible by destroying the settings or installing a different printer This is not available for Microsoft Windows 3 1 11 Form Overlay Function This printer supports form overlay function which makes formats headers and footers possible even if the application does not support them This is not available for Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 CHAPTER 1 II SPECIFICATIONS A Printer 1 Printer Engine 1 Type 2 Printing method 3 Printing speed 4 First print time Note 1 Face down Face up 5 Wait time 6 Scanning pitch Horizontal Vertical 7 Image formation system Laser Scanning system Photosensitive drum Charging Exposure Toner Development Toner supply Image transfer Separation Cleaning Fixing 8 Feeding Print Paper Paper size Multi purpose tray Manual feed slot Multi purpose tray capacity Manual feed slot capacity 9 Print delivery Face down Face up 10 Duplexing Note 3 11 Environment Temperature Humidity Air pressure 1 2 Desktop page printer
417. r de color atenuado y no podr controlar el funcionamiento de la impresora desde un cliente En la secci n Utilizar el men Impresora del Manual del usuario encontrar informaci n detallada sobre el men Impresora m Las operaciones especificadas en el men Impresora afectar n de todas formas a los trabajos de impresi n de otros clientes Si se cancela la impresi n mientras los trabajos de impresi n que proceden de varios clientes se est n enviando a la cola de impresi n del servidor stos podr an llegar a perderse Tenga presente esta posibilidad a la hora de cancelar la impresi n Men Ayuda Al seleccionar este men se abre un cuadro de di logo que muestra informaci n sobre la versi n del Supervisor de estado de la red 22 Utilizaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System Cap tulo 4 Capitulo 5 Resolucion de problemas En este capitulo se describen los procedimientos necesarios para resolver los problemas que pueden surgir en el momento de instalar Microsoft Windows Printing System para Microsoft Windows NT y durante el uso de la LBP 660 como impresora de una red Microsoft Windows NT Rem tase al Cap tulo 6 Resoluci n de problemas del Manual del usuario de la impresora LBP 660 si desea instrucciones sobre c mo manejar los problemas de la propia impresora atascos de papel etc defectos en la calidad de impresi n problemas en Microsoft Windows Printing System y mensajes de error de Micr
418. r eller knapper til bning af andre dialogbokse i den nederste del af dialogboksen V lg eller skriv den nye indstilling Den nye indstilling vises derefter med r dt til h jre for den viste mulighed Den r de farve betyder at den nye indstilling endnu ikke er gemt som en dokumentstandard Nye indstillinger gemmes f rst som dokumentstandarder n r du klikker p knappen OK nederst i dialogboksen Indstillinger til gruppen Papir Qutput Gruppen Papir Output best r af tre muligheder St rrelse Papirretning og Antal kopier Mulighederne er de samme som p fanen Sideops tning beskrevet ovenfor Hvis du ndrer indstillinger her ndres de ogs p fanebladet Sideops tning Kapitel 4 Bruge Microsoft Windows Printing System 17 Indstillinger til gruppen Grafik Gruppen Grafik best r af to muligheder Opl sning og Skalering m Opl sning Brug alternativknapperne under Skift indstillinger for Oplgsning opl sning som LBP 660 skal udskrive i 999 til at v lge den m Skalering Skriv formindskelses eller forst rrelsesprocenten i boksen Skift indstillinger for Skalering Du kan angive v rdier mellem 10 og 200 i intervaller p 1 Indstillinger til gruppen Valgfri indstillinger for Dokument Gruppen Valgfri indstillinger for Dokument best r af fem muligheder Halftone Color Adjustment Automatic Image Refinement Toner Saver Toner Density og Custom Paper Size m Justering af halvtonefarve Kli
419. r is in principe hetzelfde als het statusvenster van het Microsoft Windows Printing System voor Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 en Microsoft Windows voor Workgroups Meer informatie over het gebruik van het statusvenster kunt u vinden in de gebruikershandleiding un 2 lt El e In deze handleiding worden alleen die bewerkingen en functies beschreven die in het LBP 660 Status Window voor Microsoft Windows NT anders zijn dan in het statusvenster voor andere versies van Microsoft Windows m Als u de optie Met afdrukken beginnen nadat de laatste pagina in wachtrij geplaatst is hebt geselecteerd in het tabblad Planning van het dialoogvenster Canon LBP 660 Eigenschappen worden tijdens het afdrukken van een document in een berichtengebied de geschatte resterende tijd weergegeven evenals het geschatte tijdstip waarop het afdrukken is voltooid Daarnaast ziet u in de voortgangsbalk het aantal pagina s dat reeds is afgedrukt en het aantal pagina s dat nog moet worden afgedrukt BE Printing My_Doc Estimated time left 11 seconds Estimated time finished 18 04 Hoofdstuk 4 Het Microsoft Windows Printing System gebruiken 19 m Alsude optie Onmiddellijk beginnen met afdrukken hebt geselecteerd wordt in het berichtengebied alleen het bericht Printing weergegeven en geeft de voortgangsbalk alleen aan hoeveel pagina s er reeds zijn afgedrukt Canon LBP 660 on LPT1 HEE Printer View Option
420. r parti de votre imprimante Ce pictogramme indique que le non respect de la proc dure sugg r e peut provoquer des dommages au niveau du logiciel ou du mat riel Chapitre 1 Introduction A propos de ce guide Le Guide de Microsoft Windows Printing System d nomm Microsoft Windows Printing System dans le reste de ce document pour Microsoft Windows NT d nomm Microsoft Windows NT dans le reste de ce document explique comment installer et utiliser Microsoft Windows Printing System pour Microsoft Windows NT sur un ordinateur ex cutant Microsoft Windows NT version 4 0 Server ou Workstation et connect une imprimante laser Canon LBP 660 Il comprend les chapitres suivants Chapitre 1 Introduction aaa I Ce chapitre pr sente le contenu de ce guide et indique la configuration syst me requise pour l installation du logiciel Microsoft Windows Printing System sur un PC utilisant Microsoft Windows NT Chapitre 2 Installation de Microsoft Windows Printing System 3 Ce chapitre explique comment installer Microsoft Windows Printing System pour Microsoft Windows NT lorsque vous utilisez la LBP 660 comme imprimante locale et comment l utiliser en tant qu imprimante partag e sur un r seau Microsoft Windows NT Chapitre 3 Connexion la LBP 660 utilis e comme imprimante r seau 10 Ce chapitre explique comment utiliser la LBP 660 partir d autres ordinateurs ex cutant Microso
421. r sig fr n Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 och Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups Kapitel I Introduktion 1 SVENSKA Innan du installerar den h r programvaran Innan du installerar Microsoft Windows Printing System p en PC som anv nder Microsoft Windows NT m ste du kontrollera att datorn uppfyller de maskinvaru och systemkrav som r knas upp nedan m IBM PC eller kompatibel dator med en Pentium 90 MHz CPU eller b ttre och med Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 f r servrar eller arbetsstationer installerat m Microsoft Windows Printing System f r LBP 660 som beskrivs i den h r handboken kan k ras i Microsoft Windows NT version 4 0 f r PC AT kompatibla datorer Detta Microsoft Windows Printing System kan inte anv ndas i system som anv nder Microsoft Windows NT version 3 51 eller tidigare eller Microsoft Windows NT f r en RISC baserad processor m Anv nder du ett Novell NetWare n tverk g r det inte att installera denna programvara p en Net Ware server Det g r inte att anv nda denna programvara till att skriva ut fr n Novell Netware klienter f r Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups m Minst 24 MB RAM m Minst 10 MB ledigt utrymme p h rddisken m CD ROM enhet m Standard Centronics parallell skrivarport om LBP r ansluten som en lokal skrivare m N tverkskort om LBP delas i ett n tverk Det kan viss
422. r toevoegen te starten a Klik op de knop Start op de taakbalk en plaats de muisaanwijzer op Instellingen in het menu Start Klik op Printers in het vervolgmenu om de map Printers te openen en dubbelklik op het pictogram Printer toevoegen in de map Printers b Dubbelklik op het pictogram Deze computer op het bureaublad om Deze computer te openen Open vervolgens de map Printers en dubbelklik op het pictogram Printer toevoegen Hoofdstuk 2 Het Microsoft Windows Printing System installeren 3 m Het dialoogvenster Wizard Printer toevoegen wordt weergegeven Hiermee kunt u printerstuurprogramma s installeren Wizard Printer toevoegen Deze Wizard helpt u met het installeren van uw printer en met het maken verbindingen met printers Deze printer zal worden beheerd door Alle instellingen zullen worden beheerd en geconfigureerd op deze computer Netwerkafdrukserver Verbinden met een printer of andere computer Alle instellingen voor deze printer worden beheerd door een afdrukserver die is geinstalleerd door een beheerder vasenge gt Annuleren 4 Zorg ervoor dat de optie Mijn computer in het venster Wizard Printer toevoegen is geselecteerd en klik op de knop Volgende gt m Er wordt een venster weergegeven waarin u de poort kunt selecteren waarop de printer is aangesloten De printerpoort selecteren Wizard Printer toevoegen Beschrijving i IAN Local Port OLPT2 Local Port O LP
423. rdita dei lavori di stampa di altri client Tenere presente guesta eventualit guando si annulla la stampa Menu Ouesto menu apre una finestra di dialogo che visualizza informazioni sulla versione utilizzata del Monitor di stato sulla rete 22 Uso di Microsoft Windows Printing System Capitolo 4 Capitolo 5 Individuazione e soluzione dei problemi Questo capitolo descrive come risolvere i problemi che possono verificarsi durante Vinstallazione di Microsoft Windows Printing System per Microsoft Windows NT e durante Putilizzo di LBP 660 come stampante di rete su una rete Microsoft Windows NT Fare riferimento al Capitolo 6 Individuazione e soluzione dei problemi nel Manuale per l Operatore per istruzioni circa la risoluzione di eventuali problemi riguardanti la stampante stessa inceppamento carta ecc difetti di qualit della stampa problemi relativi a Microsoft Windows Printing System e ai messaggi di errore di Microsoft Windows Printing System Se non si amp in grado di determinare la causa di un problema avviare il Programma di individuazione dei problemi installato nel gruppo Windows Printing System Il Programma di individuazione dei problemi pu risolvere i problemi relativi ai file installati o alle impostazioni Se ancora non si riesce a risolvere il problema disinstallare Microsoft Windows Printing System dal server di stampa riavviare il server e quindi installare nuovamente Microsoft Windows Printin
424. re r ett registrerat varum rke och Novell r ett varum rke som tillh r Novell Inc TrueType r ett varum rke som tillh r Apple Computer Inc Lucida r ett varum rke som tillh r Bigelow amp Homes vriga m rkes och produktnamn r varum rken eller registrerade varum rken som tillh r respektive f retag I den h r handboken kallas Microsoft Microsoft Windows och Microsoft Windows NT f r Microsoft Microsoft Windows respektive Microsoft Windows NT Konventioner I den h r handboken anv nds f ljande konventioner Ger r d eller f rslag som hj lper dig att anv nda din skrivare p b sta s tt Anger att om du inte f ljer f reslagen procedur kan maskin eller programvaran skadas Kapitel 1 Introduktion Om handboken Denna handbok f r Microsoft Windows Printing System kallas h danefter Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT kallas h danefter Microsoft Windows NT beskriver hur man installerar och anv nder Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT p en dator som anv nder Microsoft Windows NT version 4 0 f r servrar eller arbetsstationer och som r ansluten till en Canon LBP 660 laserskrivare Den h r handboken inneh ller f ljande kapitel Kapitel 1 s sssss ssssosssvssoosssssosssssvoss neossssssso sessoossessoosesossosneosossees 1 Det h r kapitlet beskriver hur du anv nder den h r handboken
425. rinting System Cet utilitaire peut r soudre les probl mes lies aux fichiers install s ou aux param tres Si vous ne parvenez toujours pas a r soudre le probl me d sinstallez le logiciel Microsoft Windows Printing System sur le serveur d impression puis r installez le Pour d sinstaller Microsoft Windows Printing System lancez l utilitaire D sinstallation Canon LBP 660 dans le groupe Windows Printing System m Red marrez toujours Microsoft Windows NT apr s avoir d sinstall un logiciel Dans le cas contraire vous ne pourrez pas r installer le logiciel pr amp alablement d sinstall Chapitre 5 D pannage 23 FRANCAIS Probl mes pouvant survenir lors de l installation de Microsoft Windows Printing System Probl mes lors d une installation locale Probl me Cause Solution L option Cet ordinateur ne peut pas tre s lectionn e dans Assistant d ajout d une imprimante Lorsque la copie des fichiers est termin e un message d erreur s affiche et indique que des privil ges Administrateur sont n cessaires Un message d erreur s affiche et indique si une installation de remplacement est n cessaire L utilisateur installant le logiciel ne dispose pas des privil ges Administrateur ou Utilisateur avec pouvoir Un utilisateur ayant les privil ges Utilisateur avec pouvoir a essay d installer le logiciel Vous effectuez une installation locale sur un ordinateur sur l
426. rinting Systems Kapitel 4 m Registerkarte Weitere Optionen Die Einstellungen f r die Registerkarte Weitere Optionen sind unterteilt in Papier Ausgabe Grafik und Optionen f r Dokument Die Optionen f r jede Gruppe sind hierarchisch unter dem Gruppennamen aufgelistet Die aktuelle Einstellung f r jede Option wird jeweils rechts daneben in blauen Buchstaben angezeigt Werden die Optionen nicht angezeigt klicken Sie auf das Plus Symbol auf der linken Seite des Gruppennamens f Eigenschaften von Canon LBP 660 Standarddokument 12 x Dokumenteinstellungen f r Canon LBP 660 B I Papier Ausgabe E Papiergr e 54 Ausrichtung lt Hochformat gt Anzahl Exemplare lt 1 Exemplar gt lm Graphik E Aufl sung 600 dpi Skalierung lt 100 gt E ilo Optionen f r Dokument ja o n a Einstellung Papierarohe ndem E Executive EF Briefumschlag DL Durch Klicken auf den Namen derjenigen Option die ge ndert werden soll werden die zur Verfigung stehenden Einstellungen bzw Schaltfl chen zum ffnen weiterer Dialogfelder unten im Dialogfeld angezeigt W hlen Sie die neue Einstellung aus oder geben Sie sie ein Die neue Einstellung wird dann rechts daneben in roten Buchstaben angezeigt Diese Farbauspr gung bedeutet da diese neue Einstellung noch nicht f r das Standarddokument gespeichert wurde Die ge nderten Einstellungen werd
427. rity Sets default printing priorities of documents Documents with high priorities will be printed before documents with low priorities 4 Spool print documents so program finishes printing faster Sets this option on to spool page at printing Keep this option on for this printer When this option is on option but tons from 6 to 10 become available B Start printing after last page is spooled Starts printing after the last page of the docu ment is spooled 6 Start printing immediately Starts printing after the first page of the document is spooled 7 Print directly to the printer Sends the data directly to the printer without spooling Keep this setting off as printing cannot be conducted from applications when it is on The Warning dialog box will appear when it is set on 8 Hold mismatched documents The spooler compares the settings of the printer and docu ment before sending the document and holds the document in the queue if the data do not match This option does not function on this printer A similar function is performed by the status window CHAPTER 1 9 Print spooled documents first If there is a spooled document when selecting the docu ment to be printed next prints the spooled document first even if its printing priority is lower than that of the document being spooled at that time 10 Keep documents after they have printed Sets the spooler not to delete documents after they have been printed
428. rkiskt under gruppnamnet Den aktuella inst llningen f r varje alternativ visas i bl tt tillh ger om alternativet Om alternativen inte visas klickar du p plustecknet till v nster om gruppnamnet f Egenskaper for Canon LBP 660 standarddokument 21x Canon LBP 660 dokumentinnstillinger El Ly Papir utskrift E Papirstorrelse lt 44 Papinetning lt St ende gt a Kopiteller lt 1 Kopier gt E ln Grafikk E Oppl sning lt 600dpi gt a Skalering lt 100 gt B ilo Dokument alternativer Endre innstilling for Papirst rrelse Letter Legal Executive EZ Envelope DL N r du klickar p namnet f r det alternativ du vill ndra visas tillg ngliga inst llningar f r alternativet eller knappar som ppnar andra dialogrutor l ngst ner i dialogrutan V lj eller skriv in en ny inst llning Den nya inst llningen visas i r tt till h ger om alternativet Den r da f rgen betyder att den nya inst llningen nnu inte sparats som dokumentstandard Nya inst llningar sparas inte som dokumentstandard f rr n du klickar p OK l ngst ner i dialogrutan Papper utmatning Gruppen Papper utmatning best r av tre alternativ Pappersformat Orientering och Antal kopior Dessa alternativ r desamma som p fliken Utskriftsformat som beskrivits ovan ndrar du dessa inst llningar h r ndras ven inst llningarna p fliken Utskriftsformat Anv nda Microsoft Wi
429. rmed T 3 Bent Leading Edge lt Possible causes gt 1 2 Not using the recommended paper or paper is deformed curled or rippled Action Replace the paper and advise the customer to use the recommended paper In addi tion advise the customer on the correct storage method Excessive amount of paper loaded in the multi purpose tray Action Advise the customer to set the proper amount of paper in the multi purpose tray CHAPTER 4 3 Check that the paper is not catching on something T 4 Skew Feed lt Possible causes gt 1 Not using the recommended paper Action Replace the paper and advise the customer to use the recommended paper Excessive amount of paper loaded in the multi purpose tray or manual feeding slot Action Advise the customer to load the correct amount of paper Paper is loaded incorrectly Action Set the slide guide in the multi purpose tray or manual feeding slot to the correct paper width Paper dust or dirt in the pick up unit or paper is caught by the rough paper path surface due to an external impact such as a hit Action Clean the relevant part s or replace the damaged part s Unevenly abrased deformed or dirty paper pick up roller Action Clean the roller if it is dirty Replace it if abrased unevenly or deformed Flawed or deformed feed roller Action If roller is flawed or deformed replace CHAPTER 4 VIII LOCATION FUNCTION OF ELECTRICAL PARTS A Switches S
430. rmenyen som da vises klikker du p Skrivere for pne mappen Skrivere og dobbeltklikker p symbolet Legg til skriver i mappen Skrivere b Dobbeltklikk p ikonet for Min datamaskin p skrivebordet for pne Min datamaskin Deretter pner du mappen Skrivere og dobbeltklikker p symbolet for Legg til skriver Kapittel 2 Installere Microsoft Windows Printing System 3 m N vises vinduet Veiviser for skriverinstallasjon som brukes til installering av skriverdrivere Veiviser for skriverinstallasjon Veiviseren hjelper deg til installere skriveren eller gj re skrivertilkoblinger Denne skriveren skal administreres av Alle innstillinger blir administrert og konfigurert p denne maskinen Skriverserver for nettverket Koble til en skriver fra en annen maskin Alle innstilingene for denne skriveren blir styrt av en skriverserver som er satt opp av en administrator Avbryt 4 Kontroller at du har valgt Min datamaskin 1 dialogboksen Veiviser for skriverinstallasjon og klikk p Neste gt m Vinduet for valg av port vises Velge skriverport Veiviser for skriverinstallasjon Merk boksen ved siden av de portene du nsker bruke Dokumenter skrives til f rste tilgjengelige merkede port Tilgjengelige porter Beskrivelse M Local Port L LPT2 Local Port O LPT3 Local Port COMI Local Port C COM2 Local Port COM3 Local Port COMA Local Port
431. rosoft Windows 95 3 1 or Microsoft Windows for Workgroups print servers e The WPS directory on the print server is not shared The print server s Default Datatype is not set to WPS Start up the print server Set the printer up for sharing in the Printer Properties dialog box Ask the network administrator to change your user privileges Select the Client Operation option in the Options menu Use a Microsoft Windows NT print server Specify sharing for the WPS directory on the print server Click on the Print Processor button in the General tab in the Printer Properties dialog box and select WPS as the Default Datatype Chapter 5 Troubleshooting 25 Z E Appendix Comparison with Microsoft Windows Printing Systems for Other Versions of Microsoft Windows Some of the functions in the Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 differ from those available in the Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 and Microsoft Windows for Workgroups Note the following points when you are reading the LBP 660 User s Manual During Local or Network printing with Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 and Network printing with Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 or Microsoft Windows for Workgroups m Because PCL emulation cannot be used you cannot print from the command prompt Microsoft Windows NT or the MS DOS prompt Microso
432. rosoft Windows Printing System Guide til Microsoft Windows NT i det folgende kaldet Microsoft Windows NT beskrives hvordan du installerer og bruger Microsoft Windows Printing System til Microsoft Windows NT p en computer med Microsoft Windows NT version 4 0 til servere og arbejdsstationer der er sluttet til Canon LBP 660 LASERPRINTER Denne h ndbog best r af f lgende kapitler Kapitel 1 Introduktion esse 1 I dette kapitel beskrives hvordan du bruger denne h ndbog samt systemkravene ved installation af Microsoft Windows Printing System p en PC med Microsoft Windows NT Kapitel 2 Installere Microsoft Windows Printing System 3 I dette kapitel beskrives hvordan du installerer Microsoft Windows Printing System til Microsoft Windows NT n r LBP 660 bruges som en lokal printer og hvordan du deler LBP 660 p et Microsoft Windows NT netvark Kapitel 3 Forbinde LBP 660 til en netv rksprinter 10 I dette kapitel beskrives hvordan du bruger LBP 660 fra andre computere med Microsoft Windows NT eller fra computere med Microsoft Windows i det f lgende kaldet Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows til Workgroups Kapitel 4 Bruge Microsoft Windows Printing System 13 I dette kapitel beskrives hvordan du bruger Network Status Monitor statusvinduet til LBP 660 og dialogboksen Egenskaber i Microsoft Windows Printing System til Microsof
433. rosoft Windows Printing Systemien vertailu Er t Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 n toiminnot ovat erilaiset kuin Microsoft Printing Systemeiss jotka on tarkoitettu Microsoft Windows 95 lle Microsoft Windows 3 1 lle tai Microsoft Ty ryhm Windowsille Huomaa seuraavat seikat kun luet LBP 660 n k ytt opasta Paikallis tai verkkotulostus Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 sta ja verkkotulostus Microsoft Windows 95 st Microsoft Windows 3 1 st tai Microsoft Ty ryhm Windowsista m Koska PCL emulointi ei toimi et voi tulostaa komentokehotteesta Microsoft Windows NT tai MS DOS kehotteesta Microsoft Windows 95 Paikallis tai verkkotulostus Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 sta m Et voi k ytt lomakkeiden p llekk istulostusta m Et voi tulostaa testisivua LBP 660 tilaikkunasta K yt Kirjoittimen ominaisuudet valintaikkunan Yleist v lilehden Tulosta testisivu painiketta LBP 660 tilaikkunan Options valikossa ei ole Printer Options komentoa S d tulostustummuus Ominaisuudet Oletusasiakirja valintaikkunan Lis asetukset v lilehden Asiakirjan asetukset ryhm ss 26 Liite canon LBP 660 LASERSKRIVARE Handbok f r Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT VIKTIGT L s igenom den h r handboken noggrant innan du anv nder skrivaren Spara handboken om du skulle beh va den senare SVENSKA Copyright Copyright 1998 Canon Inc Alla r ttigh
434. rosoft Windows Printing System for using the LBP 660 as a local printer For a description of how to connect the LBP 660 as a network printer see Chapter 3 Connecting to the LBP 660 as a Network printer Start Up the Add Printer Wizard Use the Add Printer Wizard in Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 to install the Microsoft Windows Printing System on Microsoft Windows NT Follow these instructions to install the software 1 Switch on the computer to which the LBP 660 is connected and start up Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 2 Log on as an Administrator 3 Use one of the following methods to start up the Add Printer Wizard a Click on the Start button in the taskbar and move the mouse pointer to Settings in the Start menu In the submenu that appears click on Printers to open the Printers folder and double click on the Add Printer icon in the Printers folder b Double click on the My Computer icon on the desktop to open My Computer Then open the Printers folder and double click on the Add Printer icon Chapter 2 Installing the Microsoft Windows Printing System 3 m You see the Add Printer Wizard window for installing printer drivers Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install your printer or make printer connections This printer will be managed by All settings will be managed and configured on this computer C Network printer server Connect to a printer on another machine All settings for this printer are managed by
435. rs sampling mode Note and the laser diode LD simultaneously emits a laser beam The photodiode PD senses the intensity of the beam from the laser diode The intensity is fed back to the sample hold circuit in IC801 via the differential amplifier current voltage con version circuit IC801 controls the output current of the constant current circuit so that the intensity of the laser beam fed back from the photodiode equals that of the target value set within IC801 After a certain period of time elapses the APCSH signal returns to H and the constant current circuit enters hold mode Note ending the laser diode forced laser beam emission IC801 then converts the controlled laser beam intensity into the voltage and stores it in C803 When cumulative number of prints from the time of power ON is more than four if the BD is out of the BD cycle for more than 2 seconds while the laser is driven and the scanner motor is rotating the CPU reports a BD error to the video controller Note Sampling mode APC control is executed Hold mode The laser beam intensity measured by APC control is stored 3 Laser diode emission control The CPU applies the image top bottom margin masking to the VDO signal based on the lead ing trailing edges of the paper detected by the paper pick up sensor The CPU also applies left right margin masking to the VDO signal to prevent the laser beam writing on non image areas outside the unblanking period
436. rsen Hvis du ikke er sikker p hvilket tilgangsniv du har b r du kontakte nettverksansvarlig Tilkobling fra en Microsoft Windows NT klient Hvis klienten som bruker LBP 660 som nettverksskriver kj rer Microsoft Windows NT vil du automatisk laste ned og installere skriverdriveren og Network Status Monitor fra skriverserveren ved legge til skriveren Du trenger ikke tilgang som systemansvarlig for legge til skriveren Hvem som helst skal kunne gj re dette Starte veiviseren for skriverinstallasjon 1 Sl p klientmaskinen start Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 og logg deg p 2 Start veiviseren for skriverinstallasjon m Se kapittel 2 Installere Microsoft Windows Printing System hvis du vil ha informasjon om hvordan du starter veiviseren for skriverinstallasjon 10 Koble deg til LBP 660 nar den brukes som nettverksskriver Kapittel 3 Velge nettverksskriver Veiviser for skriverinstallasjon Veiviseren hjelper deg til installere skriveren eller gj re skrivertilkoblinger Denne skriveren skal administreres av Min datamaskin Alle innstillinger blir administrert og konfigurert p denne maskinen for denne skriveren blir styrt av en skriverserver som er satt opp av en administrator Tilbake Avbryt 1 Klikk pa knappen Skriverserver for nettverket deretter pa Neste gt Vinduet Koble til skriver vises Koble til skriver Skriver 1 02 Canon LBP 660 Avbryt
437. rten werden auch dann nicht entfernt wenn Sie mit Hilfe des Deinstallationsprogrammes das Microsoft Windows Printing System deinstallieren Hilfe zu Canon LBP 660 Hiermit l t sich die Online Hilfe zum Microsoft Windows Printing System anzeigen Canon LBP 660 Readme Dies ist eine Textdatei mit weiteren Informationen zur installierten Version des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems Bitte lesen Sie diese Datei bevor Sie das Microsoft Windows Printing System verwenden Canon LBP 660 Statusfenster Mit diesem Symbol l t sich das Fenster f r den Druckerstatus ffnen Canon LBP 660 Fehlersuchprogramm Dies ist ein Hilfsprogramm zur Behandlung von Problemen mit dem Microsoft Windows Printing System Weitere Informationen zur Verwendung dieses Hilfsprogrammes finden Sie im Kapitel Problembehandlung im Benutzerhandbuch Canon LBP 660 Deinstallation Dies ist ein Hilfsprogramm zur Deinstallation des Microsoft Windows Printing System Weitere Informationen zur Verwendung dieses Hilfsprogrammes finden Sie im Kapitel Problembehandlung im Benutzerhandbuch 8 Installation des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems Kapitel 2 Gemeinsames Nutzen des Druckers Ist die Installation des Windows Printing System abgeschlossen so k nnen Sie mit Hilfe des Dialogfeldes Canon LBP 660 Eigenschaften den LBP 660 freigeben 1 Verwenden Sie die nachstehenden Anweisungen um zur Registerkarte Freigabe im Dialogfeld Canon LBP 660 Eigenschaften z
438. ry High memory or ROM Network Currently active network WfW Windows 95 LAN Manager or ROM Network Driver Ver Version of network driver n a when network is inactive or unknown n A Disk Cache Type Windows MS DOS or Windows 95 See Contents of Test Page for details Disk Cache Size Size of disk cache Unknown when disk cache type is MS DOS Dynamic when Windows 95 Swapfile Size Swapfile size of Windows Dynamic in case of Windows 95 Swapfile Type Permanent Temporary or None Fil Access 16 bit or 32 bit Disk Access 16 bit or 32 bit n a in case of Window 95 Canon LBP 660 Windows version Version of Windows Available RAM Amount of physical RAM available to Windows Dynamic in case of Windows 95 User Free Percentage of free memory in USER USER is the module name of Windows Manager GDI Free Percentage of free memory in GDI Print Manager Enabled or Disabled 5 Printer Configuration PC Configuration PRINTING SYSTEM System RAM Amount of RAM in the PC Processor 386 486 Pentium TM or Pentium Pro TM Processor Speed CPU clock speed MIT Test Page WI Coprocessor Emulated Installed or Internal Mouse Port BUS COMx or n a x is port number E LPT1 Standard nnnn K s Standard ECP ECP nnnn K s or n a 1 Canon LBP 660 on LPT1 LPT2 Standard nnnn K s
439. s Help My_Doc Printing m De werkbalk bevat geen knop voor het afdrukken van een testpagina Als u een testpagina wilt afdrukken gebruikt u de knop Testpagina afdrukken op het tabblad Algemeen in het dialoogvenster Canon LBP 660 Eigenschappen m Het menu Options beschikt niet over de opdracht Printer Als u de tonerdichtheid wilt aanpassen opent u het dialoogvenster Eigenschappen voor Standaarddocument en gebruikt u de optie Toner Density van de groep Opties voor Document op het tabblad Geavanceerd m Met de optie Client Operation in het menu Options kunt u opgeven of een gebruiker een afdrukopdracht kan onderbreken voortzetten forceren of annuleren vanuit de Network Status Monitor op een Microsoft Windows NT client Als er aan de linkerkant van de optie Client Operation een vinkje wordt weergegeven is de optie ingeschakeld en zijn de hierboven vermelde handelingen mogelijk vanuit de Network Status Monitor LBP 660 Network Status Monitor De LBP 660 Network Status Monitor is een functie waarmee een Microsoft Windows NT client die is verbonden met de netwerkprinter de status van de LBP 660 kan controleren en tevens afdrukopdrachten onderbreken voortzetten forceren en annuleren op dezelfde manier als met een statusvenster op een computer waarop de LBP 660 lokaal is aangesloten Deze functie is alleen beschikbaar voor Microsoft Windows NT clients en kan niet worden gebruikt vanuit Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 of
440. s NT fare clic sul pulsante Si quando appare la successiva finestra di dialogo Se non si desidera condividere la stampante LBP 660 o se tutti i client sono macchine Microsoft Windows NT fare clic sul pulsante No Installazione di Microsoft Windows Printing System Ei Si desidera condividere la directory WPS per consentire ai client Windows95 windows3 1 di stampare Fine dell installazione AI termine dell installazione di Microsoft Windows Printing System viene visualizzato un messaggio di conferma Fare clic sul pulsante OK per completare l installazione Se durante l installazione del driver di stampa era stata selezionata la stampa di una pagina di prova questa inizia adesso Se tutto il processo di installazione stato completato con successo sul desktop viene visualizzata la Finestra di stato Canon LBP 660 e la stampante LBP 660 stampa la pagina di prova Controllare la pagina di prova e nella finestra di dialogo relativa al completamento della pagina di prova fare clic sul pulsante S per chiudere tale finestra Al termine dell installazione di Microsoft Windows Printing System possibile iniziare a stampare immediatamente su un computer Microsoft Windows NT su cui LBP 660 sia stata installata come stampante locale Tuttavia per utilizzare questo computer come server di stampa e stampare da un client tramite la rete bisogna prima riavviare Microsoft Windows NT Capitolo 2 Installazione di Microsoft Wi
441. s Printing Systemin k ytt on Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin yleiskuvaus Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin valintaikkunat Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT ss on kaksi p valintaikkunaa Kirjoittimen ominaisuudet ja Ominaisuudet Oletusasiakirja Kuka tahansa k ytt j voi avata n m valintaikkunat ja tarkastaa asetukset mutta vain kaikki oikeudet omistavat k ytt j t voivat muuttaa asetuksia Kirjoittimen ominaisuudet Kun haluat n hd kirjoittimen ominaisuudet valitse Kirjoittimet kansion Tiedosto valikosta Ominaisuudet tai napsauta Kirjoittimet kansion LBP 660 kuvaketta hiiren oikealla painikkeella ja valitse ponnahdusvalikosta Ominaisuudet Kirjoittimen ominaisuudet valintaikkunassa on kuusi seuraavassa kuvattavaa v lilehte Koska kunkin v lilehden asetukset ovat yhteiset kaikille Microsoft Windows NT kirjoittimille seuraavat kuvaukset antavat vain yleisk sityksen v lilehtien sis ll st sek seikoista joihin pit kiinnitt huomiota LBP 660 t k ytett ess Asetusten tarkat selitykset ovat Microsoft Windows NT n oppaissa Voit my s napsauttaa valintaikkunan oikeassa yl kulmassa olevaa kysymysmerkki ja sitten asetusta jotta n et asetusta kuvaavan ohjeen Canon LBP 660 Ominaisuudet 2 x Yleist Portit Ajoitus Jakaminen Suojaus Laitteen asetukset 3 Canon LBP 660 Luku 4 Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin k ytt 13
442. s de Brillo y Contraste Si desea m s informaci n consulte la secci n que lleva por t tulo Trabajar con gr ficos a escala de grises del Manual del usuario Si selecciona Usar medios tonos del sistema aparece un diagrama de escala de grises y el cuadro de di logo Ajuste de color de medios tonos del sistema de Microsoft Windows NT Consulte la ayuda o los manuales de Microsoft Windows NT si desea m s informaci n sobre este cuadro de di logo m Refinamiento autom tico de la imagen Esta opci n sirve para activar o desactivar la funci n Suavizado en la impresora LBP 660 m Ahorro de t ner Esta opci n sirve para activar o desactivar la funci n de economizaci n de energ a m Densidad del t ner Con esta opci n puede elegir la cantidad de t ner que debe utilizarse durante la impresi n Existen 5 niveles de densidad para escoger Medio es el valor est ndar de la densidad m Tama o de papel personalizado Con esta opci n puede definir el tamaiio del papel si previamente ha seleccionado Person en la ficha Preparar p gina Haga clic en el bot n Tamafio de papel personalizado para abrir el cuadro de di logo del mismo nombre y definir la altura y la anchura del papel personalizado 18 Utilizaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System Cap tulo 4 Ventana de estado de la LBP 660 en Microsoft Windows NT Sila LBP 660 est conectada a una computadora Microsoft Windows NT como impresora local la ventana de estado
443. s siit ett p k ytt j n oikeudet vaaditaan N ytt n tulee ilmoitus siit ett korvaava asennus vaaditaan Ohjelmistoa asentavalla k ytt j ll ei ole p k ytt j n oikeuksia Ohjelmiston on asentanut k ytt j jolla ei ole p k ytt j n oikeuksia Suoritat paikallisasennusta tietokoneeseen johon on jo asennettu LBP 660 kirjoitinohjain verkon kautta Ongelmat verkkoasennuksessa Microsoft Windows Printing Systemi asennettaessa tarvitaan p k ytt j n oikeudet Pyyd jotakuta p k ytt j n oikeudet omistavaa suorittamaan asennus Pyyd jotakuta p k ytt j n oikeudet omistavaa suorittamaan asennus uudelleen Aloita asentaminen alusta ja valitse Ohjattu kirjoittimen asennus valintaikkunassa Korvaa olemassa oleva ohjain Ongelma Syy Ratkaisu Kytkett v n jaetun kirjoittimen Tulostuspalvelin ei ole e K ynnist tulostuspalvelin tai tulostuspalvelimen nime ei k ynniss M rit kirjoitin jaetuksi n y Jaetut kirjoittimet e Kirjoitinta ei ole m ritetty Kirjoittimen ominaisuudet luettelossa jaetuksi valintaikkunassa e Sinulla ei ole oikeuksia jotka tarvitaan otettaessa yhteys kirjoittimeen tai tulostuspalvelimeen e Pyyd verkon p k ytt j muuttamaan oikeuksiasi 24 Vianm ritys Luku 5 Ongelmat verkkotulostuksessa Ongelma Ratkaisu Network Status Monitor ei saa yhteytt tulostuspalvelimeen tai jaettuun kirjoit
444. s stage a negative charge remains leaving a dark area where the laser beam did not irradiate the photosensitive drum surface while the negative charge is removed by the laser beam to form a light area Since the drum image created by the negative charge is invisible to the human eye it is called an electrostatic latent image Time t 0 100 2 Da gt 23 500 5 5 Dark 5 8 area Primary Scanning Transfer Primary charging exposure step 4 charging step 1 step 2 step 1 Figure 2 3 5 CHAPTER 2 Step 1 Primary charging Primary charging roller Figure 2 3 6 The photosensitive drum surface is uniformly charged with a negative potential in prepara tion to form a latent image This printer performs primary charging by applying the charge directly to the photosensitive drum The primary charging roller is made of photoconductive rubber To maintain an even poten tial on the photosensitive drum surface an AC bias is applied to the primary charging roller on top of the DC bias The DC bias changes in unison with the developing DC bias as it is altered by the image density data signals sent from the video controller The direct charging method has several advantages over the corona charging method such as a low applied voltage and no ozone emission Step 2 Scanning exposure When the laser beam scans the photosensitive drum the charge on the light area is neutral iz
445. sa kuvataan sellaisten ongelmien ratkaisemista joita saattaa ilmet asennettaessa Microsoft Windows Printing Systemi tai k ytett ess Microsoft Windows Printing Systemi Microsoft Windows NT verkossa TAS Liite sis lt luettelon niist LBP 660 n k ytt oppaan kuvauksista joissa Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT eroaa Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows 95 st Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows 3 1 st ja Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows for Workgroupsista Luku I Johdanto 1 Ennen t m n ohjelmiston asentamista Ennen kuin asennat Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin tietokoneeseen jonka k ytt j rjestelm on Microsoft Windows NT tarkista ett tietokone t ytt seuraavat laitteisto ja ohjelmistovaatimukset IBM PC tai yhteensopiva jossa on 90 MHz n Pentium prosessori tai tehokkaampi ja Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 Server tai Workstation T ss k ytt oppaassa kuvattu LBP 660 n Microsoft Windows Printing System toimii PC AT yhteensopivien tietokoneiden Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 ssa T m Microsoft Windows Printing System ei toimi j rjestelm ss jossa on Windows NT 3 51 tai sit vanhempi versio tai RISC prosessorille suunniteltu Microsoft Windows NT Jos k yt t Novell NetWare verkkoa et voi asentaa t t ohjelmistoa NetWare palvelimeen Et voi tulostaa t ll ohjelmistolla Novell Netware asiaka
446. sde una computadora cliente e imprimir un documento el cliente debe tener los privilegios de acceso necesarios para conectarse al servidor y a la impresora compartida Si no sabe con seguridad cu les son sus privilegios de acceso consulte al administrador de la red Conexion desde un cliente Microsoft Windows NT Si el cliente gue est utilizando la LBP 660 como impresora de red utiliza Microsoft Windows NT con solo agregar la impresora se transfieren e instalan autom ticamente el controlador de impresi n y el Supervisor de estado de la red desde el servidor de impresi n No es necesario disponer de privilegios de Administrador para agregar la impresora Por lo general cualguier usuario puede efectuar este proceso Inicio del programa Agregar asistente de impresora 1 Encienda la computadora cliente inicie Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 e inicie la sesi n 2 Inicie el programa Agregar asistente de impresora a Enel Capitulo 2 Instalaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System encontrar informaci n sobre c mo iniciar el programa Agregar asistente de impresora 10 Conexion a la LBP 660 como impresora de red Capitulo 3 Selecci n de la impresora de red Agregar asistente de impresora Este Asistente le ayuda a instalar su impresora o a establecer conexiones de impresora Esta impresora ser administrada por C Mi equipo Todas las configuraciones se administrar n y configurar n en este equipo Conectarse a Una im
447. selecteert moet u dit formaat specificeren op het tabblad Geavanceerd Aantal afdrukken In het tekstvak Aantal afdrukken kunt u het aantal exemplaren opgeven dat u wilt afdrukken Sorteren Als u bij Aantal afdrukken twee of meer hebt opgegeven kunt u de afdrukken van uw document laten sorteren door op het selectievakje Sorteren te klikken Afdrukstand Hier kunt u de afdrukstand selecteren Staand of Liggend 16 Het Microsoft Windows Printing System gebruiken Hoofdstuk 4 m Tabblad Geavanceerd De instellingen in het tabblad Geavanceerd zijn gegroepeerd onder Papier Uitvoer Grafisch en Opties voor Document De opties voor elke groep worden onder elkaar onder de groepsnaam weergegeven De huidige instelling voor elke optie wordt rechts naast de optie in blauw weergegeven Als de opties niet worden weergegeven klikt u op het plusteken aan de linkerkant van de groepsnaam f Eigenschappen voor Standaarddocument voor Canon LBP 660 2 x Documentinstellingen voor Canon LBP 660 8 Ly Papier Uitvoer E Papierformaat lt A4 gt A Afdrukstand lt Staand gt a Aantal afdrukken lt 1 gt Grafisch E Resolutie lt 600dpi gt a Schaal aanpassen lt 100 gt EI ilo Opties voor Document Papierformaat instelling wijzigen EI Executive Envelope DL Annuleren Als u klikt op de naam van de optie die u wilt wijzigen worden in het onderste gedeelte van het dialoo
448. server and the printer is to 1 17 CHAPTER 1 be shared by other client PCs on a network You can also specify the printer sharing set tings after you have installed the Microsoft Windows Printing System 11 Add Printer Wizard Test Page Printing selection Select whether or not to print a test page after you have finished installing the Microsoft Windows Printing System 12 Copying Files When the installation begins the Copying Files dialog box appears 13 End of Installation When the installation has completed restart Microsoft Windows as instructed by the on screen message When the printer is connected you will be asked whether you want to print a test page Print a test page to confirm that the installation has been made properly amp Connecting to the network printer Follow the procedures described in this section to perform the installation on a client PC when you want to designate the PC to which the printer is connected as a network print server and to use the printer as a network printer Refer to the User s Manual packed with the printer for details Notes 1 Precondition for starting the installation The Microsoft Windows Printing System should be installed properly in the print server to which the client PC is to be connected and the printer should be designat ed as ashared printer See Page 1 29 for information on how to designate the print er as a shared printer The client must have the acce
449. si n a la cola de impresi n m Cuando utilice la LBP 660 seleccione siempre el bot n de opci n Imprimir utilizando la cola para que el programa termine de imprimir m s r pido Si por el contrario selecciona la opci n Imprimir directamente a la impresora no podr imprimir desde las aplicaciones Imprimir utilizando la cola para que el programa termine de imprimir m s r pido C Empezar a imprimir despu s de que la ltima p gina haya entrado en la cola de impresi n Empezar a imprimir de inmediato C Imprimir directamente a la impresora m Seleccione la opci n Empezar a imprimir despu s de que la ltima p gina haya entrado en la cola de impresi n o bien Empezar a imprimir de inmediato seg n convenga Observe sin embargo que esta opci n afecta al funcionamiento de la barra de progreso de la ventana de estado En la secci n Ventana de estado de LBP 660 encontrar m s informaci n B Ficha Compartir En esta ficha puede especificar si desea compartir la impresora LBP 660 El Cap tulo 2 Instalaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System contiene m s informaci n al respecto m Ficha Seguridad En esta ficha puede definir el nivel de seguridad de la LBP 660 Consulte los manuales de Microsoft Windows NT si desea m s informaci n sobre la seguridad de la impresora 14 Utilizaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System Cap tulo 4 m Ficha Configuraci n de dispositivo En esta ficha se especif
450. size Sets the paper size 2 Orientation Sets the printing orientation Portrait or Landscape 3 Copy Count Sets the number of copies to be printed If you have specified 2 or more copies in Copy Count the Collate Copies become available Select the Collate Copies to print col lated copies of your document Graphic group The Graphic group consists of 2 items Resolution and Scaling The items in the Graphic group are described below 1 Resolution Scts the resolution at which the printer prints 600dpi or 300dpi 2 Scaling Change the setting value to enlarge or reduce the image to be printed Document Options group Document Options group consists of 5 items Halftone Color Adjustment Automatic Image Refinement Toner Saver Toner Density and Custom Paper Size The items in the Document Options group are described below 1 Halftone Color Adjustment Opens the Halftone Color Adjustment dialog box Note 2 Automatic Image Refinement Use this item to select whether the Smoothing function on the printer is switched on or off 3 Toner Saver Use this item to select whether the toner saving function on the printer is switched on or off When the Toner Density is set to Light efficacy of the Toner Saver increases 4 Toner Density Use this item to adjust the toner used during printing to one of 5 levels 5 Custom Paper Size Opens the Custom Paper Size dialog box See Page 1 43 Note The Halftone C
451. sjonen for Network Status Monitor 22 Bruke Microsoft Windows Printing System Kapittel 4 Kapittel 5 Feils king Dette kapitlet forklarer hvordan du l ser problemer som oppst r n r du installerer Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT og n r du bruker LBP 660 som nettverksskriver i et Microsoft Windows NT nettverk Se kapittel 6 Feils king i brukerh ndboken for LBP 660 hvis du vil ha informasjon om hvordan du g r fram for l se problemer som oppst r med selve skriveren papirstopp osv problemer med utskriftskvaliteten problemer med Microsoft Windows Printing System og feilmeldinger i Microsoft Windows Printing System Hvis du ikke klarer finne ut hva som for rsaker problemet benytter du feils kingsverkt yet som er installert i gruppen Windows Printing System Feils kingsfunksjonen kan l se problemer med installerte filer eller innstillinger Hvis du fremdeles ikke klarer l se problemet m du avinstallere Microsoft Windows Printing System p skriverserveren starte serveren p nytt og installere Microsoft Windows Printing System igjen N r du skal avinstallere Microsoft Windows Printing System starter du avinstalleringsverkt yet som er installert i gruppen Windows Printing System programvare Hvis du ikke starter Microsoft Windows NT p nytt vil du ikke v re i 5 m Du b r starte Microsoft Windows NT p nytt hver gang du har avinstallert stand til installere den
452. so that it drives properly Replace the lever if dam aged Face down delivery roller or fixing delivery roller not driving properly Action Check that the gear is not worn or chipped Replace either the face down delivery roller or fixing delivery roller if worn CHAPTER 4 B Incomplete Feed T 1 Multiple Feed lt Possible causes gt 1 Not using the recommended paper Action Replace the paper and advise the customer to use the recommended paper 2 Worn separation pad surface Action Replace the separation pad 3 Faulty lifting plate separation pad spring Action Put on the spring if it has come unattached Replace if deformed T 2 Wrinkles lt Possible causes gt 1 Not using the recommended paper Action Replace the paper and advise the customer to use the recommended paper Moist paper Action Replace the paper advise the customer on the proper storage method Faulty pick up unit Action After the paper has been picked up open the cartridge door before the paper enters the fixing unit If the paper is wrinkled check the pick up unit If the paper is skewed refer to T 4 Skew Feed Dirty fixing unit entrance guide Action Clean the fixing unit entrance guide Dirty fixing lower roller Action Clean the fixing Iower roller Worn face down delivery roller Action Replace the roller Flawed or deformed fixing film unit Action Replace the fixing film unit if flawed or defo
453. soft Windows NT 1 16 PARTS OF THE PRINTER 1 7 C Microsoft Windows 95 98 1 50 A External Appearance 1 7 D Microsoft Windows 3 1 1 67 B Cross sectional View 1 8 E PCL Emulation 1 75 INSTALLATION 1 9 F Printing Environment Setting A Precautions 1 9 and Test Printing 1 81 CHAPTER 2 OPERATION AND TIMING BASIC OPERATION e 2 1 C High voltage Power Supply A Functional Configuration 2 1 2 20 Outline of the Electrical IV PICK UP FEED SYSTEM 2 22 System 22 A Outline eee 2 22 Printer Controller B Fixing Delivery Unit 2 24 Input Output Signals 2 3 C Jam Detection D Basic Sequence of V SYSTEM INTERFACE 2 5 Outline eicere iro rero tron LASER SCANNER SYSTEM 2 8 B Video Interface A Outline eese 2 8 C Video Controller PCB 2 30 B Laser Control Circuit 2 9 D Microsoft Windows C Scanner Drive 2 12 Printing System Messages 2 33 IMAGE FORMATION SYSTEM 2 13 VI POWER SUPPLY 2 37 A Outline A Outline 2 37 B Print 2 14 B Protective Function 2 38 CHAPTER 3 THE MECHANICAL SYSTEM EXTERNALS see 3
454. soft Windows NT sis lt ohjeet Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT n asentamisesta ja k ytt misest tietokoneessa jonka k ytt j rjestelm on Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 Server tai Workstation ja joka on kytketty Canon LBP 660 laserkirjoittimeen T ss k ytt oppaassa on seuraavat luvut Luku 1 Johd nto A A T ss luvussa kuvataan k ytt oppaan k ytt mist ja vaatimuksia jotka Microsoft Windows NT t k ytt v n tietokoneen on t ytett v jotta Microsoft Windows Printing System voitaisiin asentaa siihen Luku 2 Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin asentaminen 3 T ss luvussa kuvataan Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT n asentamista kun LBP 660 toimii paikalliskirjoittimena sek LBP 660 n jakamista muiden k ytt jien kanssa Microsoft Windows NT verkossa Luku 3 Yhteys verkkokirjoittimena toimivaan LBP 660 een 10 T ss luvussa kuvataan LBP 660 n ohjaamista toisilla tietokoneilla joiden k ytt j rjestelm on Microsoft Windows NT Microsoft Windows j ljemp n Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 tai Microsoft Ty ryhm Windows Luku 4 Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin k ytt 13 T ss luvussa kuvataan Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT n Network Status Monitoria LBP 660 tilaikkunaa ja Ominaisuudet valintaikkunaa Luku 5 Vianm ritys sonia 29 T ss luvus
455. soft Windows Printing System per Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 e Microsoft Windows per Workgroup Durante la lettura del Manuale per l Operatore di LBP 660 vanno ricordati i seguenti punti Durante la stampa locale o in rete con Microsoft Windows NT 4 0e la stampa in rete con Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 o Microsoft Windows per Workgroup m Dal momento che non possibile utilizzare l emulazione PCL non possibile stampare dal Prompt dei comandi Microsoft Windows NT o dal Prompt di MS DOS Microsoft Windows 95 Durante la stampa locale o in rete con Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 m E impossibile utilizzare la funzione di sovrapposizione dei moduli m E impossibile stampare la pagina di prova dalla Finestra di stato Canon LBP 660 Utilizzare il pulsante Stampa pagina di prova nella scheda Generale contenuta nella finestra di dialogo Propriet m Non esiste nessuna voce Opzioni stampante nel menu Opzioni nella Finestra di stato Canon LBP 660 Impostare la densit del toner nel gruppo Opzioni Documento della scheda Avanzate nella finestra di dialogo Propriet Documento predefinito 26 Appendice canon IMPRESORA LASER LBP 660 Guia de Microsoft Windows Printing System para Microsoft Windows NT IMPORTANTE Lea atentamente esta gu a antes de utilizar la impresora Gu rdela por si necesita consultarla m s adelante lt gt un E Copyright Copyright 1998 Canon In
456. sonores de Microsoft Windows Printing System L un des protocoles r seau suivants doit tre install si vous souhaitez partager l imprimante sur un r seau NetBEUI TCP IP NWLink IPX SPX Pour installer Microsoft Windows Printing System pour Microsoft Windows NT vous devez disposer des privil ges Administrateur L installation doit tre effectu e par un administrateur de r seau ou par la personne charg e de g rer les impressions et disposant des privil ges Administrateur 2 Introduction Chapitre 1 Chapitre 2 Installation de Microsoft Windows Printing System Pour installer Microsoft Windows Printing System pour Microsoft Windows NT utilisez la disquette d installation fournie Installation de Microsoft Windows Printing System pour les imprimantes locales Cette section explique comment installer Microsoft Windows Printing System afin d utiliser la LBP 660 en tant qu imprimante locale Pour savoir comment connecter la LBP 660 en tant qu imprimante r seau reportez vous au chapitre 3 Connexion la LBP 660 utilis e comme imprimante r seau Demarrage de l Assistant d ajout d une imprimante Utilisez P Assistant d ajout d une imprimante de Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 pour installer Microsoft Windows Printing System sur un ordinateur utilisant ce systeme d exploitation Proc dez comme suit pour installer le logiciel 1 Mettez l ordinateur connect la LBP 660 sous tension
457. ss privileges to connect to the server and the shared printer 2 If the printer is connected to the Microsoft Windows NT network the printer can be used not only by Microsoft Windows NT clients but also by Microsoft Windows If the client that is using the printer as a network printer is running Microsoft Windows NT simply adding the printer automatically downloads and installs the printer driver and the Network Status Monitor from the print server Administrator privileges are not needed to add the printer Normally anyone can do this 1 Switch on the client PC start up Microsoft Windows NT and log in 2 Use one of the following methods to start up the Add Printer Wizard Start button Settings Printers Printers folder Add Printer My Computer Printers folder Add Printer Explorer Desktop My Computer Printers folder Add Printer 3 Add Printer Wizard Initial screen The Add Printer Wizard window allows you to select between the following two My Computer All settings will be managed and configured on the computer Network printer sever Connect to a printer on another machine All settings for this print er are managed by a print server that has been set up by an administrator Select Network printer server to use the printer as a network printer In case of using the printer as a local printer see Page 1 17 for details 4 Connect to Printer Double click on the print server name shown in the Shared Pri
458. st rrelse n r du har valgt Egendefinert i kategorien Utskriftsformat Klikk p knappen Custom Paper Size for vise dialogboksen Custom Paper Size og still inn h yde og bredde for den egendefinerte papirst rrelsen 18 Bruke Microsoft Windows Printing System Kapittel 4 Statusvinduet for Microsoft Windows NT LBP 660 Hvis LBP 660 er koblet til en Microsoft Windows NT maskin som lokal skriver vises statusvinduet for LBP 660 automatisk n r du begynner skrive ut p LBP 660 eller n r det kreves intervensjon for eksempel n r det oppst r feil Du kan pne statusvinduet for LBP 660 n r som helst ved dobbeltklikke p statusvinduikonet for Canon LBP 660 i gruppen Windows Printing System Statusvinduet kan brukes til kontrollere hvor langt en utskrift har kommet stanse en utskrift fortsette skrive ut og s videre Canon LBP 660 on LPT1 MEE Printer View Options Help Printer Ready The printer is ready Dette statusvinduet er hovedsakelig det samme som statusvinduet for Microsoft Windows Printing System som vises i Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 og Microsoft Windows for Workgroups Se brukerh ndboken hvis du vil ha mer informasjon om hvordan du bruker statusvinduet Denne forklaringen gjelder kun framgangsm tene og funksjonene n r statusvinduet for LBP 660 for Windows for Microsoft Windows NT er forskjellig fra statusvinduet i andre versjoner av Microsoft Windows m Hvis du har
459. stato avviato Lastampante non stata configurata per la condivisione Non si hanno i privilegi richiesti per collegarsi alla stampante o al server di stampa L opzione Modalit Client non amp stata selezionata nel menu Opzioni della Finestra di stato nel server di stampa Microsoft Windows Printing System per Microsoft Windows NT non supporta i server di stampa Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 o Microsoft Windows per Workgroup La directory WPS sul server di stampa non amp condivisa e L opzione Tipo di dati predefinito del server di stampa non amp impostata su WPS e Avviare il server di stampa Impostare la stampante per la condivisione nella finestra di dialogo Propriet e Richiedere all amministratore di rete di modificare i privilegi di utente Selezionare l opzione Modalit Client nel menu Opzioni Utilizzare un server di stampa Microsoft Windows NT e Specificare la condivisione per la directory WPS sul server di stampa e Fare clic sul pulsante Processore di stampa nella scheda Generale nella finestra di dialogo Propriet e selezionare WPS come Tipo di dati predefinito Capitolo 5 Individuazione e soluzione dei problemi 25 ITALIANO Appendice Differenze tra Microsoft Windows Printing System di altre versioni di Microsoft Windows Alcune delle funzioni di Microsoft Windows Printing System per Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 differiscono da quelle disponibili in Micro
460. stehen Bitte beachten Sie die folgenden Punkte wenn Sie das Benutzerhandbuch des LBP 660 lesen Beim Drucken unter Microsoft Windows NT auf einem lokalen Drucker oder ber das Netzwerk und beim Drucken unter Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 und Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups ber das Netzwerk m Da die PCL Emulation nicht verwendet werden kann k nnen keine Druckbefehle ber die Eingabeaufforderung Microsoft Windows NT oder ber die MS DOS Eingabeaufforderung Microsoft Windows 95 ausgef hrt werden Beim Drucken unter Microsoft Windows NT Version 4 0 auf einem lokalen Drucker oder ber das Netzwerk m Die Funktion zur berlagerung von Formulardateien steht nicht zur Verf gung m Testseiten k nnen nicht mit Hilfe des LBP 660 Statusfensters gedruckt werden Klicken Sie in der Registerkarte Allgemein im Dialogfeld Druckername Eigenschaften auf die Schaltfl che Testseite drucken m Im Optionen Men des Statusfensters des Druck Servers steht die Option Drucker nicht zur Verf gung Legen Sie in der Registerkarte Ger teeinstellungen im Dialogfeld f r die Standard Dokumenteigenschaften die Tonerdichte fest 26 Anhang canon STAMPANTE LASER LBP 660 Guida di Microsoft Windows Printing System per Microsoft Windows NT IMPORTANTE Leggere attentamente questo manuale prima di utilizzare la stampante Conservare il manuale per farvi riferimento in futuro ITALIANO Copyright Copyright
461. stem provided with your printer The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice Trademarks LBP Canon and the Canon logo are trademarks of Canon Inc PCL is a trademarks of Hewlett Packard Company IBM is a trademark of International Business Machines Corporation Microsoft Windows Windows NT the Windows logo and MS DOS are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries NetWare is a registered trademark and Novell is a trademark of Novell Inc TrueType is a trademark of Apple Computer Inc Lucida is a trademark of Bigelow amp Homes Other brand and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies In this guide Microsoft Microsoft Windows and Microsoft Windows NT are referred to as Microsoft Microsoft Windows and Microsoft Windows NT respectively Conventions This guide uses the following conventions Notes provide advice or suggestions to help you get the most from your printer Indicates that neglecting the suggested procedure or practice could result in damage to your hardware or software Chapter 1 Introduction About This Guide This Microsoft Windows Printing System hereafter referred to as Microsoft Windows Printing System Guide for Microsoft Windows NT hereafter referred to as Microsoft Windows NT describes how to install and use the M
462. stietokoneesta jossa on Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 tai Microsoft Ty ryhm Windows V hint n 24 megatavua RAM muistia V hint n 10 megatavua vapaata kiintolevytilaa CD levyasema Standardin mukainen Centronics rinnakkaisportti kun LBP 660 on kytketty paikalliskirjoittimeksi Verkkokortti kun LBP 660 jaetaan verkon kautta Microsoft Windows Printing System on ehk mahdollista asentaa tietokoneeseen joka ei t yt edell kuvattuja vaatimuksia mutta Canon ei voi taata ett ohjelmisto toimii moitteettomasti Jotta k ytt ymp rist olisi ihanteellinen ja LBP 660 toimisi mahdollisimman tehokkaasti seuraavat laitteet ja ohjelmat ovat suositeltavia 166 MHz n Pentium prosessori tai tehokkaampi V hint n 48 megatavua RAM muistia ECP kirjoitinportti nikortti tarvitaan Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin puhuttujen sanomien kuuntelemista varten Jos LBP 660 on tarkoitus jakaa verkon kautta yhden seuraavista verkkoprotokollista on oltava asennettu NetBEUI TCP IP NWLink IPX SPX Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT n asentamiseen tarvitaan p k ytt j n oikeudet Asentaminen pit isi j tt verkon p k ytt j n tai muun p k ytt j n oikeudet omistavan henkil n teht v ksi 2 Johdanto Luku 1 Luku 2 Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin asentaminen Kun asennat Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT n k yt oheista
463. t Windows NT Kapitel 5 Fejlfinding seen 23 I dette kapitel beskrives hvordan du l ser evt problemer under installation og brug af Microsoft Windows Printing System p et Microsoft Windows NT netv rk P4 9 I dette afsnit af appendikset findes en liste over de punkter i brugerh ndbogen til LBP 660 hvor Microsoft Windows Printing System til Microsoft Windows NT adskiller sig fra Microsoft Windows Printing System til Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 og Microsoft Windows til Workgroups Kapitel 1 Introduktion 1 For du installerer denne software F r du installerer Microsoft Windows Printing System p en PC med Microsoft Windows NT skal du unders ge om computeren opfylder nedenst ende krav til hardware og software IBM PC eller en kompatibel computer med en 90 MHz Pentium processor eller en hurtigere model samt Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 til servere og arbejdsstationer Den version af Microsoft Windows Printing System til LBP 660 der beskrives i denne h ndbog kan benyttes til Microsoft Windows NT version 4 0 til PC AT kompatible computere Microsoft Windows Printing System kan ikke benyttes p computere med Microsoft Windows NT version 3 51 eller tidligere versioner eller Microsoft Windows NT til computere med RISC baserede processorer Hvis du benytter et Novell NetWare netverk kan du ikke installere denne software p en NetWare ser
464. t Windows NT asiakastietokoneen Network Status Monitorilla Jos Client Operation asetuksen vasemmalla puolella n kyy valintamerkki kyseinen toimenpide on sallittua suorittaa Network Status Monitorilla LBP 660 Network Status Monitor LBP 660 Network Status Monitor on ohjelma jolla verkon kirjoittimeen kytketty Microsoft Windows NT asiakastietokone pystyy tarkistamaan LBP 660 n tilan tai keskeytt jatkaa lopettaa tai pakottaa tulostamisen samalla tavoin kuin ty p yd n tilaikkunassa Se toimii Microsoft Windows asiakastietokoneissa mutta ei Microsoft Windows 95 ss Microsoft Windows 3 1 ss eik Microsoft Ty ryhm Windowsissa LBP 660 Network Status Monitor n ytt kirjoittimen tilan vain tekstin Siin ei ole samanlaista animoitua kuvaa eik tilanneilmaisinta kuin LBP 660 tilaikkunassa Kun kytket Microsoft Windows NT asiakkaan verkkokirjoittimeen Network Status Monitor asennetaan automaattisesti tulostuspalvelimesta 6 WS_102 Canon LBP 660 Bel x Options Printer Help Printer Ready 20 Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin k ytt Luku 4 LBP 660 Network Status Monitorin k ytt Network Status Monitorin k ynnist minen Voit k ynnist LBP 660 Network Status Monitorin milloin tahansa seuraavalla tavalla 1 Napsauta kahdesti Windows Printing System ryhm ss olevaa Canon LBP 660 Network Status Monitor kuvaketta tai ty p yd ll olevaa Canon LBP 660 Network Status Monitor pikakuvaketta
465. t de huidige printerstatus in een tekstvak weergegeven B Statusopties un 2 lt El e De menubalk in de LBP 660 Network Status Monitor bevat 3 menu s Options Printer en Help WS 1024Canon LBP 660 Options Printer Help Het menu Options In het menu Options kunt u de opties selecteren die betrekking hebben op de werking van de Network Status Monitor m Connect to Server Selecteer deze optie als uw verbinding met de netwerkprinter om de een of andere reden is verbroken of als u een verbinding met een andere netwerkprinter wilt maken dit moet wel een LBP 660 zijn Vervolgens wordt hetzelfde dialoogvenster Connect to Server weergegeven dat u ziet wanneer u de Network Status Monitor start Selecteer de gewenste printernaam en klik op de knop Connect m De optie Sound Met deze optie kunt u opgeven of er gesproken berichten moeten worden afgespeeld wanneer er een printerfout optreedt Hoofdstuk 4 Het Microsoft Windows Printing System gebruiken 21 m De Network Status Monitor kan alleen gesproken berichten afspelen als er een fout m optreedt Als er in de client computer geen geluidskaart is geinstalleerd is deze optie niet actief m Default Size Als u het weergaveformaat van de Network Status Monitor hebt gewijzigd kunt u met deze optie het oorspronkelijke formaat weer herstellen m Hide Menu Met deze optie kunt u de menu s van de Network Status Monitor verbergen Als u de menubalk ver
466. t pas pris en compte comme parametres par d faut m Onglet Mise en page Cet onglet permet de d finir les param tres tels que la taille du papier l orientation et le nombre de copies Taile du papier Selectionnez la taille du papier dans la zone de liste d roulante Si vous s lectionnez Util comme taille de papier vous devez le sp cifier dans l onglet Avanc es Nombre de copies Entrez le nombre de copies imprimer dans la zone de texte Nombre de copies Copies assemblees Si vous avez programm plusieurs copies dans la zone de texte Nombre de copies cliquez sur la case 4 cocher Copies assembl es pour imprimer des jeux de copies de votre document Orientation Utilisez l option Portrait ou Paysage pour s lectionner l orientation des pages imprim es 16 Utilisation de Microsoft Windows Printing System Chapitre 4 m Onglet Avanc es Les param tres de l onglet Avanc es sont regroup s sous les groupes d options Sortie Papier Graphique et Document Options Les options de chaque groupe sont pr sent es sous le nom de ce dernier de fa on hi rarchique Le param tre courant de chaque option apparait en bleu droite de l option Si les options ne sont pas affich es cliquez sur le signe plus gauche du nom de groupe d Propri t s de Canon LBP 660 Document par d faut 21x Canon LBP 660 Param tres du document EI 1 Sortie Papier E Taille du papier lt 44 gt a Orienta
467. t posi tions the black dots randomly subtle shades can be expressed Pattern 1 and Pattern 2 Pattern 1 and Pattern 2 select a black dot pattern for each shade of gray Dark gray is expressed by a large number of black dots and light gray is expressed by a small num ber of black dots Pattern 2 gives a coarser printed image than Pattern 1 CHAPTER 1 Halftone Color Adjustment Dialog Box System Halftone Use this dialog box to adjust halftone color It can be opened by selecting Halftone Color Adjustment of the Document Options group and clicking the Halftone Color Adjustment button The Halftone Color Adjustment dialog box is shown in Figure 1 7 24 7 8 17 18 19 20 21 22 11 12 13 14 15 16 Figure 1 7 24 1 Contrast Sets the difference between the light and dark areas 2 Brightness Sets brightness 3 Color Sets vividness of color Not available for this printer 4 Tint Sets tint Not available for this printer 5 Dark Picture Lightens the image if too dark 6 Negative Reverse color to produce negative images 7 Hluminant Sets illuminant Not available for this printer 8 Input RGB Gamma Click on the check box for each color Red Green and Blue and adjust the color with the scroll bar Click on the check box for Linear 1 0 sets the value of each color to 1 0 and brightness becomes equal to the input value 9 Black Ref and W
468. t the toner cartridge Note Consumable parts may require replacement at least once due to degradation or break age during the period of product warranty They only need to be replaced when faulty C Periodic Servicing There are no areas which require periodic servicing CHAPTER 4 II LIST OF TOOLS A Standard Tools The following table lists the standard tools required for servicing this printer Table 4 2 1 z o Tool name Tool No Tool case TKN 0001 Jumper wire TKN 0069 With a clip Clearance gauge CK 0057 0 02 to 0 3mm Phillips screwdriver CK 0101 M4 M5 Length 363mm Phillips screwdriver CK 0104 M3 M4 Length 155mm Phillips screwdriver CK 0105 M4 MS Length 191mm Phillips screwdriver CK 0106 M4 M5 Length 85mm Flat blade screwdriver CK 0111 Precision flat blade screwdriver set CK 0114 Set of 6 Allen wrench set CK 0151 Set of 5 File fine CK 0161 Allen hex screwdriver CK 0170 M4 Length 107mm Diagonal cutting pliers CK 0201 Needle nose pliers CK 0202 Pliers CK 0203 Retaining ring pliers CK 0205 Applied to the axis ring Crimper CK 0218 Tweezers CK 0302 Ruler CK 0303 Measure 150mm measurement Soldering iron CK 0309 100V 30W Mallet plastic head CK 0314 Brush CK 0315 Penlight CK 0327 Plastic bottle CK 0328 100ce Solder CK 0329 1 5 mm X 1 mm Desoldering wick CK 0330 1 5mm Lint free paper CK 0336 500SH PKG Soldering iron CK 0348 240V 30W Oiler CK 0349 30cc Plastic jar CK 0351 30cc Bl
469. taan sellaisten ongelmien ratkaisemista joita voi synty asennettaessa Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT tai k ytett ess LBP 660 ta Microsoft Windows NT verkon kirjoittimena Katso LBP 660 n k ytt oppaan luvusta 6 Vianm ritys ohjeet jotka koskevat kirjoittimesta johtuvia ongelmia paperitukoksia ym tulostuslaadun puutteita sek Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin ongelmia ja virheilmoituksia Jos et pysty l yt m n ongelman syyt k ynnist Windows Printing System ryhm ss oleva Trouble Shooter apuohjelma Sill voidaan ratkaista ongelmia jotka johtuvat asetuksista tai asennetuista tiedostoista Ellet sittenk n pysty ratkaisemaan ongelmaa poista Microsoft Windows Printing System tulostuspalvelimesta k ynnist palvelin ja asenna Microsoft Windows Printing System uudelleen Microsoft Windows Printing System poistetaan k ynnist m ll Uninstallation ohjelma joka on Windows Printing System ryhm ss m K ynnist Microsoft Windows NT uudelleen aina poistettuasi jonkin ohjelman Ellet k ynnist sit uudelleen et pysty asentamaan poistettua ohjelmaa takaisin Luku 5 Vianm ritys 23 Ongelmat Microsoft Windows Printing Systemi asennettaessa Ongelmat paikallisasennuksessa Ongelma Syy Ratkaisu Ohjattu kirjoittimen asennus valintaikkunan Oma tietokone valintanappia ei voi valita Kun tiedostot on kopioitu n ytt n tulee ilmoitu
470. tatype kan du ikke udskrive fra klienter der ikke bruger Microsoft Windows NT m Hvis du vil udskrive en testside skal du klikke p knappen Testside p denne fane I Microsoft Windows Printing System til Microsoft Windows NT indeholder statusvinduet til LBP 660 ikke en knap til test af printeren m Fanen Porte V lg den port som LBP 660 er tilsluttet p dette faneblad Hvis LBP 660 er tilsluttet og i brug beh ver du ikke at ndre denne indstilling m Fanen Jobplanl gning m P dette faneblad kan du planl gge hvorn r der skal udskrives hvilke dokumenter der skal udskrives f rst og du kan v lge hvordan udskriftsdata skal s ttes i k a Du skal altid v lge alternativknappen S t printjob i k s programmet hurtigere afslutter udskrivning til LBP 660 Hvis du v lger Udskriv direkte til printeren kan du ikke udskrive fra programmer 6 S t printjob i k s programmet hurtigere afslutter udskrivning Start udskrivning n r sidste side er sat i k Start udskrivning n r f rste side er sat i k C Udskriv direkte til printeren a V lg Start udskrivning n r sidste side er sat i k eller Start udskrivning n r f rste side er sat i k efter behov Bem rk dog at denne mulighed har indflydelse p forl bslinjen i statusvinduet Der findes flere oplysninger i afsnittet Statusvinduet til LBP 660 m Fanen Deling P dette faneblad bestemmes om LBP 660 er delt Der
471. tegorien for angi hvilken port LBP 660 skal kobles til Hvis du allerede har koblet til LBP 660 og bruker den trenger du ikke endre denne innstillingen m Kategorien Planlegging m Bruk denne kategorien for angi tidspunkt for utskriften for angi utskriftsprioritet og for angi framgangsm te for plassering av data i skriverk m Ved bruk av LBP 660 b r du alltid velge Legg utskriftsdokumenter i k slik at programmet skriver ut raskere Hvis du velger Send utskrift direkte til skriver vil du ikke kunne skrive ut fra programmer Legg utskriftsdokumenter i k slik at programmet skriver ut raskere Start utskrift n r siste side er lagt i skriverk en 6 Begynn utskrift umiddelbart Send utskrift direkte til skriver m Velg Start utskrift n r siste side er lagt i skriverk en eller Begynn utskrift umiddelbart avhengig av hva du nsker Legg imidlertid merke til at dette valget p virker indikatorlinjen i statusvinduet Se avsnittet Statusvindu for LBP 660 hvis du nsker mer informasjon m Kategorien Deling I denne kategorien angir du om LBP 660 skal deles eller ikke Se kapittel 2 Installere Microsoft Windows Printing System hvis du vil ha mer informasjon m Kategorien Sikkerhet I denne kategorien angir du sikkerhetsniv et for LBP 660 Sl opp i brukerh ndb kene for Microsoft Windows NT hvis du vil ha mer informasjon om sikkerhet og skrivere 14 Bruke Microso
472. ter will not accept print data but the print job is not lost To correct the problem follow the instructions in the Printer Status win dow lt Message Check cover cartridge gt Description The printer s front cover is open or the EP A cartridge is missing or not secured properly Action To resume printing close the cover If necessary open the front cover and verify that ihe EP A toner cartridge is installed and seated properly lt Message Clear paper jam gt Description Paper has jammed in the printer Power is turned off cable is disconnected or cable of bad quality is being used Action Follow the instructions in the Status window or see the instructions below Printing will resume automatically when the paper jam is fixed lt Message Service error gt Description The Microsoft Windows Printing System has detected an internal problem in the printer engine Action First unplug the printer then open the front cover and remove the EP A toner car tridge Reinsert the cartridge properly and use both hands to close the front cover completely Then plug your printer back in If the message reappears a serious error has occurred For printer troubles use the malfunction troubleshooting shown in Section VI of chapter 4 CHAPTER 2 lt Message Press F1 gt Description The printer was not able to print the job because a Microsoft Windows Printing System file was corrupted during printing Action You must cance
473. the Yes button it checks the following Displays the free disk space and free memory Checks whether or not the WPS directory is present and corrects the problems if any Checks the installed files and corrects the problems if any Checks WPSNET INI and WPSHRC BIN and corrects the problems if any Checks the registry and corrects the problems if any Checks the WpsPeppy communication device driver and corrects the problems if any Checks the WPS print processor and corrects the problems if any Checks the printer driver and corrects the problems if any Checks the settings in the Printer Properties and corrects the problems if any Checks whether or not the selected port is available and corrects the problems if any Checks the WPS group and shortcut and corrects the problems if any Checks the WPS directory to see whether or not the printer is set to be shared and corrects the problems if any Restarts the Windows after the end of the Trouble Shooter if corrections that require to restart the Windows are made Check results can be stored in a file If the Trouble Shooter encounters a problem it displays an error message with available information Each message includes some options as shown below Correct this problem Repair all files Don t correct this problem Exit trouble shooting CHAPTER 1 C Microsoft Windows 95 98 1 Installation of Microsoft Windows Printing System Windows Printing Syste
474. the problem continues to occur replace the car tridge 2 Vertical scratches on the photosensitive drum surface Action Replace the cartridge 3 Foreign matter on the laser path or laser entry slot of cartridge Action Remove the foreign matter 4 Toner on the face down delivery sub roller Action Clean the face down delivery sub roller 4 16 CHAPTER 4 5 Dirt or foreign matter on fixing unit entrance guide Action Clean the fixing unit entrance guide 6 Flaws or deformation in the surface of the fixing film unit Action Clean the fixing film unit 7 Dirt on the lens or mirror in the laser scanner unit Action Replace the laser scanner unit I 12 White Horizontal Lines lt Possible causes gt 1 Faulty EP A cartridge or fixing film unit Action Refer to the instructions in Table 4 5 1 on P 4 18 Replace the cartridge or the fix ing film unit I 13 Leading edge skew lt Possible causes gt 1 Appears when printing OHT transparencies Action Loosen the bundle of the OHT before loading it Or load 1 to 10 sheets of plain paper of the sa ne size underneath the OHT 2 Excessive amount of paper loaded into the multi purpose tray Action Advise the customer to load the proper amount of paper 3 Not using the recommended paper Action Use the recommended paper Also advise the customer to use the recommended paper 4 Worn or dirty pick up roller Action Clean the pick up roller
475. the quantity listed for an assembly indicates the number of that assembly per machine The letters in this column indicate that the quantity of a parts is not specified allowing the use of the number of parts needed for assembly and that the quantity cannot be mentioned clearly 5 Description column The Description column lists the description that should be used when ordering the part COPYRIGHT 1998 CANON INC 6 Serial Number Remarks When there are differ ences in the specifications of power suppply voltage frequency etc the differences are described in words or indicated by one two or three letters in front of the serial number Example Serial number ABC00001 This is the descriptive indicator If a model modified and a part is no longer interchangeable the serial number of machines for which the part can be used is shown in this column If there is no indication the part can be used with all models Numerical Index There is a Numerical Index at the end of this catalog it lists in numerical order every Part Number contained in the Parts Lists The Numerical Index contains the following columns and information 1 Part Number The first column shows the Part Number 2 Figure and Key Number column The second column lists the Figure and Key Number for each occurrence of the part in the illustrations CANON LBP 660 REV FEB 1997 PRINTED IN JAPAN IMPRIME AU JAPON FIGURE A
476. the unit O Paper feed bearing Pick up unit amp Paper feed unit O Paper feed drive shaft Paper feed gear Figure 3 3 7 CHAPTER 3 B Pick up Roller Unit 1 Configuration Top frame plate Left side plate of main frame ja Pick up bearing Pick up roller unit DE O Pick up cam left O Pick up roller O Paper feed sub roller holder right O Sub roller O Pick up cam right O Dowel pin O E ring Pick up sub roller right O Pick up shaft Figure 3 3 8 2 Removal from the main unit 3 Assembly reassembly 1 Remove the external covers a Pick up roller 2 Remove the grounding spring from the 1 Remove the pick up cam right from right side of the main unit then turn the shaft the pick up bearing in the direction of 2 Disconnect the claw and remove the the arrow to remove it see Fig 3 3 8 sub roller from the shaft 3 Disconnect the claw of the feed sub 3 Remove the paper feed sub roller holder roller holder from the top frame plate right from the shaft see P 3 5 4 Remove the E ring then take the pick 4 Disconnect the claw of the pick up up sub roller right off the shaft clutch and remove the pick up clutch 5 Disconnect the claw and remove the 5 Insert your hand from the front of the pick up roller from the shaft printer to remove the pick up roller unit while keeping the lifting plate down and holding the feed sub roller holder Note When installing the pick up un
477. this file before you use the Microsoft Windows Printing System Canon LBP 660 Status Window This icon opens the Canon LBP 660 Status Window Canon LBP 660 Trouble Shooter This is a utility for resolving problems with the Microsoft Windows Printing System See the chapter entitled Troubleshooting in the User s Manual for information on using this utility Canon LBP 660 Uninstallation This is a utility for uninstalling the Microsoft Windows Printing System See the chapter entitled Troubleshooting in the User s Manual for information on using this utility 8 Installing the Microsoft Windows Printing System Chapter 2 m Z E Sharing the Printer When you have finished installing the Microsoft Windows Printing System use the Canon LBP 660 Properties dialog box to designate the LBP 660 as a shared printer 1 Use the procedure below to open the Sharing tab in the Canon LBP 660 Properties dialog box m Open the Printers folder click the right mouse button on the LBP 660 icon and select Sharing from the pop up menu Canon LBP 660 Properties HE General Ports Scheduling Sharing Security Device Settings 3 Canon LBP 660 Not Shared Share Name CanonLBP Y ou may install alternate drivers so that users on the following systems can download them automatically when they connect Altemate Drivers Windows NT 3 5 or 3 51 x86 1 To modify the permissions the printer go to t
478. tigstellungsbalken wie das LBP 660 Statusfenster Wenn Sie einen Client der unter Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 ausgef hrt wird mit einem Drucker im Netzwerk verbinden so wird der Netzwerkmonitor automatisch vom Server installiert QS WS_102 Canon LBP 660 0 x Optionen Drucker Hilfe Drucker bereit 20 Verwendung des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems Kapitel 4 Verwenden des LBP 660 Netzwerkmonitors Ausf hren des Netzwerkmonitors Sie k nnen mit den folgenden Schritten den Netzwerkmonitor jederzeit ausf hren 1 Doppelklicken Sie auf das Symbol des Canon LBP 660 Netzwerkmonitors der Programmgruppe des Windows Printing System des Client Computers oder doppelklicken Sie auf das Symbol des Canon LBP 660 Netzwerkmonitors auf dem Desktop Wenn eine Mitteilung angezeigt wird und Sie gefragt werden ob Sie mit dem Netzwerkdrucker verbunden werden m chten klicken Sie auf die Schaltfl che Ja m Das Dialogfeld zur Auswahl des Druckers mit dem Sie sich im Netzwerk verbinden m chten wird angezeigt Mit Server verbinden W hlen Sie den Netzwerk Druck Server f r den Canon LBP 660 Canon LBP 660 W hlen Sie aus dem Listenfeld den Namen des gew nschten Druckers aus und klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfl che Verbinden m Ist die Verbindung zu dem Drucker im Netzwerk hergestellt so wird der aktuelle Status des Druckers in einem Textfeld angezeigt Status Optionen Die Men leiste des LBP 660 Ne
479. tilisation de Microsoft Windows Printing System 13 FRANCAIS m Onglet G n ral Les param tres de cet onglet s appliquent tout le pilote d imprimante m La LBP 660 ne prend pas en charge les pages de s paration M me si vous cliquez sur l option Page de s paration pour en d finir une aucune page ne sera imprim e m Ne modifiez pas les param tres par d faut de la bo te de dialogue Processeur d impression qui appara t lorsque vous cliquez sur le bouton Processeur d impression Si vous modifiez le param tre Type de donn es par d faut l impression partir de postes client ne fonctionnant pas sous Microsoft Windows NT ne sera pas possible m Sivous souhaitez imprimer une page de test cliquez sur le bouton Imprimer une page de test de cet onglet Dans le logiciel Microsoft Windows Printing System pour Microsoft Windows NT la fen tre d tat de la LBP 660 ne comprend pas de bouton de test de l imprimante m Onglet Ports Utilisez cet onglet pour s lectionner le port auquel la LBP 660 est connect e Sila LBP 660 est d j connect e et que vous tes en train de l utiliser il n est pas n cessaire de modifier ce param tre B Onglet Planification m Utilisez cet onglet pour planifier une impression pour d finir des priorit s d impression et pour sp cifier la m thode de mise en file d attente des donn es d impression m Pour la LBP 660 s lectionnez toujours l option Spouler les documents d impression p
480. timeen Network Status Monitorin Printer valikko ei toimi Tulostaminen Microsoft Windows NT asiakastietokoneesta Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 tai Microsoft Ty ryhm Windows palvelimen kautta ei onnistu Tulostaminen Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 tai Microsoft Ty ryhm Windows asiakastietokoneesta ei onnistu Syy e Tulostuspalvelin ei ole k ynniss e Kirjoitinta ei ole m ritetty jaetuksi e Sinulla ei ole oikeuksia jotka tarvitaan otettaessa yhteys kirjoittimeen tai tulostuspalvelimeen Tulostuspalvelimen tilaikkunan Options valikosta ei ole valittu Client Operation asetusta Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT ei tue Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 eik Microsoft Ty ryhm Windows tulostuspalvelimia e Tulostuspalvelimen WPS hakemistoa ei ole jaettu e Tulostuspalvelimen oletusdatatyyppi ei ole WPS e K ynnist tulostuspalvelin e M rit kirjoitin jaetuksi Kirjoittimen ominaisuudet valintaikkunassa Pyyd verkon p k ytt j muuttamaan oikeuksiasi Valitse Options valikosta Client Operation K yt Microsoft Windows NT tulostuspalvelinta e Muuta tulostuspalvelimen WPS hakemisto jaetuksi e Napsauta Kirjoittimen ominaisuudet valintaikkunan Yleist v lilehden Tulostuksen k sittely painiketta ja valitse oletusdatatyypiksi WPS Luku 5 Vianm ritys 25 Liite Muille Microsoft Windowsin versioille tarkoitettujen Mic
481. ting System d marre la phase d initialisation Le groupe de programmes Microsoft Windows Printing System est ainsi cr et ajout au menu D marrer La fen tre Windows Printing System apparait galement sur le bureau avec une ic ne de raccourci vers le groupe Microsoft Windows Printing System voir page suivante Si vous souhaitez vous connecter la LBP 660 et imprimer partir d un client Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 ou Microsoft Windows pour Workgroups connect au r seau Microsoft Windows NT cliquez sur le bouton Oui de la boite de dialogue suivante Si vous ne souhaitez pas partager l imprimante ou si tous les clients sont des ordinateurs Microsoft Windows NT cliquez sur le bouton Non Installation de Microsoft Windows Printing System Voulez vous partager le r pertoire WPS pour permettre aux clients Windows95 Windows3 1 d imprimer Fin de l installation Lorsque l installation de Microsoft Windows Printing System est termin e un message de confirmation s affiche Cliquez sur OK pour terminer l installation Si vous avez choisi d imprimer une page de test pendant l installation du pilote d imprimante son impression d marre maintenant Si l installation s est d roul e correctement la fen tre d tat de la LBP 660 apparait sur le bureau et la page de test s imprime sur la LBP 660 V rifiez la page de test et cliquez sur le bouton Oui dans la boite de dialogue d impression de la page de test af
482. tion Portrait B Nombre de copies 1 Copie E Graphique E Resolution lt 600 ppp gt E Mise l chelle 100 gt El ike Document Options Modifier les param tres de Taille du papier E Lettre E Legal CE E Ex cutive Si vous cliquez sur le nom de l option modifier les param tres disponibles pour celle ci ou les boutons permettant d ouvrir d autres bo tes de dialogue apparaissent dans la partie inf rieure de la bo te de dialogue S lectionnez ou saisissez le nouveau param tre Il appara t alors en rouge droite de l option Cet affichage rouge indique que le nouveau param tre n a pas encore t enregistr comme valeur par d faut du document Les nouveaux param tres ne sont pas enregistr s comme valeurs par d faut du document tant que vous n avez pas cliqu sur OK en bas de la bo te de dialogue Param tres du groupe Sortie Papier Ce groupe comprend 3 options Taille du papier Orientation et Nombre de copies Ces options sont identiques celles de l onglet Mise en page d crit pr c demment Les param tres modifi s ici le sont galement dans l onglet Mise en page Chapitre 4 Utilisation de Microsoft Windows Printing System 17 FRANCAIS Parametres du groupe Graphique Ce groupe comprend 2 options R solution et Mise l chelle m R solution Utilisez les options sous Modifier les param tres de R solution pour s
483. tion om hur man anv nder den h r dialogrutan hittar du i hj lpen eller handb ckerna f r Microsoft Windows NT m Automatic Image Refinement Med det h r alternativet anger du om funktionen Smoothing f r LBP 660 r aktiv eller ej m Toner Saver Med det h r alternativet anger du om tonersparl get r aktivt eller ej m Toner Density Med det h r alternativet kan du v lja hur mycket toner som ska anv ndas vid utskrift i fem olika niv er Medium r standardv rdet m Custom Paper Size Med det h r alternativet anger du pappersformat om du har valt Custom p fliken Utskriftsformat Klicka p knappen Custom Paper Size s visas dialogrutan Custom Paper Size d r du kan ange papperets h jd och bredd 18 Anv nda Microsoft Windows Printing System Kapitel 4 Microsoft Windows NT LBP 660 Status Window Om LBP 660 r ansluten till en Microsoft Windows NT dator som lokal skrivare visas LBP 660 Status Window automatiskt n r utskriften startar eller om n gon tg rd fr n anv ndaren kr vs t ex om ett fel uppst r Du kan ven visa LBP 660 Status Window n r som helst genom att dubbelklicka p ikonen f r Canon LBP 660 Status Window i gruppen Windows Printing System Sedan kan du anv nda Status Window till att vervaka utskriftsjobben g ra en paus i utskriften forts tta utskriften o s v Canon LBP 660 on LPT1 MEE Printer View Options Help Printer Ready The printer is ready Dett
484. tionen af Microsoft Windows Printing System afsluttes kan du med det samme begynde at udskrive fra den Microsoft Windows NT computer hvor LBP 660 blev installeret som en lokal printer Du kan dog f rst bruge computeren som printserver og udskrive fra en klient via netv rket n r du har genstartet Microsoft Windows NT Kapitel 2 Installere Microsoft Windows Printing System 7 Programgruppen Windows Printing System som blev oprettet under installationen af Microsoft Windows Printing System indeholder de seks ikoner der vises nedenfor f Windows Printing System Beles Filer Rediger Vis Hj lp lt Y ui do Canon Canon Canon Canon LBP 660 LBP 660 LBP 660 LBP 660 Readme Status Trouble Uninstallation Window Shooter 6 objektfer 3 76 KB Z Canon LBP 660 Font Installation Dette er et hj lpeprogram til installation af TrueType skrifter 22 Lucida TrueType skrifter som ligger p installationsdiskette 3 til Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 p Microsoft Windows NT Du installerer TrueType skrifterne ved at dobbeltklikke p ikonet Canon LBP 660 Font Installation F lg derefter instruktionerne p sk rmen m De installerede TrueType skrifter fjernes ikke selvom du fjerner Microsoft Windows Printing System med det medf lgende program Canon LBP 660 Help Abner hj lp til Microsoft Windows Printing System Canon LBP 660 Readme Et tekstdokument med ekstra oplysninger om den installerede version af
485. to which the LBP 660 is connected as the print server you must first start up the Server service on that computer Start up the Server service before you connect the network printer m To connect to a Microsoft Windows NT print server from a client computer and print a document the client must have the access privileges to connect to the server and the shared printer If you are not sure of your access privileges consult your network administrator Connecting from a Microsoft Windows NT Client If the client that is using the LBP 660 as a network printer is running Microsoft Windows NT simply adding the printer automatically downloads and installs the printer driver and the Network Status Monitor from the print server Administrator privileges are not needed to add the printer Normally anyone can do this Starting Up the Add Printer Wizard 1 Switch on the client computer start up Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 and log in 2 Start up the Add Printer Wizard m See Chapter 2 Installing the Microsoft Windows Printing System for information on how to start up the Add Printer Wizard 10 Connecting to the LBP 660 as a Network printer Chapter 3 Z E Selecting the Network printer Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install your printer or make printer connections This printer wil be managed by My Computer All settings will be managed and configured on this computer Connect to a printer o
486. tom Paper Size hvor du kan indstille h jden og bredden p den brugerdefinerede papirst rrelse 18 Bruge Microsoft Windows Printing System Kapitel 4 Statusvinduet til LBP 660 i Microsoft Windows NT Hvis LBP 660 er sluttet til en Microsoft Windows NT computer som en lokal printer vises statusvinduet til LBP 660 automatisk n r udskrivningen p LBP 660 starter eller hvis brugerindgriben er n dvendigt f eks hvis der opst r en fejl Du kan altid bne statusvinduet til LBP 660 ved at dobbeltklikke p ikonet Canon LBP 660 Status Window i gruppen Windows Printing System Du kan derefter bruge statusvinduet til at overv ge udskriftsjob holde pause under udskrivning genoptage udskrivning osv Canon LBP 660 on LPT1 MEE Printer View Options Help Printer Ready The printer is ready Statusvinduet er i det store hele det samme statusvindue som vises under Microsoft Windows Printing System i Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 og Microsoft Windows til Workgroups Der findes flere oplysninger om brugen af statusvinduet i brugerh ndbogen Denne beskrivelse dekker kun de funktioner hvor statusvinduet til LBP 660 til Microsoft Windows NT er anderledes end statusvinduet i andre versioner af Microsoft Windows m Hvis du valgte Start udskrivning n r sidste side er sat i k i Printeregenskaber pa fanebladet Jobplanl gning vises den forventede resttid og den forventede samlede tid i meddelelsesomr
487. tseite zu drucken klicken Sie dann in der Registerkarte Zeitplanung der Druckauftr ge im Dialogfeld Druckername Eigenschaften auf die Schaltfl che Testseite drucken m Der Befehl Drucker fehlt im Men Optionen Um die Einstellung der Tonerdichte zu ndern klicken Sie in der Registerkarte Weitere Optionen im Dialogfeld Eigenschaften von Druckername Standarddokument auf den Befehl Tonerdichte m Der Befehl Client Operationen im Men Optionen erm glicht auszuw hlen ob der Benutzer mit Hilfe des Netzwerkmonitors auf einem Client der unter Microsoft Windows NT ausgef hrt wird den Druckauftrag unterbrechen wiederaufnehmen erzwingen oder abbrechen kann Das H kchen links neben der Option Client Operation zeigt an ob diese Operationen im Netzwerkmonitor zur Verf gung stehen LBP 660 Netzwerkmonitor Der LBP 660 Netzwerkmonitor ist eine Funktion mit deren Hilfe wie mit dem Statusfenster auf dem Desktop von einem Client unter Microsoft Windows NT der mit dem Drucker im Netzwerk verbunden ist der Status des LBP 660 berpr ft der Druckauftrag unterbrochen wiederaufgenommen erzwungen und abgebrochen werden kann Diese Funktion steht nur f r Clients unter Microsoft Windows NT zur Verf gung und kann unter Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 und Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups nicht verwendet werden Der LBP 660 Netzwerkmonitor zeigt den Druckerstatus jedoch nur als Text an und verf gt ber keine bewegten Grafiken oder Fer
488. ttimena toimivaan LBP 660 een 11 4 Napsauta OK painiketta m J rjestelm lataa LBP 660 kirjoitinohjaimen ja Network Status Monitorin palvelimesta ja asentaa ne asiakastietokoneeseen m Kun ohjelmisto on ladattu Canon LBP 660 kuvake ilmestyy Kirjoittimet kansioon ja Windows Printing System ryhm K ynnistys valikkoon Ty p yd lle tulee my s Network Status Monitorin WpsC3Nsm exe pikakuvake 5 Napsauta Ohjattu kirjoittimen asennus valintaikkunan Valmis painiketta Yhteys Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 tai Microsoft Ty ryhm Windows asiakastietokoneesta Jos haluat ottaa yhteyden LBP 660 een Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 tai Microsoft Ty ryhm Windows asiakastietokoneesta Microsoft Windows NT tulostuspalvelimen kautta sinun pit ensin asentaa asiakastietokoneeseen sen k ytt j rjestelm lle sopiva LBP 660 Microsoft Windows Printing System K ytt oppaassa on tietoja Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin asentamisesta Microsoft Windows 95 een Microsoft Windows 3 1 een tai Microsoft Ty ryhm Windowsiin 12 Tietokoneen kytkeminen verkkokirjoittimena toimivaan LBP 660 een Luku 3 Luku 4 Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin k ytt Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT t k ytet n periaatteessa samalla tavoin kuin muille Microsoft Windows k ytt j rjestelmille suunniteltuja Microsoft Windows Printing Systemeit K ytt oppaan luvussa 3 Microsoft Window
489. turn the power of the computer ON Then the printer is automati cally detected by the plug and play function and the New Hardware Found dialog box appears Turn on the Driver from disk provided by hardware manufacture and press the OK button so that the Install From Disk dialog box appears Insert the Microsoft Windows Printing System installation disk into the floppy disk drive Confirm that floppy disk drive name is in the Copy manufacture s files from text box and click the OK button If the different drive name is in the text box input the correct pass name or select the drive with the installation disk by clicking the Browse button Installation program starts Proceed to step 5 Note The above procedures do not apply when OSR 2 of Windows 95 98 OEM Service Release 2 is pre installed In such a case follow the procedures below to start the installation program 1 Select Run from the Start menu 2 Input A SETUP EXE in the Open prompt box and click the OK button The version displayed in Control Panel System General tab is 4 00 950 B for the host computer in which OSR 2 is pre installed 5 6 7 Yf started from an unused installation disk input your n me and company name in the What Is Your Name dialog box and click the Continue button Select and press the Express or Custom button Express Installation installs all the Microsoft Windows Printing System to the host comput er More than 3 7MB of memory
490. tverk klickar du p alternativknappen Delad 2 Klicka p N sta gt m Ett f nster visas med en fr ga om du vill skriva ut en testsida St lla in utskrift av testsida N r du har installerat Microsoft Windows Printing System klart kan du skriva ut en testsida p LBP 660 1 Vill du skriva ut en testsida klickar du p knappen Slutf r s skrivs en testsida ut automatiskt Vill du inte skriva ut n gon testsida klickar du p Nej och klickar sedan p knappen Slutf r N r du klickar p Slutf r kopieras de filer som kr vs fr n installationsdisken till h rddisken Under kopieringen visas en meddelanderuta med en stapel som visar hur processen fortg r N r kopieringen r klar visas en ikon f r Canon LBP 660 i mappen Skrivare Utseendet p ikonen varierar beroende p om skrivaren r delad eller ej 6 Installera Microsoft Windows Printing System Kapitel 2 Sedan visas meddelandet Initializing Please wait medan Microsoft Windows Printing System startar initieringen Under initieringen skapas en programgrupp f r Microsoft Windows Printing System som l ggs till i menyn Start Ett f nster f r Windows Printing System visas ocks p skrivbordet tillsammans med en genv gsikon till gruppen Microsoft Windows Printing System se n sta sida Vill du ansluta till LBP 660 och skriva ut fr n en klient i Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups som r ansluten till
491. typen 22 Lucida TrueType lettertypen op installatiediskette 3 voor Microsoft Windows 95 3 1 kunt installeren onder Microsoft Windows NT Als u de TrueType lettertypen wilt installeren dubbelklikt u op het pictogram Canon LBP 660 Font Installation Voer vervolgens de instructies uit die op het scherm worden weergegeven maakt met het programma Uninstall worden de geinstalleerde lettertypen niet 5 m Zelfs wanneer u de installatie van het Microsoft Windows Printing System ongedaan verwijderd Canon LBP 660 Help Hiermee kunt u Help informatie weergeven voor het Microsoft Windows Printing System Canon LBP 660 Readme Dit is een tekstbestand met aanvullende informatie over de geinstalleerde versie van het Microsoft Windows Printing System Lees dit bestand voordat u het Microsoft Windows Printing System gaat gebruiken Canon LBP 660 Status Window Met dit pictogram opent u het Canon LBP 660 Status Window Canon LBP 660 Trouble Shooter Dit is een hulpprogramma voor het oplossen van problemen met het Microsoft Windows Printing System Zie het hoofdstuk Problemen oplossen in de gebruikershandleiding voor informatie over het gebruik van dit hulpprogramma Canon LBP 660 Uninstallation Dit is een hulpprogramma voor het ongedaan maken van de installatie van het Microsoft Windows Printing System Zie het hoofdstuk Problemen oplossen in de gebruikershandleiding voor informatie over het gebruik van dit hulpprogramma 8 Het
492. tzwerkmonitors enth lt drei Men s Optionen Drucker und Hilfe 6 WS_102 Canon LBP 660 olx Optionen Drucker Hilfe Men Optionen Verwenden Sie das Men Optionen um Optionen f r den Betrieb des Netzwerkmonitors festzulegen Mit Server verbinden Mit Hilfe dieses Befehls k nnen Sie die Verbindung wiederherstellen wenn die Verbindung zum Drucker im Netzwerk aus beliebigen Gr nden gest rt war oder wenn Sie sich mit einem anderen Drucker im netzwerk verbinden m chten nur LBP 660 Das angezeigte Dialogfeld Mit Server verbinden ist dasselbe das beim Ausf hren des Netzwerkmonitors angezeigt wird W hlen Sie den gew nschten Druckernamen aus und klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfl che Verbinden Sound Optionen Mit Hilfe dieser Option kann ausgew hlt werden ob gesprochene Mitteilungen verwendet werden sollen wenn ein Problem mit dem Drucker entsteht Kapitel 4 Verwendung des Microsoft Windows Printing Systems 21 DEUTSCH m Der Netzwerkmonitor kann gesprochene Mitteilungen nur dann ausgeben wenn ein Problem besteht Ist auf Ihrem Computer keine Sound Karte installiert so wird diese Option schraffiert dargestellt und kann nicht ausgew hlt werden m Standardgr e Haben Sie die Anzeigegr e des Netzwerkmonitors ge ndert so k nnen Sie mit dieser Option die urspr ngliche Gr e wiederherstellen m Men ausblenden Mit dieser Option lassen sich die Men s des Netzwerkmonitors ausblenden Um die Men
493. u gelangen m ffnen Sie den Ordner Drucker klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Symbol f r den LBP 660 und w hlen Sie dann den Befehl Freigabe aus dem Kontextmen t Canon LBP 660 Eigenschaften 2 x Allgemein Anschl sse Zeitplanung der Druckauftrage Freigabe Sicherhet Ger teeinstellungen 3 Canon LBP 660 C Nicht freigeben CanonLeP Sie k nnen alternative Treiber installieren Diese k nnen von Benutzem auf folgenden Systemen automatisch heruntergeladen werden sobald sie sich verbinden Alternative Treiber Windows 95 Windows NT 4 0 86 Installiert Windows NT 4 0 MIPS Windows NT 4 0 Alpha Windows NT 4 0 PPC Windows NT 3 5 oder 3 51 86 Windows NT 3 5 oder 3 51 MIPS Die Zugriffsrechte f r den Drucker k nnen Sie mit Hilfe der Registerkarte Sicherheit ver ndern 2 Um den LBP 660 im Netzwerk freizugeben klicken Sie auf die Optionsschaltfl che Freigeben als Sie k nnen in dieses Textfeld auch einen anderen Namen eingeben Wenn Clients die unter Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 oder Microsoft Windows f r Workgroups ausgef hrt werden auf den Drucker im Netzwerk zugreifen sollen stellen Sie sicher da der Freigabename nicht l nger als 8 Zeichen ist Wird diese Option ausgew hlt so werden im Textfeld f r den Freigabenamen die ersten 8 Zeichen ohne Leerzeichen des Druckernamens angezeigt den Sie bei der Installation verwendet haben
494. u l ser h ndbogen til LBP 660 Ved lokal udskrivning eller udskrivning via netv rk med Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 og ved udskrivning via netv rk fra Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows til Workgroups m Der kan ikke benyttes PCL emulering Derfor kan du ikke udskrive fra kommandoprompten Microsoft Windows NT eller MS DOS prompten Microsoft Windows 95 Ved lokal udskrivning eller udskrivning via netv rk med Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 m Du kan ikke benytte funktionen til udskrivning af overligger m Du kan ikke udskrive en testside fra statusvinduet til LBP 660 Brug knappen Udskriv testside p fanen Generelt i dialogboksen Printeregenskaber m Kommandoen Printer Options findes ikke p menuen Options i statusvinduet til LBP 660 Indstil tonert theden med mulighederne under Valgten indstillinger for Dokument p fanen Avanceret i dialogboksen Egenskaber for standarddokument 26 Appendiks canon LBP 660 LASER PRINTER Microsoft Windows Printing System Guide for Microsoft Windows NT VIKTIG Les denne veiledningen n ye f r du bruker skriveren Ta vare p denne veiledningen for senere bruk m Copyright Copyright 1998 Canon Inc Med enerett Copyright 1996 Microsoft Corporation Alle rettigheter forbeholdes Merknad Canon Inc gir ingen garantier n r det gjelder bruk av dette materialet verken direkte eller indirekte bortsett fra det som er spesielt nevnt her
495. uide 3 Remove the pressure roller O Screws Fixing side plate O Fixing pressure plate O Claws Fixing entrance guide Q Pressure roller Figure 3 6 4 Figure 3 6 6 5 Disconnect the 2 connectors and remove the cable from the cable guide 6 Remove the fixing film unit 5 ERE O Connectors Cable guide Cable O Fixing film unit Figure 3 6 5 3 15 CHAPTER 3 Notes 1 When replacing do not touch the surface of the fixing film 2 When replacing the pressure roller apply grease to the drive gear to prevent noise Apply grease to the ground plate to enhance conductibility with the ground plate The type of grease and its method of application are shown below are the grease application point Table 3 6 1 Service tool HY9 0007 CK 8006 Amount 2 drops about 0 19 0 10 Application See Figure 3 6 7 See Figure 3 6 8 location Drive gear Conductive rubber not gear Pressure roller Figure 3 6 7 Pressure roller Front view Side view Grounding plate Figure 3 6 8 3 16 CHAPTER 3 VI ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS 5 Remove the 4 screws and feet and con nectors at the back then take out the electrical components A Video Controller PCB 1 Remove the external covers 2 Remove the 2 screws and take off the PCB case reinforcement plate O Screws PCB case reinforcement plate Figure 3 7 1
496. uiden k ytt jien kanssa Luku 2 Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin asentaminen 5 Kirjoittimen jakaminen T ss jaksossa kuvataan miten LBP 660 muutetaan jaetuksi verkkokirjoittimeksi Voit m ritt kirjoittimen jakoasetukset my s asennettuasi Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin Lis tietoja on j ljemp n kohdassa Kirjoittimen jakaminen Ohjattu kirjoittimen asennus Voit jakaa kirjoittimesi jolloin my s verkon muut k ytt j t voivat tulostaa sille Jos haluat jakaa kirjoittimen anna sille nimi jakamista varten C Eijaettu Jaettu Jaettu nimell Valitse kaikkien kirjoittimelle tulostavien tietokoneiden k ytt j rjestelm t Windows 95 Windows NT 4 0 MIPS Windows NT 4 0 Alpha Windows NT 4 0 PPC Windows NT 3 5 tai 3 51 x86 Windows NT 3 5 tai 3 51 MIPS zl lt Edellinen Peruuta 1 Jos haluat jakaa LBP 660 n verkon muiden k ytt jien kanssa napsauta Jaettu valintanappia 2 Napsauta Seuraava gt painiketta m N ytt n tulee valintaikkuna jossa kysyt n haluatko tulostaa testisivun Testisivun tulostaminen Kun olet asentanut Microsoft Windows Printing Systemin voit tulostaa LBP 660 ll testisivun 1 Jos haluat tulostaa testisivun napsauta Valmis painiketta jotta testisivu tulostuu automaattisesti Jos haluat j tt testisivun tulostamatta napsauta Ei painiketta ja sitten Valmis painiketta Kun napsautat Valmis painiketta tarvittavat tiedostot ko
497. unit and J209 J305 on the printer controller PCB 3 Faulty switch sensor unit Action If any parts of the switch sensor unit are damaged replace If not replace the switch sensor unit 4 Faulty main motor Action Replace the main motor gt A Faulty printer controller PCB Action Replace the printer controller PCB M 7 Laser Failure lt Possible causes gt 1 Faulty contact in laser drive signal line connector Action Reconnect connector J801 on the laser driver and J208 on the printer controller PCB 2 Faulty laser scanner unit laser driver circuit failure Action Replace the laser scanner unit 3 Faulty printer controller PCB Action Replace the printer controller PCB M 8 BD Failure lt Possible causes gt 1 Condensation Action Leave the printer on for 10 to 20 minutes 2 Faulty BD signal line connector contact Action Reconnect connector J801 on the laser driver PCB and J208 on the printer con troller PCB 3 Faulty laser scanner unit BD signals are not being properly output Action Replace the laser scanner unit 4 Faulty printer controller PCB Action Replace the printer controller PCB CHAPTER 4 M 9 Scanner Motor Failure lt Possible causes gt 1 Faulty contact in the scanner motor drive line connector Action Reconnect connector J802 on the scanner driver PCB and J207 on the printer con troller PCB 2 Faulty laser scanner unit Action Replace the laser scanner unit
498. uration laser scanner unit The laser scanner unit scans the photosen 3 Remove the 4 screws and lift the sitive drum with the laser beam The laser scanner unit straight up and out laser scanner unit configuration is shown below O Connectors Screws Laser scanner unit Figure 3 4 2 Note The laser scanner unit cannot be adjusted in the field so do not attempt to disassemble it Figure 3 4 1 Do not remove the screw shown in the figure below O Scanner unit Laser unit Figure 3 4 3 3 10 V CHARGING DEVELOPING amp CLEANING SYSTEM A EP A Cartridge 1 Configuration The EP A cartridge is comprised of a photo sensitive drum a primary charging roller a developing unit and a cleaning unit etc While the photosensitive drum rotates within the EP A cartridge a visible image based on the print data is formed on its surface according to the print process The EP A cartridge cannot be disassem bled O Cleaner Primary charging roller Y Photosensitive drum Developing cylinder O Protective shutter Figure 3 5 1 CHAPTER 3 a Protective shutter If the photosensitive drum is exposed to intensive light blank spots and black stripes may appear on prints as a result of optical memory Therefore the drum is pro tected by a protective s
499. us for LBP 660 holde pause i udskrivning genoptage udskrivning gennemtvinge udskrivning eller annullere udskrivning p samme m de som i statusvinduet p skrivebordet Denne funktion kan kun bruges af Microsoft Windows NT klienter og kan ikke bruges fra Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows til Workgroups LBP 660 Network Status Monitor viser kun printerstatus som tekst og indeholder ikke animeret grafik eller en forl bslinje som statusvinduet til LBP 660 N r du slutter en Microsoft Windows NT klient til netv rksprinteren installeres Network Status Monitor automatisk fra printserveren WS 1024Canon LBP 660 DP Options Printer Help Printer Ready 20 Bruge Microsoft Windows Printing System Kapitel 4 Bruge LBP 660 Network Status Monitor Starte Network Status Monitor Du kan altid starte LBP 660 Network Status Monitor ved at f lge nedenst ende fremgangsm de 1 Dobbeltklik p ikonet Canon LBP 660 Network Status Monitor i gruppen Windows Printing System p klienten eller dobbeltklik p ikonet Canon LBP 660 Network Status Monitor p skrivebordet 2 N r der vises en meddelelse og du bliver spurgt om du vil oprette forbindelse til netv rksprinteren skal du klikke p Yes m Der vises en dialogboks hvor du skal v lge den p g ldende netv rksprinter Connect to Server Select the Network printer server for the Canon LEP 660 gt 1025Canon LBP 660 3 V lg
500. uter Alle indstillinger vil blive kontrolleret og konfigureret p denne computer Tilslut til en printer p en anden maskine Alle indstillinger p denne printer styres af en printerserver der er blevet indstillet af en administrator 1019252 N ste gt Annuller 1 Klik p alternativknappen Netv rksprinterserver og klik derefter p knappen Neste gt Nu vises vinduet Tilslut til printer Tilslut til printer x Printer 1 02 Canon LBP 660 Annuller Delte printere IV Udvid automatisk Hj lp Microsoft Windows netv rk P22DEV WORKGROUP E DELL GXM 5133 A ws 102 CanonLBP Canon LBP 660 Printerinformation Beskrivelse Status Klar Dokumenter i k 0 2 Dobbeltklik navnet den printserver der vises listen Delte printere m N r du dobbeltklikker p navnet p printserveren vises der en liste over de delte printere der er forbundet til printserveren 3 Klik p navnet p den delte LBP 660 der skal oprettes forbindelse til m Netv rksstien til den valgte printer vises i boksen Printer Kapitel 3 Forbinde LBP 660 til en netv rksprinter 11 4 Klik p knappen OK m LBP 660 printerdriveren og Network Status Monitor hentes fra serveren og installeres p klienten m N r softwaren er hentet og installeret vises ikonet Canon LBP 660 i mappen Printere og programgruppen Windows Printing System vises p Startmenuen Der oprettes ogs en
501. varport Veiviser for skriverinstallasjon Merk boksen ved siden av de portene du nsker bruke Dokumenter skrives til f rste tilgjengelige merkede port Tilgjengelige porter Port Beskrivelse M Local Port O LPT2 Local Port C LPT3 Local Port O COM Local Part O COM2 Local Port CO COM3 Local Port COM4 Local Port 21 emnet Korg pot I Aktiver utskrifts pooling penn 1 Kryssa f r rutan bredvid den port LBP 660 r ansluten till normalt LPT1 och klicka sedan p N sta gt m Det g r bara att ansluta LBP 660 till en LPT port parallell port Det g r inte att skriva fm ut p LBP 660 om du v ljer en seriell port eller n gon annan port n den LBP 660 r ansluten till m En lista visas med skrivartillverkare och skrivarmodeller som underst ds av Microsoft Windows NT som standard 4 Installera Microsoft Windows Printing System Kapitel 2 m Eftersom LBP 660 inte finns med i listan s tter du in CD ROM skivan med Microsoft Windows Printing System f r Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 i CD ROM enheten och klickar sedan p knappen Diskett finns Nar dialogrutan Installera fr n diskett visas skriver du in enhetsbokstaven f r CD ROM enheten i f ltet Kopiera tillverkarens filer fr n och klickar sedan p Bl ddra Dubbelklicka p mappen Winnt40 i dialogrutan Ange plats m Mapparna f r de olika spr ken visas i dialogrutan Ange plats Filplassering BE
502. ver Du kan ikke bruge denne software til at udskrive fra Novell Netware klienter til Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows til Workgroups Mindst 24 MB RAM Mindst 10 MB disponibel plads p harddisken CD ROM drev En almindelig parallel Centronics printerport n r LBP bruges som en lokal printer Netv rkskort n r LBP deles p et netv rk Selvom det kan v re muligt at installere Microsoft Windows Printing System p computere der ikke opfylder ovenst ende krav kan Canon ikke garantere at softwaren virker korrekt Du opn r den bedste ydeevne med LBP 660 hvis du benytter nedenst ende hardware og software 166 MHz Pentium processor eller en hurtigere model Mindst 48 MB RAM ECP printerport Lydkort kr ves hvis du vil h re lydmeddelelser i Microsoft Windows Printing System Hvis LBP 660 skal deles p et netv rk skal f lgende netv rksprotokoller v re installeret NetBEUI TCP IP NWLink IPX SPX Du skal v re netv rksadministrator for at kunne installere Microsoft Windows Printing System til Microsoft Windows NT Installationen b r udf res af en netv rks administrator med de n dvendige adgangstilladelser 2 Introduktion Kapitel I Kapitel 2 Installere Microsoft Windows Printing System N r du skal installere Microsoft Windows Printing System til Microsoft Windows NT skal du bruge vedlagte installationsdisk Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windo
503. veregenskaper e den nettverksansvarlige om a endre tilgangsnivaet ditt Velg Client Operation fra Options menyen Bruk en Microsoft Windows NT skriverserver Angi at WPS katalogen skal deles pa skriverserveren Klikk p knappen Skriverprosessor i kategorien Generelt i dialogboksen Egenskaper og velg WPS som standard datatype Kapittel 5 Feils king 25 Tillegg Sammenligne med Microsoft Windows Printing Systems for andre versjoner av Microsoft Windows Noen av funksjonene i Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 er annerledes enn dem som finnes i Microsoft Windows Printing System for Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 og Microsoft Windows for Workgroups Legg merke til f lgende n r du leser brukerh ndboken for LBP 660 Under lokal utskrift eller nettverksutskrift med Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 og nettverksutskrift med Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 eller Microsoft Windows for Workgroups m Siden PCL emulering ikke kan brukes kan du ikke skrive ut fra kommandolinjen Microsoft Windows NT eller MS DOS ledetekst Microsoft Windows 95 Under lokal utskrift eller nettverksutskrift med Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 m Du kan ikke bruke overlappingsfunksjonen m Du kan ikke skrive ut en testside fra statusvinduet for LBP 660 Bruk knappen Skriv ut testside i kategorien Generelt i dialogboksen Egenskaper m Det finnes ingen Printer valg i Options menyen
504. verf r utskriftsdokument s programmet avslutar utskriften snabbare V ljer du Skriv ut direkt till skrivaren g r det inte att skriva ut fr n program Legg utskriftsdokumenter i k slik at programmet skriver ut raskere Start utskrift n r siste side er lagt i skriverk en 6 Begynn utskrift umiddelbart Send utskrift direkte til skriver m V lj Starta utskriften n r sista sidan har verf rts eller Starta utskriften n r f rsta sidan har verf rts Observera dock att detta val p verkar funktionen f r stapeln som visar fortskridande i statusf nstret Se avsnittet LBP 660 Status Window f r mer information m Fliken Dela ut P den h r fliken kan du ange om skrivaren ska delas Se kapitel 2 Installera Microsoft Windows Printing System f r mer information m Fliken S kerhet P den h r fliken anger du s kerhetsinst llningar f r LBP 660 Se handb ckerna f r Microsoft Windows NT f r information om skrivars kerhet 14 Anv nda Microsoft Windows Printing System Kapitel 4 Fliken Enhetsinst llningar P den h r fliken kan du ange hur halvtoner ska hanteras vid utskrift av grafik LBP 660 kan skriva ut antingen med skrivarens egna halvtoner eller med halvtonerna fr n Microsoft Windows NT systemet Vill du v lja halvtoner klickar du p Halvtoner och v ljer sedan alternativ under ndra inst llningar f r Halvton Endre innstilling for Halvtone
505. visor de estado de la red Supervisor de estado de la red de la Canon LBP 660 El Supervisor de estado de la red de la Canon LBP 660 es una funci n mediante la cual un cliente Microsoft Windows NT conectado a la impresora de red puede comprobar el estado de la LBP 660 y detener reanudar forzar y cancelar la impresi n de igual forma que lo har a mediante una ventana de estado en el escritorio Esta funci n s lo est disponible en clientes Microsoft Windows NT y no puede utilizarse en Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 o Microsoft Windows para Trabajo en Grupo El Supervisor de estado de la red de la Canon LBP 660 s lo muestra el estado de la impresora en forma de pantalla de texto y no dispone de gr ficos animados ni de la barra de progreso propios de la ventana de estado de la LBP 660 Cuando conecta un cliente Microsoft Windows NT a la impresora de red el Supervisor de estado de la red se instala autom ticamente desde el servidor de impresi n S AWS 1024Canon LBP 660 OI x Opciones Impresora Ayuda Impresora preparada 20 Utilizaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System Capitulo 4 Utilizaci n del Supervisor de estado de la red de la Canon LBP 660 lt a n El B Inicio del Supervisor de estado de la red Siga el procedimiento descrito a continuaci n para iniciar el Supervisor de estado de la red de la impresora LBP 660 en cualquier momento 1 Haga doble clic en el icono Su
506. volgens weer zichtbaar wilt maken drukt u op ESc wanneer de Network Status Monitor het actieve venster is of dubbelklikt u op een willekeurige plaats in het berichtengebied m Always On Top Als u deze optie selecteert er wordt dan links naast Always On Top een vinkje weergegeven wordt de Network Status Monitor altijd als het bovenste venster op het bureaublad weergegeven Het menu Printer Met het menu Printer kunt u de printerfuncties besturen Houd er wel rekening mee dat dit menu niet actief is en de printer dus niet kan worden bestuurd vanaf een client als de optie Client Operation niet is ingeschakeld in het menu Options van het LBP 660 Status Window op de afdrukserver Voor meer informatie over het menu Printer zie Het menu Printer in de gebruikershandleiding m De functies in het menu Printer zijn echter nog wel steeds van invloed op afdruktaken van andere clients Wanneer er in de wachtrij van de server afdruktaken van meerdere clients staan moet er voorzichtig worden omgegaan met het annuleren van afdruktaken omdat afdruktaken van andere clients verloren kunnen gaan Houd hier rekening mee wanneer u afdruktaken verwijdert Het menu Help Als u dit menu kiest wordt er een dialoogvenster weergegeven met informatie over de versie van de Network Status Monitor 22 Het Microsoft Windows Printing System gebruiken Hoofdstuk 4 Hoofdstuk 5 Problemen oplossen In dit hoofdstuk wordt beschreven hoe u problemen kunt
507. voltage DC and the developing DC bias according to image density signals sent from the video controller 2 Operation a Generation of voltage applied to the primary charging roller When the PRNT signal sent from the video controller becomes L initial rotation begins and the PRIMARY HIGH VOLTAGE AC DRIVE signal PRACC is rectified in the current amp 1C301 and input to the primary voltage circuit The CPU outputs the PRIMARY HIGH VOLT AGE DC DRIVE signal PRDCC to the primary voltage circuit Therefore the primary high volt age consisting of AC bias and DC bias is applied to the primary charging roller The primary high voltage DC voltage is detected by the detection circuit IC302 then com pares this with the PRIMARY HIGH VOLTAGE DC DRIVE signal PRDCC to control the voltage value of the primary high voltage generation CPU PRDCG jenet circuit gt DC voltage J304 Primary charging roller AC voltage generation circuit Transfer charging roller PRAFOT Positive voltage generation Circuit Negative voltage generation Circuit TRNFOT Figure 2 3 14 CHAPTER 2 b Generation of developing bias The DEVELOPING BIAS AC DRIVE signal DVFOT is rectified in IC301and input to the devel oping bias circuit The DEVELOPING BIAS DC DRIVE signal DVDCC is input to the develop ing bias circuit Therefore a combine
508. voltooid wordt een bevestigingsbericht weergegeven Klik op de knop OK om de installatie te bevestigen Als u er tijdens de installatie van het printerstuurprogramma voor hebt gekozen een testpagina af te drukken wordt deze nu afgedrukt Als de volledige installatie is voltooid wordt het LBP 660 Status Window op het bureaublad weergegeven en heeft de LBP 660 de testpagina afgedrukt Controleer de testpagina en klik vervolgens op de knop Ja in het voltooiingsvenster van de testpagina om het venster te sluiten un 2 lt El e Wanneer het Microsoft Windows Printing System is geinstalleerd kunt u direct beginnen met afdrukken vanaf de Microsoft Windows NT computer waarop de LBP 660 als lokale printer is geinstalleerd Als u deze computer echter als afdrukserver wilt gebruiken en via het netwerk wilt afdrukken vanaf een client moet u eerst Microsoft Windows NT opnieuw starten Hoofdstuk 2 Het Microsoft Windows Printing System installeren 7 De groep Windows Printing System die tijdens de installatie van het Microsoft Windows Printing System is gemaakt bestaat uit de zes pictogrammen die hieronder zijn afgebeeld fs Windows Printing System OI x Bestand Bewerken Beeld Help Canon LBP 660 Canon LBP 660 Canon LBP 660 Canon LBP 660 Canon LBP 660 Help Readme Status Window Trouble Shooter Uninstallation B item s 13 76 kB 2 Canon LBP 660 Font Installation Dit is een hulpprogramma waarmee u de TrueType letter
509. voor Workgroups un 2 lt El e Hoofdstuk 4 Het Microsoft Windows Printing System gebruiken 13 In dit hoofdstuk wordt beschreven hoe u de Network Status Monitor het LBP 660 Status Window en het dialoogvenster Canon LBP 660 Eigenschappen in het Microsoft Windows Printing System voor Microsoft Windows NT kunt gebruiken Hoofdstuk 5 Problemen oplossen eee 23 In dit hoofdstuk wordt aandacht besteed aan het oplossen van problemen die zich eventueel voordoen tijdens de installatie van het Microsoft Windows Printing System en tijdens het gebruik van het Microsoft Windows Printing System op een Microsoft Windows NT netwerk AAA senen eenma 20 In dit deel van de handleiding wordt vermeld op welke punten de beschrijvingen in de LBP 660 gebruikershandleiding voor het Microsoft Windows Printing System voor Microsoft Windows NT afwijken van het Microsoft Windows Printing System voor Microsoft Windows 95 Microsoft Windows 3 1 en Microsoft Windows voor Workgroups Hoofdstuk 1 Inleiding 1 Voordat u de software installeert Controleer voordat u het Microsoft Windows Printing System installeert op een pc met Microsoft Windows NT of uw computer voldoet aan de volgende hardware en softwarevereisten m IBM pc of compatibele machine met een 90 MHz Pentium processor of hoger en Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 voor servers of werkstations wordt beschreven draait onder Microsoft Windows NT versie 4 0 voor PC AT c
510. voorafgaande schriftelijke toestemming van Canon Inc Het gebruik van dit document is gebonden aan de voorwaarden zoals vermeld in de Gebruiksrechtovereenkomst Microsoft Windows Printing System die bij uw printer is geleverd De informatie in deze handleiding kan zonder voorafgaande kennisgeving worden gewijzigd Handelsmerken LBP Canon en het Canon logo zijn handelsmerken van Canon Inc PCL is een handelsmerk van Hewlett Packard Company IBM is een handelsmerk van International Business Machines Corporation Microsoft Windows Windows NT het Windows logo en MS DOS zijn geregistreerde handelsmerken of handelsmerken van Microsoft Corporation in de Verenigde Staten en of in andere landen NetWare is een geregistreerd handelsmerk en Novell is een handelsmerk van Novell Inc TrueType is een handelsmerk van Apple Computer Inc Lucida is een handelsmerk van Bigelow amp Homes Alle overige merk en productnamen zijn handelsmerken of geregistreerde handelsmerken van de betreffende ondernemingen In deze handleiding wordt naar Microsoft Microsoft Windows en Microsoft Windows NT verwezen als respectievelijk Microsoft Microsoft Windows en Microsoft Windows NT Symbolen In deze handleiding worden de volgende symbolen gebruikt Opmerkingen bevatten tips of suggesties voor het optimaal afdrukken met de printer Dit symbool geeft aan dat het negeren van de voorgestelde procedure of werkwijze beschadiging van
511. ws NT 4 0 Installere Microsoft Windows Printing System til lokale printere I dette afsnit beskrives hvordan du installerer Microsoft Windows Printing System n r LBP 660 skal bruges som en lokal printer Hvis LBP 660 skal bruges som en netv rksprinter henvises til beskrivelsen i kapitel 3 Forbinde LBP 660 til en netv rksprinter Start guiden Printerinstallation Brug guiden Printerinstallation i Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 til at installere Microsoft Windows Printing System p Microsoft Windows NT Installer softwaren p f lgende m de 1 Start den computer som LBP 660 er tilsluttet og start Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 2 Log p som Administrator 3 Brug en af f lgende metoder til start af guiden Printerinstallation a Klik p knappen Start p proceslinjen og peg p Indstillinger Klik p Printere i den viste undermenu for at bne mappen Printere og dobbeltklik p ikonet Tilfgj printer i mappen Printere b Dobbeltklik p ikonet Denne computer p skrivebordet bn mappen Printere og dobbeltklik p ikonet Tilf j printer Kapitel 2 Installere Microsoft Windows Printing System 3 m Derefter startes guiden Printerinstallation hvor du kan installere printerdrivere Guiden Printerinstallation Denne guide hj lper dig med at installere en printer eller as printertilslutninaeme Denne printer vil blive styret Alle indstilinger vil blive kontrolleret og konfigureret p denne computer Netv
512. y Sets the density of the toner 2 OK Changes the items in this dialog box and closes the box 3 Cancel Closes this dialog box without changing its items 4 Test Printer Performs a test print 5 Help Opens the Help topics CHAPTER 1 3 Trouble Shooter When troubles such as printing error occur in the printer the Trouble Shooter checks the Microsoft Windows 95 98 configuration settings and if errors are found they are reported to the user or corrected if possible The Trouble Shooter cannot detect problems regarding the hardware such as printer cable parallel port failure and wrong ECP setting The Trouble Shooter starts when the Canon LBP 660 Trouble Shooter icon in the Windows Printing System Group is double clicked The following dialog appears when the Trouble Shooter is started 1 2 3 4 Figure 1 7 42 1 System Information Displays the system information of the PC Free Disk Space Free Memory 2 Port Selects the port to which LBP 660 is connected Parallel port installed in the PC and port connected to the network are listed 3 Yes Executes the Trouble Shooter 4 No Exits the Trouble Shooter CHAPTER 1 When the Trouble Shooter is executed by clicking the Yes button it checks the following Checks the port connection if it is connected to the appropriate port etc Checks WIN INI and SYSTEM INI and corrects the problems if any Checks the
513. yed by selecting the Halftone Setup item The Change Halftone Setup Setting screen is shown in Figure 1 7 17 Figure 1 7 17 1 Halftone Setup Opens the Device Color halftone Properties dialog box Device Color Halftone Properties dialog box The Device Color Halftone Properties dialog box is opened by clicking the Halftone Setup but ton in the Change Halftone Setup Settings screen The Device Color Halftone Properties dialog box is shown in Figure 1 7 18 Device Color Halftone Properties 6 6 Enhanc Figure 1 7 18 1 Halftone Pattern Sets the cell size of the halftone pattern Unit pixel 2 Device Gamma Adjusts the balance of color brightness 3 Pixel Diameter Adjusts the print density by changing the pixel size 4 Luminance Brightens or darkens the output color by adjusting the white point of the device 5 OK Changes the settings and closes the box 6 Cancel Closes this box without changing the settings 7 Revert Resets the values of the items in this box to the values displayed when the box was opened 8 Default Resets the values of the items in this box to the default values CHAPTER 1 b Document Properties How to open the Document Properties dialog box The Document Properties dialog box can be opened by following the procedures below From the Microsoft Windows desktop 1 Perform one of the following methods to open the Printers folder St
514. ystem Adjustment This printer s electrical system does not require adjustment CHAPTER 4 IV INITIAL CHECK A Environment Check that the following operating environment standards are met aprp o The supply voltage should be within 10 of the rated voltage The printer should be kept on a level surface The surrounding temperature should be 10 to 32 5 C with 20 to 80 humidity The printer should be kept away from areas which emit ammonia gases hot and damp areas near water faucets boilers and humidifiers open flames and dusty areas Avoid areas that are directly exposed to sunlight When exposure to sunlight is unavoidable advise the customer to hang curtains Select a well ventilated location Paper Is the recommended paper for this printer is being used Paper that is too thick or thin is likely to cause paper jams transfer faults or blurring Is the paper damp Use paper from newly opened packages when conducting test prints Consumable Parts If there is a blank spot on the output image it is most likely due to unevenly distributed toner Shake the cartridge following the instructions on Page 1 11 to evenly distribute the toner then make another print D Other When a printer has been kept in a cold warehouse especially during winter and is brought into a warm room for installation condensation will appear on various parts of the machine This condensation can cause troubles
515. zcan en la pantalla m Las fuentes TrueType que est n instaladas no se eliminar n aunque utilice el programa de desinstalaci n para desinstalar Microsoft Windows Printing System Ayuda de la impresora Canon LBP 660 Visualiza la ayuda del programa Microsoft Windows Printing System Readme de Canon LBP 660 Se trata de un archivo de texto que contiene informaci n adicional sobre la versi n instalada de Microsoft Windows Printing System Lea este archivo antes de empezar a utilizar Microsoft Windows Printing System Ventana de estado de Canon LBP 660 Este icono abre la ventana de estado de la impresora Canon LBP 660 Resoluci n de problemas de Canon LBP 660 Es un programa de utilidad que sirve para resolver los problemas que pueden surgir en Microsoft Windows Printing System Consulte el capitulo Resoluci n de problemas del Manual del usuario si desea informaci n sobre el empleo de esta utilidad Desinstalaci n de Canon LBP 660 Es un programa de utilidad que sirve para desinstalar el programa Microsoft Windows Printing System Consulte el capitulo Resoluci n de problemas del Manual del usuario si desea informaci n sobre el empleo de esta utilidad 8 Instalaci n de Microsoft Windows Printing System Capitulo 2 Compartir la impresora Cuando haya terminado de instalar Microsoft Windows Printing System designe la LBP 660 como impresora compartida empleando para ello el cuadro de di logo Canon LBP 660 Propi

girlshare.ro_Canon LBP 660 Service Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents